Docstoc

scripts season 4

Document Sample
scripts season 4 Powered By Docstoc
					       Table of contents
Table of contents ....................................................................................................... 1
4.01 Charmed again I ................................................................................................ 2
4.02 Charmed again II ............................................................................................. 19
4.03 Hell hath no fury.............................................................................................. 35
4.04 Enter the demon............................................................................................... 53
4.05 Size matters ..................................................................................................... 69
4.06 A knight to remember...................................................................................... 83
4.07 Brain drain ..................................................................................................... 101
4.08 Black as Cole ................................................................................................. 119
4.09 Muse to my ears ............................................................................................ 136
4.10 A Paige from the past .................................................................................... 155
4.11 Trial by magic................................................................................................ 172
4.12 Lost and bound .............................................................................................. 190
4.13 Charmed and dangerous ................................................................................ 209
4.14 The three faces of Phoebe ............................................................................. 225
4.15 Marry go round .............................................................................................. 242
4.16 The fifth Halliwheel ...................................................................................... 259
4.17 Saving private Leo......................................................................................... 276
4.18 Bite me........................................................................................................... 293
4.19 We´re of to see the wizard ............................................................................. 311
4.20 Long live the queen ....................................................................................... 328
4.21 Womb raider .................................................................................................. 343
4.22 Witch way now .............................................................................................. 359
   4.01 Charmed again
            I
Scene: Attic. Piper is in tears as she flips through the Book of Shadows. She cants
the Power of Three spell, hoping that Prue would return.]
Piper: Hear now the words of the witches, the secrets we hid in the night. The
oldest of Gods are invoked here, the great magic is sought. (A candle flickers.
She's surrounded by herb jars, chalices and other ritualistic items.) In this night and
in this battle, I call upon the ancient power. (She looks up and closes her eyes.)
Bring back my sister. Bring back the Power of Three. (She keeps her eyes closed
for a prayerful beat, then she opens them, looks at the candle, but sees nothing.
Blindly determined, she starts flipping through pages until she finds another spell,
To Call a Lost Witch. She expertly finds and mixes certain ingredients {rosemary,
cypress, yarrow root} into a silver bowl as she chants from the book.) Power of the
witches' rise. Course unseen across the skies. Come to us, we call you near. Come
to us and settle here. (Then, she finds an athame and slices the left finger of her left
hand so that blood can symbolically spill directly from her heart and into the
bowl.) Blood to blood, I summon thee. Blood to blood, return to me.
(A faint gust of wind flickers the candle, but not much else. She buries her face in
her hands in defeat.)
Phoebe: Piper? (Piper looks up, hopeful.)
Piper: Prue? (She looks at the candle. Phoebe enters, wearing her nightclothes and
jacket. She has a tear-stained face.)
Phoebe: Sweetie, it 4 o'clock in the morning. What are you doing? (Piper doesn't
answer, just stares blankly at the book. Phoebe notices Piper's bleeding and gets a
towel.) You're bleeding.
(Piper doesn't notice, doesn't care. Phoebe finds a clean cloth, takes Piper's hand
and wraps the wound.)
Piper: I don't understand why magic can't fix this. And why we can't bring Prue
back. It's not like we haven't cheated death before. I don't understand why this time
isn't any different.
Phoebe: Because Leo can't heal the dead, Piper. You know that.
Piper: There's other magic, magic that we've used before. (She flips through the
pages and fights the tears.) Scrying, calling a lost witch, reversing time. (She closes
the Book of Shadows. She stands up.) It's like the book just deserted us and
deserted Prue, and I don't understand why. (Phoebe takes Piper's other hand, holds
them both, shares her pain.)
Phoebe: We lost our sister. How can we ever understand that? (Pause) We've tried
every magical way to bring her back… but we can't. She's gone. (Their eyes well
up as they face the harsh reality, then they fall into each other's arms. It's a
nightmare neither one of them can ever wake up from.) I just - I thank God that I
didn't lose you too. (Phoebe gives her a little kiss. She breaks the hug. She sighs.)
We have to get some rest. Prue will never forgive us if we look bad at her funeral.
(Piper can't help but smile through the tears at that. She stands, looks down at the
Book of Shadows one last time before closing it. Arm-in-arm, they exit, shutting
the door behind them. A beat, then a mysterious wind returns our attention to the
Book of Shadows. The symbol, the triquetra, on the cover begins to glow. The
mysterious wind re-opens the book and magically turns to the pages to the last
spell Piper tried to cast, "To Call a Lost Witch...".)
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. A young brunette woman, named Paige
Matthews, is seated at her desk and pops in a CD into her computer. She turns her
attention to the computer screen.]
Woman: Social services. May I help you?
Paige: Printing! (She notices that a mysterious wind blows out her lit candle. She
gets up from her chair and takes a few steps to her right. Paige's back is turned
when a newspaper mysteriously appears, landing on the floor next to Paige. She
turns and bends over to pick up the newspaper. She looks around.)
Woman: South Bay Social Services. May I help you? (She glances at the paper,
noticing the obituary section, informing about Prue Halliwell's Death and where
and when the funeral will be held. The obituary reads: PRUE HALLIWELL…
"Funeral Services will be held today at Memorial Cemetery, 11:00AM.)
Cowan: Paige, you find that study yet? (Paige's boss, Mr. Cowan, emerges from
his office and sees her reading the article. He goes up to her.) Paige, did you hear
me? (Paige continues to keep her eye on Prue's obituary and grabs her jacket.)
Paige: Yeah. It's in the printer. I'm sorry, I have to go. (She begins to leave.)
Cowan: What do you mean go? Go where? Paige! Hey, Paige!
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Parlor. It's set up for the post-funeral wake. Phoebe, dressed for the
funeral, adjust some flowers on the table. She walks into the living room, where
Victor, dressed in a dark suit, is sitting on the chair, staring vacantly at the floor
bearing the kind of grief only a parent who's lost a child knows. She gives her Dad
a small kiss.]
Phoebe: Can I get you anything? (She touches him tenderly on the shoulder. He
looks up at her.)
Victor: Oh, no thanks sweetie.
(Phoebe waters a plant and fiddles with a few plants. Phoebe looks up to find Leo
entering the parlor with Cole. Both men are dressed in suits.)
Leo: Look who's back.
Phoebe: Cole! (She runs to him and embraces him in her arms and then releases
him.) I was afraid you weren't going to make it to the funeral.
Cole: Well, I - I can't make it… or, shouldn't anyway. The Source has got every
demonic bounty hunter out there looking for me.
Phoebe: Yeah. So what else is new?
Cole: This is different. Saving you makes it a different, makes me a traitor - and he
not going to stop until he finds me and I don't want that happening at Prue's
funeral.
Phoebe: So, we'll protect you.
Cole: You can't protect me.
Phoebe: Why not? We're still witches, aren't we?
Cole: Yeah, but you're not the Charmed Ones anymore.
(Phoebe finds herself at the partially repaired, unpainted wall where Prue died. Leo
steps in.)
Leo: He's right, Phoebe. Without the Power of Three… (Phoebe raises her hand.)
Phoebe: I don't understand. Isn't it harder to track a demon in a cemetery, Cole?
You have to go. I need you there.
(Cole nods. Victor escorts Darryl in through the front door.)
Darryl: Hey, how are you holdin' up?
Phoebe: Okay. (She and Darryl hug and slowly step away from each other.) It's
sweet of you to stop by.
Darryl: Had to. Besides, I thought you should know - they're assigning Prue's case
to another inspector.
Leo: What case?
Darryl: What case? Are you kidding? Prue and a prominent doctor were killed
here, Leo. Made a lot of press. People want answers. Important people.
Cole: So, what's this guy gonna find? That it was a demonic hitman? Gimme a
break.
Darryl: He might. Look, you don't know him like I do. He'll keep looking until he
finds something, believe me. Cole: I'm not worried.
Leo: Well, I am. I saw what happened when they were exposed as witches. Time
may have reversed itself, but it still cost Prue her life.
Victor: Would you people mind? For God's sake, we're burying my daughter
today. Can't this wait?
(Phoebe moves over to hug her father, who's struggling to hold it all together.)
[Scene: Piper and Leo's bedroom. Piper's partially dressed, sitting in front of the
mirror, lost in her thoughts, absentmindedly brushing her hair. A beat later, Leo
eases open the door and enters.]
Leo: Piper? (She doesn't react, just keeps brushing. Leo approaches her.) Honey,
we have to go.
Piper: I don't want to go.
Leo: Why not? (Leo kneels down beside her.)
Piper: Because if I go, that'll mean that Prue's really not coming back, and I don't
think I can handle that.
Leo: We can handle it together. (Piper shakes her head.)
Piper: She's been there my whole life. I've always had a big sister. And I don't
know how to live without one?
Leo: Piper… (He goes to touch her, but she pulls away.)
Piper: Why didn't you save her?
Leo: I tried.
Piper: But you didn't. Why didn't they let you save her, too?
Leo: The Elders? They couldn't. They don't have that kind of power.
Piper: Then what the hell good are they? (She gets up, walks away from him, and
finds a Kleenex. Leo follows.)
Leo: It's okay to be angry…
Piper: I'm not angry. I am pissed off! Don't you understand? You healed the
wrong sister! You saved me because I'm your damn wife, and you should've saved
her because she was the best! Because she… you should… (She loses it again,
overcome. Leo moves up behind her and this time, she lets him hold her.) Why do
they put us through so much for it to end this way?
[Scene: Underworld. A darkly cloaked figure appears in front of a shadowy figure
known as the Oracle.]
Oracle: May I be seen?
The Source: Have you found Belthazor?
Oracle: No, something else... (He considers that for a beat, then turns and waves
his clawed hand at The Oracle. A creepy but sexy young woman, materializes from
the depths, stroking her ever-present crystal ball.) Something more important,
perhaps.
The Source: Nothing is more important.
Oracle: Not even The Charmed Ones?
The Source: The Charmed Ones are dead.
Oracle: Not all of them.
The Source: One gone ends the threat. Of course, if you had foreseen that a white-
lighter was going to help Belthazor save his witch, they'd all be gone. Be grateful I
don't turn you into a snake.
Oracle: Yes, but then how would you see into the future without me?
The Source: Without the Charmed Ones to worry about anymore, I may not need
to.
Oracle: Mmm. Well, in that case, you'd better keep me around a little while
longer. (The Source turns back to the Oracle as she looks into her crystal ball, sees
whips of smoke forming inside.)
The Source: What do you see?
Oracle: I see - a witch's call on the spirit winds. I see... another.
[Scene: Mausoleum. A beautiful ivory-colored coffin sits on a pedestal amongst
the flowers. An ivory-dressed, Wiccan Priestess stands before a blue silk covered
altar table, which is adorned with a ceremonial chalice. A tied, silver cord lays
before the chalice, three lit candles surround it, symbolizing birth, death, and the
rebirth. To the unaware mourners, however, the service comes across a part
traditional, part New Age. Piper, Phoebe, Leo, Cole, Darryl, and Victor are seated
close to the priestess. Piper and Phoebe dab at their eyes and Cole keeps his eyes
peeled for any trouble. The funeral program, which bares the symbol of the
triquetra above the name, read: "PRUDENCE HALLIWELL, 1970-2001; "Forever
in our Hearts."]
Priestess: That which belongs to fellowship and love. That which belongs to the
circle, remains with us. The wheel turns. As life is a day, so our sister has passed
into night. Nothing is final, and we who remain behind know that one day, we will
once again share the bread and wine with our sister. O' blessed spirit, we bid you
farewell, for you await a new destiny.
(With that, she unties the silver cord and gently lays it into the chalice. She blows
out the candles. Mourners standing, shaking hands, crying, etc. Darryl goes over to
Piper and Phoebe to hug them and people begin to pay their respects. Phoebe
thanks another mourner, then turns to the last of the mourners, whom she doesn't
recognize -- Paige, who shifts over anxiously.)
Paige: I'm so sorry for your loss.
Phoebe: Thank you. (Paige begins to leave.) How did you know Prue? From
work?
Paige: No. Just… just from around, you know.
Phoebe: Have we met before?
Paige: No. I don't… I don't think so. Anyway, my condolences.
Phoebe: Thank you. (Phoebe shakes Paige's hand -- then gets hit with a powerful
premonition: Paige is on a skyscraper rooftop helipad. She screams as she squeezes
her eyes shut in fear as the demon Shax gestures and sends a concessive blast
toward her to kill her. Phoebe stumbles to the floor after her premonition ends.)
Piper: Phoebe.
Leo: Phoebe?
(Piper, Leo, Victor, and Cole rush over to her as Paige, oblivious, but not wanting
to stick around, leaves. Leo and Victor help Phoebe stand up.)
Piper: Are you all right?
Phoebe: I saw him... the demon that killed Prue.
Leo: Shax? What was he doing?
Phoebe: He was killing that girl.
Piper: What girl?
Phoebe: The one I was just talking to. We've gotta go find her...
(Bounty Hunters 2 suddenly materialize on either side of Cole and immediately
fire lightning bolts at him. Cole dives, just barely avoiding the bolts, which blow
up the altar.)
Leo: Go. Go.
(Leo pulls her behind a pillar for safety. Victor looks on in disbelief. Cole rolls,
comes up firing, vanquishing Bounty Hunter #2, but Bounty Hunter #3 appears.
Before he can kill Cole, though, Phoebe runs up and knocks him to the ground with
an expert martial arts move. She then hides behind a statue.)
Piper: Stop it. (Bounty Hunter #3 spins to fire at Phoebe, but Cole fires an energy
ball at the Bounty Hunter, blowing him up in a shower of fiery sparks. Piper lets
out an irritated, angry yell.) Stop it! Stop it! Stop it!! Damn it! This is Prue's
funeral, for God's sake! Can't we at least bury her in peace?! Is that too much to
ask?!
(She knocks over a vase of flowers. She then storms out in tears.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe slowly works her way through the Mourners, who are
drinking coffee, eating cold cuts, and sharing stories. She gives a woman a plate.]
Woman: Thank you. (Phoebe walks over to Leo and Cole.)
Phoebe: I don't see her anywhere.
Leo: Who?
Phoebe: The girl from my premonition. (A passing mourner, overhearing that,
quietly reacts. Leo, seeing that, pulls Phoebe to the main stairs, where they can
have some privacy.)
Leo: Phoebe, you gotta be more careful.
Phoebe: I'm sorry.
Cole: You sure don't recognize her from anywhere? (She sighs.)
Phoebe: Well, she did look familiar like I've seen her somewhere before. But
somehow, we got to find her before nightfall, or else…
(Phoebe slides a flower vase over an inch, then back again. Cole gently grabs her
arm with a concerned look.)
Cole: Honey, what're you doing?
Phoebe: Uh, I'm cleaning.
Cole: You don't clean. You hate cleaning.
Phoebe: I know... but it's better than falling apart, isn't it?
Leo: Maybe you should just try and focus on the girl. You said she was attacked
on a rooftop?
Phoebe: Yeah. One with a heli-pad… but it a tall building, although, there were a
lot of taller ones around it.
Leo: Okay, so we just need to figure out which building it was before Shax does.
(Piper walks up to them.)
Piper: And do what exactly? You can't defeat Shax, not without the Power of
Three.
Phoebe: But you and Prue did. (Piper sighs.)
Piper: That's because Prue was the strongest. Trying to do it without her would be
suicide.
Phoebe: Maybe so, but I got that premonition for a reason, Piper. That girl is our
innocent, so we have to try and save her.
Piper: Says who? Why do we have to?
Leo: Piper…
Piper: What? Do you really expect us to keep doing this stuff after what
happened? To keep risking our lives? Do they?
Leo: Piper, keep your voice down…
Piper: No, Leo, I won't. I don't want to do this anymore, okay? It-It's over! You
can tell them that we buried their precious Charmed Ones when we buried our
sister. (She spins and stalks up the stairs. Leo starts to follow, but Phoebe stops
him.)
Phoebe: No, leave her be. She needs to be alone. Look, I don't know where we go
from here, but I do know that I can't let that girl die…especially not by the same
demon that killed Prue.
Cole: The question remains, how are you going to stop Shax without the Power of
Three to say the vanquishing spell?
Phoebe: I'm hoping that a demon and a witch fighting together might be enough.
Interested?
Cole: Why not? It's better sitting around waiting for the next bounty hunter to
attack. (Phoebe then moves off with Cole.)
Victor: I appreciate you coming over. It means so much to the girls.
Phoebe: Dad. Excuse me, Aaron. (She pulls him over.) We have to go. Will you
be okay?
Victor: Go where?
Cole: Trust me, you don't want to know. (Before Victor could react, they turn to
see Darryl entering and approaching with Cortez, coat and tie, self-made, eyes
never miss a trick.)
Darryl: Phoebe. Victor. Sorry about this, but Inspector Cortez insisted on meeting
today…
Cortez: I just wanted to extend my deepest sympathies.
Phoebe: Thank you.
Victor: Thanks.
Cole: I'll get the car. (He steps out of the Manor.)
Darryl: Where's Piper?
Phoebe: Upstairs. She's not feeling well.
Cortez: Understandable. I lost a sister once myself, I know how hard it is. We're
going to find the monster who did this to your sister, Ms. Halliwell. I promise you
this. (Phoebe and Darryl exchange a look. Cortez notices this.) Something I said?
Phoebe: No, uh, it's just the word, monster.
Cortez: Well that's what he was - how else do you describe somebody so vicious?
We have to stop before he strikes again.
Phoebe: I couldn't agree more. If you'll excuse me, Inspector… (She goes to leave,
but Cortez stops her.)
Cortez: I know what a difficult time this is for you and your sister, Ms. Halliwell,
but we really need to talk.
Victor: But not now.
Cortez: Of course. Sorry (He holds Phoebe's look for an uncomfortable beat, then
allows her to exit. Darryl, concerned, looking at Cortez.)
[Cut to attic. Piper is angrily placing five lit candles in a lose circle on the floor in
front of the Book of Shadows.]
Piper: I'm a witch, damn it. I've summoned people before and I'm gonna summon
Prue now whether you like it or not! No more games, no more playing the good
witch. (She goes to the Book, which is opened to the spell.) I want to talk to my
sister. I need to talk to my sister. At the very least, you owe me that. (Piper takes a
soul-cleansing breath, then glares at the Book.) "Here these words. Hear my cry
spirit from the other side. Come to me, I summon thee. Cross now the Great
Divide." (Inside the circle, white magical lights, ever-so-slowly begin to appear.
Piper looks up, her anger replaced by hopeful wonder as she steps closer,
anticipating Prue's appearance, but is, instead, surprised to see the ghost of Grams.)
Grams?
Grams: Hello, my darling. How are you?
Piper: How am I? Are you kidding? Do you guys not get the news up there?
Grams: I meant, how are you holding up?
Piper: Not very well. I'm a little lost. Why didn't you come before? When I called
after…
Grams: I couldn't, Piper. I was… busy.
Piper: You were busy?
Grams: I was with Prue.
Piper: Oh. Of course you were. Right. Well, that makes sense. Is she okay?
Grams: Your mother and I are helping her through this.
Piper: But how is she?
Grams: I'm not allowed to tell you now… just like you're not allowed to see her,
at least not for a while anyway.
Piper: But, why?
Grams: Because seeing Prue right now, speaking to her, keeps her alive for you.
Which keeps you from being able to move on with your life, to continue with your
destiny.
Piper: What destiny? Okay. It's over. It's done. Prue is gone. And I…
Grams: I know, sweetie. I know… but if there's one thing you've learned over the
last three years, it's that there's a reason for everything… which means there's a
reason for this, too. You're destiny still awaits. blessed be.
(She disappears in the same swirl of white lights that brought her to Piper.)
[Cut to Underworld. The Source materializes in a fiery display.]
The Source: Anything? (The Oracle, still coiled around her smoke-filled crystal
ball, looks up from it.)
Oracle: Unfortunately since the last attack, Belthazor has been very elusive -
The Source: Leave Belthazor to the bounty hunters. What about the other?
(The Oracle confidently waves her hand over the crystal ball.)
Oracle: Her future's becoming much more clear. And, it appears, short-lived…
(The crystal ball shows swirling smoke inside as it begins to form into the image of
a dancing woman, Paige.)
[Cut to P3. Paige is dancing with her boyfriend, Shane. The club is hopping - a hot
band lights up the place. The song ends, the crowd cheers, then Paige and Shane
drifts over to their table and sit. Paige looks distracted, distant.]
Shane: You all right?
Paige: Me? Yeah, why?
Shane: Well, you seem… a little quieter than usual. That's all.
Paige: What makes you think I'm not like this all of the time.
Shane: Well, we've been dating for a month now. So, I think I'd know. (To a
passing waitress) Uh, hey, can we get a couple of long necks?
Waitress: Sure.
Paige: (To waitress) Make mine a mineral water, please?
Waitress: Mm-mmm.
Paige: (To waitress) Thanks. (The waitress notes the order and leaves.) So much
for how well you know me cowboy. I don't drink. I used to have kind of a problem
during liquids… lot of problems, actually, but that's all behind me.
Shane: Do you want to go someplace else, or…?
Paige: No, no, no, I like it here. Gosh. I should. I've been coming to P3 for the last
year or so, on and off. I mean, ever since that…
Shane: Ever since what?
Paige: Oh, never mind. It's boring. (Pause) All right, but if I tell you all about
Paige and you use it against me, I will get out my voodoo doll and make you sorry
you're a man. (Pauses) So my sad story is that I'm adopted, only it's not so sad
because I loved my parents, God rest. So after they died, I went searching for my
birth mother, hoping to get some answers. (She begins to doodle on a napkin.) I
went to the police, found the church I got dumped at… I checked around. I figured
she must've lived near here, you know? They even thought I might've been…
related to the Halliwell sisters for a minute, but their Mom died a long time ago, so
I gave up on that.
Shane: Well, did you ever meet the sisters, ask them about it or…
Paige: Yeah right. "Hi. I think your Mom might've abandoned me at birth. What's
for dinner?" No. I don't think so. (The waitress brings them their drinks, allowing
Paige to lean back, try to end this painful topic. Shane, though, cares, wants to
know more.)
Waitress: Here you are.
Paige: Thanks.
Waitress: You're welcome
Shane: So that, that still doesn't explain why you keep coming here.
Paige: Well, one of the sisters… owns it, so… I don't know. I guess I just kind of
feel - connected somehow. That's why I went to the funeral today. I just felt like I
had to. Okay. I sound certifiably insane. Good job, Paige. Way a go. (Shane,
touched, shuts her up by leaning in and giving her a kiss. She responds, then pulls
back slightly, allowing her vulnerability to show.) Don't hurt me, okay? I can't
handle anymore right now. (His answer is another kiss, deeper, meaningful. She
accepts it, returns the passion. They part, stare into each other's eyes. Hers are
ablaze.) Come on. I have something to show you.
(Shane hurriedly tosses a twenty on the table. They leave. The cocktail napkin
Paige was doodling on had a drawing of a rough version of the triquetra, the Power
of Three.)
[Scene: Skyscraper building. Phoebe, bundled up in the observation room, looks
out through the binoculars. Cole approaches from behind, handing Phoebe a
thermostat cup of coffee.]
Cole: Here. (Phoebe lowers the binoculars, turns to take the cup.)
Phoebe: Oh, thanks. I think this is the right place. But maybe we should try one of
the other rooftops just to make sure.
Cole: Or maybe we should follow your first instincts and stay right here.
Phoebe: Okay. But, what if I'm wrong? That girl will get killed.
Cole: You can't save every innocent, Phoebe, or stop every demon. (He hugs her
from behind.)
Phoebe: Yeah. Well, I have to stop this one. I just hope that by me saying the
vanquishing spell, it wounds him enough that you can take him out. (Cole snuggles
from behind.)
Cole: I got a better idea. How about you and me go someplace? You know? Drop
off the face of the earth together, disappear?
Phoebe: Hmm. Don't tempt me.
Cole: Things have changed, Phoebe. We can't pretend we can go on like this. It's
only a matter of time before The Source finds me, which means every minute
you're with me, you're in danger.
Phoebe: I've lost too much already Cole. I'm not losing you, too. (She holds his
look, he's not going anywhere. Then, he kisses her and looks up past her, squints,
seeing something.)
Cole: Ooh, looks like your instincts were right.
Phoebe: We've gotta shimmer over there! (She turns and raises binoculars.)
Cole: And tell her what? That a demon's gonna attack? I think we should stay right
here. (They wait as Paige, oblivious to the looming danger, leads a reluctant Shane
to the center of the heli-pad.)
Shane: Aren't you afraid that we're gonna to get caught?
Paige: I like an element of danger. (She lets go of his hand, then spins around,
arms out wide, looking up at the stars, free.) Oh. Look at the stars. They're so
beautiful! They make me feel… free. (She takes off her jacket slightly He kisses
her. Meanwhile, Phoebe lowers the binoculars and turns away. Cole is still
looking.)
Phoebe: All right, any ideas?
Cole: A couple. (Phoebe smacks him.)
Phoebe: I meant about what we do now. I mean, we can't just keep watching, it's
not right.
(Cole takes the binoculars from Phoebe and takes a look.)
Cole: You're right. We shouldn't just keep watching. (Phoebe blocks his view.)
Phoebe: Okay, very good. (A moving tornado materializes out of thin air and races
toward the unsuspecting lovers. The demon, Shax, appears and fires a concussive
blast. Paige opens her eyes at the last second and sees it over Shane's shoulder.)
Paige: Shane!!
(The blast makes Shane go flying backwards, knocking himself out. Paige screams.
Shax throws another concussive blast at Paige. Paige screams and orbs out and
back, realizing that she's still alive, somehow. Paige turns the other way and runs to
the roof access tower. Shax, surprised at her ability to orb, turns back into a
tornado and follows.)
Phoebe: She orbed! (Paige runs away.) She orbed - did you just see that?
Cole: Come on! (Cole grabs her and shimmers out with her.)
[Cut to Paige, running for her life, scampers down the stairs onto the catwalk then
stops as she hears the ominous sound of the tornado approaching. She slowly turns
to see Shax standing there. But before he can throw another concussive blast, he
stops as he sees Cole and Phoebe shimmer in. Paige turns, just in time to see the
tail end of the shimmer, shocked.]
Paige: What the hell?
Phoebe: Get outta here! Hurry! Go! Go! (Cole fires an energy ball at Shax, but it
barely fazes him. He fires another one as Paige, freaked, takes off running up the
stairs.)
Cole: Say the spell, damn it!
Phoebe: Evil wind that blows, that which forms below. No longer may you dwell.
Death takes you with this spell. (Shax, though, manages to get off a concussive
blast at Cole, which knocks him over the stairway rail. Just as Shax, in agony, turns
into a ghostly wind and streaks away from the scene. Phoebe, panic- stricken, runs
to the edge. Cole plummets five stories, but just before he pancakes, he recovers
enough to shimmer out.) Cole! (Cole shimmers next to Phoebe, who gasps and
emotionally hugs him, afraid she almost lost him.) That was too close...
Cole: It's okay, I'm all right. I just don't know about your innocent.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Leo is debating with Cole and Phoebe with what they say.
Piper's in the background.]
Leo: Are you sure she orbed? Are you sure that it wasn't something else?
Phoebe: Leo, she disappeared. Bright white, shiny thingies came and then she
reappeared. What else could it be?
Leo: It just doesn't make any sense.
Cole: Why not?
Leo: Because why would Shax want to kill a White-lighter?
Cole: Maybe he doesn't know she's a white-lighter.
Leo: Right, the Source sends out his personal assassin, but doesn't know who he's
after? (Piper, in the background, clatters the pots that she's washing, noticeably.)
Phoebe: (To Leo) Is it possible that she didn't know that she was a white-lighter?
Leo: No. Why?
Cole: Because she acted as if she didn't. She acted just as surprised as we were
when she orbed out.
Leo: Well that doesn't make any sense either.
Phoebe: Okay, why don't you go up and ask the Elders what does make sense so
we don't go risking our lives again? (Leo looks at Piper.)
Leo: I'll be right back. (He orbs out. Phoebe covers her eyes.)
Cole: Maybe I should, uh, go to the other side and see what I can find out. (Phoebe
looks at him.)
Phoebe: No.
Cole: I'll be careful. Nobody'll see me. Besides, it could be good to me to go back
down, confused any bounty hunters that might be trying to track me. Don't worry. I
won't disappear.
(Cole kisses Phoebe on the cheek and shimmers out. Piper is hunched over the sink
and Phoebe moves closer to her sister.)
Phoebe: Hey, you okay?
Piper: Yeah. Sure, why not? We could have another funeral tomorrow. I mean, all
the dishes are out and we pretty much know who to invite. (She holds a small
white towel in her hand and faces Phoebe.)
Phoebe: Piper…
Piper: Just tell me one thing. Are you insane or are you just plain stupid? We bury
Prue this morning and you go off tonight and nearly join her. What the hell is the
matter with you?
Phoebe: I was trying to save an innocent.
Piper: No. You were trying to get yourself killed, which is what this family does
best is get killed. (She throws the towel onto a counter in frustration and anger.)
Isn't it obvious by now that our only destiny is to die? And you are making it way
too easy for them, Phoebe. You are just walking right into it! (Phoebe embraces
Piper.)
Phoebe: I am so sorry.
Piper: I cannot handle anything right now, and I certainly cannot handle losing
another sister.
[Scene: Hospital. Paige enters Shane's room. He sits up from his bed.]
Shane: Paige.
Paige: Hey.
Shane: What happened?
Paige: Shane, I feel so bad. I just got scared and I ran.
Shane: Of course.
Paige: Are you all right? What'd they say?
Shane: It's no big deal, just a little concussion.
Paige: Oh, no.
Shane: No, I'm gonna be fine. They wouldn't be releasing me if I wasn't, right? I'm
just glad you're okay, too.
Paige: Yeah, well, physically anyway.
Shane: Did you talk to the cops yet?
Paige: No. Why?
Shane: Why? They want to find out who attacked us, that's why. I - I told them
you saw him.
Paige: You did what?
Shane: Well, you did. Didn't you? (Cortez enters the room.)
Cortez: Did you?
Paige: Who are you?
Cortez: Inspector Cortez, homicide. I'd like to ask you a couple of questions.
Shane: Wait, homicide? No one was murdered.
Cortez: Based on the MO, if it's the same perpetrator I think it was, that just makes
you lucky. He killed two people last week, violently, one of them a young woman
who looked a little bit like you.
Paige: Prue.
Cortez: Prue Halliwell. Did you know her?
Paige: No. No, not really.
Shane: Well, in a way you did, right?
Cortez: What way was that? Were you friends of hers or friends of her sisters?
Paige: No, not friends.
Cortez: Then what? Okay, look. I - I know you know something. I can see it in
your eyes. Just like I know they know something, too. If you're trying to protect
them in anyway, I'll find out.
Paige: Well, in that case, I have nothing to worry about. (She kisses Shane.) You
rest up. I'll be back. (To Cortez) Excuse me.
(Paige leaves the room.)
[Cut to Manor. Phoebe sits next to the fireplace. Piper walks toward her and hands
her a teacup.]
Piper: Here, this should help. It's chamomile. I had three cups. (Piper takes a seat
on the floor beside Phoebe.)
Phoebe: Thanks. (She takes a sip and sets it aside.) Doesn't seem real, does it?
Piper: No. What are we gonna do with all of her stuff? What are we going to do
with her car?
Phoebe: I don't know. Sell it, I guess.
Piper: Unless you want it.
Phoebe: No. (She holds hands with Piper.) We're gonna get through this, you
know. We just have to stick together. (Leo orbs into the room.) Well?
Leo: Well, they don't know anything about her, so she's definitely not a white-
lighter.
Phoebe: Then why can she orb, Leo?
Leo: They can't explain it. (Both Piper and Phoebe stand up.)
Phoebe: Then how is it possible that they don't kn… (Cole shimmers into the
room.)
Cole: Whew. Sorry I took so long. I had to dodge a couple of bounty hunters.
Leo: Did you find anything out?
Cole: You have no idea what I found out. Turns out the Source doesn't think she's
a white-lighter at all. (He sits on the arm.) In fact, he thinks she might be another…
Charmed One. That's why he put Shax on it. He thought he ended the Power of
Three. Now he's worried that this girl may somehow reconstitute it.
Phoebe: No, but that's not possible. Is that possible? (Leo shrugs. Piper begins to
take off.) Piper?
Cole: Piper? (The others follow her. Piper goes to the attic and goes to the book.)
Phoebe: What's going on?
Piper: I'm going to ask Grams what's going on, actually.
Phoebe: Grams?
Piper: Mm-hmm. Your destiny still awaits, she says. There's a reason for
everything, she says. So, it's time to summon her transparent butt back here and
find out exactly what that reason is.
Phoebe: Okay, but what should…
Piper: "Here these words. Hear my cry spirit from the other side. Come to me, I
summon thee. Cross now the Great Divide!"
(She lets out a semi-satisfied sigh. Grams appears in a bright light.)
Grams: Piper? Why are you calling? P-Phoebe, wha-what's going on?
Piper: Grams, why does the Source think that the Charmed Ones can be
reconstituted?
Grams: I do - I don't know what you're talking about.
Piper: You know what, Grams? You were a lousy liar when you were alive, and
now as a ghost, you're worse.
Phoebe: If you know something, Grams, you have to tell us. We deserve to know.
Grams: I can't. I'm sworn to secrecy.
Phoebe: By who?
Patty: By me. (Patty appears right next to Grams in a bright light.) By me.
Piper: Mom?
[Cut to downstairs. Cortez and Darryl enter the manor. Cortez is holding a
flashlight.]
Darryl: You can't just walk in here like this. (Cortez stops.)
Cortez: Search warrant says I can.
Darryl: What the hell are you looking for?
Cortez: Do you really expect me to believe you don't know, Inspector? Follow me
and keep your voice down. (He continues searching.)
[Cut to Attic. Patty is explaining to her daughters as she paces.]
Patty: We didn't tell anybody because we were afraid that there would be reprisals,
afraid that, you girls would be dined your powers. Your birthright. It happened
after your father and I were divorced, when Sam and I were together.
Cole: (To Leo) Sam?
Leo: Her white-lighter.
Cole: Hmm. Apples don't fall far from the forbidden tree, I see.
Piper: Shh! (To Patty) Go on.
Patty: You were both toddlers. You just thought Mommy got a little fat. (She
smiles.) You never knew I was pregnant.
Grams: I was the only one who knew.
Patty: And Sam, obviously.
Grams: Right. Well, yes, of course.
Patty: We wanted to keep the baby, of course. But mother -
Grams: Well, I - I knew it would be disastrous. You know, before you and Leo,
Piper, it wasn't just forbidden. It was unthinkable for witches to be with white-
lighters. I mean, let alone have children with them.
Patty: So, that's why we had to - why we decided… to give the baby up. Sam and I
took her to a local church as soon as she was born. And we asked the nun there to
find a home for her, and she found one. A very, very good home.
Grams: Yes.
Leo: Explains why the Elders didn't know about her. (He looks at the sisters.)
Phoebe: All right, hold it. Wait just one minute. Are you telling me, that that girl,
our innocent, is really… our sister?
Patty: Your baby sister.
Grams: Their baby half-sister.
Patty: But by my half, which makes her a sister witch. Well, actually, not yet
anyway. Not until all three of you are here together by the Book. Just like before.
Grams: Charmed. Again.
Cole: And I thought my family was screwed up. (Piper gives Cole a look. Cortez
walks into the attic, seeing the two ghosts there. Everyone is a bit stunned. Darryl
is right behind him.)
Cortez: Well, I'll be damned.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Attic. Continue from before.]
Piper: Darryl, do something!
Darryl: He's a cop, Piper. And he's got a search warrant.
Cortez: And believe me, I've found what I've been searching for. (Cole moves
slightly towards Cortez. He aims his gun at him.) Ah-ah-ah-ah. Don't move. I'll
shoot.
Cole: Then so will I.
Leo: Cole…
Phoebe: Okay Inspector, just put the gun down. There is a very good explanation
for all of this. Feel free to chime in anytime, guys.
Cortez: My whole life, I suspected evil magic was real, that there was something
more. I've seem too many horrible things in the job to suspect otherwise, not the
least of which are the two murders that happened here.
Piper: Wait. Are you accusing us?
Cortez: I've just begun to accuse you, lady!
Grams: All right, fine. You caught us. Congratulations. So what are you gonna do
about it? Shoot us?
Phoebe: Easy, Grams. Not all of us are dead, remember?
Leo: All right, look, you can't arrest us, especially not them. Nobody will ever
believe you.
Cortez: Maybe not at first. I'm putting this whole place under constant
surveillance. I'm taping your every move. Sooner or later, I'll catch you doing
something uh, supernatural, and then… (Darryl knocks Cortez out with the but of
his gun. He falls to the floor.)
Darryl: I think you've been through enough today, huh?
Piper: Thank you. (Phoebe walks over to Darryl.)
Phoebe: Darryl, go, get out of here. We don't want you to take the fall for this.
Darryl: No, it's okay.
Phoebe: No, it's not. This is our problem. He wants to expose us, not you. Let us
take care of this, please?
Darryl: If you need me, you know where to find me, huh? (Phoebe nods and turns
to Cole. Darryl leaves the manor.)
Cole: It doesn't solve your problem. He's gonna wake up eventually. You've just
bought yourself some time.
Leo: What you're gonna need, especially if you're wanna save your…
Phoebe: Sister?
Grams: Well, what are you waiting for? Just write a spell. Get rid of him.
Phoebe: Uh, get rid of him?
Grams: Well, you know what I mean. Dump him somewhere. Anywhere. With all
the witches in this room, we oughta be able to do something with him. I mean, just
start rhyming. Uh, take him back, take him away. Remove him now. Don't let him
stay.
(She gestures to Phoebe.)
Phoebe: Oh. Uh. We call the spirits to help undo and send him off to… Timbuktu.
(Cortez vanishes from the floor.) Whoa. It worked.
Piper: Timbuktu? You sent him to Timbuktu?
Phoebe: All right, well, it was the only thing I could think of that rhymed with
undo.
Cole: Don't worry. Uh, I'll find him. (Cole shimmers out.)
Piper: Okay, well this is way too much for me to handle. Way too much.
Patty: Nobody can blame you for being angry, sweetie.
Piper: Angry? Yeah, I'm angry. Um, I'm confused and you know what? This - this
is just crazy. You cannot float in here after all these years and go, "Oh gosh, I
forgot, by the way, you've got a sister." Especially not today of all days.
Patty: I know it's a lot, sweetie. More than anybody should have to deal with, but
you're going to have to deal with it the best way you know how. Losing Prue,
learning about another sister... this is your, path. This is your destiny. Get angry at
it, cry about it, but don't fight it. Or it'll consume you.
Grams: Come on, Patty. The rest is up to them. (Grams and Patty disappear. Piper,
Phoebe, Leo head downstairs.)
Leo: I can't sense where she is because she's technically not a witch yet.
Phoebe: All right, so all we have to go on is that church that Mom mentioned and
the nun.
Piper: Okay, let's get one thing straight. I am only doing this to save her. I'm not
remotely interested in reconstituting...The Charmed Ones. (Piper is cut off to find
Paige waiting for them. The door is left open.)
Paige: I, the door was open. I'm sorry. I shouldn't be here. (Paige turns to leave but
Phoebe stops her.)
Phoebe: No, no, no. No, no. We were just coming to look for you.
Paige: You were?
Phoebe: Yep. Come on in. Welcome. I'm Phoebe. And this is...
(Phoebe hooks her arm into Paige's and walks over to Piper and Leo.)
Paige: Piper. I know. I've been to your club. Pretty great.
Piper: Thank you. And you are?
Paige: Paige. My name is Paige.
Phoebe: Hmm. Another P. Imagine that.
Piper: It's nice to meet you. (Piper shakes Paige's hand. A bright blue shines over
the girls.)
Paige: Okay. What was that?
Leo: I think that means you're supposed to be here. (The door slams open and a
strong wind knocks Piper, Phoebe, and Paige backwards. Leo is knocked down on
the stairs. Shax materializes and walks closer. He is about to strike when Leo
jumps on his back.) Run! Get upstairs!
Piper: Leo?! (Piper, Phoebe, and Paige run upstairs. Shax throws him off his back
and Leo is knocked out. Shax then looks upstairs.)
[Cut to attic. Piper, Phoebe, and Paige enter and go to the Book.]
Paige: What are we doing? What is that thing?
Phoebe: We'll explain later. (Piper flips through the pages of the Book.)
Piper: Okay, just say this spell out loud with us, okay?
Paige: Spells, what are you guys, witches?
Phoebe: And so are you. We hope.
Piper: Well, we're about to find out. (The strong wind breaks through the attic
door and Shax materializes. The girls recite the vanquishing spell.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: Evil wind that blows, that which forms below. No longer
may you dwell. Death takes you with this spell.
(Shax moans in pain as he explodes, vanquished.)
Phoebe: It's not enough. Shax was just the messenger. We gotta get the Source.
Paige: The Source of what?
Piper: Of all evil.
Paige: What have you guys turned me into? (Paige turns and runs out the attic and
out of the manor.)
Piper: Paige?
Phoebe: Wait. (Piper and Phoebe start following.)

                                To be continued…
   4.02 Charmed again
           II
[Scene: Underworld. The Source appears before the Oracle.]
The Source: My assassin failed. The witch is alive.
Oracle: Yes, I know.
The Source: You told me her future was short-lived. You told me-
Oracle: I told you only that it appeared to be short-lived. Seeing into the future is
not always exact, especially when magical forces are at play.
The Source: The Power of Three is strong. She'll be almost untouchable now that
she's reunited with her new sisters.
Oracle: Once the bond is formed, perhaps, but it has yet to, which means she's
vulnerable, easily swayed. (She goes over to the Source.) 48 - little hours. The
window of opportunity agreed to eons ago by both sides to protect free will.
(Whispers) The great flaw in the grand design.
The Source: She hasn't chosen the other side yet?
Oracle: Well, she's young, confused, doesn't know which way to turn. You must
seduce her into using her powers for evil, then she will become evil. And that's
even better than killing her, which, of course you could still do. You need to get
close to her, read her soul, corrupt it, and she's yours. (The Source caresses the
Oracle's chin.)
The Source: And you...you need to see the future more clearly, Oracle...for your
own future. (He then vanishes.)
[Cut to Shane's room in the hospital. Shane wakes up and stands up. The lights
flicker. The Source appears before him.]
Shane: What the hell? Who are you?
The Source: For now, I am you. (The Source disappears and possesses Shane.
Paige enters the room.)
Paige: Oh, my God, the most horrible thing has happened to me! I can't explain it.
Shane/Source: Shh. It's okay, honey. I'm here now. It's okay. (The possessed Shane
has his eyes turn all black as he embraces Paige.)
[Scene: Manor. Next morning. Kitchen. Piper retrieves an ice pack from the freezer
and places it gently on Leo's neck. Leo holds it against his sore neck.]
Piper: I don't understand how you can keep healing innocents, but you can't figure
out a way to heal yourself.
Leo: It's kind of hard to heal myself when I'm knocked out. (Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Leo, how is possible for an angel to even get knocked out? I mean, you
are, after all, technically dead.
Leo: Three years together, and now you're asking these questions?
Phoebe: Well…
Piper: I think the more appropriate question is, how does a white-lighter get
somebody knocked up? (Phoebe lets out a giggle.)
Leo: What's that supposed to mean?
Piper: What do you think it means?
Leo: If it's about Paige, I swear, the Elders had no idea that she even existed, or
that she was your sister.
Phoebe: Sister witch.
Piper: Half-witch, half-whitelighter. Let's not forget that little surprise. (She helps
Leo with the ice pack.) I still can't believe that Mom kept that secret from us.
Phoebe: Well, it sounded like she didn't have much of a choice.
Piper: We're her daughters. She could've found a way to share that information
with us. (The doorbell rings.) That better not be another long-lost relative. (She
goes to answer the door. Phoebe and Leo follow. Piper greets Darryl at the door
and lets him in.)
Darryl: Hi Piper.
Piper: Hi there. (Piper closes the door and Darryl looks around.)
Darryl: Where's Cortez?
Leo: Who?
Darryl: Inspector Cortez - the one I hit over the head, the one you said you would
take care of. He's missing. Police inspectors are not supposed to be missing. Where
is he?
Phoebe: Well, I kind of sent him to…
Piper: Timbuktu. It rhymed with undo.
Darryl: Timbuktu.
Leo: It's okay. Cole went to get him.
Darryl: Cole? (Cole shimmers into the manor by the stairs.)
Phoebe: Cole!
Cole: Wait. (He gets an energy ball ready and a bounty hunter appears suddenly
and strikes. The bolt of blue lightning misses Cole barely and Cole kills the bounty
hunter with his energy ball. Cole stands up.) Damn bounty hunters… they're like
gnats.
Darryl: Where's the inspector?
Cole: Don't worry. I found him. Moved him to a place he can't tell a soul what he
saw. Literally.
Leo: What do you mean? Where'd you put him? (Cole gestures below him.)
Phoebe: In the basement?
Piper: No. I think he means a little bit further down than that.
Phoebe: Oh.
Leo: Cole, he's a cop. He's one of the good guys.
Cole: He's also the one who can expose them as witches. I think that you, above
anybody, would want to avoid that at all costs.
Leo: Not at that cost. We have to save him.
Darryl: Save him? What do you mean, save him? Wh-what's going on?
Phoebe: You know what, Darryl? We are going to take care of this whole mess.
Darryl: Wait a second. Hold…
Phoebe: You don't worry about it. (She escorts Darryl out the door and then joins
the others.)
Piper: Okay. Maybe you can talk to the Inspector, reason with him. (Phoebe hugs
Cole.)
Cole: And what if he can't? What if you two get exposed? What's to say the same
thing won't happened to you that happened to Prue?
Phoebe: Well it's a risk we'll have to take.
Cole: Yeah well, you know what? There's another risk you guys have to worry
about. On the way back, I heard gargoyles.
Piper: Gargoyles? You mean like statues?
Cole: That's only in they're in their resting state. They come alive to ward off evil.
In this case, I think they're trying to ward off the Source. I think he's surfaced.
Phoebe: Wait - what? He's here? Now? Where?
Cole: I don't know. Could be anywhere. Or anyone.
Leo: Probably came for Paige, but she doesn't stand a chance against him. She
doesn't even know what her power is yet.
Phoebe: Leo, we don't stand a chance against him. Not without Prue.
Leo: But you might with Paige - the new Power of Three.
Piper: Can you sense her?
Leo: I don't think so. She's too new.
Piper: Well then we just have to start with the church Mom was talking about.
Phoebe: Piper…
Piper: What? Phoebe, I'm not crazy about it, either, but we can't just do anything
about it - now. Mom wouldn't want us to... and neither would Prue.
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Shane/Source is staring at a bird in a cage. Bird is
scared.]
Paige: Oscar...what's the matter, sweetheart? It's okay. I'm home. (Paige goes back
to her closet and picks out a jacket. She sits down on her bed.)
Shane/Source: Maybe he doesn't like me.
Paige: Don't be ridiculous. He's always liked you.
Shane/Source: Well, aren't you going to tell me what happened last night? (Paige
sits on the bed.)
Paige: No. It's nothing.
Shane/Source: It seemed like something to me. You were pretty scared.
Paige: Let's just say that when I wanted to find out who I was, I didn't want to find
out I was a freak. Look, can we just talk about this later?
Shane/Source: Of course. Hey, I never got to thank you for taking such good care
of me. (Shane/Source and Paige are about to kiss but they break apart when Paige's
bird, Oscar, screeches very loudly.)
Paige: Oscar. Listen, I should get to work anyway. I'm in enough trouble with the
boss as it is. (Paige heads for the door and Shane/Source raises a glowing red hand
at Paige's direction.)
Shane/Source: Well, I know how badly you want to be there for that placement
hearing. (Paige stops and turns around.)
Paige: How did you know about that?
Shane/Source: Well, you told me, remember? Little boy, abusive dad. You said
nothing gets under your skin more than that.
Paige: Right. Okay. Make yourself at home. Stop by the lunch if you feel up to it.
Shane/Source: Count on it. (Paige leaves her apartment. Shane/Source turns to the
bird, Oscar, and sets him on fire leaving a burnt corpse behind in the birdcage.
Shane/Source disappears in a fiery display.)
[Scene: Underworld. Cortez is on a ledge screaming.]
Cortez: Help me! (Below him is a pool of hot magma. He is startled when he looks
down. Leo orbs in and Cole shimmers in and onto a ledge next to Cortez.) Help
me! You! Stay away from me! Stay away!
Leo: We're here to save you.
Cortez: You're the one who put me here!
Cole: No, no. Actually, that was just me. Hoping you'd change your mind about the
girls, have you?
Cortez: Killing me is the only way to keep me from trying to stop you!
Leo: We're not going to kill you, Inspector. But what you don't understand, is that
by exposing the girls, you're not stopping evil, you're helping it.
Cortez: Oh, yeah, right.
Cole: (whispers to Leo) You do understand that if we take him back, it's over. I'll
lose Phoebe and you'll lose Piper. (Leo outstretches his hand to Cortez.)
Leo: Take my hand.
Cortez: No.
Leo: Take my hand. Where else can I take you that's worse than this? (Cortez grabs
Leo's hand and they orb out, followed by Cole, who shimmers out.)
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige is talking to her uncle on the phone at her
desk in her cubicle.]
Paige: (Into phone) So, how's Aunt Julie? Yeah? Oh. Is her hip any better? (A
couple comes up to the receptionist.)
Jake: Jake and Carol Grisanti for Mr. Cowan.
Receptionist: Okay. I'll let him know you're here. (Paige is distracted by it.)
Paige: (Into phone) I'm sorry. Say that again? I got distracted.
Receptionist: He'll be with you in a few minutes. (Jake goes over to the wife.)
Jake: I'm gonna go wash up, all right? (He leaves.)
[Cut to bathroom. Jake washes his face. The lights in the bathroom flash and he
turns to find Shane/Source standing there.]
Jake: What do you want? (The Source comes out of Shane and possesses the man,
Jake.)
[Cut to Paige still talking on the phone.]
Paige: (Into phone) Hey, before you go, can I ask you a question? Do you guys still
go to that church Mom and Dad used to go to? Is there still a nun called Sister
Agnes there? (Pauses) Yeah, right. The one that found me. No, no, I haven't spoken
to but something's come up, and I think I should. (He sees Jake/Source over by Mr.
Cowan.) Uh, Uncle Dave, I gotta go. I'll call you back, okay? Yeah, I love you too.
(Paige hangs up the phone and walks over to her boss.) Mr. Cowan.
Cowan: Hey, look Paige. I got this, okay?
Paige: No. But you can't let that little boy go home with that jerk.
Cowan: Paige, number one, you don't know for a fact he's abusing the boy. And
number two, this is none of your business. You are an assistant, not a social
worker.
Paige: That's because you're too cheap to make me one. (Mr. Cowan goes back into
his own office. Jake/Source stands at the other side of the office window and gives
Paige a look. Cowan closes the window blinds and Paige leans against the
window.)
[Cut to Manor. Piper is holding the Yellow Pages and looks into Phoebe's room.]
Piper: Phoebe, I think I found… (Phoebe's not there.) The church. Phoebe? (She
looks into Prue's old room to find Phoebe standing there, facing the window. Piper
sets down the phone book and walks up to her sister.) What are you doing in here?
(Phoebe turns around holding a leather jacket. Phoebe's face is tear stained.)
Phoebe: You remember the time I borrowed this from Prue without asking?
Piper: Which time?
Phoebe: When my boyfriend's cat peed on it. Oh. She got so mad, I thought she
was gonna have a stroke. (She whips her nose.) But the funny thing was, she got
mad at you because she thought that you were the one that had borrowed it. And
you never told her the truth. She never knew it was really me. (Phoebe sobs and
sits down on a red sofa. Piper comes over and sits beside her. Piper pulls Phoebe to
her and embraces her sister.) I miss her so much.
Piper: I know. Me, too. I was wondering when you were gonna let go.
Phoebe: I was just… I was trying to. (Piper hands her a tissue.) Thanks. Stay
strong, you know, keep it together for you, and… then I put all my energy into
trying to save… Paige because I figured only one of us could break down at a time.
Otherwise, we'd both be useless. (She sits up.) I'm scared, Piper. I'm really, really
scared. She always took the lead. She was… she was our big sister. How are we
supposed to go on without her? How are we supposed to go up against the Source
without her? (Piper sighs.)
Piper: I don't know. But I do know that we can't let the bastard get Paige, either so,
no matter what we think or feel, she is our sister. And sisters protect each other.
[Cut to office. Paige is pacing. Cowan comes out of his office. Paige approaches
him.]
Paige: What's happened?
Cowan: Nothing's been decided. We're gonna meet again tomorrow.
Paige: Tomorrow? You can't let him go home with that kid?
Cowan: I can, and I am. Look, Paige, you weren't in there. He was very persuasive.
Paige: Persuasive? What about the police report? What about the counselor's
recommendations?
Cowan: Look, Paige, I know how you feel about these cases, but we can't make a
decision based on what you think. We have to base it on face, but right now we
don't have enough yet. I'm sorry. (Cowan walks away. Jake/Source and his wife
step out of the little office and he confronts Paige.)
Jake/Source: You got a problem, lady?
Paige: Yeah, I do. I got a problem with people who hit their kids.
Jake/Source: Oh.
Carol: Come on, Jake. Let's just go.
Jake/Source: Wait. Wait. Listen, I can do whatever the hell I want to... (lowers
voice) and there's nothing you can do to stop me. (Paige gets her purse and turns to
leave. Cowan looks at her departing.)
Cowan: Where do you think you're going?
Paige: Church. (Paige leaves.)
[Cut to Jake/Source entering the bathroom. He finds an old man bent over Shane's
unconscious body.]
Old Man: Can you give me a hand? I - I - I think that he must have slipped.
(Jake/Source turns the old man's body into flames and is gone. The Source comes
out of Jake and repossesses Shane.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Cut to Paige entering a church. There is a gargoyle statue. Paige makes her way to
approach a nun.]
Paige: Excuse me. Are you Sister Agnes?
Sister Agnes: Yes. And who might you be?
Paige: I'm Paige. Paige Matthews.
Sister Agnes: No.
Paige: You might not remember me. I probably changed a little bit since you last
saw me on August 2nd 1977. Does that ring any bells?
Sister Agnes: Oh, dear Lord.
[Time lapse. Paige and Sister Agnes are in a little office. Sister Agnes retrieves a
box from a trunk.]
Sister Agnes: I was just about your age, when they came. (She puts the box on the
table.)
Paige: They? My mother and my father?
Sister Agnes: They came in a swirl of bright white lights just like, angels.
Paige: White lights. What do you mean?
Sister Agnes: Well, that's how they appeared, with you in their arms! I was
stunned. I - I didn't know what to think. They said that you were in great danger,
that they had no other choice but to give you up, to protect you.
Paige: Danger? What kind of danger?
Sister Agnes: Well, they didn't say. But I could tell from their pain that it must be
very real. They asked me to find you a good home, a safe home, and to keep their
secret… until you came looking.
Paige: But how could they know?
Sister Agnes: Because you come from them, my dear. As wonderful and precious
as your adoptive parents were to you, you still come from angels. (She reaches into
the chest and pulls out a blanket with a P on it.) They asked me to save this for you
for this day. It's what they bundled you up in. Your mother had only one request -
that your name began with a P. (Someone knocks on the office door and Piper and
Phoebe enters.) Yes, may I help…
Piper: Hi. (She freezes Sister Agnes.) Hey, what's up? We need to get you out of
here.
Paige: What did you do to her?
Phoebe: Oh, she just froze her. She'll be fine.
Piper: Yeah. Lucky I didn't blow her up. My powers have been a little off lately.
Phoebe: Piper. (Phoebe points at the blanket Paige is holding.)
Piper: Is that our blanket? (Piper tries to touch it, but Paige pulls it away.)
Paige: No! That's mine! Leave me alone! (She turns to leave.)
Piper: All right! Gee. (Piper and Phoebe follow Paige.)
Phoebe: Paige. Paige. Paige.
Piper: Stop or I'll freeze! (Paige stops and turns. Phoebe and Piper stop as well.)
Phoebe: (To Piper) She's a witch. You can't freeze her.
Piper: (To Phoebe) She doesn't know that.
Paige: Will you please just leave me alone? (Paige continues to walk towards the
main exit.)
Phoebe: Look, we know what you're going through. We went through the same
thing when we first found out we were witches, too.
Piper: Look. You just gotta trust us. Somebody very, very bad is after you. (Paige
stops and turns around.)
Paige: Trust you? You just froze a nun? How do I know you're not the bad ones?
Piper: Well if we are, then you are, sister.
Phoebe: Piper. (Paige turns to leave.)
Piper: What? Fine. Then you try.
Phoebe: (To Paige) You have a magical power, you know. (Paige stops and turns.
Phoebe and Piper come closer to Paige to talk.) Mmm. At least, if you're really a
Charmed One, you do. And the sooner you learn it, the sooner you'll be able to
protect yourself.
Paige: I have a power?
Piper: According to the prophecy, the third sister has the power to move things
with her mind. Like Prue could.
Paige: How does it work?
Phoebe: You concentrate on an object like that candle right there. (She points at the
candle a few feet away.) And then you just wave your arm at it.
(Phoebe demonstrates and waves her arm. Paige tries it, but nothing happens. She
looks to Piper and Phoebe.)
Piper: Or, uh, you could squint your eyes. She used to squint her eyes.
(Paige waves her hand at the candle and squints but nothing happens to the candle.
She turns back to the others.)
Paige: Well, maybe I'm not one of you after all if I can't even make that candle…
(Paige raises out her hand in the candle's direction. The candle is surrounded by
blue and white bright lights and disappears and reappears in Paige's outstretched
hand. Paige hands the candle slowly to Phoebe.) Oh.
Phoebe: So perhaps the whitelighter in her makes it work differently? (Phoebe
blows out the candle and sets it aside.)
Piper: Half-breed.
[Cut to outside. Jack/Source appears in a ball of fire and walks toward the church.]
Shane/Source: She better be here, Oracle. I'm running out of time.
Oracle: (as a voice) She is. Don't worry.
(Shane/Source stops and spots the gargoyle. The gargoyle screeches and
Shane/Source drops to the ground covering his ears screaming in pain.)
Shane/Source: No!
[Cut to inside. Piper, Phoebe, and Paige hear the noise.]
Paige: What is that?
Phoebe: I don't know.
[Cut to outside. Shane/Source's hand glows read and the doors open.]
Shane/Source: Paige.
Paige: Shane? (She rushes to help him.) What's the matter? My god, what
happened?
Shane/Source: I don't know. Someone's after me. (She helps him up.)
Phoebe: Paige! (Piper and Phoebe run after Paige.)
Paige: Come on. Let's get out of here.
Phoebe: Paige! Come back! (Shane/Source turns and fires a red bolt at Piper and
Phoebe. Piper and Phoebe scream and go flying backwards, sliding their way to the
inside of the front of the church.) Whoo!
Piper: What the hell was that?
Sister Agnes: Good question.
[Cut to scene: San Francisco PD Station. Cole and Leo follow Cortez as he makes
his way to a phone.]
Cole: Look, we didn't have to bring you back, you know. We could have just let
you rot.
Leo: Cole, I really don't think this is helping any.
Cole: Like your way is? (Darryl comes over to him.)
Darryl: Cortez, where you've been?
Cortez: (Into the phone) This is Inspector Cortez. I need a surveillance team
around the clock. I'll take one shift.
Darryl: What are you doing?
Cortez: What I said I'd do before you clipped me from behind.
Cole: You're making a big mistake, Inspector. (Leo hears a white-lighter call.) You
have no idea what you're doing.
Cortez: You want to bet?
Leo: Something's wrong. Piper's calling.
Cole: Just so you know, whatever pain you put Phoebe through because of what
you're doing will be nothing compared to the pain I put you through. You
understand?
Cortez: (Into the phone) 1329 Prescott Street. Phoebe and Piper Halliwell. They're
murder suspects.
Leo: All right. Come on. Come on. (He and Cole leave.)
Cortez: (Into the phone) Yeah, thanks. (Darryl grabs Cortez as he hangs up the
phone.)
Darryl: Hey, listen Cortez. (He points at Darryl.)
Cortez: Let go of me. (Darryl does.) You make me sick. How long have you been
covering up for them, huh? How many other murders have you ignored just to
protect them? You're a disgrace to that shield, my friend. (Darryl pins him up to the
wall.)
Darryl: This isn't the first time I've risked my career for those girls - my life, my
family! They're the best people I've ever met, and they'll do more good than you'll
ever know. And it cost them their sister. (Two inspectors pull Darryl away from
Cortez.)
Cop 1: Hey, hey inspector, ease up.
Cop 2: Hey, you all right?
Darryl: I'm good. I'm good.
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Piper and Phoebe are sitting on the couch. Cole and
Leo are pacing in front of them with their arms folded.]
Leo: So the Source was there, at the church?
Phoebe: Well, the gargoyles weren't exactly whistling Dixie, Leo.
Piper: Plus, something pretty powerful knocked us on our asses. (Cole sits down.)
Cole: But if he was there, why didn't he try to kill Paige?
Phoebe: Maybe he didn't want to go up against the Charmed Ones.
Cole: No, that doesn't make sense. He knows that Paige is new to her powers. If
ever there was a time to attack…
Leo: Wait a minute. What if he's not trying to kill her anymore? What if he's trying
to lure her to his side?
Phoebe: Translation please?
Cole: The mythological window.
Leo: There's a window of opportunity, an opening.
Cole: 48 hours.
Leo: Right, 48 hours where a nascent witch who hasn't chosen to use her powers
for good or evil yet can be swayed either way. (He sits down.)
Phoebe: Wait, so all he has to do is cast a spell on her?
Cole: No, he can't. It has to be her choice, but he can tempt her, entice her. If he
gets her to use her powers for evil…
Leo: She becomes evil forever. (Phoebe sighs.)
Piper: Who makes up these cockamamie rules? (Cole looks down and Leo looks
up.) Oh, never mind…
Phoebe: Okay, so we have less than 24 hours to get to Paige and no idea how to
find her.
Piper: But I bet the Source does.
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Paige is sitting on the couch with a blanket.
Shane/Source brings her a glass of water and sits down next to her.]
Shane/Source: Here.
Paige: Thanks. (She takes a sip of her water.) I'm so sorry to involve you in all of
this.
Shane/Source: All of what? Paige… (Paige puts down her glass.) What's going on?
Paige: I don't know. I'm so confused. I don't know what to do.
Shane/Source: Hey, you don't have to know. You're safe here… with me. (They
kiss.) (In Paige's head) I'll take care of you.
Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Cole is looking at Cortez, who's leaning against his car
parked outside the Manor. Phoebe, Piper, and Leo are at the Book of Shadows.]
Cole: Are you sure you don't want me to turn Belthazor loose on Cortez just for a
minute or two?
Leo: No. He doesn't have anything on the girls yet. Besides, now is no time to be
blurring the line between good and evil.
(Phoebe closes the book.)
Phoebe: This is useless. (She clears her throat.) We're never gonna find Paige
without a little help. (The book opens on it's own and flips through the pages. It
stops on one page.) Works everytime. Okay, an enchantment spell. Wait. How is
this gonna help find her?
Piper: Well, maybe it's not to find Paige. Maybe it's so we can ID the source. See
the last line? It's, "So she can reveal the evil within."
Phoebe: But that'll only help if we can find him?
Leo: Maybe we can, or at least, maybe you can. (He looks at Cole.)
Phoebe: What does he mean? (Cole walks toward them. He clears his throat.)
Cole: Demons can sense the Source's aura. It's how he reminds us of his power, his
reach. Maybe if I focus on it…
Phoebe: Then he'll know you're doing it. And he'll find you.
Cole: Not if I was careful. It's your only chance at saving your sister. (He goes
back to the window.)
Piper: Okay. So we need something to enchant.
Phoebe: Right, um… (Everyone looks around. Phoebe spots something.) Oh! (She
goes over to a shelf and finds a pair of pink kiddy sunglasses.) How about these?
Piper: Oh Phoebe.
Phoebe: What? They're perfect.
Piper: Oh great. (They both hold either side of the sunglasses.)
Piper/Phoebe: "Magic forces far and wide, Enchant these so those can't hide, Allow
this witch to use therein, So she can reveal the evil within."
(The glasses lenses' grow.)
Phoebe: Hmm.
Piper: Okay. Better test 'em. (Phoebe puts the glasses on. She giggles a little as she
looks at Leo.)
Leo: Well?
Phoebe: Nothing. You look the same.
Cole: How 'bout me? (Phoebe looks at him and lets out a little scream.) What?
(Through the glasses, Phoebe sees Cole as Belthazor as he walks toward the girls.)
What do I look like?
Phoebe: You look like hell. (She takes off the glasses.) Enchanting. (Cole smiles.
Phoebe looks up.) Thanks for the magical assist Grams.
Piper: How do you know it wasn't somebody else?
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Bathroom. She comes out of the shower with a towel
wrapped around her and goes to the medicine cabinet. She hears Shane/Source
voice. She stares in the mirror.]
Shane/Source: You know who you are now Paige. This is (his voice goes demonic)
where your destiny lies. It lies not with your sister witches. (He appears behind
her.) It's for no one but you. This is what you've been searching for your whole
life. This is why you have the power. (He makes an image of Jake/Source appear in
the mirror.)
Jake/Source: You can't stop me.
Shane/Source: Use your power for your desires, to seek your own revenge. (The
image disappears.) Use your power. Call for his heart. Call for his life. (He
disappears. Paige holds up her hand and the glass from the mirror disappears.)
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Jake and Carol (his wife) storm out of an
office. Mr. Cowan storms off in a different direction. Paige gets up and follows
Jake and Carol as Shane/Source looks on.]
[Cut to outside. Jake and Carol go towards their car. Paige holds out her hand.]
Paige: Heart. (Jake clutches his heart in pain.)
Carol: Jake, what is it? (He falls to the ground as he doubles over.) No!
[Cut to other side of parking lot. Piper pulls up in her jeep with Phoebe, Cole, and
Leo in it. They all get out and look around.]
Phoebe: I don't see Paige anywhere.
Piper: Are you sure this is the right place, Cole?
Cole: The Source is here. I can sense him.
Leo: Wait. There she is. (Phoebe puts on the sunglasses and sees a black aura
around Paige.)
Piper: What is she doing?
Phoebe: I don't know, but she's got a black aura around her.
Leo: The Source?
Cole: No. It can't be. If Phoebe saw my demonic self, then she'd see his too.
Phoebe: Yeah. Well, whatever it is, it's not good. Come on. (They go towards
Paige as a small crowd gathers around Jake.)
Carol: Jake! Jake! No.
Phoebe: Paige? Paige? It's me, Phoebe. And Piper.
Paige: He's evil. He's hurting his child.
Carol: Oh God! Honey.
Phoebe: No. You're being seduced into doing this.
Carol: No! No Jake!
Piper: All right. You know what? Hi. (She pushes Paige's hand down.) Leo, take
her. Go home. Go, go, go, go. (Leo orbs out with Paige. Jake's pain lessens.)
Cole: Let's get out of here. (They walk away.)
Carol: Are you sure you'll all right? (Jake stands up.) Maybe you'd better lay back
down.
Jake: I'm not covering for you anymore Carol. You keep your hands off our son.
(He walks off.)
[Cut to Piper's jeep. Piper and Phoebe are in there.]
Cole: You two go ahead. I'm going to stay behind. Make sure the Source doesn't
follow you.
(He and Phoebe kiss. They then drive off. Shane/Source comes out of the building.
He runs up behind Cole, but disappears in a burst of fire before Cole turns around.
Cole then shimmers away. He then shimmers near Shane/Source and walks up
behind him. He turns around and stabs Cole in the stomach. Cole falls down on his
knees.)
Shane/Source: Don't die too quickly, traitor. (He holds his hand beside Cole's ear,
emerging a yellow-orange light from it.) I want your beloved witch to see your last
breath. (He puts his hand on his chin.) To feel the heartache of loss, again. (He
begins to walk away.) Oracle, find Paige… one last time. (He disappears in a burst
of fire.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper and Phoebe come in. Phoebe takes off her coat.]
Piper: Leo, where's…(As they enter a hall, a knife is thrown, nearly missing Piper
and Leo. Phoebe and Piper let out a small scream.)
Leo: I'm having a hard time convincing her that she is not evil!
Piper: I see that.
Paige: Lamp.
(It disappears in white orbs and reappears. She telekinetically throws it toward
Piper and Phoebe, who duck after they scream. It smashes against the wall.)
Phoebe: Bright side - at least she's getting the hang of her new power.
Piper: That was Mom's crystal! (She tackles Paige to the ground. Phoebe joins her
in holding her down.)
Phoebe: Okay. Relax. Relax. (Leo takes Piper's place in holding Paige down as
Piper gets up.) All right. Now what?
Piper: We just better hope there's some Wiccan exorcism in the Book of Shadows
cause… yeah. (She goes to the stairs, but stops when the lights flicker off and on.
Shane/Source appears by the corner of the stairs.) Who are you? (His eyes turn all
black and he telekinetically throws Piper through the stairs banister.)
Leo: Piper!
Phoebe: Piper! (Shane/Source throws an energy ball at her, but she levitates to
avoid it. She goes to kick Shane/Source and he disappears, making her crash into
the Grandfather clock. He appears by the couch. Piper uses his power to blow him
up. Paige stands up and Leo helps Piper up. Shane/Source reassembles. Phoebe
grabs the glasses and puts them on. She sees the Source.) Oh, Piper! That's the…
that's the… (She takes off the glasses and goes to Piper.) Loo…loo… loo… look!
(Piper pushes her hand away.)
Piper: I know who that is.
Shane/Source: Your powers are strong, but will they be enough without the Power
of Three.
Paige: Shane, what's going on?
Shane/Source: (In Shane's voice) It's okay. I'm here now.
Paige: Stay away from me.
Leo: She still has free will. You can't force her to choose.
Shane/Source: Oh, but she's already chosen, haven't you? Come with me. You'll be
safe forever. I promise.
Piper: Don't listen to him. He's lying.
Shane/Source: They only want you for your power. You don't have to share it. It's
yours. (He turns into Mr. Cowan.) You've already seen what you can do with it.
You do what nobody else can do. (He turns into Carol.) You nearly saved my son
from his father. From all the pain and suffering he's put him through. (He turns into
the little boy.) Please help me. Don't let him hurt me anymore. You're my only
hope. (Paige takes his hand and starts to go with him.)
Phoebe: No! (The boy/Source races his hand, suspending Phoebe in mid-air and
shocking her with electricity.) Help me!
(Paige pushes Boy/Source down and Phoebe falls down. Piper, Leo, and Paige go
over to her to help her up. The clock chimes in the background.)
Piper: Phoebe? Okay. Come on. Come on. (The boy disappears and the Source
reposes Shane, who stands up.) I guess blood's a little thicker than evil. (The
Source/Shane looks at the clock and goes out of Shane, who falls to the ground, to
reveal his true self.)
Source: I've broken the Charmed circle before. I'll do it again. Besides, it wasn't a
complete loss. Thanks to Belthazor.
Phoebe: What did you do to him?
Cortez: Oh my God. (The Source, Leo, and the sisters turn to see Cortez standing
near the front door with a video camera. He's amazed at what he sees.)
Piper: Inspector, would you get out of here?! (As Cortez reaches for his gun, the
Source fires an energy ball at him, knocking him on the coat rack. He screams.
He's knocked on a hanger. Piper gasps. Cortez falls down, revealing blood on the
hanger. The Source disappears in a blast of fire. The others race to Cortez. Leo
kneels down beside him.)
Cortez: Looks like evil wins again, huh?
Leo: Not if I can help it. (He heals him. Cortez is shocked.)
Paige: How'd you do that? (Leo helps a shocked Cortez up.)
Leo: That's what whitelighters do. We heal good people.
Phoebe: We have to go find Cole. (All, except Cortez, leave. He checks his used to
be wound and the video camera.)
[Scene: Near South Bay Social Services. Cole is lying on the ground, nearly dead.]
Phoebe: Cole! (She spots him and runs over to him. She kneels down beside him.)
Oh no. No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no. (She puts his head in his lap.
Piper freezes Cole.)
Piper: Heal him.
Leo: You know that it's against the rules.
Phoebe: Leo, screw the rules. The Elders owe us.
Leo: Even if I could, I could only heal his human half and that… wouldn't be
enough power to save him. (Leo kneels down too.)
Paige: Aren't I half whitelighter? I mean, couldn't I use my half to offset his half?
Leo: It's worth a try. Take my hand. (Paige kneels down beside him and does so.)
Hold your other hand over his wound.
(Paige and Leo heal Cole. He unfreezes and gasps for air. Phoebe hugs him, happy
he's alive.)
Paige: That was good, right? (Piper helps Paige stand up as Leo stands up too.)
Piper: That was very good. Let's just hope it wasn't all for nothing.
[Scene: San Francisco PD Station. Cortez comes in with his video camera. Darryl,
sitting at his desk, watches him. Cortez looks at him. He looks over to the Captain.
Cortez goes over to Darryl and hesitates for a moment before giving him the tape,
which he takes. Cortez leaves and Darryl sighs.]
[Scene: P3. Piper, Phoebe, Leo, and Cole are sitting there. A waitress, Megan,
brings Cole and Leo their drinks.]
Cole: Oh good, thank you.
Leo: Thanks, too. (She leaves.) Feels good be here again.
Cole: Feels good to be anywhere again. (He chuckles.)
Phoebe: I will drink to that. (They clink their drinks.) Don't ever scare me like that
again.
Cole: Promise. (Phoebe smiles as she takes a drink.)
Leo: You okay?
Piper: I'm not sure.
Leo: Prue?
Piper: Yeah. We barely got through the funeral and then everything started to go
crazy and we haven't had a chance to mourn yet. And that's just not right.
Phoebe: I think we'll have the rest of our lives for that.
Piper: I'm still not sure about continuing on with this destiny thing. I need
sometime to think about it. I hope you're okay with that.
Phoebe: Absolutely.
Piper: And I hope you're okay with it too.
Leo: They may not be, but I am. (He takes her hand. Paige walks up.)
Paige: So does this mean I get free drinks now? (Phoebe chuckles a little.) Oh, I
didn't mean it like that. It's not that I really drink or… Okay. I'm just gonna go.
(She begins to leave, but Leo stands up and stops her.)
Leo: No, Paige. You belong here, remember?
Paige: You sure? I don't want to intrude.
Phoebe: Mmm. Come on. Come sit right here. (Cole goes over to stand next to Leo
as Paige sits down next to Phoebe.)
Cole: Okay, so, uh, maybe Leo and I should go uh… pretend like we got
something better to do.
Piper: Good idea.
Cole: Yeah. (He and Leo leave.)
Paige: I won't stay long. I just wanted to, uh, come by and thank you.
Phoebe: For what?
Paige: For what? You mean, beside from saving my life. (She chuckles.) I feel like
I should bake you a cake or something.
Piper: Do you cook?
Paige: No, no. Not really.
Phoebe: So how's Shane?
Paige: He's okay, I guess, except I'm not to sure he wants to see me anymore.
Phoebe: Oh, I'm sorry.
Paige: No. Can't say I blame him. You know? He doesn't know exactly what
happened to him, but he knows its something bad and he knows it's somehow
connected to me.
Piper: Yeah, well, you're not truly one of us until you've dated a demon, so,
welcome to the club.
Phoebe: Can I ask you a question?
Paige: Hm-mmm.
Phoebe: Why did you come to Prue's funeral? I mean, you never even met her,
right?
Paige: No. I never did. I don't want this to be taken the wrong way, but… I just feel
like a part of me lost her too and I just… I felt drawn to her, to all you guys. I
guess it was just a part of me trying to find out who I was. (Piper and Phoebe look
at each other.)
Piper: Come on. There's something we need to show you.
Paige: Show me what?
Phoebe: What good magic can do. (They get up and leave.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe lights the last two candles in a circle and then join
Piper by the Book of Shadows as Paige watches on.]
Piper/Phoebe: "Here these words. Hear my cry spirit from the other side. Come to
me, I summon thee. Cross now the Great Divide." (Patty appears in a bright light.)
Phoebe: There's someone here we thought you should meet. (Patty looks at Paige.)
Patty: Paige.
Paige: Mom?
(Patty steps outside the circle and becomes real. She hugs Paige, who smiles after
the hug.)
Patty: Welcome home. (She hugs her again as Piper and Phoebe watch on the
tender moment.)
End
     4.03 Hell hath no
            fury
[Scene: On the road in Piper's car. Piper, Phoebe and Cole are in it. Cole is driving,
Piper's in the passenger seat, and Phoebe's in the backseat. The car screeches
around the corner.]
Piper: Okay, turn left up here. And can you step on the gas a little?
(Cole screeches around the corner, nearly hitting a taxi. Phoebe lets out a yelp, and
the taxi driver honks his horn.
Phoebe: Off the gas! Off the gas!
(She pats him on the shoulder.)
Cole: Does somebody else want to drive here?
Piper: Phoebe, the demon is not waiting around for us to come and vanquish him.
Phoebe: We don't even know if we have enough power to vanquish him. Scrying
for random evil tells us nothing.
Piper: It tells us where the demons are and since we vanquished two already this
week, I say it's working pretty well.
Phoebe: Yeah, thanks to Cole for saving our butts. Two witches and half a demon
is not the Power of Three make.
Piper: So what are we supposed to do? Sit around and wait for them to pick us all
off? If we weren't going after them, they'd be coming after us.
Cole: They're coming after you anyway, Piper. The Source is coming after you.
Phoebe: And we won't be ready for him because instead of teaching Paige how to
be a witch, we're out hunting for every Tom, Dick and Beelzebub in San Francisco.
Cole: Speaking of, do we have any kind of plan here or…
Piper: The plan is to vanquish the demon.
Cole: Great. Any chance you've mastered your powers or are you still freezing and
exploding at random?
(Phoebe hits him lightly on the shoulder.)
Piper: Random, but you know what they say, there's nothing like field practice.
Turn here! (Cole screeches around another corner and drives down an alley.) Stop!
(Cole slams on the breaks. A bald demon is in the middle of strangling a man.
Piper, Phoebe and Cole get out of the car.) Hey! Big scary demon!
(The demon turns around and the man escapes from his grip and runs away. The
demon's eyes glow bright red. Piper uses her power and the demon bloats up. His
face turns red.)
Cole: He's gonna blow!
(Phoebe and Cole quickly jump back in the car and shuts the doors. The demon
explodes and green goo splats on the front of the car. Cole turns on the windscreen
wipers. Piper walks over to the car and opens the passenger door.)
Piper: Next!
(Piper grins and gets in the car. Phoebe and Cole look at each other, then at Piper,
who is still grinning.)
                                   Opening Credits
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige is at her desk reading a Witches and
Witchcraft book.]
Paige: (in her head) Throughout history, witches have been misunderstood,
persecuted and destroyed. The public hanging, drowning, and burning of women
suspected of witchcraft is a far more recent chapter of our history then most people
realise.
Mr. Cowan: Paige.
(Paige quickly puts down the book and picks up a folder.)
Paige: Yeah?
Mr. Cowan: What's the hold up on the O'Brien application?
Paige: Well, at the moment, the only hold up is my boss, who's standing over me
distracting me from my work.
(She smiles awkwardly.)
Mr. Cowan: Nice teeth. Have it on my desk by noon.
(He walks away. Paige whispers to an employee standing across the room.)
Paige: Lila! What's the O'Brien application?
Lila: Adam O'Brien, the foster kid we're trying to get into the boarding school.
Paige: Oh my god.
Lila: The scholarship application is due, like, today.
Paige: I am so lame. (Billy, a young guy with bad acne, pushes the mail cart in
front of Paige's desk. He puts her mail on her desk.) Aw, Billy, I thought I told you
to throw anything from creditors in the trash.
(He smiles. A man (Donnie) approaches him.)
Donnie: Hi, Pizza-face. Look, I understand how difficult it is to tear yourself away
from the cleavage in this section. (Looks at Paige.) But I'm gonna need my mail
sometime today. Okay?
Billy: No problem.
Donnie: Go, go.
(Billy walks away. Donnie gives Paige a sleazy look and walks across the room.)
Paige: Nice rug.
(Donnie's toupee orbs off his head and into Paige's hand, revealing his bald spot.)
Donnie: What the hell?
(Donnie looks around. Paige is shocked and drops the toupee in a trash can.
Employees laugh and giggle at Donnie. He covers his head with a sheet of paper
and walks away. Paige quickly leaves her desk.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Phoebe and Cole are there. Piper crosses out a page in
the Book of Shadows while Phoebe looks on.]
Phoebe: Oh, I know that you're happy that we got him Piper, but is it entirely
necessary to disfigure the book?
Piper: Hmm, this one could incinerate human flesh with his eyes. That must sting.
Cole: You think that's funny? You could have gotten yourself killed. Do you
understand that?
(He walks over to Piper.)
Piper: Yes, Cole, I understand killed very well.
Cole: Then why would you want to keep risking your life and Phoebe's, not to
mention mine? There's a legion of Bounty Hunters on my ass. I'm supposed to be
laying low but instead, I'm out protecting you guys.
Piper: You know what, Cole? Next time, you can stay home.
Cole: If you insist on taking these suicide missions, you force me to be there
because (the doorbell rings) there's no way in hell I'm about to let Phoebe lose
another sister.
(Phoebe goes over to him and touches his shoulder.)
Phoebe: Why don't you go see who's at the door for us, okay?
Cole: Sure. If it's the Source, I'll just ask him to come back later. (to Phoebe) We
need to talk.
(He leaves the attic.)
Phoebe: Piper, Cole's right. We have a system for fighting demons and it's worked
pretty well for the last three years.
Piper: I think, uh, Prue being killed counts as a pretty big glitch in the system.
Phoebe: I know that you're angry. I am angry too.
Piper: Then w-why are you fighting me on this? What-what's the problem with
getting a little proactive?
Phoebe: Because we're not ready to get proactive. That's what's wrong with it.
We're barely ready for anything right now. I mean, just dealing with our everyday
normal lives is hard enough.
Piper: That is precisely the point. The faster we get rid of these demons, the faster
we can get back to our everyday normal lives or at least what is left of them.
(The attic door opens and Paige walks in.)
Paige: Knock knock. I uh… I'm sorry to just drop by without calling.
Phoebe: Uh, it's okay. Don't worry about it.
Paige: I don't know exactly why I'm here. I'm just kind of having a hard time being
surrounded by people and…
Phoebe: And not being able to tell them that you can move things with your mind?
Paige: It does not exactly roll off the tongue.
(Piper picks up a map and a crystal.)
Phoebe: Yeah, well being a witch is tough on friendships. That's why the whole
sister thing comes in so handy. (to Piper) What are you doing?
Piper: Um, it's a little chatty up here, so I'm going to go scry for evil in my room.
Paige: Scry?
(Piper heads for the door.)
Piper: Yeah, uh, Phoebe will explain. I'll see you later.
(She leaves the attic.)
Phoebe: It's kind of like a, um, supernatural lojack.
Paige: Well, why don't you use that big book? I mean, it is a book of spells, right?
(Paige walks over to the Book.)
Phoebe: Oh, it's a lot more than that. It's kind of hard to explain.
Paige: It looks so old.
Phoebe: Yeah. It has survived a lot. Fortunately, it protects itself from evil.
Paige: It protects itself. How?
Phoebe: Magic.
Paige: May I?
Phoebe: Yeah. I mean technically, it's yours too. I would walk you through it right
now, but I have to go talk to Cole.
Paige: Well, maybe I can just take it back to my office.
Phoebe: Oh, no, no, no, no. It doesn't leave the house. But just feel free to thumb
through it and then I'll be back in a few minutes.
(Phoebe leaves the attic. Paige flips through the Book and stops at an Instant
Karma Spell.)
Paige: This could solve a lot of problems.
(She gets out some Post-its and a pen and starts writing down the spell.)
[Cut to the conservatory. Phoebe and Cole are waiting there. Leo orbs in.]
Leo: What? What is it? What's wrong?
Cole: You've got to talk to your wife.
Phoebe: Okay, Cole, remember what I said about being gentle?
Leo: What about my wife?
Cole: She's out of control.
Phoebe: Cole!
Leo: What?
Phoebe: It's just, we're very worried about her.
Leo: What happened?
Phoebe: She's very, very angry.
Leo: Well, of course she's angry. She's grieving.
Phoebe: Right, and if she were punching walls, I would happily call a repairman,
but…
Cole: The problem is she prefers to punch demons.
Leo: Well, I'll talk to her.
(Cole moves closer to Leo.)
Cole: She has no regard for her life or anyone else's. She's Charles Bronson cubed.
Leo: I said I'd talk to her.
(Phoebe stands in between the two.)
Phoebe: Guys, guys. Who is Charles Bronson? (Leo and Cole give her a look.)
Never mind. (to Cole) We - can we please just have a minute alone?
Cole: Sure.
Phoebe: Thank you. (Cole leaves the room and Phoebe and Cole walk in the living
room.) Uh, it's not just that she's violent, Leo. She's acting nothing like herself.
She's completely dismissive of Paige and I don't know what to do anymore.
(They sit on the couch.)
Leo: Strange isn't it? Now on top of everything else, you have to play the middle
sister when you've always been the, uh…
Phoebe: Screw up?
(Leo laughs.)
Leo: The youngest.
Phoebe: Yeah. I look at Paige and Piper and it makes me think back to all those
times that Piper had to play mediator between me and Prue.
Leo: Not a lot of fun, huh?
Phoebe: It's not a job I would have asked for. And I'm not sure it's a job I'm going
to be any good at, but I just, I don't have time to really worry about it right now.
Leo: I'll talk to her.
Phoebe: Thanks Leo. (They hug.) And not to worse this tender moment, but she's
already started scrying. (Leo orbs out and Phoebe falls head first on the couch.) I
didn't mean you couldn't use the stairs!
[Cut back to the attic. Paige has Post-its stuck over the Book Of Shadows. She runs
out of Post-its and looks around. She gets an idea, closes the Book and carries it to
the window.]
Paige: Okay, book, protect yourself. (Paige opens the window and drops the Book
of Shadows out. It lands on the grass.)
Phoebe: (from downstairs) Paige! I'll be right up! (She heads for the door.)
[Cut to the stairs. Phoebe's nearly to the top and Paige comes around the corner
nearly bumping into Phoebe.]
Phoebe: Whoa! (She giggles.) Where's the fire?
(They walk downstairs.)
Paige: Uh, you know, work. Lunch break's over. Gotta go.
Phoebe: Well, we didn't even get to talk.
Paige: Uh, yeah, it's alright. Don't worry.
Phoebe: Will you come by later?
Paige: Sure. Yeah. Absolutely. Bye. (She waves and leaves.)
Phoebe: Bye.
(Phoebe looks suspiciously up the stairs.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper's room. Piper and Leo are there. Piper is scrying.]
Leo: Look, honey, it isn't just that it's dangerous.
Piper: Leo, Whitelighters are supposed to guide. Not judge. Just because I'm doing
things a little bit differently doesn't mean that there is a problem.
(She drops the crystal.)
Leo: Piper, I'm your husband, not just you're Whitelighter. When you speak to me
like that, there is a problem. I can't help you unless you talk to me.
Piper: It hurts to talk, Leo. It hurts to breathe. So unless you have some idea of
how to bring Prue back, I don't want to talk right now.
Leo: Is that what you don't want to say? Is that you still blame me for not being
able to bring her back?
Piper: No, Leo. I don't blame you. I blame evil. Why-why do you think I'm doing
all this? For kicks?
Leo: Honestly, I think you're doing it because it's easier than confronting what
you're really feeling.
(Piper starts scrying again and the crystal points to a place on the map.)
Piper: Demon.
Leo: What?
Piper: I have work to do. (She walks out of her room.) Cole, Phoebe! Let's go!
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige is in the copy room trying to copy the
Book of Shadows. Donnie walks in, checks out Paige's butt and fixes his toupee.]
Donnie: Nothing like a copy room with a view. (He pours himself some coffee.
Paige straightens up. Billy walks in.) Hey Clearasil, what's popping?
(Donnie laughs and leaves the room.)
Paige: Don't worry about him, Billy. He's a jerk to everybody.
Billy: Yeah, I know. That's why his mail gets lost… frequently. (Paige smiles.)
Paige: Hey, is there something wrong with this copier?
Billy: The copier? I don't think so. I just ran off a whole bunch.
Paige: Everything keeps coming up blank.
Billy: Are you trying to copy a book?
(She pushes the lid of the copier down trying to hide it.)
Paige: Nah, it's nothing. It's cool.
Billy: Well, if you need me to do it for you, just say the word.
Paige: Thanks. You're sweet. (He smiles shyly and pours some coffee. Paige turns
over the Book of Shadows and reads a Vanishing Spell.) "Let the object of
objection become but a dream, as I cause the seen to be unseen." (Billy groans and
magical light surrounds his face.) You okay, Billy?
Billy: Yeah. I just, uh, got a little head rush.
(He turns around to face Paige and she sees that his acne has cleared up.)
Paige: Oh my God, it worked. (She closes the Book.) Oh my god.
(She picks up the Book and goes over to Billy.)
Billy: Paige, is, uh, everything okay?
Paige: It will be from now on.
(She kisses him on the cheek and leaves. Billy smiles.)
[Scene: Alley. Piper, Phoebe and Cole are walking down it.]
Phoebe: Piper, Cole and I do not support you in this. If you insist on doing it, you
are going in alone.
Piper: Okay. I'll see you at home.
Phoebe: (to Cole) I told you that wouldn't work.
Cole: It was worth a shot.
Phoebe: Wait a minute. Do you smell smoke?
(They stop walking.)
Piper: It's in there.
(Piper points to a large wooden door. There is smoke rising out from under it.)
Man: (from inside) What is that? What is it? Stop! Stop! (Cole walks over to the
door.) Who is th- What are you?
Piper: Get back, I'll blow it up. Go on.
(Cole backs away from the door and Piper freezes Cole and the smoke.)
Phoebe: Uh, Piper…
Piper: Yeah, yeah. Crap. Okay.
(Piper takes off her coat and throws it on the ground. She wiggles her arms to relax
herself then uses her power. The door blows up, sending Cole flying across the
alley, landing on a car and falling off on the ground.)
Phoebe: Piper!
(She runs over to Cole.)
Piper: What? Oh!
(A man runs outside, knocking Piper over. Three furies follow. Phoebe helps Cole
up. Piper gets ready to use her power.)
Cole: Piper, let them go!
(Piper blows up a car in front of the furies. They turn around.)
Piper: Uh-oh. (Piper tries to freeze them but only freezes Cole.) They're-they're-
th-th-they're immune to my powers.
Phoebe: Unfortunately, Cole isn't. (A fury attacks Piper but she dodges their hits.
Another goes for Phoebe. Piper picks up a trash can lid and the fury puts a hole in
it. Phoebe levitates up and kicks the furies, knocking them to the ground.) Piper,
unfreeze him.
Piper: What if I blow him up?
(Cole unfreezes. A fury knocks down Piper and blows smoke in her mouth. She
coughs.)
Phoebe: Cole!
(Cole throws an energy ball at a fury and she is engulfed in flames. The other two
furies disappear. Piper continues to cough.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper, Phoebe and Cole enter the house.]
Piper: I'm gonna take out those chain smokin' bitches if it's the last thing I do.
Cole: It might be the last thing you do.
Piper: That's very supportive, Cole. Who's side are you on?
Cole: At the moment, I'm on Phoebe's side.
(Piper coughs. Phoebe and Cole follow her into the kitchen.)
Piper: Well, the last time I checked, Phoebe was still my sister. Which technically
puts her on my side. Why are we arguing?
Phoebe: We're not arguing, we're discussing, Piper. You are arguing. And look,
you're already hurt.
Piper: I'm fine. (Piper takes a water bottle out of the fridge and has a sip.)
Phoebe: You can't stop coughing.
Cole: And your control of your powers seems to be getting worse, not better.
(They walk out of the kitchen.)
Phoebe: Oh, well, our powers are tied to our emotions, so it would make sense that
they would be a little off right now.
Cole: All the more reason to lay low. These demons are dangerous.
Piper: All the more reason to vanquish them, okay? That is what we do - eliminate
evil.
(They stop at the bottom of the stairs.)
Cole: Regardless of the consequence, you sound like Prue.
Piper: Okay, Cole. I'm going to vanquish the cancer girls with or without your
help. So either tell me what you know or get out of the way.
(Cole looks at Phoebe. She shrugs her shoulders.)
Cole: They're called furies.
Piper: Like from mythology?
Phoebe: The dog-faced women from hell?
Cole: They're modern knockoffs. Their MO is the same though.
Piper: They punish evil doers.
Cole: Exactly.
Phoebe: Wait. Wouldn't that make them good?
Cole: Well, these furies have no temptress. They'll go after a shoplifter as soon as a
murderer and they take great pleasure in the kill.
Piper: Great. Then we'll take great pleasure in the vanquish.
(Piper goes up the stairs Phoebe stands in front of Cole.)
Phoebe: What aren't you telling us? (Cole sighs.) So they go after evil doers. Have
they attacked you before?
Cole: When they focus their thoughts on you, they force you to hear the cries of all
your former victims.
(Phoebe touches his face.)
Phoebe: You're not the demon who did those things anymore.
(Piper screams from upstairs. Phoebe and Cole go up the stairs.)
[Cut to attic. Piper is standing in front of the empty Book of Shadows stand, mouth
open in shock.]
Piper: Evil got the Book of Shadows. How did evil get the Book of Shadows?
Phoebe: Oh no.
Piper: Oh no, Phoebe? A demon has the Book of Shadows. Oh no doesn't quite
cover it.
Cole: Let me go see what I can find out. (He turns to leave but Phoebe stops him.)
Phoebe: No, wait. Uh, Piper, promise me you're not going to overreact.
Piper: Is that even possible?
Phoebe: I think that, uh, maybe… well, it-it might-might be feasible that uh, Paige
borrowed the book.
Piper: Wait, why-why would you think that?
Phoebe: See? Now this is what I meant about overreacting. It's just that…
Cole: You let Paige take the Book of Shadows out of the Manor?
Phoebe: Well, no, I did not let her. It's just she left pretty quick, and she looks like
she might have…
(She looks at the open window.)
Piper: Out of the window?
Phoebe: Piper, I don't…
Piper: Phoebe, why would you even leave her alone with it?
Phoebe: Well, because she's our sister.
(Piper laughs.)
Piper: Not for long!
(Piper storms out of the attic. Phoebe follows. Cole pulls up a chair and sits down.
Phoebe runs back in.)
Phoebe: Are you coming?
Cole: To vanquish your sister? I think I'll sit this one out.
(Phoebe runs back out and Cole sits there twiddling his thumbs.)
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Lila is looking at Billy's face.]
Lila: It's unbelievable.
Billy: Maybe it was the light from the copy machine.
(They start to walk through the office. Billy is pushing the mail cart.)
Lila: God, this day is amazing. I mean, you went and got cute…
Billy: You think?
Lila: Totally. And then my car loan comes through like out of nowhere. (They
pass Paige's desk. Paige is on the phone and she smiles.) My credit is worse than
Paige's. You know, I still can't believe all of this.
Billy: It's amazing.
(Billy and Lila walk away.)
Paige: (on phone) Sir, I am taking full responsibility for being late with the
application. I'm simply asking for a deadline extension.
Man: (on phone) Well, I can't give you a deadline extension.
Paige: Well I'm asking that you not punish Adam O'Brien who's already had a
tough enough life for my mistake. (listens) Sir, all I'm saying is… (She looks down
at the Book of Shadows which is sitting on her lap.) "These words will travel
through the minds of stubborn parties and unbind, the thoughts too ridged to be
kind, a compromise they'll disentwine."
Man: (on phone) How does six o'clock on Friday sound?
Paige: Six o'clock Friday is perfect. Thank you so much. (She hangs up.) Victory!
(Lila and Billy look over at her.)
Lila: You got the extension?
Paige: Yeah.
(Lila walks over to Paige.)
Lila: Unbelievable. You're into all that witchy stuff, right?
Paige: Excuse me?
Lila: Well, I'm just thinking there must be something in the stars today. I mean,
Billy's face, my car, now this. Is there a full moon or something?
Paige: I don't know, but whatever it is, I'm going to call my student loan sharks
and take full advantage of it.
Lila: Ooh, good. Me too.
(Paige laughs. Lila walks away. Donnie comes up to her and stands behind her.)
Donnie: You know, Paige? (He talks in her ear.) As a lawyer, I can get those nasty
creditors off your back so easily. And if you can't afford to pay me, we could
always just take it out in trade.
Paige: Or I could just sue your ass for sexual harassment and pay you with my big
fat punitive settlement.
Donnie: The way you dress, the judge would admire my restraint. (He walks
away.)
Paige: That's it. (She finds the Instant Karma Spell in the Book of Shadows.)
Perfect. I'll just change demon to dirtbag.
[Cut to outside SBSS. Piper and Phoebe get out of the car and walk towards the
building.]
Piper: I don't understand how someone can be that stupid.
Phoebe: I don't understand why you haven't stopped ranting since we left the
house.
Piper: You're right. You're right. I'm sorry.
Phoebe: Yes, Paige made a mistake.
Piper: A mistake? She stole from us.
Phoebe: She borrowed. Borrowed.
Piper: She-she threw our family heritage out of the window!
Phoebe: Well, that's because we never took the time to explain its significance. It
was just a book to her.
Piper: Okay, Phoebe, it is not just a book. It's like, it-it-it is like a part of our
family.
(Piper coughs. Phoebe puts her arm around Piper.)
Phoebe: Paige is not a killer. She didn't kill anyone. And she's not a demon that
we're on our way to vanquish.
Piper: I get that Phoebe.
Phoebe: Do you? Because I don't think that you do. (Piper coughs.) You alright?
(Donnie runs out of the building with a bunch of women following him.)
Donnie: Hey! Hey! Get away from me! (They surround him.)
Piper: What the hell is going on?
Lila: Come on. Give Mama some sugar.
(He sinks to the ground and they fall all over him. Paige comes out of the building
holding her bag so it covers her chest. She goes over to Piper and Phoebe.)
Piper: You are so… (They notice something wrong and opens her coat to reveal
her very large breasts.) Busted?
Phoebe: Hello!
Piper: You stole our sacred book so you could perform magical plastic surgery on
yourself?
Paige: You think I did this on purpose? My body was perfectly fine just as it was.
Thank you.
Donnie: I mean it! Get away from me! (Piper freezes the crowd.)
Phoebe: Piper, you could have just blown up a dozen innocent people.
Piper: I took a chance.
Phoebe: See? Are you listening to yourself?
Piper: (to Paige) What happened?
Paige: I don't know. They just… grew.
Piper: Oh, right. And you had nothing to do with that.
Phoebe: Did you cast any spells?
Paige: One. (Phoebe gives her a look.) Five.
Piper: Five?
Phoebe: Okay, what did you do just before you turned into Betty Boop?
Paige: Well, I cast a spell on this slimeball I work with so I could give him a taste
of his own medicine.
Phoebe: Uh-huh. That the slimeball?
(Paige looks at Donnie and nods.)
Piper: And that's the backfire.
Paige: Backfire?
Phoebe: You misused magic to make him the object of ogling, and the spell
backfired and did the same thing to you.
Piper: Which you would have learned if you had bothered to ask. But now instead
of vanquishing demons, we're gonna have to spend the afternoon fixing your mess.
Phoebe: Okay, Piper, call Leo and get him to orb this slimeball back home. And
we have to protect him until we can figure out a way to reverse the spell. Paige and
I will grab the book and meet you there.
(Piper looks at Paige and shakes her head. She walks away. Paige looks down at
her breasts.)
[Time lapse. Phoebe and Paige are driving along the road in Paige's car. Paige is
driving and Phoebe's sitting in the passenger seat looking through the Book of
Shadows.]
Paige: Are my boobs gonna stay this way forever?
Phoebe: Not if I can ever find the spell.
Paige: What about Piper? Is she gonna stay mad at me forever?
Phoebe: No. It's just, um… she hasn't really been herself lately. You know, a lot of
ups and downs since Prue, you know, like us all.
Paige: The last thing I wanted to do was add to you guys stress. I just wanted to
get back at Donnie.
Phoebe: Yeah, and I understand the temptation, Paige, I really do. But I told you
the book does not leave the house.
Paige: Right. Sorry. (She tries to change into third gear but has a little trouble.) My
boobs are in the way. Can you put it into third for me?
Phoebe: Alright. Ready? Here we go. (Phoebe moves the gearstick into third. The
tyres screech.) Alright.
Paige: Did you find the spell yet? (Phoebe finds a page about furies.)
Phoebe: No, but I found the demons. Oh my God.
Paige: What? You can't say demons followed by 'oh my god'. I'm new at this, I'm
likely to panic.
Phoebe: Okay, uh, fury smoke kills bad guys, right? But in good people, it looks
for a portal of unexpressed fury.
Paige: And?
Phoebe: It builds until it consumes your humanity and it turns you into a fury. Um,
we fought the furies today. Piper got smoked.
Paige: Wait. Are you saying that Piper's turning into a demon?
Phoebe: It wouldn't be the first time. (Paige gives her a funny look.) Uh, step on it
and hit the clutch. I'm going into fourth. Ready? On three. One, two, three. (She
changes to fourth.)
[Cut to the manor. Donnie lands on the couch.]
Leo: Easy, Piper.
Piper: What, are you protecting him now?
Donnie: Wh-wh-what the hell is going on? And what's with the chicks? They've
gone crazy.
Piper: This chick just saved your ass you snivelling ingrate. (Donnie gets up.)
Donnie: Do you see what I mean?
Piper: Who said you could get up? (She pushes him over the back of the couch.)
Leo: What's the matter with you? Okay, honey look, I don't know what's going on,
but we really need to talk.
Piper: Leo, you know what? I'm sick of talking.
(Piper tries to blow Leo up but Leo orbs out in time. Piper goes over to Donnie.
Leo orbs back in.)
Leo: Now we really need to talk. Piper, you do not use your powers on a mortal.
(He stands behind her.) Do you hear me?
(Cole stands at the doorway.)
Cole: Back away slowly, Leo.
Leo: What?
Cole: She's becoming a fury. (Piper grows large black fingernails.) There's no
reasoning with her now. (Leo stands in front of her.)
Leo: Piper, you're a good witch. Do you hear me? Fight this.
(Piper touches his face, then pushes him over the couch.)
Donnie: Oh God! Help!
(Piper goes over and scratches Donnie. Cole gets an energy ball ready. Piper picks
up Donnie and blows smoke. Cole throws an energy ball at Piper which pushes her
back. Phoebe and Paige walk in.)
Phoebe: Cole!
Cole: I, well…
Piper: That wasn't very nice. (She disappears.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Phoebe is looking through the Book of Shadows, and
Leo is kneeling beside Donnie, who is asleep on the couch.]
Leo: Cole hit her with an energy ball.
Phoebe: Leo, it was a low voltage. Would you prefer he'd let her kill an innocent?
Leo: I'd prefer that he wouldn't use his demonic powers on my wife. I can't believe
that you let him go look for her.
Paige: Oh, this all my fault. I shouldn't have stolen the Book of Shadows.
Leo: You stole the Book of Shadows?
Phoebe: Leo, Leo. Concentrate please. (Leo heals Donnie's scratches.) I just hope
he finds her fast because if this is anything like the time I turned into a Banshee,
she's gonna be hungry for a kill. (Leo stands up.)
Paige: I'm sorry. A Banshee?
Phoebe: Yeah. Demonic screamer, kinda trampy, feeds on pain.
Paige: I think I need to sit down.
(She sits on the couch next to Donnie. Donnie wakes up and sits up and stares
straight at Paige's breasts.)
Donnie: Whoa.
(Paige punches him in the face, knocking him out.)
Leo: Paige!
(Paige stands up.)
Paige: What? You only said I couldn't use magic to punish him.
(Phoebe stands up.)
Phoebe: Okay, Leo, you orb Donnie back to his office, heal him there, then make
sure he doesn't nark us out for being witches.
Leo: How?
Phoebe: I don't know. Be creative.
Leo: What about Piper?
Phoebe: You have to do your job. And let us do ours. We'll get your wife back. I
promise.
(Leo touches Donnie and they orb out. Phoebe and Paige sit on the couch.)
Paige: Um, I hate to ask, but how are we going to get his wife back? I mean, she's
kind of a… full on demon.
Phoebe: No. She's not full on. She doesn't have the talons yet. That probably
comes with the first kill. Besides, if we were able to save her when she turned into
a Wendigo…
Paige: A Wendi-what?
Phoebe: Um, a Wendigo. It's kind of like a werewolf, only meaner. (She finds the
Instant Karma Spell in the Book of Shadows.) Is this the spell that you used?
Paige: Uh-huh. (Phoebe picks up a notepad and pen.) Is there some sort of spell I
could do, you know, in advance so I could, uh, not become maybe a Banshee or…
Phoebe: What word did you sub demon with?
Paige: Dirtbag.
Phoebe: Dirtbag. (She writes something down and scrunches up the paper up. She
stands up.) Okay. (She gets Paige to stand up.) Hand. (They join hands. Phoebe
burns the tip of the paper with a lit candle.) "Guided spirits, hear our plea, annul
this magic, let it be."
Paige: Please let it be. (Paige's breasts return to normal size. She looks down and
groans.) Do you think it worked a little too well?
[Scene: Alley. A man pushes another man against the wall. He holds a knife to his
throat.]
Innocenet man: Anything you want.
Man: Shut up.
(Two furies come up behind him and one scratches his back. He spins around and
the innocent runs away. The man hears voices in his head. He drops the knife and
falls to his knees. The fury blows smoke in his mouth. He coughs and is engulfed
in flames. He disappears. Piper appears in a puff of smoke behind them. They turn
around and make purring-like noises.)
Piper: I've been looking for you.
[Cut to the manor. Dining room. Paige and Phoebe are there. Phoebe is scrying.]
Phoebe: Damn it.
Paige: Why isn't it working?
Phoebe: Because Piper isn't a witch anymore.
Paige: Can't you just scry for evil then?
Phoebe: Do you have any idea how much evil is running around San Francisco?
(She stops scrying.) Damn it, Piper. (Cole shimmers in. He is bruised and
scratched.) Cole. Thank God. (Phoebe hugs him.)
Cole: Don't thank me yet.
Paige: You didn't find her?
Cole: I didn't get a chance to look. Every time I used my sensing powers, a bounty
hunter sensed me. I fought off three of them. (He sits down at the table.) I'm sorry.
Phoebe: No, it's-it's okay. I mean, somehow everything's gonna be okay. I-I don't
have even a little idea of how everything's gonna be okay.
Paige: Phoebe...
Phoebe: You know why? Because nothing is okay.
Paige: Phoebe.
Phoebe: My sister is a fury, my boyfriend is a demon... Oh baby, you're bleeding.
(She kneels down next to Cole.)
Paige: Phoebe. (Phoebe looks at her.) Didn't you say you found me because Piper
cast a spell to find a lost witch?
Phoebe: Yes, but I also said that Piper's not a witch anymore.
Paige: Yes, but if I can substitute the word 'dirtbag' for 'demon', why can't we
substitute the word 'sister' for 'witch'?
Cole: Will that work?
Phoebe: Well, n-no. Not if she's already looking for a kill. The call won't be strong
enough.
Paige: Why not?
Phoebe: Because of the pull of evil. When I was possessed by the Woogie, the
blood lust was so strong…
Cole: Woogie?
Paige: Don't ask.
Phoebe: The point is… I don't think she'll answer the call.
(Silence.)
Paige: Then we'll add bait.
(Paige glances at Cole, then looks at Phoebe. Phoebe looks at Cole and he looks
back.)
Phoebe: No. No. Uh, no. Are you kidding me? No.
Paige: The furies go after evil doers, right?
Phoebe: Paige, we are not using the love of my life as bait.
Cole: Oh, yes we are. It's perfect.
(He stands up and goes near Paige.)
Phoebe: Cole, you have been a demon for over a century. That is a lot of victims.
The pain of their cries alone can kill you.
Cole: Yes, but as you said, I'm not the demon that did those things anymore. And
if facing my crimes helps save your sister…
Phoebe: Cole, I…
Cole: Phoebe. (He sits back down next to her.) I would do almost anything for
you, you know that. But I will not be a coward for you. Please don't ask me to be.
(Phoebe touches his face.)
Phoebe: We'll need some of your blood.
Cole: Right.
Paige: Knife. (A knife orbs from the table and into Paige's hand. She holds it out in
front of Cole.)
[Time lapse. Phoebe and Paige are standing at the table. Phoebe is holding a knife
above a lit candle.]
Phoebe/Paige: "Power of the sisters rise, course unseen across the skies, come to
us who call you near..."
[Cut to the alley. The furies are touching Piper's hair. Piper is wearing fury clothes
and has talons on her face. She hears Phoebe and Paige chanting.]
Phoebe/Paige: "Come to us and settle here. Blood to blood, I summon thee, blood
to blood, return to me."
Piper: I know where evil dwells.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Parlor. Phoebe, Paige and Cole are there. Cole is pacing.]
Phoebe: Are you sure about this?
Cole: I'm good at a lot of things. Waiting is not one of them.
(Paige makes a noise and throws her arms down.)
Phoebe: Honey, what are you doing?
Paige: I'm trying to do that orb thingy. I can't seem to get the hang of it though.
(Cole yells in her face and she orbs in and out.) What happened?
Phoebe: You orbed.
Paige: I did?
Cole: It's a fear response.
Phoebe: So until you learn how to control it, you just have to…
Paige: Get scared?
Phoebe: Pretty much.
Paige: Alright. Well, that shouldn't be too difficult.
Phoebe: Good. Then we will orb, we will levitate, we will juggle knives if we
have to, just to keep the furies distracted from Cole.
Paige: Okay, but what I don't get is how we un-demon Piper when she gets here.
Phoebe: Well, we have to close the portal of unexpressed fury.
Cole: Unexpressed? I think she's been raging for days.
Phoebe: That's 'cause there's something she's not saying.
Paige: Which is?
Phoebe: I don't know, but I think I have an idea. (Cole yells out in pain and drops
to his knees. He hears voices. Phoebe kneels beside him.) They're close? (Paige
gets scared and orbs out. Phoebe stands up.) Paige? (Paige orbs back in.)
Paige: I did it again.
Cole: I'm sorry. I'm so sorry.
(A fury barges in through the front door. Phoebe levitates and kicks her, knocking
her down. She gets up and attacks Phoebe. Phoebe blocks and kicks her back
down. Piper and the other fury appear behind Phoebe near Cole. Phoebe spins
around.)
Paige: Phoebe!
Phoebe: Nice decoy, Piper. Two points. (She levitates and kicks them both,
knocking them down. She sees Cole lying on the floor.) Cole. Come on. Come on.
(She tries to get him up. The furies surround them.)
Paige: Lamp! (The lamp orbs out and it flies across the room hitting a fury. The
furies turn around.) Sorry. (The furies go over to her.) Really sorry.
(Cole throws an energy ball at the two furies and kills them. Piper pushes Phoebe
out of the way and scratches Cole's chest.)
Phoebe: Cole is not your problem, Piper, and you know it.
(Piper attacks Phoebe and Phoebe blocks her hits.)
Paige: Book! (The Book of Shadows orbs to her. She starts flipping through it.)
Please let there be something in here.
(Phoebe kicks Piper down. Cole gets an energy ball ready.)
Phoebe: Cole, don't! (He stops the energy ball.) You think I abandoned you. You
think it's my fault that Prue died. You blame me. You should just admit it.
(Piper sends Phoebe flying straight into a cabinet, smashing it. Piper goes over to
Paige.)
Paige: You don't want to kill me, Piper, you don't even know me. (Cole goes over
to Phoebe.) It's not about me. It's not about Phoebe, is it?
Phoebe: Leo! (Leo orbs in. Piper tries to scratch Paige, but she orbs out and back
in behind Piper. Piper spins around.)
Paige: Phoebe's not the sister who abandoned you. It's Prue, isn't it? (Piper grabs
Paige by the neck.)
Phoebe: Leo, do something.
(Leo grabs Piper and Paige and orbs out.)
Cole: Where'd he take them?
Phoebe: To what Piper's really angry at.
[Cut to a monastery. Leo orbs in with Piper and Paige. Piper backs away when she
sees Prue's plaque.]
Paige: Tell her, Piper. It's alright to hate her. (Piper tries to get out but the doors
are locked.) You should hate her. When my parents died, I hated them for it. I was
alone, and I hated them. It is okay to hate Prue.
(Piper looks at Paige.)
Piper: How dare you! (She runs over to Prue's plaque and bangs on it.) How dare
you leave me! How could you go and die and leave me here all alone? Please come
back. I need you. (She starts to cry.) Please come back.
(She screams and sinks down on the ground. She sits there and bawls. She changes
back to normal. Leo kneels down beside her.)
Leo: It's okay. It's okay, honey.
Piper: It's not okay. She risked her life everyday and she never thought about what
would happen to me and Phoebe if she was gone. (Paige starts to cry for the sister
she never knew.)
Leo: I know.
Piper: How did she think that I could live without her?
(Leo hugs her. Tears well up in Paige's eyes as she looks at Prue's plaque.)
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. The next morning. Piper is there pouring two cups of
coffee. Phoebe comes in and sits on a stool. Piper hands her a cup of coffee.]
Phoebe: Did you sleep?
Piper: Yeah, actually, better than I have in a while.
Phoebe: Mmm. It's quite, isn't it? Early and late. It's just really, really quite.
Piper: Prue was always the first one up, and the last one down. It's strange, the
things that you miss. So, how scary was I?
(Phoebe laughs. Piper sits next to her.)
Phoebe: Heck, I've seen worse. I've been worse. But uh, but Paige…
Piper: She completely freaked.
Phoebe: No, uh, she handled it… better than most people would, I think. She
saved your life. She definitely is a Halliwell, last name or no.
Piper: I know I haven't been the most welcoming. I just… I miss Prue so much.
It's hard to imagine opening up to someone else. With everything that happens in
our lives, love just feels like an invitation for more pain.
Phoebe: So maybe, um… maybe you don't start with love. Maybe you just start
with thanks.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Piper walks in holding a basket of muffins. She
spots Paige at her desk and walks over to her. She puts the basket on her desk.
Paige looks up at her, surprised. She looks in the basket.]
Paige: Muffins. Thanks.
Piper: Busy work. I'm best in the kitchen. Prue was the one that liked to, uh, chase
demons. (Paige sees Donnie.)
Paige: Man, he's like a whole new Donnie. What did Leo say to him?
(Piper looks over at Donnie. He smiles and walks past them.)
Piper: Um, I don't know. He's a miracle worker, that husband of mine.
Paige: So, how are you?
Piper: I've had, uh… bad hours. (She sits down.) And hours that aren't quite so
bad. I guess you know how it is.
Paige: Yeah. When my parents died, there were some days I didn't think I'd
survive the sadness. It'll never be okay that she's gone, Piper. But I promise, it will
get better. (Piper sees scratches on Paige's neck.)
Piper: You know, Leo could fix that for you.
Paige: It's my first war wound. I think I'll wear it with pride.
Piper: Unfortunately in this family, it will not be the last.
Paige: Well, every family has its pros and it's cons. A couple of demon battles in
exchange for the power to clear up my friend's skin? I'd say it's worth it.
Piper: The power to what? (They see Lila and Billy chatting across the room. Lila
flirts a little.)
Paige: He's cute, isn't he? Well, you should have seen him yesterday. (Paige
laughs.)
Piper: Okay, uh, you saved my life, so I guess we're even on the Book of Shadows
swipe, but, um, Paige, there are rules to being a witch, rules that you will have to
learn and follow.
Paige: Well, not to be difficult, but… you're married to our Whitelighter and
Phoebe's shacking up with a demon. So, on balance, maybe my friend could stay
cute?
Piper: Okay. (Mr. Cowan comes up to them.)
Mr. Cowan: My, my, my. That pile looks about the same size as it did about an
hour ago. (Piper stands up.)
Piper: Oh, that was my fault. I distracted her with muffins.
Mr. Cowan: And you are?
(Piper looks at Paige then back at Mr. Cowan.)
Piper: I'm her sister.
(Piper smiles at Paige and leaves the office. Paige smiles a little to herself.)
                                          End
           4.04 Enter the
                demon
[Scene: Manor. Basement. Phoebe is fighting with Cole. He kicks her in the
stomach and she bends down.]
Cole: Don't be tense. Be ready. When you see me expand, you contract. (Phoebe
looks up.) If I contract, you expand. (They begin to fight again. Cole flips him
Phoebe on the ground and then sits on top of her.)
Phoebe: If you wanted to be on top, all you had to do was ask. (A laugh comes
from the stairs and Phoebe looks over to see Paige sitting there.) Uh, P-Paige. (To
Cole as she slightly hits his leg.) Oh. (He gets off her and Phoebe goes to Paige.)
What are you doing down here? Shouldn't you be upstairs studying for Piper's
quiz?
Paige: Well, I was kinda hoping to go a couple rounds with the demon first.
Phoebe: I should tell you, Piper takes her witchcraft quizzes very seriously. You
better be prepared. What's the subject?
Paige: Potion basics.
Phoebe: Eww.
Paige: Mm.
Phoebe: Well, you got to start somewhere.
Paige: I know. It's just a little book learning. (Cole comes up to them.)
Cole: Phoebe? (Phoebe sighs. Cole walks away.)
Phoebe: Paige, Piper and I had to learn how to be witches the hard away, and it
took… well, it took too long. We need you to get there faster. Our lives may
depend on it.
Paige: Appealing to my conscious. Such a low blow.
Phoebe: Mmm. (Paige stands up.)
Paige: I just want to know when the fun stuff starts. (She leaves. Phoebe turns to
Cole.)
Phoebe: So where were we?
Cole: Training.
Phoebe: Uh. Come on Cole. You were gone for a whole week. That is seven long,
lonely nights.
Cole: I was on a fact finding mission. We can't ignore what I learned.
Phoebe: Yeah, I know. The Source wants us dead.
Cole: No, you don't know. He needs you dead. Ever since we escaped, factions
have been forming to challenge him. He must finish what he started if he expects
to survive. Which means that you need to be prepared. (Cole draws a sword.)
Phoebe: You think the Source is going to challenge me to sword fight.
Cole: Hand to hand combat if too safe. Sword fighting teaches confidence,
intensity. (He tosses Phoebe the sword.) You need to learn how to fight like a
demon, Phoebe. (He walks over toward Phoebe.) Training must come before
everything. Including us. Are you ready?
Phoebe: Do I have a choice? (Cole swings the sword and Phoebe ducks. She then
draws her sword.)
[Scene: Outside Garden. Yen-Lo draws his sword and sneaks in the bushes nearer
to the man (Zen Master) kneels before a statue. Yen-Lo comes from behind to
attack him. However, An-Ling jumps in front of him. They fight. Zen Master
stands up. An-Ling unmasks Yen-Lo with.]
An-Ling: Yen-Lo! (She takes off her own masks.) This is how you repay my
father? (Zen Master comes over to them.) After all he taught you, everything he
gave you.
Yen-Lo: What did he give me An-Ling? I was supposed to replace him, but he
passed me over… for you.
Zen Master: Yen-Lo, you took everything you've learned from here and used it for
your own gain. You brought disgrace upon yourself and our monastery. Now leave
us and never return.
An-Ling: You heard my father.
Yen-Lo: I'm going to kill him, An-Ling. And then I'm going to kill you. You can't
stop me. You're half the student I was. (An-Ling stabs Yen-Lo.) You think this is
the end? We're just getting started. (Yen-Lo jumps into a pool of water and
disappears. An-Ling brushes her hand over the water.)
                                     Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper is quizzing Paige at the table. Piper's wearing
glasses. Paige is eating a lollipop.]
Piper: Okay. After mixing your potions, what's the best method to preserve unused
sea slugs for future use: A) Pickle them, B) Sugar them, C) Smoke them, D) Freeze
dry them.
Paige: Well now, you see, if I had extra sea slugs, I'd let those little suckers go
right on back to the ocean.
Piper: D) Freeze dry them is the correct answer.
Paige: I was going to guess that.
Piper: Why are you guessing at all?
Paige: To pass.
Piper: Paige, this, uh, isn't like trig, you know. (She takes off her glasses.) It's-It's
not like you're never going to use it again. If you blow a potion, innocent people
could die. Did you study at all for this test?
Paige: Well, I started to last night. It's just a friend from work came over and she
knew this bouncer at this club and… I'm sorry.
Piper: It's okay. I was single… once. Why don't you study tonight -
Paige: I can't. I have a guy coming over here and we're going out.
Piper: Here? What's wrong with your place?
Paige: Uh, this place is slightly more impressive than mine.
Piper: Uh-huh. Look Paige, I really, really want to be the cool big sister, but this is
ridiculous. You have no priorities.
Paige: That is not true. I've left work to fight demons. That's why I have to go out
tonight. The boss' son is in town for the weekend.
Piper: And you think showing him a good time is going to improve your career
standing?
Paige: Well, yeah. (She puts her lollipop back in her mouth.)
Piper: Okay, listen to me very carefully. There is nothing more important than
learning your craft right now. We could be attacked at any moment.
Paige: Then why am I stuck here reading? I should be learning how to body slam
sweaty demons like Phoebe.
Piper: Phoebe's been at this a lot longer than you have, but trust me. Be patient and
study hard and one day you will get a big sweaty demon of your own. (Piper stands
up and gets her umbrella and purse.)
Paige: Where are you going?
Piper: Chinatown. I need to stock up on some of these herbs.
Paige: Oh, can I go? I can get my nails done.
Piper: You need to work on your potions. (She gets her coat. Paige stands up.)
Paige: Come on!
Piper: Paige, don't be make me the wicked witch of the northwest. I-I didn't ask for
this big sister gig and frankly it's sucks. But since I'm on a roll, you should get rid
of that lollipop habit because it's going to rot your teeth. (Piper leaves the kitchen.)
[Cut to basement. Phoebe and Cole are still fighting with swords. Phoebe stops and
clutches her ankle.]
Phoebe: Uh, I think it's twisted.
Cole: Stand up.
Phoebe: I just need a time out.
Cole: The Source won't give you a time out when you ask. Now get up!
Phoebe: I said that I can't. Jeez, Cole. What's the matter with you?
Cole: Demons worship strength, power. Nothing else. To beat the Source, you
have to channel all of your energy into your strength. Including pain. (Phoebe gets
up. Cole reaches out to help her.)
Phoebe: Let go of me. I can do it.
Cole: I don't want anything to happen to you. (She rests her head on Cole's chest
for a moment.)
Phoebe: Let's go. I'm ready. (They resume fighting.)
[Scene: Outside in a Garden. An-Ling is talking to her father.]
An-Ling: I need to stay here. Protect you from Yen-Lo.
Zen Master: You cannot protect me from him. Not where he's gone. Only the
dragon blade can stop him now. Take this to Master Kwan. He is an old friend. He
will understand. (He hands her a note.)
An-Ling: But what is Yen-Lo finds you first?
Zen Master: Then you will become master and you'll know what to do. An-Ling, I
did not pass over Yen-Lo because you were my daughter. I did so because you are
the superior student. Now hurry, before he comes back. I'll follow you in the
shadows. Go. (An-Ling leaves and Yen-Lo's face appears in a pool of water.)
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Paige is working on a potion.]
Paige: Next up, some powered toadstool. Bam! (Paige throws in the powder and
claps.) Let's kick it up one more notch. (Leo enters.)
Leo: Whoa, what-what are you doing?
Paige: You know, just preparing for the Source.
Leo: Oh, is he coming over for dinner?
Paige: No, Piper's got me mixing potions. Why, I don't know. Phoebe gets to fight.
Phoebe gets to levitate. I - I get to cook. (Leo gets a bottle of water out of the
fridge.)
Leo: Well, you know your sister's active powers took a long time to develop. And,
uh, Phoebe's been studying martial arts for years.
Paige: Yeah, but we're magic. We should be able to skip over all that crap.
Leo: Well, there are no shortcuts. Even with magic. Anyway, you're half White-
Lighter which means you're half pacifist. You may never develop the power to
fight like Phoebe. And, uh, you might want to check your potion. It's bubbling
over. (Leo leaves.)
Paige: Just once, I'd like to know what it's like to be Phoebe and be able to kick
some serious ass. Bam! (Paige puts the last ingredient and the potion explodes.
Paige's soul leaves her body and she collapses.)
[Cut to basement. Phoebe collapses. Phoebe's soul leaves and Paige's enters.]
Phoebe/Paige: How did I get down here?
Cole: Never drop your guard. (Cole goes to hand her a sword and she runs away
from him, hiding behind the punch bag.) What is wrong with you, Phoebe?
Phoebe/Paige: What did you just call me?
Cole: Well, you really took a shot if you can't remember you're name.
(Phoebe/Paige looks down to see who she is and gasps.)
Phoebe/Paige: Oh, no. (She plays with some of her hair.) I am so screwed and so
frosted.
Cole: Are you okay?
Phoebe/Paige: No. I mean... yes. Just wait here.
Cole: I told you, no unscheduled breaks during training. (Phoebe/Paige heads
upstairs.)
Phoebe/Paige: I am training. I'm doing stairs.
[Cut to kitchen. Paige/Phoebe starts to wake up and groans a little.]
Phoebe/Paige: Oh, I don't look so good.
Paige/Phoebe: What's going on? (She sees Phoebe/Paige and gasps.)
Phoebe/Paige: Don't worry, Phoebe. It's me, Paige. We switched bodies.
Paige/Phoebe: What? What did you do?
Phoebe/Paige: Why do automatically assume it was something that I did?
Paige/Phoebe: Paige!
Phoebe/Paige: All right, all right. I did it, but it was an accident. I swear. I just
wanted to know what it was like to be you and somehow the potion I was working
on just sort of blew up.
Paige/Phoebe: You wanted to be me? Are you crazy? Okay. Okay. We gotta fix
this. What ingredients did you use?
Phoebe/Paige: I'm not sure. Just please don't tell Piper. She already thinks I'm a
screw-up as it is.
Paige/Phoebe: Hello! Paige, we are in each other's bodies. I think Piper is the least
of our problems. (Phoebe/Paige pouts.) Okay, fine. I won't tell her. Now wipe that
look off my face. (Phoebe/Paige smiles.)
Phoebe/Paige: Thanks. God, this top is tight.
Paige/Phoebe: Yeah, but it sure looks great. (Cole enters.)
Cole: So, ready to get back at it?
Paige/Phoebe: Yeah, just a minute sweetie.
Cole: Not you. Phoebe.
Phoebe/Paige: Uh, sure, sugar. Whatever you say. Lets go work up a sweat.
(Phoebe/Paige begins to go downstairs, but Paige/Phoebe stops him.)
Paige/Phoebe: Uh, just a minute. Actually, Phoebe has to stay with me. She has to
help me, uh, with the potion. It blew up in my face.
Cole: Is that true? (Both girls nod.) So let me ask you something, Phoebe. Um,
why did you ask me to train you? I mean, why are we wasting our time?
Paige/Phoebe: You're not wasting your time, Cole. Phoebe told me how much she's
learning-
Cole: I'm sorry, Paige. This is between me and Phoebe. If it's more important for
you to help out in the kitchen than to train for the Source, then you don't have what
it takes to vanquish him. So, please let me know when that changes. (Cole
shimmers out.)
Paige/Phoebe: If we don't fix this soon, I am going to perm your hair.
[Scene: A Herb Shop in Chinatown. Piper enters the store. An-Ling is arguing with
the man at the counter.]
An-Ling: Please, just listen to me. You have no idea how important this is to me.
Man: Come back later.
An-Ling: If I could come back later, I would, but I can't. I need it now.
Man: That dagger is a family heirloom. It's not for sale.
Piper: Excuse me. Do you have any wormwood? (He's about to go find it.)
An-Ling: You don't understand. I don't want to buy it. It's all right here in the note.
Man: I don't read Chinese.
Piper: Uh, wormwood. (He's about to go find it.)
An-Ling: You have to help me. My father needs the dragon blade. He said your
father would-
Man: My father is out of town until Tuesday. You'll have to come back then.
Excuse me, I have customers.
Piper: Yes. Hi. Thank you. Hi. I need a sprig of wormwood, preferably small
stemmed. (An-Ling jumps up onto the wall and takes the dragon blade.)
Man: Hey! (Piper tries to freeze the scene, but An-Ling doesn't freeze and jumps
through the window. Piper follows.)
Piper: Hey! (Piper causes some boxes in the alley to explode in front of An-Ling.)
An-Ling: Who are you? (The Zen Master appears. Yen-Lo appears in a puddle.)
Zen Master: An-Ling!
An-Ling: I have it, father. (Yen-Lo appears out of a puddle of water and stabs the
Zen Master.) No!
Yen-Lo: Like I said, we're just getting started.
An-Ling: Father! (They disappear into the puddle of water.)
                                  Commercial break
[Scene Manor. Living room. An-Ling is talking to Piper and Leo. There are two
teacups on the coffee table.]
An-Ling: Yen-Lo was a powerful disciple, but he used my father's teachings for
evil. That's why my father passed him over for master. And because he did, Yen-
Lo swore vengeance on him.
Leo: But didn't you say you stabbed Yen-Lo when he first attacked?
An-Ling: Yes, but he used his knowledge of the teachings to escape before he died.
Piper: Escape where?
An-Ling: To a place where souls pass on their way to reincarnation. It's a mystical
region between life and death. (Piper looks at Leo for help.)
Leo: Limbo.
An-Ling: Yen-Lo somehow figured out a way to hide out there.
Piper: But if you stabbed him-
Leo: Metaphysical and magical laws are amplified in limbo. As long as he stays
there his wound will never advance. He can literally cheat death forever.
An-Ling: That's why I took the dragon blade. It has the power to trap human souls.
(Piper picks up the dragon blade.)Now it's the only way to save my father.
Piper: You think he's still alive?
An-Ling: Yen-Lo just doesn't want to kill my father. He wants to punish him.
Holding him in limbo does that. It keeps his soul from being reborn. (Piper puts the
dragon blade down.)
Piper: Do you know how to, uh, get to this limbo?
An-Ling: No, I never mastered that skill.
Piper: Well, then we'll have to figure out our own way. Phoebe! Paige!
An-Ling: I can't let you do that. I know you're powerful witches, but I can't put you
in danger. Yen-Lo will be coming for me next. (Paige/Phoebe and Phoebe/Paige
enter from the kitchen.)
Piper: All the more reason you should be here where it's safe. (She tucks a piece of
hair behind her ear.)
An-Ling: No place is safe from Yen-Lo. He can use any surface of water as a
portal.
Leo: Maybe, but he can only stay in our world for short periods. Otherwise, his
wound will ultimately kill him. (Phoebe/Paige and Paige/Phoebe go behind Leo.)
Paige/Phoebe: You called. (An-Ling and Piper stand up.)
Piper: Um, this is An-Ling.
Phoebe/Paige: Hi, I'm Paige. (Everyone looks at her curiously.) I mean, Paige's
older sister Phoebe. This is Paige.
Paige/Phoebe: Howdy. Hi. Paige here.
Piper: Um, okay. We've got a water loving demon, so Phoebe can you take Paige
to the water main. It takes two to turn off that rusty valve.
Phoebe/Paige: Water main. Right. (Phoebe/Paige goes off in the wrong direction.
However, Paige/Phoebe pulls her in the right direction and nervously laughs. They
leave.)
Piper: Okay, Book of Shadows. There's got to be another way to get into limbo.
(Leo gets up and he and Piper head for the attic.)
[Scene: Limbo. Yen-Lo is standing in front of the Zen Master who is tied to a tree.]
Yen-Lo: It's amazing how our wounds stop bleeding down here, isn't it? (Yen-Lo
presses the Zen Master's wound.) See! It doesn't even hurt.
Zen Master: This place was not meant for us to stay, Yen-Lo.
Yen-Lo: Tell me about it. I always the entrance to reincarnation to be a nice river
or even pearly gates. The last thing I expected to see was a big, sucking hole.
Zen Master: It's never too late for redemption. If you enter that vortex, you'll
cleanse your soul. Start life fresh.
Yen-Lo: Yeah, as a tapeworm or maybe even a dung beetle. I know how karma
works. Besides, I've worked too hard in this life to give it all up now.
Zen Master: You're evil, Yen-Lo. You have nothing in this life.
Yen-Lo: I have you! Which means now your student reject has a purpose. I figure
why stop with just one Zen Master when I can rid the world of two or twenty or a
hundred. All their wisdom and magic lost forever in Limbo. Now that's… evil. (He
lets out an evil chuckle.)
Zen Master: And have I not taught you that you can never escape your karma. No
one can.
Yen-Lo: But then again, nobody's ever escaped from Limbo before, have they?
Zen Master: How did you do it? I see no water as a portal to return to Earth.
Yen-Lo: I was worried about that at first. But then I remembered that every cloud
has a nice wet, watery lining. (He jumps in the air and floats.) Well, I'm off to find
your daughter and kill her. Wish me luck. (He levitates out.)
[Scene: Manor. Basement. Phoebe/Paige and Paige/Phoebe are trying to shut off
the water main.]
Phoebe/Paige: Careful, don't break my nails.
Paige/Phoebe: Forget your nails. You almost got us busted. Next time just smile
and nod when we're together.
Phoebe/Paige: Well that might work with Piper, but what about this demon that's
on the loose. (Phoebe/Paige sucks on a lollipop as they have shut off the water
main.)
Paige/Phoebe: You're right. We may have to fight. Can you levitate?
Phoebe/Paige: I haven't tried.
Paige/Phoebe: There - levitate and kick, but first could you loose the lollipop. My
teeth have enough cavities.
Phoebe/Paige: Oh, sorry. Nervous habit. (She puts the lollipop down and tries to
levitate and kick the punching bag, but falls.)
Paige/Phoebe: Oh my god. You are so bad for my image. (Phoebe/Paige sits up.)
Phoebe/Paige: Oh, Piper is never going to trust me with magic again.
(Paige/Phoebe comes over to her.)
Paige/Phoebe: Piper won't find out anything as long as we reverse the potion.
(Phoebe/Paige stands up.)
Phoebe/Paige: Well, I think I figured out how to mix a new batch, but we're all out
of powdered toadstool.
Paige/Phoebe: I know where to get some. You stay here. Avoid Piper at all costs
and practice my power, you may need it. (Phoebe/Paige turns around and sighs as
Paige/Phoebe leaves.)
[Cut to foyer. The doorbell rings and Paige/Phoebe answers it. Mr. Cowan's son,
Mason, at the door.]
Paige/Phoebe: Can I help you? (Mason laughs a little.)
Mason: Sense of humor. I really like that in a girl. So you ready to go, Paige?
Paige/Phoebe: Paige. Uh- (Phoebe/Paige comes up behind them with her lollipop.)
Phoebe/Paige: Mason, hi. How are you?
Mason: I'm fine. Do I know you?
Phoebe/Paige: No, no. But I know you. At least I feel like I know you seeing as
how Paige can't stop talking about you, Mason the boss's son. He's as cute as you
said he was.
Paige/Phoebe: Well, uh, nice to see you. Bye. (She begins to close the door, but
Mason stops her.)
Phoebe/Paige: No, wait! Aren't you guys going for dinner?
Mason: Yeah, is Italian okay?
Phoebe/Paige: Chinese. You must have Chinese. Chinatown Chinese, even better.
Mason: That's--That's cool.
Paige/Phoebe: Okay. (Phoebe/Paige gives Paige/Phoebe her coat.)
Phoebe/Paige: Okay, so you two kids have fun. And keep my face out of the sun.
(Paige/Phoebe gives her a look before she and Mason leave. Piper comes down the
stairs.)
Piper: Who was at the door?
Phoebe/Paige: Um, just Paige's date.
Piper: She's still going on her date? (Phoebe/Paige shrugs.) Ugh. What's with the
lollipop?
Phoebe/Paige: Paige sort of got me into them.
Piper: Phoebe, I gotta be honest. I'm really starting to worry about her.
Phoebe/Paige: Why? What's wrong with Paige?
Piper: Well, first of all she made me realize I hate being the big sister. And it's
suddenly my responsibility to teach her how to be a witch. And she doesn't listen to
me.
Phoebe/Paige: Oh, she listens... sometimes.
Piper: Really? Cause she's got me fooled. And you know what, it's a shame
because she might actually have a lot of potential.
Phoebe/Paige: Really?
Piper: But the problem is, I don't think she cares, about anything.
Phoebe/Paige: Oh, no. She cares. I know she does. You just have to give her a
chance. I think Paige is the kind of person that… needs to learn from her mistakes.
And believe me, she's learning fast.
Piper: Mm-hmm. (Piper heads off. Phoebe/Paige sighs and puts the lollipop in her
mouth.)
[Scene: The Herb Shop in Chinatown. Paige/Phoebe and Mason enter and
Paige/Phoebe starts looking around. He sees a jar of squids.]
Mason: Uh, hmm. What is this place? (Paige/Phoebe sighs.)
Paige/Phoebe: I just gotta find some powdered toadstool. Ah, here it is. (She takes
a bag out of a basket.)
Mason: Okay, I-I gotta warn you. I'm not into the whole herbal scene.
Paige/Phoebe: Oh, neither is Paige, I don't think.
Mason: You always talk about yourself in the third person like that?
Paige/Phoebe: It's kind of a character flaw of mine.
Mason: So what's the toadstool for?
Paige/Phoebe: It's an aphrodisiac. (She heads over to the counter.)
Mason: Really? My Dad was right. He said you were, uh, unique. I believe is the
word he used.
Paige/Phoebe: Oh, yeah? What else did he say about me?
Mason: He said that if he doesn't hurry up and make a social worker, you'll
probably quit and start your own agency. That or end up in jail. He wasn't sure
which.
Paige/Phoebe: Sounds like me at that age. (She pays a man for the powdered
toadstool.)
Mason: You lost me again.
Paige/Phoebe: I'm not showing you a very good time. Am I?
Mason: Well, I don't know. I mean we're in Chinatown shopping for a sexual
stimulant. I'm surrounded by chicken claws and goat brains. I haven't this much
fun in a long time.
Paige/Phoebe: Come to think of it, neither have I. My boyfriend's not really big on
the fun factor lately.
Mason: Your boyfriend?
Paige/Phoebe: Ex-boyfriend. (Thunder claps outside.) Uh-oh. Yen-Lo.
Mason: Uh, what's that? Another aphrodisiac?
Paige/Phoebe: I gotta go. (Paige/Phoebe leaves Mason in the store.)
[Scene: Manor. Basement. Phoebe/Paige is trying to levitate, but failing. Cole
shimmers in behind her. she jumps again and fails.]
Cole: What are you doing?
Phoebe/Paige: Uh, just… some exercises. Levitating exercises.
Cole: So you've decided to make training you're priority?
Phoebe/Paige: Yes, absolutely.
Cole: Good. We'll pick up where we left off.
Phoebe/Paige: Right. Cool.
Cole: I'll throw a couple of low voltage energy balls at you. You just try to avoid
them.
Phoebe/Paige: Energy balls? (Cole throws an energy ball and hits Phoebe/Paige in
the shoulder.) Oh! (Cole throws her one on the butt.) Ah! Okay, now that's just
rude. I am not having fun.
Cole: Fighting the Source isn't supposed to be fun.
Phoebe/Paige: That's it, pal. You are not the Source and you do not treat your
girlfriend this way. Murderers, demons, phone solicitors maybe, but not your
girlfriend.
Cole: What's gotten into you? (Cole walks up to her.)
Phoebe/Paige: Paige! I mean... I told Paige how you've been treating me and she
just thinks you're way out line, buddy.
Cole: Phoebe, you're the most important thing in my life. If I don't push you hard, I
will lose you.
Phoebe/Paige: You keep pushing her that way, and you'll push her right out the
door.
Cole: What do you mean her?
Phoebe/Paige: I meant me.
Cole: You said her.
Phoebe/Paige: Did I? Well, it's… I'm just - I'm very angry. You know? Because,
well you tore my jog bra and now I just - I have to go change. (Phoebe/Paige
leaves.)
[Cut to Attic. It's raining outside and water is leaking in through the window. Piper
and Leo are looking in the Book of Shadows. An-Ling is sitting down, looking in a
bowl of water.]
Piper: There is actually nothing in here on how to reach Limbo. (Leo goes over to
An-Ling.)
Leo: Should you have that water up here? I mean what if Yen-Lo uses that as a
portal.
An-Ling: It's okay. The surface is too small for him to enter.
Piper: So, what are you doing? (Piper goes over to them.)
An-Ling: My father could use water as a looking glass into other worlds. Once
when I was young, he reached into a bowl of water and picked me a plum from the
Garden of Eden.
Leo: Can you see your father now?
An-Ling: No. I only see water. (She puts the bowl down.) I wish he were here.
He'd know what to do.
Leo: I better go check with the Elders. Maybe they can help us reach Limbo. (Leo
orbs out.)
An-Ling: Sometimes I think Yen-Lo was right. My father made the wrong choice.
Yen-Lo was always the better student.
Piper: Oh, I doubt that. (She sits down in front of An-Ling.) You beat him in battle.
An-Ling: But I didn't kill him. I made him stronger. Strong enough to remove my
father's magic and wisdom from the world. I don't feel worthy of following in his
footsteps.
Piper: I understand. I recently lost my big sister who was… pretty good at just
about everything she did. Very tough shoes to fill.
An-Ling: Where did you find the strength?
Piper: I haven't yet, but I'll let you know when I do. (She looks at the window.)
Come on. With all this rain, we have to protect the house from Yen-Lo. (They
leave the attic. Yen-Lo appears from puddle of water leaked in from one of the
windows.)
[Cut to Foyer. Yen-Lo comes down the stairs. He pauses and hides as
Paige/Phoebe enters the house and puts down her bag on the table. She takes off
her coat and hat, then heads for the living room. Cole comes to meet
Paige/Phoebe.]
Paige/Phoebe: Cole! You scared me.
Cole: Sorry. I didn't mean to. With the rain outside and everyone on Yen-Lo alert.
(Paige/Phoebe puts her coat on the coat rack.)
Paige/Phoebe: Yeah, Yen-Lo. That's why I rushed home.
Cole: You're chilled. Here put this on. (He offers her his jacket.)
Paige/Phoebe: Uh, you keep it. (He pins her to the wall.)
Cole: I'm sorry. Am I making you feel... uncomfortable?
Paige/Phoebe: No, of course not. I was just wondering what "Phoebe" would think
about this. (Yen-Lo leaves.)
Cole: Phoebe?
Paige/Phoebe: Uh, yeah. Your girlfriend, Phoebe. Remember?
Cole: Yes, see, the problem with Phoebe is she's so obsessed with training, she's
not interested in - romance anymore.
Paige/Phoebe: That's not true. I - I mean, she-
Cole: You on the other hand, strike me as being full of passion. Desire. I miss that.
Paige/Phoebe: I gotta go. (He kisses her. Phoebe/Paige walks down the stairs.)
Phoebe/Paige: Hey! (Paige/Phoebe flips Cole over. Phoebe/Paige goes over to her.)
Paige/Phoebe: How could you do this to me? (Cole puts up his hands innocently.)
Cole: Oh, come on. I'm just trying to have a little fun, Phoebe. Isn't that what you
were complaining about me not doing?
Paige/Phoebe: Yeah, but I never meant for... did you just call me Phoebe?
Cole: Would you rather I kissed her? (He stands up.)
Paige/Phoebe: No.
Phoebe/Paige: You know? How do you know?
Cole: Well, for one thing you suck at levitating. And for another, you set me
straight about the way I've been treating the real Phoebe as only a sister could.
Paige/Phoebe: You did?
Phoebe/Paige: Someone had to.
Cole: Okay, I'm going to go. Let you guys work this out. When you're yourself
again, give me a call. (He smacks her on the but lightly.)
Paige/Phoebe: Unh. Oh.
Cole: We'll have some fun. (Phoebe/Paige looks away slightly in disgust. He
shimmers out.)
Paige/Phoebe: Okay, we've got to get back into our own bodies. I am even getting
confused.
An-Ling: (from kitchen) Piper, look out!
[Cut to kitchen. Yen-Lo is attacking Piper and An-Ling. He kicks Piper on the
table, breaking it. She screams. Phoebe/Paige and Paige/Phoebe enter. An-Ling
takes out the Dragon blade].
Yen-Lo: The dragon blade? (He attacks and cuts An-Ling. Phoebe/Paige and
Paige/Phoebe enter)
Piper: Phoebe, stop him! (Yen-Lo cuts An-Ling and she drops the dragon
bladePhoebe/Paige levitates and starts spinning in a circle. Yen-Lo takes the
dragon blade and escapes through the dishwater in the sink. Paige/Phoebe pulls
Phoebe/Paige down.) Leo! (Leo orbs in.) An-Ling's hurt. (She points at
Paige/Phoebe and Phoebe/Paige.) You two, follow me! (Leo heals An-Ling as the
sisters leave.)
Leo: Easy.
[Cut to conservatory. Piper enters with her sisters behind her.]
Piper: All right! What the hell is going on?
Paige/Phoebe: I was soaking some potion pots in the sink and I forgot to drain
them.
Piper: That is not what I mean. I smell something witchy. Phoebe, what is wrong
with your powers? (Phoebe/Paige doesn't answer.) Phoebe?
Paige/Phoebe: I'm over here.
Phoebe/Paige: Don't get mad at her. This is all my fault.
Paige/Phoebe: Yeah, but Paige, I agreed to keep it secret.
Phoebe/Paige: Yeah, but I was the one that messed up the potion. I wasn't
concentrating. I just guessed.
Piper: Oh, my god! You guys switched bodies! Are you out of your minds? What-
with everything we have going on, you pull a stunt like this?
Paige/Phoebe: It was an accident.
Piper: Accidents like that get people killed. We could have lost an innocent in
there. What if it wasn't Yen-Lo? What if it was the Source that broke in? You
could have gotten us all killed! Now we've lost our shot at Yen-Lo. We have no
idea how to get to Limbo. (She thinks for a moment.) Wait a minute. Do, you
remember what you put in that potion to switch bodies? (She points at
Phoebe/Paige.)
Phoebe/Paige: Phoebe just picked up the ingredient we were missing.
Piper: Good. Let's go.
[Time lapse. Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Leo, and An-Ling are watching Phoebe/Paige
and Paige/Phoebe put together the potion. Piper looks at Paige/Phoebe.]
Piper: All right, what else did you… (She looks at Phoebe/Paige.) I mean you, put
in this.
Phoebe/Paige: Just the powdered toadstool.
Piper: All right soul sisters, back in your own bodies.
Phoebe & Paige: I want to be me again. (Phoebe throw in the powered toadstool
and they switch back. The others wait anxiously.)
Phoebe: Oh, it's nice to see you Paige.
Paige: It's nice to bee seen, Phoebe. My god, what did you have for dinner?
Phoebe: Kung Pao Chicken. Sorry.
Piper: Okay. Not to cut this reunion short, but we don't have a lot of time. So the
only person who knows how to enter Limbo is in Limbo himself. And since we
can't get him to An-Ling's father down there, my plan is to bring him up here. Or at
least his soul.
Leo: Wait, you want to swap souls with An-Ling's father?
Piper: He's the only one who knows how to get in. Besides, it's the best way to
surprise Yen-Lo.
Leo: It's too risky. There's gotta be another way.
Piper: Did the Elders have any other ideas?
Leo: No.
Piper: Then there's not. Okay. (She takes the powdered toadstool from Phoebe.) I
want to be the Zen Master. (She throws the powdered toadstool in the potion and
switches souls with the Zen Master.)
Piper/Zen Master: You have a very brave sister.
An-Ling: Father?
Piper/Zen Master: Yes, An-Ling I'm here. We don't have much time. Where is the
dragon blade?
An-Ling: I used it to fight Yen-Lo, but he knocked it out of my hands. Phoebe, did
you pick it up?
Phoebe: No. Paige?
Paige: I haven't seen it.
Piper/Zen Master: Then who has the dragon blade?
[Cut to Limbo. Yen-Lo has the dragon blade. Piper wakes up in the Zen Master's
body, tied to a tree.]
Yen-Lo: What happened old man?
Zen Master/Piper: I don't know. What happened?
Yen-Lo: I was telling you how I stole the dragon blade from your useless daughter
when you blacked out.
Zen Master/Piper: I did? I mean, I did. If you say so.
Yen-Lo: Who are you? (He holds the dragon blade to his neck.)
Zen Master/Piper: I am one with the universe. (Yen-Lo laughs.)
Yen-Lo: You think you can fool me? I was his disciple for twenty years. (He takes
the blade down.) An-Ling doesn't have the power to switch souls. So you must be
one of the witches, which means An-Ling and her father will come to rescue you.
The question is… how are they going to get your soul back when I've got it. (He
captures Piper's soul in the dragon blade.)
                                  Commercial break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe and Paige come with Leo bring the dragon blade's
sheath to An-Ling and Piper's body inhabited by the Zen Master.]
Phoebe: This is all we could find.
Piper/Zen Master: Then Yen-Lo must have the dragon blade. (Piper/Zen Master
waves her hand over a puddle and sees inside of Limbo.) And used it to capture
your sister's soul.
Leo: What does that mean? How do we get Piper back?
An-Ling: We need to get the dragon blade away from Yen-Lo.
Phoebe: Okay, so what are we waiting for? Show us the way.
An-Ling: I should go alone. Piper did this for me to save my father's life.
(Piper/Zen Master looks at An-Ling curiously.)
Paige: No, she's our sister. We'll all go.
Piper/Zen Master: Is that what you were fighting to save? My life?
An-Ling: Of course, father. When we bring you back their whitelighter can heal
your wound. He's a miracle worker. I've seen him.
Piper/Zen Master: You are right. We should all go, but it is a different realm down
there with new rules. Yen-Lo has had time to learn and adjust.
Leo: Fine, then let's go.
Piper/Zen Master: If you go, you risk being pulled into the vortex. Who would heal
our injuries?
Phoebe: He is right, Leo. You should stay here. (Piper/Zen Master goes in. An-
Ling jumps in.) Okay, here goes nothing. (Phoebe, then Paige jump into the puddle
of water.)
[Scene: Limbo. Piper/Zen Master, An-Ling, Phoebe, and Paige enter Limbo.]
Phoebe: Piper! (The two sisters go over to the Zen Master's body.)
Paige: The dragon blade. Where is it?
Piper/Zen Master: Quiet.
Phoebe: Look out! (Yen-Lo attacks. Piper/Zen Master is killed to the edge of the
vortex.)
An-Ling: Father! (She goes to save Piper/Zen Master.)
Yen-Lo: Welcome to my turf.
Paige: Look! Yen-Lo's belt. (She points to the dragon blade and it orbs into her
hand.) I didn't even call for it. It just happened.
Phoebe: Our powers must be expanded here. You get Piper's soul out of the dragon
blade. I'm going to keep Yen-Lo busy. (Phoebe goes to Yen-Lo.)
Yen-Lo: Oh, it's you... black belt Barbie.
Phoebe: You're going to sorry you said that. (She levitates and kicks Yen-Lo up to
a rocky mountain. He drops his sword.)
Paige: Phoebe, what do I do?
Phoebe: Uh, I don't know. Use your powers, orb her soul. (Paige orbs her soul out.
Phoebe jumps up to Yen-Lo and they fight.)
Paige: Now what?
Phoebe: Put it back in the body. (Paige puts Piper's soul back in the Zen Master's
body.)
Zen Master/Piper: Thanks for the lift. Untie me. (She does.)
Paige: We've got to do something.
Zen Master/Piper: What? I don't have the power in this body. (Phoebe drops to the
ground.)
Phoebe: Oh, my ankle. I think it's twisted. I need a time out. (Yen-Lo jumps
down.)
Yen-Lo: A time out? This will be easier than I thought.
Phoebe: For me too. Paige! (Paige orbs her the dragon blade and Phoebe captures
Yen-Lo's soul. Limbo changes into a beautiful garden and the vortex turns into a
cloud-like vortex.)
Paige: Oh my god, it's so beautiful. What happened?
Piper: Beats the hell out of me. (She walks over to them.)
Phoebe: Piper?
Piper: Hello! (Zen-Master and An-Ling joins them.)
Zen Master: The natural order of things has been restored. Including our souls.
Piper: But how?
Zen Master: This was all a reflection on Yen-Lo's fears. Of a man afraid of
crossing over. In truth, this is a peaceful place. Welcoming.
An-Ling: We need to get you home and heal your wound.
Zen Master: No. I was mortally wounded. It is my time to die, to be reborn.
An-Ling: Their whitelighter can heal.
Zen Master: An-Ling, you know better than to cling to the physical world. The
way you clung to my hand on the bridge.
An-Ling: But you're my father.
Zen Master: I'm no great or less than anyone facing death. That's the only lesson
that keeps you from being a true Zen Master. Death is a part of life. A transition, a
rebirth, something that your young friends here have learned recently. (Phoebe
hands the Zen Master the dragon blade.) Yes, Yen-Lo must be reborn too. It is the
natural order of things. (He starts to head towards the vortex, but his daughter stops
him.)
An-Ling: I love you.
Zen Master: And I'll always love you, An-ling. (The Zen Master walks with the
dragon blade through the portal. He disappears on the other side.)
Paige: Does anyone know how to leave here?
An-Ling: I think I know how to do it now. (They all join hands in a circle and An-
Ling and Phoebe levitate them up.)
[Scene: A San Francisco Park. Piper and Paige are walking down the lane of
herbs.]
Paige: Aloe plant: medical uses. Toro herbs: magical herb. St. John's Wart:
Medicinal herb. Ragged robin: magical herb. Cupid's Dart: Strictly aromatic.
Piper: And that one? (She points to an herb.)
Paige: That is Angelica.
Piper: And it's use?
Paige: Um, I think it's used mostly to flavor fish. (They walk to Leo and Phoebe
sitting on a blanket.)
Piper: She got every answer right. (Paige slightly bows.)
Phoebe: Yeah!
Leo: So, uh, what inspired the turn around? (Piper and Paige sit down.)
Paige: Well, I kind of liked the power boost I had in Limbo so it kind of made want
to work harder faster.
Phoebe: Uh, don't be in too big a hurry. Trust me, you want to fight like hell to
keep life separate from magic.
Piper: Here, here.
Phoebe: And having a guy around like Mason is not such a bad thing.
Paige: Oh, you liked him?
Phoebe: Yeah.
Paige: Yeah. That's too bad. He canceled on me for tonight. He said I was trying
too hard and that I was not comfortable in my own skin.
Leo: So much for impressing the boss, huh?
Paige: Well, I can take comfort in the fact that he canceled on Phoebe and not me.
(She laughs a little.)
Phoebe: Hey! (She throws a little bit of food at Paige. Cole shimmers in.)
Leo: Well, here comes your personal trainer from hell.
Piper: Literally.
Phoebe: Oh, gotta go. (Phoebe goes over to Cole.) Hi! (She's about to hug him.)
Cole: Wait a minute. Who are you? (Phoebe kisses him.) Oh, I know... Paige.
Phoebe: Uh! (She laughs a little.) So what's on our training schedule for today?
Light sabers?
Cole: Actually, I was thinking maybe we could have a private picnic of our own.
Phoebe: But what about training? I have to be ready for the Source.
Cole: I know, but not right now. Right now, I was thinking I could take you to this
great little picnic spot in, uh, the south of France.
Phoebe: Really?
Cole: Really. (They shimmer out.)
                                           End
     4.05 Size matters
[Scene: P3. Piper is talking to the new manager.]
Man: White gauze curtains would give this place some flair. You know what I’m
saying? Then we’ll take out these tables over here. Replace them with mounds of
pillows so people can lay back and get comfortable. You look worried, baby girl.
Piper: We – uh – Treat. I know I gave you the authority to make some changes in
the club, but I thought they would happen gradually. You know, I don’t want to
shock the regulars.
Treat: Well, I do. All right? You’re place seems too safe. Now do you trust me?
Do you trust the number one club promoter in all of San Francisco?
Piper: Yes, of course…
Treat: Good. All right, guys. Rip it all out! (Phoebe enters.)
Phoebe: Wait a minute! What’s going on? That’s our table? Who told them that
they could rip out our table?
Treat: I did.
Phoebe: And who are you?
Piper: Phoebe, this is Treat Taylor. He’s the new manager of P3.
Phoebe: I-I-I’m sorry. The new what?
Piper: I just hired him on a trial basis.
Phoebe: Well, isn’t that interesting. I need to talk to you. (Phoebe pulls Piper to
the side.)
Piper: You look worried, baby girl.
Phoebe: Well, why didn’t you tell about this?
Piper: It just happened yesterday. Which is why I asked you to come down here
today.
Phoebe: We said we weren’t going to do this.
Piper: Uh, do what?
Phoebe: Make any major changes in our lives. All the books caution against it.
After you’ve suffered a major loss. Do not sell the house. Do not get married. Do
not quit your job.
Piper: Okay, but like it or not, there’s been a lot of changes lately, and this is
hardly the biggest. (They see Paige.)
Phoebe: Oh, speak of the devil/whitelighter/witch. (Paige walks up to them.)
Paige: Hi, guys.
Phoebe: Hi!
Paige: I hope I’m not interrupting.
Phoebe: No, no we were just talking.
Paige: Well, I have a quick question, but it can wait. Continue.
Piper: I was just explaining to Phoebe that the changes I’m making in the club are
not by choice. They are by necessity. Okay? P3 has been struggling a little lately
and we are now a single salary household.
Phoebe: Oh, we don’t have to be. I--I can get a job.
Piper: Uh-huh. And if you could get a part-time entry level job that pays you
about two hundred grand a year that would really make a difference. Otherwise, I’d
rather you be free for other work.
Paige: About that other work.
Phoebe: But it’s not fair. You shouldn’t carry the financial burden.
Piper: I will worry about the source of our income if you worry about the source
of all evil.
Paige: Speaking of evil--
Piper: Besides, what kind of job would you get?
Phoebe: I am a college grad. I am sure I could find something.
Paige: I found something.
Piper: Okay, Paige. What is it?
Paige: Okay, have you guys ever walked by a house and just, uh, got a really bad
creepy feeling from it? Okay, on my way to get coffee every morning I walk by
this house and I get... this shiver.
Phoebe: A shiver?
Paige: Does it mean anything?
Piper: It’s a shiver.
Paige: No, I’ve always just dismissed it as a bad case of the creeps, but now that
I’m a witch... I don’t know. I think it might be something supernatural.
Phoebe: Well, do you know anything about the house?
Paige: Just that this cute guy named Finn lives there. We bumped into each other
at the grocery store. Flirted a little. Done the are these melons ripe thing, okay.
Piper: Well, that sounds like you have the hots not the creeps.
Paige: Well –
Phoebe: Either way, I think it’s a good idea that you stay away from this Finn guy.
Paige: No, I don’t get the shiver from him. Just the house. I think I’m on to
something.
Piper: I really think that when you’ve been a witch for a few months, you’ll know
the difference between sensing evil and needing a warmer jacket.
Paige: So you don’t want to check it out?
Piper: Not any time soon. (She leaves.)
Paige: Phoebe, I’m not making this up.
Phoebe: Oh, I know you’re not sweetie. But you got to admit, it’s not a lot to go
on. I gotta run. I’ll call you later.
Paige: Okay.
Phoebe: Okay. Stay away from that Finn guy.
[Scene: Finn’s house. He drives into the driveway with a woman on his
motorcycle.]
Woman: Geez, Finn. You live here.
Finn: It needs some work. Okay, it needs a lot of work, but it’s nicer inside. I’ll
show you.
Woman: I must be out of my mind.
Finn: Why?
Woman: I don’t know. Going home with a guy I just met.
Finn: Come on. What are you afraid of? (They enter the house. Finn tries to turn
on the light, but it doesn’t work.) I keep meaning to get that fixed.
Woman: It’s kind of dark in here, Finn.
Finn: You’re a little old to be scared of the dark, aren’t you? Maybe I should go
check the circuit breaker.
Woman: Wait, don’t go.
Finn: It’s okay. (He leaves and the demon watches the woman from behind a hole
in the wall.)
Woman: Who’s there? (The demon, Gammill, uses his wand to shrink her as she
screams.)
                                   Opening Credits
[Scene: Finn’s house. Gammill sharpens tools and decorates a small figurine.]
[Cut to outside. Paige watches Finn leave on his motorcycle.]
[Scene: Office. Phoebe’s there, sitting in a chair, at a job interview.]
Woman: If I’m reading this correctly, you were 27 years old when you finished
college.
Phoebe: Yes. I just graduated last spring.
Woman: Well, that certainly took awhile.
Phoebe: Oh, I had to take a break after my freshman year. Personal reasons.
Woman: Would you care to elaborate?
Phoebe: Not really.
Woman: You know during the holidays things get pretty hectic around here. We
need people can handle tense situations.
Phoebe: Oh, believe me, I am uniquely qualified to handle any kind of pressure. I
battled more d… customer complaints than you could possibly ever imagine.
Woman: I see you also noted that you require a flexibe work schedule.
Phoebe: I’ll put in the hours. I promise. It’s just sometimes, I may just have to
leave unexpectedly.
Woman: Would you care to elaborate?
Phoebe: No, not really.
Woman: I see.
Phoebe: But it’s not what you’re thinking.
Woman: How do you know what I’m thinking?
Phoebe: I don’t know what you’re thinking. I just know that whatever you’re
thinking it’s not it.
Woman: So you’re not going to tell me?
Phoebe: No, it’s just so silly. No.
[Scene: Manor. Foyer. Paige enters through the front door.]
Paige: Hello? It anybody home? (She finds Leo levitating it the living room with
an orb around him.) Leo? (Leo falls.) Oh, god. Are you okay? Uh, I knocked, but
nobody answered. And the door was unlocked. (Leo stands up.)
Leo: Oh, it usually is. Otherwise, demons come crashing through and it costs a
fortune to fix. If you’re looking for Phoebe, she’s not here. She’s at a job
interview.
Paige: Actually, I was looking for you.
Leo: Me? Why?
Paige: Well, seeing that you’re a whitelighter and I’m part whitelighter, I was
hoping we could have a whitelighter to part whitelighter chat.
Leo: Sure. Of course, sit down.
Paige: So you have the ability to locate your charges, right?
Leo: Sometimes.
Paige: And if you have a sixth sense for locating good, is it possible that I have
one for locating evil?
Leo: You think you sensed evil?
Paige: I know it sounds silly, but there’s this house that I walk by and I get this
really bad feeling from. The problem is that I’ve already discussed it with Piper
and Phoebe and they’ve dismissed it.
Leo: So you want me to talk to them?
Paige: I hate to put you in the middle.
Leo: Well, it’s part of my job. Uh, I’ll just talk to them when I sense their minds
are in the right spot.
Paige: Thank you. (Phoebe enters the house.)
Phoebe: Damn it!
Leo: Now would not be a good time. (They go over to her.)
Phoebe: I am only going to say this once. The real world better start showing me
some respect. Otherwise, I am going to saving it every week.
Leo: What happened?
Phoebe: I just had the worst job interview for a position that a monkey could fill.
Provided that the monkey could explain why it needed flexible work hours. Why
aren’t you at work?
Paige: I – It’s my lunch break. I just –
Phoebe: You’re not still talking about the creepy house. Are you? Did you find out
any new information?
Leo: I think it’s worth checking out.
Phoebe: Huh. Okay. Well, let’s go. I mean, it’s not like I have to be at work or
anything.
Paige: Yeah, but I do. Could we meet afterwards? Like 4? I’ll give you the
address. I just, uh, need, uh, pen and paper. (A pen and paper orb into her hand.) I
love being able to move stuff with my mind. I’ll see you there later. Leo, thanks.
Leo: Sure. (Paige leaves.)
Phoebe: You really think she’s on to something?
Leo: Well, the important thing is that she does, so I think we should support that.
Phoebe: Okay. Well, then I’ll go change into my work clothes and head over there.
Leo: Do you want me to go with you? I mean you don’t even know what’s there.
Phoebe: Leo, please. This is what I do.
[Scene: P3. Treat is showing Piper the new waitresses uniforms with the name The
Spot on it.]
Treat: Woo, now that’s what I’m talking about.
Piper: You’re changing the name of the club?
Treat: Man, you know that’s the plan. You know?
Piper: What’s wrong with P3?
Treat: Well, you know we polled people and most of them thought it was a
parking level. I mean I don’t even know what it stands for.
Piper: It stands for Prue, Piper, and Phoebe. We are P3. We were.
Treat: Yeah, but check this out. The new image deserves a new name. Otherwise,
no one will know what it is. You know what I’m saying? But look, if you’re
against it. Look, I can take it all down, change things around, whatever you want
me to do baby girl.
Piper: No, it’s just – it’s just another change. So, uh, do what you want.
Treat: You cool?
Piper: Yeah.
Treat: You cool?
Piper: Yeah.
Treat: You cool?
Piper: Uh-huh.
Treat: All right.
[Scene: Finn’s house. Phoebe knocks on the door. No one answers and she starts to
walk away. The door opens by itself.]
Phoebe: Oh, come on, Phoebe. Show a little spine. (She goes into the house.)
Hello? (Gammill watches Phoebe from the hole in the wall.) Anybody home?
(Phoebe sees a collection of little dolls with looks of horror on their faces. She
picks up one, gets a premonition, and drops the doll.)
Gammill: No! (He uses his wand to shrink Phoebe.)
Phoebe: Uh-oh! (She runs away.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Finn’s house. Gammill is looking for Phoebe (shrunk), who is hiding under
a table.]
Gammill: Where are you? You can’t have gone that far.
Phoebe: (whispering) Leo. Leo. Oh! (The demon sees Phoebe running across the
floor to the couch.)
Gammill: I see you. (Phoebe levitates out of his reach.) Well, you little witch.
We’ll see how long you last. (The demon gets the vacuum cleaner.)
Phoebe: Oh, this sucks.
[Scene: P3. Leo and Paige orb into a secure area.]
Paige: I can’t get used to this orbing thing.
Leo: You will. You’ve got in you.
Paige: I feel like my stomach’s going to come out of me. (They find Piper.)
Leo: Uh, what’s with the white gauze? It’s worse than up there.
Piper: It was Treat’s idea. What are you guys doing here?
Paige: We orbed in.
Piper: Together?
Paige: Yeah, well we were worried about Phoebe. She was supposed to meet me at
the creepy house, but she never showed so I thought maybe she got hung up. So I
went to your place--
Piper: Um, I thought we decided not to investigate the so-called creepy house.
Paige: Well, I know you didn’t think it was anything, but Leo...
Piper: Oh, so you went behind my back and asked Leo.
Leo: She didn’t go behind your back and I’m her whitelighter, too.
Piper: Uh-hmm, right. Well, it’s a smart thing to do as a witch, but an annoying
thing to do as a sister. So what happened to Phoebe?
Leo: I don’t know. I checked my radar, but she dropped to the tiniest blip.
Piper: And what would account for that?
Leo: I don’t know, but I don’t like it.
Piper: Well, then we should probably get over there.
Paige: See, I told you something was going on in that house.
Piper: Uh-huh, okay. Let’s hold the congratulations till we find Phoebe. (As they
are leaving the workmen break the P3 sign.)
Leo: Piper?
Piper: Doesn’t matter. P3 doesn’t exist anymore. (Paige looks at the broken sign.)
[Scene: Finn’s house. Phoebe’s grabbing onto the couch for dear life. Gammill’s
trying to suck her into the vacuum cleaner. Finn enters.]
Gammill: Watch out! One’s loose! Shut the door. Shut it!
Finn: What are you going to do with her when you find her?
Gammill: Don’t ask questions.
Finn: The same thing you did with the other one? (Gammill shuts off the vacuum
cleaner. Phoebe relaxes.)
Gammill: I said don’t ask questions. The other one. Still, that... that gives me an
idea. (He goes and takes out the woman he shrunk earlier covered in clay.)
Finn: Do you want me to--
Gammill: Shh. (Phoebe sees the other girl try to say help me.)
Finn: The door is still open.
Gammill: Shut it! (He does.)
[Scene: Outside Finn’s House. Piper’s car is there with Piper, Paige, and Leo in it.]
Paige: There it is. See? Oh, shiver.
Piper: Well, uh, Paige you don’t have to be a super witch to know that that house
is creepy.
Leo: I saw a motorcycle in the driveway. Somebody’s home.
Piper: Okay, so I say we go up to the front door. You knock and I will freeze.
Leo: You don’t always have control over your powers. You might be blowing up
an innocent.
Piper: Okay, so how about you orb in, check out the place, and tell us what we’re
up against.
Paige: I have an idea –
Leo: Well, the problem with that is what if what we’re dealing with is not
supernatural. Then I’ve orbed into somebody’s living room and we’ve risked
exposure.
Paige: I mean if I just –
Piper: This is why I say we go with the freeze.
Paige: I can get Finn out of the house.
Piper: How?
Paige: Well, I know the guy. I’ll just go in, lure him out, and you can go in and
snoop around.
Piper: No. We can’t let you go off with a potential demon. It’s too dangerous.
Right, Leo?
Leo: Actually, it sounds like our best bet.
Piper: Are you siding with Paige now?
Leo: Hey, there’s no sides. And, yes.
Piper: Huh!
Paige: Look, I know I’m new to magic, but the only way to change that is to allow
me to get some experience.
Piper: And I’m just trying to protect you.
Paige: That’s nice, but your protecting me may be hurting Phoebe. Look, I got her
into this. Let me help get her out of it.
Piper: Okay, fine. Go. But until we know who this Finn guy is and what he does, I
do not want you alone with him. Take him to P3, or – I mean, The Spot.
Paige: Got it. (Paige gets out a lollipop.)
Piper: What is that for?
Paige: A lure. (Paige gets out of the car.)
Piper: Do not go into that house. Did you hear me? I said do not go in! (Paige
leaves.) It is like talking to a wall.
Leo: She’s got the Halliwell hearing.
[Scene: Finn’s house. Phoebe levitates up to the woman in clay.]
Phoebe: Whoo! That’s one good thing about being so small. I’m so light I can
kind of fly. Can you talk? (The woman whimpers.) Okay. Just close your eyes and
don’t tense up. (Phoebe kicks and breaks the clay. The woman starts to collapse.)
No, no. You can collapse later. I need you to run now. Can you do that?
Woman: Yeah.
Phoebe: We got to go before Gammill sees us. (Gammill comes up and traps them
under a can.)
Gammill: Gotcha. I knew a witch could never resist saving an innocent. (He hears
Paige knocking on the door.)
Paige: Hello!
Gammill: Now what?
Paige: Hello!
Gammill: Another girl. Get her inside. Go get her. Get her!
Finn: Maybe we should just let them all go.
Gammill: Since when did you develop a conscience? Hmm? I never gave you one.
Now what are you standing around for? Go! Go! Fetch! (Finn goes to answer the
door. Phoebe is yelling.) Be quiet! (Gammill puts them in a container.)
[Cut to front door. Finn opens it to see Paige.]
Paige: Hi!
Finn: Hi!
Paige: Remember me? The girl with the melons... from the supermarket melons.
Finn: Yeah, I remember. What brings you here?
Paige: Let’s just say I got tired of waiting for you to show up on my doorstep.
Finn: I’m sorry?
Paige: Look, if we’re going to go out, the first thing you need to know about me is
that I don’t play games. I see what I want and I, uh, go for it. Do you have a
problem with that?
Finn: Are you always this aggressive with guys?
Paige: Just the ones I like.
Finn: Why don’t you come in? (Paige hesitates.) Is something wrong?
Paige: Oh, just the old cliché. My mother told me never to go into stranger’s
houses. That thing.
Finn: Come on. What are you afraid of?
[Cut to Piper and Leo watching in the car.]
Piper: Don’t do it.
[Cut to Gammill watching through the hole in the wall.]
Gammill: Do it.
[Cut to Paige. She starts to enter the house.]
Finn: No, wait. On second thought, let’s just go out. (Finn and Paige leave the
house.)
[Cut to Leo and Piper.]
Leo: The lure worked. (Paige and Finn drive away on his motorcycle. Paige waves
at them.)
Piper: Barely.
[Cut to inside Finn’s house. Gammill goes to Phoebe and the woman.]
Gammill: Now where were we? (Leo and Piper orb in and Gammill hides.)
Phoebe: (In her small voice) Piper! Piper!
Piper: You go that way. I’ll go this way.
Phoebe: In here! (Piper looks around and finds the demon’s collection of small
dolls.)
Piper: Oh, weird.
Leo: What a bizarre collection. I wouldn’t touch. We should look for Phoebe. I’ll
check upstairs.
Phoebe: Piper! Piper! (Piper can’t hear Phoebe’s cries. Leo comes back in.)
Leo: There’s nothing upstairs. I mean nothing. Anything down here?
Piper: No, nothing but a bunch of clays.
Leo: I think we should get out of here. Check the Book of Shadows. I-I want to
know what we’re dealing with.
Piper: Well, whatever it is it better not require the Power of Three to vanquish it.
(They orb out and the demon goes over to Phoebe.)
Gammill: Well, well the Power of Three. So you’re not just a witch, but a
Charmed One. Nothing will make happier than to collect you all.
                                  Commercial break
[Scene: Finn’s house. Gammill puts Phoebe and the woman into clay.]
Gammill: When your clay hardens, I’ll fire up the kiln and once you’re in the kiln,
there’ll be nothing left to save. Don’t worry. I’ll be back. Once I complete my
collection. (He leaves.)
Phoebe: Okay, good. Now that he’s gone, I can focus on getting us out of here.
Although, I do have to tell you I am not having the best day of my life. It began
with an interview where a woman made me feel this big, and now I actually am
this big. And next up is being baked. (The woman shrieks.) Well, that’s just a
round about of saying don’t panic. I’m going to get us out of here. I’m... going... to
turn... this day around.
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Leo are looking in the Book of Shadows.]
Leo: Found him! Gammill a.k.a. The Collector. He’s known for his passion of
collecting one of a kind figurines. Wonder what he gets out of that?
Piper: Well, speaking for my great-aunt Sylvia, who collects Hummels, when they
have a hard time dealing with real people figurines can be their best friends.
Leo: Yeah, but being socially awkward doesn’t land you in the Book of Shadows.
Piper: So what does?
Leo: Well, apparently he went up against a witch sometime in the seventies. A
spell was cast to make as hideous on the outside as he was on the inside. Like this I
suppose.
Piper: Does it say what he did to deserve that?
Leo: No, it doesn’t make any sense either. I mean we saw this guy and he’s still
looks the same.
Piper: So what does that mean? That Gammill found a way to break the curse and
changed his name to Finn?
Leo: I don’t know, but I’m guessing whoever the guy Paige is with does.
Piper: Well, then we need to find Paige and hope that she’s not in trouble so we
can find Phoebe and hope that she’s not in trouble.
Leo: Well, I wouldn’t worry about Paige. I mean she’s in a public place. Nobody’s
going to hurt her at The Spot.
[Scene: Paige’s apartment. Paige and Finn enter.]
Paige: I wasn’t expecting company so just, uh, give me a sec to clean the place up.
Finn: I really like your place.
Paige: Really? It’s a shoe box compared to yours.
Finn: I’m really glad I didn’t bring you in. You know this is the first time a girl
has ever invited me back to her place.
Paige: Well, uh, I just thought the club was kind of noisy and we could, um, hang
out here. Um, first actually I have a question.
Finn: About what?
Paige: About your house.
Finn: I don’t really want to talk about that.
Paige: If something bad is going on there, I need for you to tell me about it. Please,
my sister could be in trouble.
Finn: I don’t know much. It’s only recently that I’ve started asking questions
myself.
Paige: Asking who?
Finn: Gammill.
Paige: What’s his deal?
Finn: I’m not sure.
Paige: Well, how do you know him?
Finn: He made me.
Paige: Made you? What is that like a Mafia thing?
Finn: No. Look give me your hand. Put it here. Do you feel that? I’m not like you.
(He places Paige’s hand on his abdomen.)
Paige: Oh, my god.
[Scene: The Spot (P3). Piper and Leo orb into a secure area. There is loud music
and the waitresses are dancing on the bar.]
Piper: I got just got, uh, got a creepy shivers myself.
Leo: Now I’m glad you changed the name.
Piper: Oh! Look at the waitresses! Oh, no! Don’t look! They’re practically
removing their spots
Leo: Can you do that in public?
Piper: Uh! Listen to me. Just go look for Paige. Okay? Go. (Piper walks toward
the back of the club where a bouncer stops her.)
Bouncer: Hold it! You can’t go in there.
Piper: Excuse me?
Bouncer: It’s the VIP area.
Piper: Oh! You’re assuming because I not tall, tattooed, or big breasted that I’m
not important. That’s a bad assumption because I own this club. Which makes me
a V.V.VIP. (Treat comes out to meet her.)
Treat: Piper! Piper! Piper! She’s good, man. What’s up girl?
Piper: Hi.
Treat: We got a fly crowd.
Piper: Uh-huh.
Treat: I told you all it needs is a little danger.
Piper: Yeah, that’s exactly what this place lacked. Um, listen. Have you seen my
sister Paige?
Treat: Yeah, she was here, but she left. She said it was too noisy.
Piper: She said what?
Treat: It was too noisy. (Piper leaves him and finds Leo trying to get through the
crowd, but is caught in between two dancing waitresses. He doesn't seem to mind
too much.)
Piper: Excuse me! Hi! Having fun? Let’s go. Paige took Finn to her loft. Let’s go.
(They go behind a sofa and orb out.)
[Scene: Outside Paige’s Apartment. Piper and Leo orb in and go inside. They find
Paige kneeling in front of Finn.]
Piper: Paige!
Paige: What are you doing here?
Piper: This is ridiculous. It’s like dealing with a teenager.
Paige: I’m just examining him.
Piper: Okay! First of all, you should not have left the club.
Paige: Piper –
Piper: Second of all, you should not be playing doctor with the demon boy.
Paige: Piper –
Piper: Third of all –
Paige: Piper! He has no bellybutton. I can explain. First of all, we left your club
because it sucks now. Okay, anytime you try to be that hip. It ain’t hip. And second
of all, Finn has no bellybutton because he wasn’t born.
Finn: I was created out of clay.
Leo: In Gammill’s own image. He must be a golem.
Paige: I don’t know the technical term, but I do know that he needs protection
from the demon that made him.
Piper: Okay. Hold up! Where is Gammill now?
Finn: At the house, I think.
Leo: We were just there. We didn’t see him.
Finn: That’s because he has his own secret hiding place.
Piper: Could he be hiding our sister Phoebe there?
Finn: No, he probably shrunk her.
Piper: I’m sorry. He probably what?
Finn: Oh, that’s what he does. He takes his wand and shrinks the women for his
collection.
Piper: Oh god. The figurines, that’s why they’re each one of a kind. Okay, we
have to get back there. We have to find Phoebe.
Finn: Careful. If Gammill’s at the house waiting for you, he’ll shrink you all. I
don’t know why he didn’t before.
Piper: Does he still trust you?
Finn: Yeah.
Piper: Okay, then you come with us. You go in first and distract him.
Paige: No, Piper we can’t use Finn as a minesweeper. And besides, isn’t he an
innocent?
Piper: Actually, Paige innocents tend to be real.
Paige: Listen. We have to go get Phoebe. First, we should go by your house, check
the Book of Shadows to see if there’s a spell to undo shrinking. We’ll bring Finn
with us.
Piper: We don’t have time for that.
Paige: Well, we can’t go in there unprepared.
Piper: Unprepared might be our best shot right now. Leo, what do you think?
Leo: I think you need to stop turning to me. Start trying to figure out a way to
listen to each other. Piper, you don’t listen to Paige’s ideas. (Paige smiles.) And
Paige, you don’t listen to Piper’s advice. I think you guys need to figure out a way
how to work as partners.
Piper: We’re partners.
Leo: Equal partners.
Paige: Well, listen. Can we do that tomorrow? Right now we actually need your
help.
Leo: All right, well I think the best that I can help is by this. (Leo orbs out.)
Piper: Leo! Great!
Paige: What now?
Piper: Well, I’m just going to have to convince you that I’m right.
Paige: Well, we don’t have all day. Why don’t we just flip a coin?
Piper: Phoebe’s life is at stake.
Paige: All the more reason to make a decision quickly.
Piper: Fine flip.
Paige: Call it.
Piper: Heads. (Paige throws the coin and orbs it to tails.)
Paige: Tails. I win. Fair and square.
[Scene: Manor. Piper, Paige, and Finn enter through the foyer.]
Paige: It’s okay. You’ll be safe here.
Finn: Can I get a glass of water? My skin feels a little dry.
Paige: Oh, yeah. Sure. Uh, the kitchen’s just down there to the left. (As Finn walks
into the entranceway Gammill shatters him with his wand then shrinks Piper and
Paige.)
Piper: Uh-oh!
[Scene: Finn’s House. Gammill lines up all four women (Piper, Phoebe, Paige, and
the innocent woman encased in clay on a shelf.]
Gammill: Time to fire up the kiln. You’re next. (He takes Claudia to the kiln.)
Piper: At least we came for you. (Phoebe groans.) Phoebe, Paige and I are here
now. We have the power of three. Can you say a spell? (Phoebe moans.) Okay.
We’ll figure this out. Paige, let’s go over our options.
Paige: Options? We have two: We’re screwed and we’re more screwed.
Piper: We don’t need negativity. We need solutions.
Paige: Well, I’m sorry. I’ve never been shrunk and covered in clay before.
Piper: Hey! You wanted to be partners so work with me here. Okay? Are you
right? We are screwed.
Paige: Can’t you blast your way out of it?
Piper: I tried. I can’t move my hands.
Paige: I could call for something, but what would help? What’s the point of having
powers if you can’t use them.
Piper: What about orbing?
Paige: Would Leo hear us?
Piper: No! You can orb!
Paige: Only in the same place.
Piper: Well, that might work. The clay is still wet enough so it might collapse if
you leave for a second.
Phoebe: Uh-huh. Uh-huh.
Paige: Yeah. Only one problem, I’ve never been able to orb at will before.
Piper: But that doesn’t mean that you can’t. Just concentrate and relax.
Paige: Relax? Are you kidding?
Piper: Paige, just close your eyes. Take a deep breath. Feel the magic rising from a
place of strength. Feel it building and building. Paige, you’re our only hope. (Paige
orbs and her clay breaks.)
Paige: It worked. How cool was that? (Her sisters moan.) I know. I know. I’m
coming. (Paige breaks Piper and Phoebe’s clay.)
Phoebe: He’s about to put Claudia into the kiln. Piper freeze him. (Piper tries, but
nothing happens.)
Piper: Oh, he’s way too big for my tiny magic.
Paige: Do you think I can call for his wand?
Piper: I don’t know. Try it.
Phoebe: Just keep your voice down. If he hears us, we will be cooked.
Paige: Wand. Wand.
Phoebe: Go for it.
Paige: Wand! (The wand orbs to Paige and Gammill hears.) We need a spark.
Piper: Got it! (They shrink Gammill.)
Gammill: Uh-oh!
Phoebe: Can you freeze him now? (Piper freezes him.)
Piper: Yup.
Phoebe: What do you say we take him out Charmed Ones style?
Paige: Don’t we need a spell for that?
Phoebe: That was the good thing about being stuck in clay all day. I had time to
think of one. Repeat after me. Small of mind.
Piper/Phoebe/Paige: Small of mind
Phoebe: Big of woe
Piper/Phoebe/Paige: Big of woe
Phoebe: The pain you caused
Piper/Phoebe/Paige: The pain you caused
Phoebe: You now will know
Piper/Phoebe/Paige: You now will know. (Gammill disappears and the girls are
transformed back to normal size.)
Paige: That’s it? That’s the spell you spent all day working on?
Phoebe: Well, it worked. Didn’t it?
Claudia: Oh, my gosh. How did you do that?
Phoebe: The power of three.
Piper: The power of point three.
[Scene: The Spot (P3). David Navarro is singing and the sisters and Leo enter.]
Piper: What do you guys think of the Spot?
Phoebe: Well, the club scored David Nararro. That’s pretty impressive.
Leo: I still can’t get used to the white gauze.
Piper: Well, you don’t have to. I told Treat that I just – I can’t do it. Paige is right.
It’s trying way too hard to be hip. Which means it is five minutes away from being
five minutes ago. (They go and sit down on a couch. Phoebe raises a toast.)
Phoebe: Okay! To the old! (Paige looks downcast.)
Piper: What’s the matter honey?
Paige: The last time I was here, I was here with Finn. How do you guys get over
these things?
Phoebe: You don’t.
Piper: But you learn with experience that you can’t dwell on the losses. You kind
of have to –
Paige: Harden your heart.
Piper: Protect your heart. Unfortunately, it’s a fact of our lives that sometimes the
good comes with a little sadness.
Leo: There was a lot of good, too.
Phoebe: There was a lot of good. I mean my skin looks fabulous.
Piper: And now that I’ve been five inches tall, I will never complain about my
height again. And nor will I doubt your instincts again.
Paige: Thank you.
Leo: Okay, well then there’s just one more thing that we need to tie up.
Piper: Oh, okay. (Leo leads them out behind the club.)
Phoebe: Uh, Leo what are you looking for?
Leo: Something very important.
Paige: Broken glass?
Leo: Broken glass that needs healing. (He finds the broken P3 sign.) Here it is. It’s
up to you.
Piper: Can you do it? (Leo nods.) Well, then do it. (Leo heals the sign and it starts
to glow.) It looks like P3’s is back.
                                          End
       4.06 A knight to
           remember
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Paige and Glen are lying on the bed staring out the
window at the stars.]
Paige: Once upon a time, there lived a handsome prince who was about to marry a
beautiful maiden. But an evil Enchantress with dark powers wanted the Prince for
herself, so she could become Queen and rule the entire kingdom.
Glen: I hate her.
Paige: Really? I always kind of related to her.
Glen: Like I said, I love her. Then what happened?
Paige: Well, in order to pull off that kind of magic, the evil Enchantress had to
wait for a sign that her powers were at their darkest.
Glen: A sign?
Paige: Mm-hmm. See in the stars. (She points to a pattern in the stars.) See the
Prince, his sword, and the three stars that form his crown? Well, once the evil
enchantress saw the sign, she locked away the beautiful maiden, and cast a spell on
the unsuspecting Prince. "Bring together my Prince and me, let him fall on bended
knee. I summon… I summon…" I can never remember the end of it.
Glen: Let me guess. The Prince defeats the evil Enchantress, he married the
beautiful maiden, and they lived happily ever after, right?
Paige: Nah-mm. Actually, the evil Enchantress bore an heir, killed the Prince, and
ruled the kingdom forever.
Glen: Well, what kind of fairy tale is that?
Paige: It's just one that kinda stayed with me for as long as I can remember. I told
you I was a weird kid.
Glen: I need to get you out more, Paige.
Paige: It'd be easier if you were around more, Glen.
Glen: I'm around now. (They kiss.)
[Scene: Medieval times. A castle. A guard pushes Lady Julia inside. The evil
Enchantress is standing in front of a dark window.]
Lady Julia: What is the meaning of this? How dare you summon me.
Enchantress: Forgive me for inconveniencing you at this late hour, Lady Julia.
(The guard leaves.) Alas, I had no other choice. The stars have aligned.
Lady Julia: You don't frighten me Enchantress. The stars are on the side of good,
not evil. Tomorrow, my Prince and I will marry and there is nothing that you can
do to stop that. He loves me, not you.
Enchantress: Dark magic can change that.
(The Enchantress holds out her hands and smoke and a gust of wind blows Lady
Julia against the wall. A portcullis drops down in front of her, locking her in.)
Lady Julia: Why are you doing this?
(The Enchantress walks out of the dark and she looks exactly like Paige.)
Enchantress: Because this is my destiny. Not yours.
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Prue's room. Piper walks in and sits on the bed. She picks up a
small gold necklace with the word 'Prue' on it. She puts on Prue's leather jacket and
walks out of the room, closing the door behind her.]
[Cut to the kitchen. Piper is making a cup of coffee. Phoebe comes in with wet
hair.]
Phoebe: Look at me. I look like a drowned rat. I need my blow dryer.
Piper: Pretend you're camping.
Phoebe: I hate camping.
Piper: Well, I hate instant coffee but I'm drinking it, aren't I?
(She takes a sip and pulls a face.)
Phoebe: We can't keep living with no electricity. It's medieval.
Piper: At least we're conserving energy.
Phoebe: Well, this is ridiculous. We have to figure out when the Shocker demon's
gonna attack next and fast.
Piper: But we still need the Power of Three to vanquish him and unfortunately,
number three lives across town.
(Phoebe walks over to the phone.)
Phoebe: I am going to call her.
(She picks up the phone.)
Piper: Not the cordless!
(Phoebe drops the phone and the Shocker demon escapes.)
Phoebe: Uh-oh.
(The Shocker demon is made of electricity in the shape of a person. It jumps on a
table and throws electricity near them, blowing up a cupboard. He throws more
electricity, this time hitting Piper and Phoebe. Piper gets up and uses her power
and scares it through an electrical outlet. Piper kneels beside Phoebe.)
Piper: You okay?
Phoebe: No, I am not okay. Ow. Ow. Ow. This is so crazy. We have to call Paige
and set up a time where she can come over and…
Piper: Phoebe, we can't schedule vanquishes, okay? Demon attacks don't usually
fit into the day planners.
Phoebe: Okay, then, what do you suggest?
Piper: I suggest that maybe, Paige move in with us.
(Piper goes and sits at the table.)
Phoebe: Wait. (She sits at the table.) W-what did you just say to me?
Piper: Well, she's gonna have to sooner or later, isn't she?
Phoebe: I never really thought about it. And I can't believe you, of all people, are
actually suggesting it.
Piper: I am just trying to be practical. Besides, I am sick and tired of Leo watching
over her day and night, protecting her from various demons. You know, I would
actually like to see my husband again.
Phoebe: And I can understand that, but still that's a huge decision. Do you think
we're ready for that?
Piper: All I know is that every demon who is out to impress the Source is
attacking us. Which means we all need to be under one roof. Otherwise, we're too
vulnerable.
Phoebe: I didn't mean are we ready as witches. I meant are we ready as sisters? I
mean, what if we don't get along?
Piper: We didn't always get along with Prue either.
Phoebe: Yeah, but that's different. We grew up with her. Eventually we had to get
along. I still half expect to see her walk through the door. Maybe it's just too soon.
Piper: Then there's only one way to find out.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Paige and Glen are asleep in bed. The alarm goes off.]
Paige: Oh my God, it's 9:00. I am so screwed.
Glen: (waking up) Mmm. Can't you just be a little late?
Paige: I'm already a little late.
Glen: Can't you be a lot late? Especially seeing as how I'm leaving tomorrow.
(Paige sits up and wraps herself in a sheet.)
Paige: You're always leaving tomorrow, Glen. That's what you do. (She walks
across the room with the sheet wrapped around her. She sees Glen staring at her.)
What?
Glen: Nine to five isn't you, Paige. You've always had too adventurous a spirit to
be pinned down.
Paige: Oh, yeah? Just drop by between K-2 and the Great Barrier Reef and you
know this about me, do you?
(She walks into the bathroom.)
Glen: Your life could be a fairy tale. It doesn't have to end badly.
(Paige pokes her around the door.)
Paige: Who says it's going to?
Glen: Come to Australia with me, Paige. Just for the hell of it. Why not?
Paige: Because I've got too many responsibilities. That's why not.
Glen: You're 25-years-old. You've got the rest of your life ahead of you for that
kind of crap. Just go for it. Dump your job, and come have fun with me.
(Paige walks out of the bathroom wearing a short skirt and her bra.)
Paige: As tempting as that sounds, I actually have things called responsibilities.
(Paige sits on the bed.) It's not just my job. (She starts to put on her pink sweater.)
I've got sisters now, and we've just got… stuff we've got to do.
Glen: What stuff?
Paige: Stuff that keeps me pinned down.
(Glen moves closer to Paige.)
Glen: Is that a good thing or a bad thing?
Paige: I'm not sure yet. (They kiss.)
[Cut to outside in the hallway. Piper and Phoebe walk up to the front door. Leo
orbs in front of them, just as Phoebe's about to knock and she knocks on him.]
Phoebe: Oh!
Leo: Hi.
Phoebe: Sorry.
Leo: Hey, what's up?
Piper: What's up? How about a kiss for your long-lost wife, huh?
Leo: Oh, right.
(He kisses her on the cheek.)
Piper: Hi.
Leo: Well, uh, bye.
Phoebe: Uh, what do you mean bye? We just got here.
Leo: Right, well, you know. I don't want to leave Paige unprotected.
Piper: Uh-huh. Is she home?
(Piper heads for the door but Leo stops her.)
Leo: Yeah, she's home. She's just a little, uh, indisposed at the moment.
Piper: W-wait, wait, you watched? What are you, like a peeping angel?
Leo: Well, I didn't see anything!
Piper: Uh?
Leo: All right, just a little, but how else am I supposed to protect her?
[Cut to inside. Paige and Glen are making out on the bed. Paige has her top off
again. Phoebe barges in, covering her eyes. Piper runs in after her. Paige jumps up
and covers her chest.]
Phoebe: Sorry to interrupt. Can't see a thing.
Piper: Phoebe!
Phoebe: Wh-
Paige: Piper, Leo, what the hell is going on?
Phoebe: I know this looks bad, but it's very important. Believe me. (Phoebe sees
Glen.) Whoa.
(Piper smacks her on the arm.)
Glen: Who are they?
Paige: The soon to be ex-sisters I was telling you about.
(Phoebe smiles and waves.)
Piper: Okay, we're sorry, but you know, we didn't know "which" way to turn if
you know what I mean.
Glen: Maybe I should go.
(He sits up.)
Leo: Oh, uh, here.
(He tosses Glen his jeans.)
Glen: Thanks. (He puts them on.)
Paige: I'm sorry about this Glen. This is horribly embarrassing.
Glen: No worries. You obviously got some responsibilities. Plane leaves
tomorrow.
(He kisses her on the cheek and walks into the bathroom.)
Piper: Plane? What plane?
Paige: Never mind. This better be important.
Phoebe: I can't use my blow dryer.
Piper: So have you been attacked by the Shocker demon yet?
Leo: No she hasn't.
Paige: How would you know?
Phoebe: Oh, because he's been watching you for the last week or so for your own
protection.
Paige: You've been watching me?
Leo: Well, I didn't see anything.
Phoebe: At least nothing very interesting.
Piper: Right.
Paige: That's it. Out!
(Paige gets out of bed.)
Piper: But-but-but we need to talk to you about the Shocker Demon because…
Paige: Out!
Phoebe: We can't vanquish him without the Power of Three.
Paige: Out!
Piper: And you're not at the manor, so, ever… (Paige slams the door shut.)
[Cut to the hallway.]
Phoebe: I think that went fairly well.
[Cut to Paige.]
Paige: Unbelievable.
[Scene: Medieval Times. Castle. The Enchantress' bedroom. The Enchantress and a
Prince are there. The Enchantress is in her nightgown.]
Prince: Where is she? What have you done to my beloved?
Enchantress: You mean I'm not your beloved? Ooh, I'm crushed.
(The Prince draws his sword and points it at her.)
Prince: Your dark magic doesn't scare me, Enchantress. Tell me where she is and I
might spare your life.
Enchantress: Very well. (She pushes the tip of his sword down and moves closer
to him.) "Bring together my Prince and me, let him fall on bended knee, I summon
him to my side, that he may take me to be his destined bride."
(The Prince puts his sword away and kneels in front of her.)
Prince: My love. (He kisses her hand.) I am forever yours.
(He stands up and walks behind her. He kisses her neck.)
Enchantress: As will be your kingdom once I conceive an heir.
(They walk over to the bed and lay down.)
[Cut to the manor. Paige is knocking on the door. Piper opens it.]
Piper: Alright! Calm down!
(Paige walks in.)
Paige: At least I knocked.
Piper: Oh.
(Phoebe comes in from the living room.)
Phoebe: Hey, Paige.
Paige: I'm not here to talk to either of you. I'm just here to look at the Book of
Shadows. (She heads for the stairs.)
Phoebe: Hey, hey, we said we were sorry.
Paige: Yeah, right. (She starts going up the stairs.)
Piper: What do you think about moving in with us? (Paige stops.)
Phoebe: Oh-uh...
Paige: Excuse me?
Piper: Well, that's what we came to talk to you about. You know, we're tired of
getting attacked by demons here and not being able to do anything about it.
Phoebe: Yeah. But we could do something about it if we were together. You
know, if we lived together 'cause that's when we're the strongest. What do you say?
Paige: Are you two out of your freaking minds? (She storms upstairs.)
Piper: Don't people usually storm out of the house when they're angry?
[Cut to the attic. Paige is flipping through the Book of Shadows. Piper and Phoebe
walk in.]
Phoebe: So, you're not even gonna consider this?
Paige: Nope.
Piper: Why not?
Paige: Because if it was that easy for you guys to barge into my room all the way
across town, imagine how easy it would be if I actually lived here.
Piper: Okay, could you stop looking at the book for a second?
Paige: No. It's my book too.
Piper: If you lived here, you could look at it all the time. (Paige looks up at them.)
Paige: I understand why you guys are asking me, I really, really do. It's just, I don't
want being a witch to take over my life. It's just… too much responsibility.
Phoebe: I know it is, Paige. And believe me, I freaked out in the beginning too.
But I didn't have a choice, and neither do you.
Paige: Why not? Aren't you the one who told me I should fight like hell to keep
my life separate from magic?
Piper: Unfortunately, it doesn't always work out that way.
Paige: Well, maybe it would if I didn't live here.
Phoebe: If you're looking for the Shocker demon spell, we already found it.
Paige: I'm not. I'm looking for something else.
Piper: What? Look, you may not want to share a bathroom, but when it comes to
that book, it concerns all of us.
Phoebe: Besides that, maybe we can help. (Phoebe goes over to Paige.)
Paige: Okay. I know it sounds stupid, but when I was little, I invented this horrible
little fairy tale and it just always seemed really real to me. I don't know. Just…
(Paige turns to a page with "The Evil Enchantress" written on it.) Oh my God.
Phoebe: The Evil Enchantress?
Paige: That's it. That's-that's the evil witch, the one who kills the Prince after he
gets her pregnant, of course.
Piper: Of course. (Piper stands beside her.)
Paige: The spell. I can't believe it. (She looks at the next page "To Call a Lover to
Oneself".) "Bring together my Prince and me, let him fall on bended knee, (Piper
and Phoebe true to stop her.) I summon him to my side, that he may take me to be
his destined bride." I finally got to finish it.
[Cut to the castle. The Enchantress is lying on the bed. A gust of wind blows
around the Prince and he disappears.]
Enchantress: No!
[Cut back to the attic. A gust of wind blows and the Prince appears. He looks
around. He sees Paige and kneels down.]
Prince: My love.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Paige runs into the kitchen. The Prince follows, followed by Piper
and Phoebe.]
Prince: Why do you run from me?
Paige: Why are you chasing me?
Prince: Because we are meant to be together.
Paige: That is not true. Does this look like King Arthur's court, buddy?
Prince: It doesn't matter. We're meant to conceive an heir, my love.
Paige: Ugh. Stop saying that.
Phoebe: You guys want some privacy?
Paige: This is not funny. (The Prince walks over to her.) Plate. (A plate orbs into
her hand and she breaks it over his head. He groans and kneels down.)
Phoebe: Oh!
Paige: I'm sorry. Did I hurt you?
Prince: You could never hurt me, my love. (He starts kissing her hand.)
Paige: Piper, do that thing you do.
Piper: I-I don't want to blow him up.
Paige: Well, risk it. He's using his tongue. (Piper freezes him. Paige pulls her hand
away and wipes it on her top.) Thank God chivalry is dead. He is getting on my
last nerve.
Phoebe: Okay, well, he must be under some kind of spell.
Piper: Gee, you think?
Paige: The evil Enchantress. She cast a love spell on him.
Piper: So why is Sir Lust-a-lot lusting after you?
Paige: How should I know?
Piper: Well, because it's your damn fairy tale and it's alive and frozen in our
kitchen.
(Paige walks out of the kitchen.)
Phoebe: Uh, where are you going?
Paige: I can't handle this. (Piper and Phoebe follow her. She heads for the door.)
Piper: Wait, Paige, you can't just leave.
Paige: Yes I can. I don't live here.
(Phoebe sighs.)
Phoebe: Paige.
Paige: What?
Phoebe: Look, you can't keep running away from these things. (Paige opens the
front door.) That's what we're trying to tell you. Being a witch is not a part-time
job.
Paige: Yeah, well, if I don't leave now, I'm not going to have a full-time job.
(Paige leaves.)
Piper: Paige, the Charmed Ones come first!
Phoebe: The Charmed Ones come first?
Piper: It always worked when Prue said it.
[Cut to the living room. The TV is on and the VCR is recording.]
Announcer on TV: The home also features a spacious kitchen complete with
granite counter tops and state of the art confection oven. (Phoebe and Piper walk
past.) The walk in pantry provides ample space…
Piper: The VCR? Who set it to record? (The tape is ejected and the Shocker
demon escapes out of the VCR. Piper uses her power and blows up the TV. The
demon appears behind them. It throws electricity at Piper, throwing her over the
couch. Phoebe levitates and kicks but the Shocker demon grabs onto her leg and
starts electrocuting her. Piper gets up and pushes it out of the way using a coat
stand. Phoebe falls on the floor. Piper uses her power and the demon escapes
through the electrical outlet.) Phoebe.
Phoebe: I'm okay, I think. (Phoebe stands up.)
Piper: We've gotta convince Paige to move in with us soon before there's nobody
left to move in with.
Phoebe: I guess we need a new TV.
Piper: Oh, the Prince.
Phoebe: The Prince. (They go into the kitchen. The Prince is gone.) He's gone?
What? Did he go back to fairy tale land?
Piper: No such luck. The back door is wide open. So he probably went after Paige.
(Phoebe gets a bottle of water out of the fridge.)
Phoebe: He left? So he's just wondering around in chain mail?
Piper: It's San Francisco. Nobody will notice.
Phoebe: Well, sooner or later, somebody's gonna notice and the medieval trail's
going to lead them right back to us.
Piper: All right, you try scrying for him and if that doesn't work, I'll have Leo orb
Paige back here and hopefully the Prince will follow.
Phoebe: Maybe we should try a different approach with her.
Piper: She's not gonna come back here voluntarily.
Phoebe: No. I mean about getting her to move in. Maybe it's too soon for her too.
[Scene: A junkyard. The Prince is standing in front of the garbage truck. He draws
his sword and starts attacking it. The man inside the truck gets out with a bat.]
Garbage Man: Hey, moron! What are you doin'? What kind of problem you got,
huh? All right buddy. Come on. On your way. I don't have time for this.
(The Prince slices the bat with his sword. The man gets frightened and drops the
bat. The Prince points the sword at the man's neck.)
Prince: Swallow and you'll not speak again. Now what is this metallic beast? How
do you harness it's power?
Garbage Man: What?
Prince: You will use it to take me to my beloved, where I feel her heart's pull.
Questions?
[Scene: Medieval times. Castle. Lady Julia is still locked up. The Enchantress is
making a potion.
Lady Julia: I have one. If good magic rescued my Prince from you, what makes
you think he'll return?
Enchantress: I don't. That's why I plan on following his footsteps and bringing
him back. After I destroy the good magic that intervened, of course.
Lady Julia: And what makes you think that you can?
Enchantress: Oh, I don't know. (The portcullis rises.) Because I'm petty, and evil,
and vindictive. But most of all… (She walks over to Lady Julia.) I'm determined.
(She puts a knife under Lady Julia's chin.)
Lady Julia: I am the object of his true love. Your spell only appropriated it. Kill
me and you break the spell.
Enchantress: I know. I know. (She cuts off a piece of Lady Julia's hair.) That's
why I needed this. For my potion to work.
(She walks over to the cauldron. The portcullis drops down.)
Lady Julia: You cannot do this.
Enchantress: One thing you need to know about me, Lady Julia. Nobody tells me
what to do.
(She drops the hair in the potion and it explodes.)
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Copy room. Paige and Leo are there.]
Paige: Nobody tells me what to do, Leo. And besides, I'm still mad at you for
watching over me. I deserve better than that, especially from you.
Leo: Well, I'm a guardian, Paige. That's what I do. Especially during times like this
when it's dangerous for you to be alone.
Paige: It's a fairy tale, not a horror movie.
Leo: Well, I was talking about the Shocker demon.
Paige: Well, yeah, he's not half as scary as Prince charming coming after me
though.
Leo: All the more reason why you should be staying with Phoebe and Piper. (Paige
picks up a folder.)
Paige: What if I don't want to? What if I want to climb a mountain or go dive the
Great Barrier Reef, huh?
Leo: What?
Paige: Look, I've had a blast being a witch. I like the spells, like the potions. I'm
even getting used to orbing, but god, I've just had enough. (She starts to leave.)
Leo: Well, there is no enough, Paige. (Paige stops and turns around.) This is who
you are. You know that. Why are you running from it?
Paige: Oh gee, I don't know. Being hunted by the Source, ducking the Furies, and
being shrunk by a psycho demon, not to mention being chased after by my bedtime
stories. I don't know why I wouldn't want the rest of my life to be just like that.
Leo: You're not alone anymore. You have sisters now.
Paige: Yeah. Sisters who are pressuring me to move in with them for all the wrong
reasons.
Leo: What is that supposed to mean?
Paige: Nothing. Forget about it. Look, it's just sometimes I feel like they want me
to Prue, super witch. And I can't. I don't know how.
Leo: Yeah, I don't think they think that.
Paige: Oh, yeah? Have you checked out her room? It's a shrine. It doesn't seem to
me like they're ready yet and it's a pretty tough act to follow. Don't make me go
back there, Leo. Not just yet, okay? I just need some time. (Paige leaves.) I'll call
you if I need you.
[Cut to the manor. Living room. Phoebe's scrying. Piper walks in, on the phone.]
Piper: Darryl. Darryl. Darryl! Slow down. Okay, car jackings happen all the time.
Why are you calling us? (listens) A garbage truck? (She sits down on the couch.)
At sword point. We'll get back to ya. (She hangs up.)
Phoebe: Please don't tell me that the police found him.
Piper: Not yet. How about you?
Phoebe: Nothing. I mean, he's not a witch and he's not a demon, so…
Piper: All right. Le..! (Leo orbs in.) O. Hi.
Leo: Hi.
Phoebe: Where's Paige?
Leo: Paige? She didn't wanna come.
Piper: She what? Did you explain the situation to her?
Leo: Yes.
Piper: And she still refused to come? Leo, we are up to our pointy little hats in
demonic problems here. We need her.
Leo: She knows that.
Phoebe: I don't understand. We're her sisters.
Leo: Yeah, but that's not the reason you need her.
Piper: Is there more to that or are you just gonna leave us hanging?
Leo: Look, I don't want to get in the middle of this, this is between you guys. But I
will tell you that just wanting her to battle demons with you isn't enough of a
reason to get her to move in.
Piper: It's a pressing reason.
Phoebe: But it's not a sisterly one.
Leo: Look, in the meantime, you need to find the Prince before he exposes you. So
I suggest you check with the Book of Shadows and get up to speed on Paige's fairy
tale and I will check with the Elders and see what they know. (He orbs out.)
[Cut back to South Bay Social Services. The Prince walks in and pushes a guy out
of the way.]
[Cut to the copy room. Paige looks out and opens the door. The Prince walks in.]
Prince: At last, I found you.
Paige: How?
Prince: I followed your heart, my love. (She pulls him in the room and closes the
door.)
Paige: You can't be here. You need to leave right now before security comes.
Prince: I will not leave until you are with child.
Paige: Okay, A) I always use protection and B) you're a fairy tale.
(The Prince reaches out to touch her cheek and she backs away.)
Prince: I won't harm you.
Paige: Just keep that sword of yours sheathed pal.
(She backs into the photocopier and accidentally turns it on. The Shocker demon
escapes out of it and starts electrocuting Paige. The Prince gets out his sword and
slices the demon. Paige falls to the floor. The Shocker demon escapes though the
electrical outlet. The Prince helps Paige up.)
Prince: Fear not. I've slain the beast, my love.
Paige: You most certainly have. (Mr. Cowan bangs on the door.)
Mr. Cowan: Hey, Paige! Paige, you all right in there?
Prince: I will stay forever by your side. Every moment of every day, you would
know you were protected, desired, loved.
Paige: That's so sweet.
Mr. Cowan: Paige! Paige! (He gets the door open.) Paige, what the hell is going
on? W-who is this guy?
Paige: Um, Renaissance Fair. Yeah, we're trying to score tickets for the orphanage.
See ya.
(Paige and the Prince leave.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Phoebe are there. Piper is lighting some candles
and Phoebe is looking through the Book of Shadows.]
Piper: I don't see what the big deal is. You'd think she'd want to move in here,
considering the dump she lives in.
Phoebe: Piper.
Piper: Just wait till the Shocker Demon attacks her, then she might not be so
resistant to the idea.
Phoebe: "Defiant, clever, and independent." That kinda describes Paige, don't you
think?
Piper: Yeah, along with stubborn, stubborn, and more stubborn. (Piper goes over
to Phoebe.)
Phoebe: All right, listen to this. "A powerful witch who came to the craft late but
learned to use it quickly." I'm telling you, this is Paige.
Piper: What are you gettin' at?
Phoebe: Well, don't you think that it's a huge coincidence that Paige's fairy tale
just happens to be in the Book of Shadows and that this Prince just happens to
show up in the 21st century head over heels in love with her?
Piper: Connect the dots will you?
Phoebe: Okay, what if it's not a fairy tale? What if it's a memory? Paige's memory
from a past life?
Piper: Now you're reachin'.
Phoebe: No. I don't think so. I mean my past life came back to bite me on the butt.
Why can't Paige's? Think about it. What if Paige was the evil Enchantress, once
upon a time?
Piper: But… (She loooks at the page.) The Enchantress' power was to conjure the
elements. Paige can't do that. (A portal opens up in the attic.) This doesn't look
good. (The Enchantress walks out of the portal and blows Piper and Phoebe off
their feet.) Paige!
Enchantress: Where is the Prince?
Phoebe: Still think I'm reaching?
Piper: I don't believe this.
(The Enchantress throws a lightning ball at them and they run out of the attic.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Phoebe is there putting out a small fire with a fire
extinguisher. Piper runs in and puts out a fire on the chair.]
Piper: I got it! Living room's clear.
(She puts down the fire extinguisher.)
Phoebe: So is the kitchen. Why do you think she left so suddenly? (She puts down
her fire extinguisher.) What, did trashing our house become too boring for her?
Piper: She probably realised we don't have the Prince. Great. It's not like we're
having enough problems with Paige. We have to deal with her past life, too? (Leo
orbs in.)
Leo: Okay, I found out about the Prince. What the hell happened here?
Phoebe: Paige's past life almost killed us. That's what happened here.
Leo: What?
Piper: Yeah. Paige, the evil Enchantress, same soul, different lifetime. She came
through some magical portal looking for Prince carjack.
Leo: Okay, well, you have to stop her. You can't let her find him. According to the
Elders, if she conceives his heir, dark magic will rule his kingdom forever. History
will be rewritten. Your future…
Piper: Will be screwed. The world will plunge into darkness. Yadda, yadda,
yadda!
Phoebe: Okay, that's not helping. (to Leo) So if we vanquish Past Paige, don't we
risk vanquishing our Paige too?
Leo: Possibly.
Piper: Well, then fine. We won't vanquish her. We'll bind her powers and send her
back in time, hopefully a virgin. Okay. Let's get some candles. We have a potion to
concoct.
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Copy room. The Enchantress is there. She
picks up a necklace.]
Enchantress: What lures you to this time, my Prince? Who beckons thee?
Mr. Cowan: Paige? (He walks in.) What are you still doing here so late? Thought
you'd left already.
Enchantress: What name did you call me?
Mr. Cowan: Don't tell me you're in the fair too. Don't forget to lock up. (She goes
in the office.) See you in the morning. On time would be nice for once.
(He leaves. The Enchantress picks up a photo of Paige and a co-worker.)
Enchantress: Looking forward to meeting you, Paige.
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Paige is sitting on the couch. The Prince kneels down.]
Paige: I still can't believe that you exist, that you're actually real. I always wanted
to save you from the evil Enchantress so you could live happily ever after.
Prince: Be with me and I shall. Come with me. Live in my castle as my princess.
Paige: What is it with everyone wanting me to move in with them?
Prince: I can give you all the riches you desire. I can take you away from all of
this.
Paige: As tempting as that is, I know it's just the spell talking.
Prince: But isn't that what true love is? (He sits down next to her.) Falling under
someone's spell? Just tell me what you want and I'll give it to you. I swear.
Paige: Can you make me as good as Prue was?
Prince: Uhh...
Paige: Never mind. You wouldn't understand.
Prince: Try me. (He leans in to kiss her. Leo orbs in with Piper and Phoebe.)
Piper: Hey!
(Piper freezes the Prince. Paige gasps and stands up quickly.)
Paige: What is going on with this barging in thing? This is getting ridiculous.
Piper: Sorry. Thought he was attacking you.
Paige: He was kissing me. It's called kissing. And what are you doing here
anyway? I told you I'd call if I needed to.
Leo: Well, something's come up. Something you're not gonna like.
Paige: Something worse than this?
Phoebe: The evil Enchantress is here, in our world. She nearly killed us trying to
get to him.
Paige: Oh my God. (Paige sits down.)
Piper: Actually that's not the worse part. Remember how we were wondering how
she cast a spell on him, but he fell for you?
Paige: Yeah.
Phoebe: Well, that's because you're her. Well, I mean… she-she's…
Piper: You… uh, her… help.
Leo: Look, what she means is that you were the evil Enchantress in one of your
past lives. So when you read the spell in the Book of Shadows, he came.
Piper: And that's also why you remember the fairy tale so well. Because you've
actually lived it once before.
Paige: Okay! I can deal with this. Yeah. No wonder I related to her the most. Does
this mean I'm evil?
Piper: Yeah.
Phoebe: No!
Piper: No.
Phoebe: No. Not you. Just your past self. You've grown and evolved. Believe me,
we… we all have. That's what we do.
Paige: Right.
Piper: So, the plan is to bind the Enchantresses powers with this little potion.
(Piper, Phoebe, and Leo hold up a little bottle.)
Paige: I'll do it.
(She stands up and takes Piper's bottle.)
Piper: All right. Then we'll…
Paige: No. I mean by myself. I put you guys in danger. I'll get you out of it. It's my
story. I have to end it once and for all.
Leo: But you don't even know how to find the Enchantress.
Paige: Well, she's after the Prince, right? I'll just backtrack and surprise her.
Phoebe: There's no reason for you to do this alone. It's not just your story
anymore. You've got sisters now.
Piper: But, uh, if you wanna do it by yourself, then go for it.
Paige: I do.
Piper: Yeah. If that's what you want, we'll be here. Uh, with the Prince. (Paige
leaves.)
Phoebe: Why'd you let her go?
Piper: Because it's time we realise we can't make her do something she doesn't
want to do.
[Cut to the street. Paige gets in her car. She sees the Enchantress walking down the
street towards her. She starts the car and tries to drive towards her but the
Enchantress uses her power and blows the car back. The car tyres pop. Paige gets
out.]
Enchantress: Don't tell me I become good in the future.
Paige: Damn good.
(She throws the potion towards her, but the Enchantress zaps it with her power.)
Enchantress: And here I was so looking forward to meeting myself.
(She blows Paige onto her car and smashes the windscreen. She is knocked
unconscious.)
[Cut to Paige's apartment. Piper looks at Leo.]
Piper: What is it?
Leo: Something's wrong. Paige is in trouble.
Piper: Well go, go, go!
(Leo orbs out. The Enchantress barges inside.)
Enchantress: Remember me?
[Cut to the street. Leo orbs in and heals Paige. Paige wakes up.]
Leo: What happened?
Paige: Uh… evil Enchantress. (A bright light shines out of Paige's apartment.) Oh
no. (Leo helps her off the car.)
[Cut back to Paige's apartment. Piper and Phoebe dive over the bed.]
Enchantress: Come to me, my Prince.
(A portal opens in the room. The Prince walks through. The Enchantress sends a
gust of wind towards Piper and Phoebe and walks through the portal.)
Phoebe: We can't just let them get away.
Piper: What are we supposed to do? Go back to the middle ages, the dark ages, or
whatever hell ages those are?
Phoebe: If we don't, good magic will be gone forever.
(Piper jumps through the portal. Leo and Paige walk in.)
Paige: No. (Phoebe jumps through the portal. The portal closes.) What have I
done?
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Paige's apartment. Leo is looking at where the portal opened.]
Paige: This is all my fault. Piper and Phoebe were crazy to trust me. Why didn't I
listen to them?
Leo: Now is not the time to lose it, Paige. We need to get them back.
Paige: Get them back? What do we do? Hop on a bus to Medieval times?
Leo: Paige, concentrate. You're a powerful witch, whether you like it or not.
Paige: Yeah, well, I wasn't powerful enough to take out the Enchantress, was I?
Leo: You know, one thing your past life should tell you is that you've always been
powerful. You still have that power inside of you. Don't be afraid to tap into it
now. (Paige sighs.)
Paige: Okay. This is my fairy tale, right?
Leo: Yes.
Paige: This all started with a spell that brought the Prince here, so maybe if I
rearrange it a little? What if instead of bringing the Prince to me, I bring myself to
him?
Leo: Creating your own portal?
Paige: It's worth a shot. "Bring together my Prince and me, his kingdom now I
wish to see, crossing history to his side, from myself I will not hide." (The portal
opens up.) Oh my God. I did it. It worked. (Paige goes through the portal. Leo goes
over to it. Paige pops her head out.) Come on. I'm not doing this by myself. (She
pulls Leo in the portal.)
[Cut to the castle. Piper and Phoebe are chained to a wall. Lady Julia is locked
behind the portcullis.]
Phoebe: So are you still glad you told Paige to go for it?
Piper: Hey, you were the one that wanted us to be more sisterly towards her.
Phoebe: Yes, but not at the expense of being trapped in the Dark Ages where our
powers are useless.
Lady Julia: You know, I still don't understand who you are. W-what land did you
come from?
Phoebe: Disneyland. Future world.
Piper: Phoebe. (to Lady Julia) We're witches and we have the potion that will stop
the Enchantress.
Phoebe: Yeah, let's go get her. Oops! We can't, because we're chained to a wall!
[Cut to the Enchantress' bedroom. The Prince is lying on the bed. The Enchantress
walks in in her nightgown. Paige and Leo peek around the corner near by.]
Paige: Okay, find Phoebe and Piper. I'll try to hold her off till they get here.
Leo: How? Your powers don't work in the past.
Paige: Yeah, but if we really are one in the same, I should be able to tap into hers.
Hurry. Go get my sisters.
(Leo walks away. The Enchantress lays on the bed with the Prince.)
[Cut to Piper and Phoebe. Leo comes in.]
Leo: Piper!
Piper: Leo!
Leo: Phoebe!
(He runs over and tries to unlock the locks.)
Piper: Oh! Easy, easy.
(A guard comes up behind Leo.)
Phoebe: Behind you!
(The guard pushes Leo away. Leo grabs a sword off the wall and starts sword
fighting with the guard. The guard trips Leo.)
[Cut to the bedroom. Paige walks in.]
Paige: Hi. (The Enchantress turns around.) I hate to interrupt myself at a time like
this.
(The Enchantress stands up.)
Enchantress: How did you get here?
Paige: I'm charmed.
Enchantress: Not for long.
(Paige and the Enchantress try to zap each other.)
[Cut to the other room. Leo is still fighting with the guard. Leo blocks the guard's
attack and knocks him out.]
Piper: Nice!
Phoebe: Wow.
(Leo goes over to them.)
Piper: Leo.
Phoebe: I thought you were a pacifist.
Leo: I didn't kill him, did I?
(Leo unlocks the chains.)
Piper: I-I gotta tell you, I find this side of you very sexy.
Leo: Really?
Piper: Yeah.
Phoebe: You've been holding out on us.
Piper: Hi.
Leo: Hi.
(They hear a zap coming from the bedroom.)
Phoebe: What's that sound?
Piper: Paige. Potion! Potion! Potion!
[Cut to the bedroom. The Enchantress tries to zap Paige.]
Prince: Don't hurt her.
(She blows the Prince off his feet. Piper, Phoebe and Leo walk in.)
Paige: Throw the potion! (Paige blows the Enchantress off her feet.) Now!
(Piper and Phoebe throw the bottles of potion and they explode in front of her. She
tries to use her power but nothing happens.)
Enchantress: What have you done to me?
Leo: We've bound your powers, Enchantress.
Phoebe: No more kingdom come for you.
Piper: Not for you.
Enchantress: How could you do this to me? To us?
Paige: I didn't do it. We did it.
(Lady Julia runs in and helps up the Prince. They kiss.)
Piper: Oh. (Piper looks away.)
Prince: I am well, my love.
Phoebe: My love. Looks like it takes the kiss of true love to break the spell.
Paige: It's in every fairytale.
Piper: All right, super witch. Get us out of here. (They leave.)
[Cut to Paige's apartment. The portal opens and they step out of it. Paige sees the
mess.]
Paige: Okay, so I won't be getting my security deposit back.
Piper: Yeah. Too bad you don't have any other place to stay.
Phoebe: It's no pressure. It's totally up to you, whenever you're ready.
Piper: Yeah, who needs electricity anyway?
Paige: I wouldn't have to stay in the basement would I?
(Piper and Phoebe laugh.)
Piper: No. Of course not. I think we have a room for you.
[Scene: Prue's old room. Now known as Paige's room. Paige opens the door and
Piper and Phoebe walk in.]
Paige: Tada! What do ya think?
Piper: Wow. It's definitely different.
Phoebe: It's definitely you.
Paige: Is that a good thing?
Phoebe: Of course it's a good thing.
Paige: Good, 'cause I was actually thinking the living room could use a little
spicing up.
Piper: Don't push it.
(Someone knocks on the front door.)
Phoebe: Oh, I hope that's not another one of your past lives.
Paige: No, it's just Glen. I asked him to drop by.
Phoebe: Oh, the cute guy from the apartment? He's yummy.
Paige: Yeah, he is, but he's gonna have to be yummy in Australia. He's leaving. He
asked me to go with but, I decided to pass.
Piper: Oh, are you disappointed?
Paige: A little, but it's not like I'll be lacking in adventures here. Speaking of
which. (She stands near the light switch.) Shall we?
Phoebe: Hit it. (Paige turns on the light. The Shocker demon escapes out.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Vanquish we three witches cry, one final shock and then
you die."
(The Shocker demon is vanquished.)
Paige: Okay. Piece of cake. Gotta go. And don't forget... if you need me, please
knock.
(She leaves her room.)
Piper: And they lived happily ever after. (Phoebe puts her arm around Piper.)
Phoebe: Yeah, right.
Piper: Right.
(They walk out of the room.)
                                             End
       4.07 Brain drain
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper and Phoebe are looking in the oven.]
Piper: Damn it! These ones are burnt too. I'm losing my touch.
(She pulls a tray of cookies out.)
Phoebe: Oh, no, it's okay, sweetie, they're just a little crisp. (Piper puts the tray on
the table.) You know, personally I am glad that you're not a chef anymore. I'd
probably be 300 pounds.
Piper: Maybe I should make another batch.
Phoebe: Um, Piper, remember when you told me to tell you when you're
obsessing?
Piper: I'm not obsessing. I just want everything to be perfect, that's all.
Phoebe: Yeah, but Piper, it's a baby shower, not a Royal wedding. Besides, don't
you think you're doing enough already? (She gets a glass out of the cupboard.) For
god sakes, you're hosting the thing and you're not even close to Wendy anymore.
Piper: That is precisely why I'm doing all of this. I swear to god, in the last couple
of years we've vanquished more friendships than we have demons.
(Phoebe takes an empty milk carton out of the fridge.)
Phoebe: Got milk?
Piper: Somebody forgot to put it on the list again.
Phoebe: Okay, well, we have to be patient. You know, it's gonna take Paige more
than a week to adjust to living here.
Piper: Still, there are common courtesies, common sense, rules.
Phoebe: Yeah, but you have to admit, it's nice to have the Power of Three under
the same roof again.
Piper: Right. Grab those.
(Piper walks out of the kitchen. Phoebe picks up two baskets filled with baby
stuff.)
Phoebe: So cute. (She follows Piper into the dining room.) Aunt Phoebe sure
would like to throw one of these for you one day.
(Piper knocks over a chair.)
Piper: Damn it! Paige!
Phoebe: You're changing the subject.
Piper: No, I'm ignoring you.
(They walk into the living room.)
Phoebe: Well, you can't ignore that beautiful little girl of yours that we saw in the
future, and if my math is right, you and Leo better start, you know, right about
now.
Piper: Phoebe, we saw a lot of things in the future that won't be happening now.
Phoebe: I know. But that doesn't mean you can't have kids. I mean, don't you
wanna little kid?
Piper: Not with demons dropping in all the time, (Cole shimmers in.) I don't.
Cole: Phoebe?
Phoebe: Hold that thought. Generations of Halliwells fought demons and had kids.
It didn't stop them, why should it stop you?
Piper: Did it ever occur to you that maybe this is none of your business?
Phoebe: Oh, that's besides the point.
Cole: Phoebe.
Phoebe: How does Leo feel about this?
Piper: I haven't talked to Leo about this.
Phoebe: Well, don't you think we should?
Piper: We?
(Cole puts his fingers in his mouth and whistles. The girls yelp.)
Phoebe: Yes, Cole, what is it?
Cole: Okay. Freeze the room fast, then unfreeze only me.
Piper: What? Why?
Cole: Just do what I say and I'll explain after.
(Piper freezes Cole and the room.)
Phoebe: Please don't blow him up.
Piper: I'll try.
(Piper unfreezes Cole.)
Cole: The rest of the room still frozen?
Piper: Cole, we're the only ones in the room.
Cole: You're not actually. There's a chameleon in the house.
Phoebe: A lizard? You're worried about a lizard?
Cole: This chameleon is a demon. One who can transform into any object just to
spy on you.
(He grabs a chair.)
Piper: Trying to tell me the manor is supernaturally bugged?
Cole: Uh-huh. Has been for some time, apparently. It explains why the Source
hasn't attacked you in a while. He's had his chameleons watching your every move,
gathering inside information. Look around. What's not supposed to be here?
(The girls look around. Piper spots Paige's ugly-looking cane chair with bright red
cushions.)
Piper: Hmm.
(Piper blows up the chair. Cushion stuffing flies everywhere. Cole goes over to it.)
Phoebe: Piper, I think that was Paige's chair.
Piper: Yeah, I know, exactly.
(Phoebe smiles. The grandfather clock chimes.)
Cole: Uh, the room just unfroze.
(Phoebe spots an odd-shaped lamp.)
Phoebe: Where'd that lamp come from?
(The lamp transforms into a demon. Piper and Phoebe scream. The demon uses his
power and they fly over the couch. Cole throws an energy ball at him and wipes his
arm off, sending green goo over Piper's baby baskets. The demon's arm grows
back.)
Piper: Cole, get back! (Piper tries to blow up the demon, he ducks, and blows up
the grandfather clock instead.) Damn it, we just got that thing fixed.
(Paige walks down the stairs holding a washing basket and wearing earphones. The
demon runs in front of her and Cole throws another energy ball. The demon ducks
and Paige orbs out before the energy ball hits her. The demon gets up and
shimmers out. Paige stands there in shock.)
Paige: What the hell happened?
Piper: The freakin' furniture just attacked!
                                   Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Phoebe is lying on the couch. Leo goes over and
heals a wound on her forehead.]
Leo: Do you know how long the chameleon demon was in the house?
Phoebe: I don't know. The lamp has been here for at least three days. Maybe more.
Piper: what do you think he wants?
Cole: I told you. Gathering information.
Piper: But for what? For why?
Cole: For the Source's next attack.
(Paige walks in with half her broken chair.)
Paige: Excuse me. Is there anyway to claim this kind of damage on our home
owners insurance policy?
Piper: Usually not.
Paige: Usually? What do you mean? I can expect my furniture to be blown up
again?
Phoebe: Get ready for the unexpected. That's rule number one in the Halliwell
manor.
Piper: Wanna learn the rest?
Phoebe: Um, maybe now's not the time? Considering we have to figure out a way
to find this demon.
Leo: Well, you could try scrying using his blood.
Piper: And we've got plenty of that. Although, I don't know what good it would do
to find him now. Whatever he's learned he's already told the Source.
Cole: Except that he might also know what the Source's plan is. How he's going to
attack. Find him, we might be able to find that out.
Paige: I know. What about pooling our money into a fund to cover anybody's
damage no matter who's it is.
Phoebe: Um...
(The doorbell rings. They all look at each other. Piper and Phoebe cautiously go to
the door. Piper quickly opens it.)
Woman: Whoa! Scared me. Hey, Phoebe, it's been a long time. (Phoebe waves.)
Hey, sorry I'm late, we should go.
Piper: Go?
Woman: To the shower. Wasn't I supposed to pick you up? Did I mess up? She
looks in her day planner.
Piper: No, no, you didn't, Becca. There's just some stuff going on here.
Becca: So what else is new, huh? Do you want some help with the party baskets?
(She starts to walk in but Phoebe stops her.)
Phoebe: No! No, it's just I'm afraid something came up and Piper can't...
Becca: Oh, no, don't tell me that you're not gonna come. Everyone's so looking
forward to seeing you again.
Piper: Oh, really? Oh, they are? Well, th-then we can't disappoint them. W-We'll
get some stuff at the market on the way there.
Phoebe: Will you excuse us for one minute? (She closes the door.) Wh-Are you
outta your mind? You can't still go. Piper, we have to scry for that demon.
Piper: Well, it doesn't take three sisters to scry. You and Paige can do it and then
call me when you find him.
Phoebe: Piper!
Piper: Phoebe. Look, okay, the bottom line is if I'm ever gonna have kids, then I
need a life first, which means I need to be a human first and then a witch later.
Okay, got it? Good. (Piper tries to open the door and Phoebe stands in the way.)
Outta the way! (She gets the door open.) Hi! Bye Leo!
Leo: Bye! (She leaves with Becca.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Underworld. A cave. The demon is there pacing back and forth the Source
appears behind him. He spins around.]
Source: You have failed me.
Demon: I beg to differ. Aside from finding Belthazor, everything I've learned from
the Charmed Ones...
Source: May all be for not now that they've exposed you, Alaster. The element of
surprise was equivocal to my plans success.
Alaster: You can still use the information to capture one of the...
Source: That's not what I needed the information for. Capture one is easier.
Tricking one into giving up all their powers was the ultimate goal. That's why I
needed to learn everything about their hopes, fears, their dreams.
Alaster: Then accelerate your plans. Use me to capture the one you want. After all,
they'll be after me now.
Source: Yes, they will won't they. (The Source changes to look exactly like
Alaster.) But then why not cut out the middle man. (He vanquishes Alaster. He
turns and makes the oracle appear on a rock.) It's time, Oracle. I must know now
which of the sisters do you see to be most vulnerable to my plan.
Oracle: Well, each is vulnerable in their own way. But the eldest seems to have
the most resistance to the craft. Her yearnings appear to be her most weakness.
[Scene: P3. Piper's friend's baby shower. Piper is sitting next to a pregnant woman.
They are laughing. She opens a gift and pulls out a cute baby jacket.]
Woman: Oh, how cute is this1 Oh, Piper, this is adorable. Where did you get this?
Piper: Uh, a little shop in the embarcadero. They have the cutest things.
Woman: Thank you so much. For everything.
Piper: You're welcome. (They hug.)
Woman: We have so much to catch up on.
Piper: I know. We will. (She gets up and goes and sits down next to Becca. She
sees her smiling.) What?
Becca: Nothing. It's just good to see you out and about again, that's all.
Piper: Yeah, after Prue died it took some time to...
Becca: Yeah, but even before that. It's almost like the last three or four years
you've just kinda disappeared.
Piper: Yeah.
(Piper's phone rings. She hangs up.)
Becca: Oh, no, don't tell me you have to go.
Piper: Uh, no, it can wait. (Leo orbs in near by. He motions for Piper to go over to
him. She pulls a face.) I'll be right back. (She gets up and goes over to him.) What
are you doing here? No guys allowed.
Leo: I tried calling your cell phone but it went dead. Paige and Phoebe think they
found the demon.
Piper: Already? They did? Are you sure?
Leo: Yeah. You have to go now.
Piper: How am I supposed to have kids when I can't even be at someone else's
baby shower?
Leo: What?
Piper: Nothing, never mind. I'll meet you outside. The least I can do is say
goodbye. (She goes over to the pregnant woman.) Uh, Wendy, I'm sorry, I've gotta
go, something's come up.
Wendy: Ugh, now? But we haven't even had the cake yet, you're gonna miss the
best part.
Piper: Ugh, I know. Story of my life. I'll see you later.
(She walks away.)
[Cut to the manor. Everyone's there.]
Paige: So we've got the spell to vanquish the chameleon but we're not gonna use it.
I don't get it.
Leo: Well, you vanquish him only if you have to. The goal here is to try and
interrogate, find out what the Source is planning.
Paige: Okay, but I'm thinking that this guy's not gonna be so eager to spill his guts.
Cole: Oh, he'll spill. I make sure to that.
Phoebe: No, you can't come, he saw you with us. Probably means the Source has
some bounty hunter ready to attack you, or capture you, or something.
Cole: So what else is new?
Phoebe: Well, it doesn't make it any less dangerous.
Paige: So the question still stands. How do we get a demon to stop and chat with
us.
Phoebe: Well, Piper can freeze him and unfreeze his head, she's done that before.
How do you feel about that?
Piper: I don't know.
Cole: Why, you got a better idea?
(Piper sits on the couch.)
Piper: Maybe. We could tell him to offer the Source a deal instead.
Leo: Deal? What kind of a deal?
Piper: Well, something like, he stops coming after us and we stop going after him.
Phoebe: What?
(Phoebe sits down on the coffee table in front of her.)
Piper: Of course that would mean we'd have to stop going after all of his demons
too, which would be fine by me. It would stop all of the constant attacks.
Paige: (to Cole) Am I the only one who thinks she's bumped her head?
Phoebe: You can't be serious, Piper.
Piper: Actually, I've never been more serious in my life. Think about it. This could
be an opportunity for us to get out of the demon fighting business once and for all.
Leo: Wait, and what, just give up on your destiny?
Piper: How do you know we haven't already fulfilled it? I mean, god knows, we've
saved scores of innocents already. Maybe that's enough. Maybe it's time for some
other witches to take over and let us get on with our lives. Isn't it worth a try in
exchange for what we might be getting? No more putting things on hold, vacations,
friends, kids.
Phoebe: We can't give up now. We are so close. We have to take out the Source if
we can. And if not just for our sake, then for Prue's.
Piper: Fine. I just hope we don't end up where she did.
(She walks away.)
[Scene: Alley. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are there. They have the scrying map out.]
Piper: Something's not right. We've checked both alleys twice.
Phoebe: Well, the chameleon's gotta be here somewhere because the crystal never
lies.
Paige: I don't know about you guys but I'm getting a not so good feeling about
this.
Piper: Alright, we'll check one more time and then we'll call it quits. Phoebe, you
and Paige go check that alley, I'll go check that alley.
Phoebe: Wait, split up? Are you sure that's a good idea?
Piper: Maybe it'll lure him out, who knows? If you get nervous say the
vanquishing spell. Keep your eyes peeled, he could be anything.
(Paige and Phoebe disappear into an alley. Piper starts walking down another alley.
A shadow follows Piper. Alaster/The Source appears behind her. She turns around
and tries to freeze him. He just shakes it off.)
Alaster/The Source: Were you expecting me to freeze?
Piper: Phoebe! Paige!
(He throws an energy ball at her. Phoebe and Paige run into the alley. Alaster/The
Source picks her up and flames out. Paige gasps.)
[Scene: Piper's mind. She is unconscious on the floor of the manor, which is now a
psychiatric hospital. Leo, dressed in a white doctors coat, leans over her.]
Leo: Piper. (Piper groans.) Piper. (She holds her head.) Are you okay?
Piper: Ow. My head hurts.
Leo: I bet it does, you hit it pretty hard. Are you alright?
Piper: I think so. What happened?
Leo: What always happens when you have one of your episodes. You threw
yourself against a wall.
Piper: Episodes? I didn't throw myself. What are you wearing?
(Other people in the manor get noisy. Piper looks around.)
Leo: It's okay, those are just the other patients.
(She stands up.)
Piper: What the hell is going on?
Leo: It's alright. You're at the sanitarium. Your home.
(Piper looks at him, confused.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Piper's mind. Manor. Continued from before. Piper walks into another
room. Leo follows.]
Piper: What happened to our furniture? Leo, what are all these people doing in our
house?
Leo: Our house? Piper, Halliwell Hospital is hardly our house. All these other
people live here too.
Piper: Halliwell Hospital? Is that some kind of a joke? What's wrong with you?
Leo: Please, calm down.
Piper: No, Leo, I will not calm down. Something very strange is going on,
something demonically strange. That demon must have cast a spell, and changed
the house, and changed you. Phoebe. (She walks away.) Paige?
(A doctor grabs her.)
Doctor: Easy, lady, relax.
Piper: Let go of me. Leo, don't just stand there. (Alaster walks in.) That's him,
that's the demon.
Alaster: Demons again. Piper, we've been through this thousands of times before.
There are no demons, they're just figments of your imagination.
Piper: Wanna bet? "Evil hiding in plain sight, I use this spell with all my might, to
stop you changing form and shape, this vanquish seals your fate."
(Nothing happens.)
Doctor: Doesn't really rhyme, does it? Sorry.
Piper: I don't understand it. That spell should've worked.
Alaster: Piper, why do you insist on demonising me and every psychiatrist who's
ever tried to help you?
Piper: Let go of me. (She struggles to get free.) I gotta blow him up, I'm gonna
blow you up!
Alaster: He violent impulses are returning. (to another doctor) Hey, straight
jacket!
Doctor #2: Yes, doctor.
Leo: Piper, why won't you let Dr. Alaster help you?
Piper: I don't need his help, I need your help. Get this guy off of me so I can use
my powers.
Leo: Piper, you don't have powers, you're not a witch, you don't save innocents,
you never did.
Piper: What?
(Paige drops something in the other room and two doctors grab her.)
Paige: This isn't fair! This is my house too! (The doctor carries her past Piper.) I
can do anything I want! You're hurting me!
Piper: Paige, Paige. A demon took over the house. Orb the heck outta here!
Alaster: Take her to isolation so she doesn't hurt herself.
(A doctor tries to put a straight jacket on Piper.)
Piper: Wait, wait a minute, you don't understand. Wait. Leo!
Leo: It's for your own good.
Piper: Wait a minute. Hey, hey, you're making a big mistake. Please, listen to me
for a second. He's a demon.
Alaster: I'm not gonna give up on you, Piper. We're gonna free you of these
delusions, I promise you.
Piper: Shut up! Phoebe! Phoebe!
Alaster: I can give you everything you want if only you'll let me help. (The
doctors carry her away.) This illness has already consumed more than three years
of your life.
[Cut to the underworld. A cave. Alaster/The Source, Oracle and Piper are there.
Piper is floating lying down over a flat rock, and Alaster/The Source has his hands
over Piper's head.]
Alaster/The Source: Don't let it rob you of anymore. You're not a witch, you only
think you are.
(He floats her down and breathes heavily.)
Oracle: What's the matter? What happened?
Alaster/The Source: It's just taking more magic than I realised to project into her
mind.
Oracle: More than you have, perhaps? I only mean to caution you. This is
weakening you, making you vulnerable.
Alaster/The Source: With the bounty I seek will make me more powerful than
ever.
Oracle: If you can get it.
Alaster/The Source: Nobody knows more about the Charmed Ones than I do. I
know how to break her spirit. I know her Achilles heal. In her deepest heart she
never wanted to be a witch. And she feels an obligation to her powers.
Oracle: Yes, but you said her powers won't work in her illusion.
Alaster/The Source: They won't. Once she learns that painful lesson, she'll
willingly give hers up. And with them, her sisters too.
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there. Leo is trying to
sense Piper.]
Paige: Anything?
Leo: I can't sense Piper anywhere.
Paige: Does that mean that?
Phoebe: No. He wouldn't have taken her if he wanted her dead. (Cole shimmers in,
covered in slime.) Cole? Oh my god.
Cole: I'm alright. I just found out that Piper's in the underworld, I think the Source
has her.
Phoebe: The Source? A-are you sure? How do you know?
Cole: From another chameleon demon. I kinda 'squeezed' it out of him.
Phoebe: Well, we gotta find her. There's gotta be a spell in here somewhere.
(She picks up the Book of Shadows and has a premonition of the Source taking the
BOS and killing Phoebe and Paige.)
Cole: Phoebe?
Phoebe: I saw the Source stealing the book and killing us with our powers.
Paige: Our powers? How can he get our powers?
Cole: Maybe he's figured how to get them from Piper. Explains why he's keeping
her alive.
Phoebe: No, but she can't give them up herself.
Leo: Well, she can using the relinquishing spell in the book.
Phoebe: But we burnt that spell three years ago, it doesn't exist anymore.
Leo: It does in her mind.
Phoebe: That's crazy. She'd never say it, she'd never give up her powers.
Paige: Even though she was kinda willing to this morning? I'm just saying.
Phoebe: Look, I know what you're saying but you don't know what you're talking
about. I'm sorry.
Paige: Forget it.
Leo: (to Cole) Maybe you and I should go down there, see if I can sense her.
Cole: Follow me.
(Cole shimmers out and Leo orbs out.)
Phoebe: Okay, there's a bunch or summoning spells we can try.
[Scene: Piper's mind. Halliwell Hospital. A room. Piper and Paige are strapped to
the bed.]
Paige: I thought you said I wasn't good enough for your little coven.
Piper: Paige, you are under a spell, you don't know what you're talking about.
Paige: I tried to be your friend, I even tried to play your stupid witchy games, but
all you could do was complain about me and my stuff and how we didn't compare
to your beloved Prue.
Piper: I've never said that.
Paige: Hmm, you don't have to. It's obvious the way you treat me. You don't even
like me.
Piper: Paige, that's ridiculous, we're sisters.
Alaster: You don't have any sisters, you're an only child, Piper, you know that.
(He walks up to the cage door.)
Piper: I'm gonna be so happy when I vanquish your sorry ass.
(He opens the cage door and walks in the room.)
Alaster: You use it to explain things you can't accept. Just like your best friend did
before she got well. Prue.
Piper: Don't you dare talk about Prue.
Paige: Here we go again. Say Prue.
Alaster: You've never forgiven her from finally accepting that she wasn't a witch.
You've convinced yourself that she's dead.
Piper: She is dead.
Alaster: No, she's not. We released her three months ago. She's recovered, she's
free. Just like you could be if you'd stop fighting it. Accept the reality.
Piper: Let me out of these restraints, I'll show you some reality.
Alaster: I'm afraid you'll just hurt yourself again. I'm truly sorry.
(Alaster leaves the room.)
Piper: Leo! Leo!
Paige: Ugh, will you stop with the Leo, Leo. You're driving me crazier than I
already am.
Piper: Ughh! (Phoebe skips in, eating a cookie.) Phoebe, Phoebe, untie me, hurry,
hurry.
Phoebe: Alright, alright, stop obsessing.
(Phoebe goes over to her.)
Piper: I'm not obsessing. What are you eating?
Phoebe: Chocolate chip cookie. Not your best.
Paige: Got milk? Ooh, don't think so.
(Phoebe unbuckles Piper.)
Piper: Just get me out of these things, we need to reverse this damn spell. (Phoebe
gasps.) What is it? What did you see?
Phoebe: I saw the back of my eyelids, what do you think I saw?
Piper: Oh, no, Phoebe, not you too.
Paige: Hurry up, looney tunes, get me outta here.
(Phoebe unbuckles Paige. They stand up.)
Piper: Alright, I don't know what the hell is going on here, but we've gotta get to
the Book of Shadows, and since evil can't touch it, it's still gotta be in the attic.
Right, right, right? Let's go.
(They run out of the room.)
[Cut to the hallway. Medical equipment is lined up against the walls. Piper and
Paige sneak down.]
Piper: Alright, the first thing we gotta do is... Where's Phoebe?
Paige: Who cares?
(Phoebe catches up to them, holding a broom.)
Phoebe: Sorry, had to grab my broom.
Piper: For what?
Phoebe: Well, for flying, silly. (They hear a man yelling from the attic.) Uh-oh,
another innocent to save.
(She hops on the broom and runs upstairs.)
Piper: No, Phoebe, wait!
(They follow her.)
[Cut to the attic. The girls enter. Cole is lying on a chair with tubes stuck to his
face. A doctor is sitting beside him.]
Cole: You can't hurt me. I'm the mighty Belthazor.
Phoebe: Stop it, he's not evil anymore, he's good!
(Piper takes the broom and hits the doctor over the head. He falls back onto some
chairs.)
Paige: Mmm, well he sure flew.
(Phoebe runs over to Cole and kisses him on the cheek. Piper and Paige go over to
her.)
Piper: Hi, stop that. Has anybody seen the Book?
Phoebe: I know where it is. I hid it so the doctors... I mean the demons wouldn't
find it.
(Phoebe runs over to a small cupboard, reaches behind it and pulls out a notebook.
She takes it to Piper.)
Piper: What? What is this? (She looks at it and someone has hand written "The
Book of Shadows" and drawn a very odd-looking triquetra on the cover.) Uhh.
(She opens it to a very messy "Ice Cream Man" page and flips over to see a very
funny drawing of Belthazor.) Oh god. You are nuts. Okay, I don't understand how
a demon could take the book out of the house. Unless this isn't the house. Okay, I
gotta get you two outta here, maybe that'll break the spell.
Paige: How come the spell didn't work on you? Hehehe.
Phoebe: Don't question the rules.
Piper: Come on, we'll go down the trellis.
(She goes over to the window and opens the bars.)
Phoebe: What about Cole? I never get to spend any time with him.
Piper: Uh, we'll come back for him later. Come on, come on. It'll be fun. Hurry,
hurry. Faster.
(Phoebe and Paige climb out the window. Alaster walks in.)
Alaster: Don't.
(Piper climbs out the window. Alaster smiles a little.)
[Cut to outside. The girls run to the sidewalk, almost bumping into some people.]
Phoebe: I think we lost him.
Piper: Wait a minute, everything looks normal. But this, this is wrong. We should
go back and try to get the demon to talk.
Paige: I'm thinking he's not gonna be so eager to spill his guts.
(A thief steals a woman's purse and runs across the road.)
Piper: Hey!
(Piper runs onto the road.)
Paige: Piper!
(A car heads straight for Piper. She tries to freeze it but nothing happens. The car
hits Piper, she rolls onto the front of the car and rolls back off hitting the ground
hard.)
[Cut to the underworld. Piper is bleeding from the mouth. Alaster/The Source
floats Piper down.]
Alaster/The Source: I believe she's just learned her lesson.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe and Paige are there reciting summoning spells.]
Phoebe, Paige: "Power of the witches rise, course unseen across the skies, come to
us who call you near, come to us and settle here. Blood to blood I summon thee,
blood to blood return to me."
(Nothing happens.)
Paige: Any other spells you can think of?
Phoebe: No. I don't know what else to do. If Leo and Cole can't find her... (Paige
gets an idea.) What is it?
Paige: Leo said something about the power of relinquishing spell being in Piper's
mind.
Phoebe: I told you, she'd never say it. Paige, you don't know her as well as I do.
Paige: No, but I am getting to know the Source. He likes to play tricks on peoples
minds. I mean, god knows, he did with mine, he almost had me kill again,
remember?
Phoebe: Yeah, go on.
Paige: Well, maybe that's what he's trying to do to Piper, get into her mind
somehow. I mean, if that's where the spell is.
Phoebe: Then that's probably where he's looking for it. And if he can get into her
mind, then why can't we?
(She starts flipping through the Book of Shadows.)
[Cut to Halliwell Hospital in Piper's mind. Piper is asleep in a bed. She has cuts
and bruises on her face. Alaster waves something under her nose and she wakes up
quickly.]
Alaster: Easy, easy. (Piper groans.) You've had a terrible accident.
Piper: What did you do to me?
Alaster: You got hit by a car. The driver said you didn't even try to get out of the
way. Piper, this delusion that you somehow have magical powers is going to get
you killed one day.
Piper: Shove it. Where are my sisters?
Alaster: You mean your roommates. They're safe downstairs. Piper, how can I
save you if you won't save yourself? You have to want to. You have to will it.
Otherwise you just remain lost in this fantasy world of yours.
Piper: It's real, and you're just trying to confuse me.
Alaster: No, no, I'm trying to help you. Piper, your psychosis is forever in belief
that you're magical. But you know that's just an escape.
Piper: Escape? What escape?
Alaster: From some deep seated pain, some terrible loss. Most likely the death of
your grandmother. Which is after all when these series of episodes began. And
your pain. You can do it. In one of your sessions you mentioned a poema... a spell
you called it. One that relinquishes the special powers that you think you have.
Piper: No. Go away.
Alaster: Say the spell, Piper. It'll free you, I promise you. It'll release you from all
the, the crippling delusions you have.
Piper: Get out. Get away from me, get out!
(He stands up.)
Alaster: You have the power to give you the life you've always wanted. (He walks
to the door.) All you have to do is stop putting the illusion of being a witch in front
of it.
(He leaves and closes the door. She throws something at it.)
Piper: Leo. Leo, where are you?
[Cut to the underworld. Leo and Cole are there. Leo is trying to sense Piper. Cole
is hiding behind a rock wall.]
Cole: (whispers) Leo.
Leo: She's hurt.
Cole: Where is she?
Leo: I don't know, I can't get an exact reading.
(An energy ball hits a rock near them. Cole looks around the corner and throws an
energy ball at the bounty hunter, missing.)
Cole: Try harder.
Leo: I can't. The Source must have learned from last time, he's blocking Piper's
signal.
(The bounty hunter throws another energy ball.)
Cole: Well, we have to find the Source.
Leo: How are we gonna do that?
Cole: There's only one way.
Leo: Cole.
(Cole steps out and the bounty hunter throws an energy ball at him. He falls to the
ground. Two bounty hunters go over and drag him away.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Halliwell Hospital. Piper is laying on a bed. Leo sits down beside her.]
Leo: Hey.
Piper: Leo. Heal me, please.
Leo: This ought to help.
(He pulls out a needle.)
Piper: No, not with that, with your powers.
Leo: If I had powers, honey, I would use them. You know that I would.
(He sticks the needle into Piper.)
Leo: It kills me to see you like this. (She looks at him and smiles.) What?
Piper: White lights. I see white lights all around you.
Leo: That's the pain killer.
Piper: No, you're my Whitelighter.
Leo: Dr. Alaster says there's a way for you to get better. Is that true?
(He wipes a bit of blood off Piper's lip.)
Piper: I-I don't...
Leo: If it were then we can be together. We wouldn't have to keep sneaking
around, breaking the rules.
Piper: Rules? But we're married.
Leo: No, only in your fantasy world. But it doesn't have to be that way. If you
were to get better, then we could be married for real. And have that little girl that
you've been dreaming about in the future. Come on, I wanna show you something.
(He picks her up.)
[Cut to the underworld. The two bounty hunters walk in the cave. The Oracle
walks over to them.]
Oracle: What are you doing here? Leave now.
Bounty #1: I don't think so.
(They drop Cole on the ground. The Oracle smiles.)
Bounty #2: Tell the Source we've captured Belthazor.
Oracle: Leave him. I'll make surer you get the credit.
Bounty #2: We're not going without our bounty.
Oracle: Then you'll wait.
(The Oracle walks over to Alaster/The Source.)
Alaster/The Source: I have a surprise for you, Piper.
[Cut to Halliwell Hospital. Alaster opens the door to a beautiful garden.]
Alaster: One that I think you'll like.
(Leo wheels Piper out in a wheelchair. Two butterflies flutter near her and she
holds out her hand.)
Leo: You see, there's magic in the real world too.
Alaster: Your friends have come to visit you.
(Becca, Wendy and some other women walk up to her.)
Becca: Piper, how are you?
Piper: Becca?
Becca: It's so good to see you again, we've missed you.
(Wendy shows Piper her baby.)
Wendy: We've got so much to catch up on.
Piper: Wendy, when did you have your baby?
Wendy: Just after the shower. Don't you remember? Do you wanna hold her?
Here. (She puts the baby in Piper's arms.) Isn't the outfit you bought her just
adorable?
(Piper starts to cry.)
Becca: What's the matter, honey? Why are you crying?
Alaster: I think it's probably best if you all go now.
Becca: But we just got here. And everyone's so excited to finally see her again.
Alaster: I'm sorry. You understand.
(Wendy takes away her baby. Piper cries. They all say bye and leave.)
Leo: You can have this life, Piper. We can have it together. You already know
how to get it for us. It's the only way you'll ever get out of here. To free yourself
once and for all, to free us.
Piper: The spell.
Leo: Yes. The spell. (He hands her a pen and paper.) Try to remember it. Exactly.
(He kisses the top of her head and walks away.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe and Paige are there. They have the Book of Shadows
open to a page. Phoebe lights some candles.]
Paige: Are we sure we wanna do this?
Phoebe: This was your idea, remember?
Paige: Well, in the abstract, yeah, but, uh, I have enough trouble being in my head
let alone someone else's.
Phoebe: Well, our minds won't actually be in Piper's body, just our consciousness.
Kinda like astral projection.
Paige: Okay, so the spell gets us in her head. What about after that?
Phoebe: We use the reversal spell to get us out. Are you ready? (They kneel inside
a circle of candles.) I'm not about to lose another sister. And neither are you.
(They join hands.)
Phoebe, Paige: "Life to life and mind to mind, our spirits now will intertwine; We
mould our souls and journey to, the one whose thoughts we wish we knew."
(They collapse on the floor.)
[Cut to Piper's mind. Garden. Phoebe and Paige pop in the scene.]
Phoebe: I think it worked.
Paige: Either that or we're in Mary Poppins' head.
(Phoebe turns to see Piper.)
Phoebe: Piper. (They run over to her.) Piper. We're gonna get you outta her. Okay,
I have the spell.
Piper: No, no more spells.
Phoebe: Piper, honey, it's us, your sisters.
Piper: I don't have any sisters. Go away, leave me alone!
(Alaster storms out of the house.)
Alaster: You're too late. Her nightmare's about to end.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Piper's mind. Garden. Two doctors have a hold of Phoebe and Paige.]
Alaster: Keep 'em here. I want them to witness this. And no threats, your powers
don't work here.
Paige: Oh, yeah? Spell! (Nothing happens. The doctor jerks her.) Ow!
Alaster: Pain, however, you do feel. And will after she recites the spell thrice.
Once for each of your powers.
(Leo walks out.)
Phoebe: Leo. Help Piper, get her outta here.
Alaster: Yes, Leo, by all means.
(Leo wheels her down the path.)
Leo: It's okay. Piper, honey, just say the word and everything will be alright.
(Phoebe and Paige try to escape from the doctors grip.)
Paige: No!
Piper: "From whence they came return them now..."
Phoebe: Piper, don't! Please, Piper, don't.
Piper: "Vanish the words, vanish our powers..."
Paige: Don't trust them, they're trying to steal our powers!
Alaster: Don't listen to them.
Leo: They're still delusional.
Alaster: You're not.
Leo: Not anymore.
Alaster: Just two more times.
[Cut to the cave in the underworld.]
Alaster: You'll set yourself free. (Leo looks around the corner.) Say the spell,
Piper. You know you want to.
Leo: Come on, Cole, wake up. (He orbs out and orbs back in front of the two
bounty hunters.) How you doing?
(He orbs back out. The bounty hunter throws an energy ball, vanquishing the other
bounty hunter. Leo orbs in behind the bounty hunter, taps him on the shoulder and
knocks him out. Leo races over to Cole.) Cole, hurry, wake up.
Oracle: (to Alaster) Finish this, you're in danger.
(The bounty stands up. Cole wakes up and throws an energy ball at the bounty
hunter, vanquishing him.)
Leo: Piper.
(He runs over and the Oracle tries to stop him. He pushes her out of the way. He
tries to get to Piper but a protective shiled pushes him across the room. Cole
throws an energy ball at Alaster/The Source but the shield protects him. he throws
another and another.)
[Cut to the garden in Piper's mind.]
Piper: "Vanish our powers."
Alaster: One last time.
(Phoebe elbows the doctor and trips him.)
Phoebe: Now!
(Paige moves her head and Phoebe punches the other doctor.)
[Cut to the cave. Cole throws many energy balls at Alaster/The Source.]
Oracle: Break the connection or he'll kill you!
[Cut to the garden. Phoebe kicks Alaster.]
Alaster: I told you, you're too late.
[Cut to the cave. Cole throws another energy ball and Alaster/The Source flies
back.]
[Cut to the garden. Alaster, Leo and the doctors disappear.]
[Cut to the cave. Alaster/The Source stands up and touches his bleeding side.
Alaster screams and changes back into the Source. Cole gets a large energy ball
ready.]
Oracle: No!
(She runs in front of the Source and Cole throws the energy ball, vanquishing the
Oracle. The Source flames out.)
[Cut to the garden.]
Phoebe: Piper, please, don't do this. Our magic is a gift. Please don't throw is
away.
Piper: "From whence they came, return them now."
[Cut to the cave. Leo holds his hands next to Piper's head.]
[Cut to the garden. Leo pops in the scene.]
Leo: Piper, don't. (He goes over to her.) Listen to your sisters, trust them. Trust
me, don't say the spell, don't relinquish your powers.
(Leo heals her wound. She looks around and points to Leo.)
Piper: (normal) Are you really my husband?
(He laughs.)
Leo: Yes.
Piper: And that would make you two really my sisters.
Phoebe: Whether you like it or not.
Piper: And so that demon is gone? (Phoebe nods.) Thank god, (she stands up)
because that guy was freaking me out.
Paige: Whattaya say we uh, click our heals and get out of this crazy joint? Uh, no
offense.
Piper: That's okay. (She watches some butterflies fly past.) My life has always
been a little crazy.
[Scene: Manor. Piper runs down the stairs and goes through all the rooms. Phoebe,
Paige, Leo and Cole come down the stairs.]
Phoebe: Is something wrong?
Piper: No, everything is just right.
Paige: Except for my chair.
(Phoebe nudges her.)
Piper: Yeah, which, um, I'll actually pay to replace.
Paige: Oh, god no, it's not your fault. Or is it?
Piper: Actually, yeah, it was. I was just upset that there was yet another demon in
our lives. And I know I should stop fighting it and just accept it but...
Paige: Nah, it wasn't my favourite chair anyway. And it's actually kinda good to
know that I'm not the only one who struggles with the idea of being a witch.
Phoebe: No, believe me, you're in good company.
(She hugs her.)
Leo: Well, the good news is you won't have to deal with the Source any time soon
because Cole hurt him pretty bad.
Cole: Not bad enough though, he'll be back.
Phoebe: So, he's gone for now isn't he? First time in a long time. I think we should
take advantage of that.
Cole: Why, Ms. Halliwell, are you trying to seduce me?
(He pulls her in.)
Phoebe: Always.
Piper: Eww.
(Leo laughs. Phoebe and Cole run up the stairs.)
Paige: Okay, and I'm just gonna... go to the store, get some milk, or something.
(She leaves.)
Leo: Sure you're okay?
Piper: Yeah. You know, I-I'm never gonna stop wanting a normal life, but you
know what? I think that's the one thing that actually keeps me sane.
Leo: Well, you deserve a normal life, Piper. We both do. And maybe we'll get that
when we vanquish the Source once and for all.
Piper: And who knows. Maybe one day I can have a baby shower of my own.
What do you think?
Leo: Well, in that case... (He picks her up.) We need to practice a little.
Piper: Leo! (They orb out.)
                                         End
   4.08 Black as Cole
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Paige are there. Piper is pacing, while Paige looks
through the Book of Shadows.]
Paige: A demon who likes to kill witches. Well, that narrows it down to about
every page in the book.
Piper: We have one clue. We know he likes to use an athame.
Paige: How does that help?
Piper: Well, it means he has hands. Keep flipping.
Paige: So I hear you and Leo are thinking about having a baby.
Piper: Where did you hear that from?
(Paige shrugs.)
Paige: From Phoebe. (Piper rolls her eyes.) Oh, did I just break some sort of sister
confidentiality clause?
Piper: No, you didn’t, and no we aren’t.
Paige: Really? Don’t you want to? Not to be nosey but I’m going to be an aunt and
all.
(Piper sighs.)
Piper: You’re not going to be an aunt, all right? At least not any time soon, it’s too
risky. It would be in constant danger around us.
Paige: What does Leo think?
Piper: Leo thinks that there’s enough magic around here we’d be able to protect it.
Paige: Maybe he’s right.
Piper: Maybe he’s not. Keep flipping.
Paige: I’m flipping. (She flips a couple of pages and stops.) You know, it’s not
like having a baby isn’t hard enough even without demons attacking. But for what
it’s worth, there are ways of seeing what it’s like before you actually have one.
Piper: Mm-hmm, great. Well, the next time you pass a baby rental, pick one up for
Leo.
Paige: Maybe I will.
(Leo orbs in. Piper gets a fright.)
Leo: So did you find anything out?
Piper: Uh, yeah, I scryed for the location of the demon using the slime from the
last victim, and Phoebe and Cole are checking it out.
Leo: Alright, well, I hope that it pans out because with two dead witches they’re
pretty concerned up there.
Piper: Okay, well, we are pretty concerned down here too.
Paige: Hey, I think I found something. “Upper level demon who likes to kill
witches using an athame, sometimes with energy balls…” His name, Belthazor.
(Piper and Leo look at each other and back at Paige.)
Leo: I don’t think so.
Paige: Why not?
Leo: Well, because that’s, uh, Cole, in his demonic form.
Piper: You knew he was half demon.
Paige: Yeah, but I didn’t know he could turn into that.
(The phone rings. Piper answers it.)
Piper: Hello?
[Cut to an alley. Phoebe and Cole are walking down it. Phoebe’s talking to Piper
on her phone.]
Phoebe: We’re at Battery and Clay but there’s no sign of any demons.
[Cut to the attic.]
Piper: Okay, I’ll scry for him again. Talk to Paige.
(She hands Paige the phone.)
Paige: Hey Phoebe. How’s Cole? Morphed into any demons lately?
Phoebe: What?
Leo: Paige.
(Piper scrys and the crystal points to a place on the map.)
Piper: Battery and Clay. He’s still there.
Paige: Piper says he’s still there.
[Cut to Phoebe and Cole.]
Phoebe: Piper says he’s still here somewhere.
(Suddenly, a black painted demon with a green face drops down behind them. He
throws out a string of slime and it wraps around Phoebe’s leg. She drops the phone.
Phoebe screams and the demon pulls the slime, lifting her up. Cole grabs a hold of
Phoebe’s arms.)
Cole: Hold on.
Phoebe: I can’t. (Cole starts to lose his grip and holds onto her fingers. Phoebe
looks at Cole and nods.)
Cole: 3,2,1. (Cole lets go of one hand and throws an energy ball at the demon. It
explodes and green goo splats all over Cole and Phoebe. They are sent flying
across the alley and land on a pile of clothes. They laugh.)
Phoebe: We have to stop meeting like this.
Cole: Marry me.
(Phoebe stops laughing.)
Phoebe: What?
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Foyer. Phoebe and Cole walk in from the front door, still covered
in slime.]
Cole: Don’t you think we should talk about this?
Phoebe: Talk about what?
(Piper comes down the stairs.)
Piper: Wow, looks like you two got a juicy one.
Phoebe: Yeah, but unfortunately not the one that kills witches.
Piper: How do you know?
Cole: Because upper level demons have a human form, and they bleed, red, not
green. (Phoebe heads up the stairs.) Where are you going?
Phoebe: I’m going up to take a shower first, and then I’m going to check the Book
of Shadows. I wanna I.D. this demon that I’m wearing, try to find some answers.
Cole: Speaking of unanswered questions…
Phoebe: There is a demon on the loose, Cole, we don’t have time for this.
Cole: Shouldn’t we make time for it?
Phoebe: No, not now we shouldn’t.
Piper: What are you guys talking about?
Phoebe: Nothing.
Cole: Nothing.
Phoebe: Please, Cole, let’s just focus on vanquishing the demon.
Cole: Fine. I’ll, uh, go see what I can find out.
(He shimmers out.)
Piper: Honey, did you two have a fight?
Phoebe: No, he just… never mind.
(Phoebe walks up the stairs.)
[Scene: Alley. A witch is there. A demon who looks similar to Belthazor,
shimmers in.]
Demon: Witch. (The witch screams. He goes to her and covers her mouth. He
looks at the symbol on her necklace.) You’re next.
(He stabs her with an athame and she drops to the ground. He changes into a man
and pokes the athame in his belt. He walks over to a pay phone and dials 911.)
Man: Yes, I would like to report a terrible murder. Uh, a beautiful young woman
in the alley behind the Canon Theatre. (A guy walks into the alley.)
Guy: Hey, you gonna be long? (The man looks at him.) What are you, deaf? I need
to use the phone.
Man: (in phone) Hold on. (He puts the phone down and throws an energy ball at
the guy. He picks the phone back up.) Hurry please, before anyone else gets hurt.
(He shimmers out.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Phoebe are there. Phoebe has the Book of
Shadows open to the black and green demon.]
Phoebe: Okay, so the demon that Cole and I nailed is a Scavenger demon.
Apparently he feeds on the remains of other demons victims. Nice, huh?
Piper: Well, that explains why we scryed for him accidentally. (Phoebe continues
to flip through the book.) Um, are you gonna tell me what happened out there?
Phoebe: There’s not much to tell. The demon jumped in behind us…
Piper: That’s not what I mean. What happened between you and Cole?
Phoebe: Oh, yeah, that. Um…I’m not exactly sure. He asked me to marry him.
Piper: What? He-he did what? He did?
Phoebe: More or less.
Piper: Well, what did you say?
Phoebe: I didn’t know what to say. I was too surprised. I mean, with all my power
of premonition and I never saw that one coming.
Piper: Uh, wow, I-I don’t think a witch is allowed to marry a demon. Honey, we
can’t have a demon in the family.
Phoebe: Piper, that is the least of my concerns right now.
Piper: Well, don’t kid yourself. If you decide to go through with this, it’s gonna be
a source of huge concerns. Especially for them. (She points up.)
Phoebe: I have to be concerned with my own concerns. (Piper sits down next to
Phoebe.) I love Cole, you know I do, but demon stuff aside, I never thought of
myself as the marrying type. You know, it’s not something I fantasised about.
Ever.
Piper: So then, what are you gonna tell him?
Phoebe: I don’t know.
Piper: Well, you’re gonna have to tell him something because a question like that
doesn’t go away by itself.
Phoebe: Are you sure?
Piper: Yeah, I’m pretty sure.
(They laugh. Cole shimmer in.)
Cole: Hey.
Phoebe: Hey.
Piper: I’ll be downstairs.
(She gets up and leaves the room.)
Cole: I couldn’t find out who the demon was but at least I ruled out any usual
suspects.
Phoebe: Any idea of who it could be?
Cole: No, just another upper level demon trying to build a reputation by killing
witches to move up the ladder. Anyway, I guess I’ll keep checking.
(He starts to leave. Phoebe stands up.)
Phoebe: No, Cole, wait. We should talk.
Cole: Alright.
Phoebe: It’s just hard.
Cole: It’s just me.
Phoebe: Okay, let me ask you a question. (She walks over to him.) When you, you
know, proposed… did you mean to? Or did it just come out in the heat of the
moment?
Cole: Well, does that matter?
Phoebe: Well, yeah, it matters to me.
Cole: It just came out in the heat of the moment.
Phoebe: Oh.
Cole: But that doesn’t mean that once I said it I wasn’t serious because I-I-I was, I
still am.
Phoebe: Cole…
Cole: Phoebe, listen to me. I know it was crazy to ask, and I know it doesn’t make
any sense because of who we are but that shouldn’t matter. If it did we never
would have fallen in love in the first place. I love you, Phoebe, and I don’t know
where we go from here but, I do know where ever it is, I want it to be with you.
(They hear a baby cry from downstairs.)
Phoebe: Is that a baby crying?
[Cut to the living room. Piper and Paige are there. Paige is holding onto a plastic
baby. A crying noise is coming out of it.]
Paige: You told me to rent one, so I did.
Piper: Well, I didn’t think that you could. Where did you get it?
Paige: The clinic.
Piper: Great. Take it back.
(Phoebe and Cole walk in.)
Phoebe: What’s going on?
Paige: Piper and Leo wanted to try out having a baby before actually having one,
so I got them a mechanical baby. They use them in parenting classes all the time.
Phoebe: Wow, it sounds so real.
Piper: And so annoying. Look, Paige, I appreciate the thought, but we are on a
demon hunt and the last thing I want to do is protect a fake baby.
Paige: Oh, really? (She throws it up in the air. Piper freezes it.) See? Your instincts
were to save it.
Piper: My instincts were to shut it up.
Paige: The doll has a sensor. It'll stop crying if you just hold it.
Piper: But I don't want to.
Paige: Come on, just try it. If it doesn't work I will take it back, I promise.
(Piper sighs. She unfreezes the baby and catches it. Phoebe puts her arms around
Piper.)
Phoebe: Okay, now you just rock it gently.
(She helps her rock it.)
Piper: Phoebe? I know how to hold a baby, that is not the issue, thank you.
(Phoebe lets go.)
Paige: Just give it a shot. What have you got to lost?
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: Another witch has been killed.
Phoebe: Oh, no.
Leo: Yeah, the police found her body at the Canon Theatre.
Piper: Well, we should go there and see what we can find out.
Phoebe: We've gotta call Morris on the way. Make sure he can get us in. (to Cole)
And no you can not come. Someone might recognise you from when you posed as
a DA.
Cole: I don't get to go anywhere anymore.
Paige: You were a demon and a lawyer? Insert joke here.
Leo: (to Piper) Where'd you get it? (He laughs.)
Piper: It's Paige's.
Paige: No, it's yours. You need to figure it out.
(She leaves.)
Piper: Yeah, daddy. (She gives him the baby.) Figure it out. Excuse me.
(She leaves. Leo looks at it. It continues to cry. He goes over to Cole and gives him
a look.)
Cole: Don't look at me.
(He walks away.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Alley. Police are now at the crime scene. Darryl, Piper, Phoebe and Paige
walk in the alley.]
Darryl: Look, I can't guarantee much this time. Just promise me you'll stay on the
French.
Phoebe: We promise.
Paige: So what do we know?
Darryl: Man called 911 from that pay phone, reported he found a body.
(Piper sees black scorch marks on the wall.)
Piper: Looks like she wasn't the only victim. Scorch mark. Definitely demonic.
Looks like one of Cole's, actually.
Paige: Don't you mean Belthazor?
Phoebe: Oh, it's too bad Cole can't check it out. He'd probably be able to tell us
who did it. Is anyone from the DA office here?
(Darryl points to the man who murdered the witch.)
Darryl: Yeah, that guy over there's an ADA. He's interviewing one of the victim's
friends. They also found this on the victim.
(He pulls out the necklace the witch was wearing.)
Paige: Triple crescent.
Darryl: Yeah, does this mean something to you?
Paige: I studied it in one of Piper's quizzes. It's an ancient wiccan symbol, a cousin
to the triquetra.
Piper: Could be the mark of a coven.
Phoebe: A coven someone's trying to wipe out. We have to figure out who else is
in it.
Piper: Maybe the victim's friend.
Phoebe: Only one way to find out.
Darryl: Phoebe, French, okay?
Phoebe: French.
[Cut to the man and the victim's friend.]
Man: And she hadn't complained about any disgruntled friends, co-workers, ex-
boyfriends?
Woman: No. Carrie was a beautiful person, everyone loved her.
(He takes a business card out and hands it to her.)
Man: If you think of anything else at all, please, don't hesitate to call.
(She nods. He walks away. She starts to walk away. Phoebe comes up to her.)
Phoebe: I like your necklace.
Woman: Do I know you?
Phoebe: No, but you might know of me. (whispers in her ear) The Charmed Ones.
You and Carrie were in the same coven?
Woman: Yes.
Phoebe: And your mark is the triple crescent.
(She touches the necklace and has a premonition of the Belthazor look-a-like,
stabbing this woman.)
Woman: What is it? Are you alright?
(Piper and Paige race over to Phoebe.)
Piper: What happened? hat did you see?
Phoebe: The demon. He's after her.
Piper: Where?
Phoebe: Uh... By the steps in some park. I think it was like an old amphitheatre or
something.
Woman: I know that. That's in Stanley Arboreta. I walk past it everyday on the
way to work.
Paige: What did the demon look like?
Phoebe: Like Belthazor. Not exactly like him, just similar.
(The man walks over to them.)
Man: What the hell is going on here? This is a murder investigation. Who are
these people?
Darryl: I'll get rid of them. Come on, ladies, move along. First time I ask nicely.
Piper: We're going, mister.
(They all leave.)
[Scene: Next morning. Park. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and the woman (Susan) are
walking along.]
Susan: I don't understand. If you know the demon is meant to attack here,
shouldn't we go someplace else?
Piper: Not if we want to get rid of him for good.
Paige: Power of three spell?
Piper: No, the only way to vanquish an upper level demon is with the potion of his
own flesh.
Paige: Sounds like you've done this before.
Phoebe: Once. On my fiancé.
Paige: Your fiancé?
Phoebe: Yeah, I just wanted to hear how it sounded.
Piper: And?
Phoebe: Kinda weird.
Piper: Yeah.
Paige: Wait, wait, wait, back up. Did you say you once tried to vanquish Cole?
Phoebe: No, Belthazor, there's a difference.
Paige: Is there?
(They stop walking.)
Phoebe: Okay, let's review. I play decoy, demon attacks. Piper freezes, you slice
and dice until we get the demon sushi. And then we get out of there. Everybody
ready?
Paige: As ready as I'll ever be.
(Paige takes a knife out of her purse.)
Phoebe: (to Susan) Okay, I'm gonna need your coat and your hat. (She takes off
her hat and coat and hands them to Phoebe.) Oh, and your necklace.
(She takes off her necklace and gives it to Phoebe.)
Piper: Okay, we've gotta get Susan some place safe. (Phoebe puts on Susan's
coat.) Leo! (Leo orbs in.) Hi, honey, could you orb Susan out of here.
Leo: Sure. Any place in mind?
Phoebe: Hmm, I don't think home is a good idea.
(She puts on Susan's hat.)
Paige: Actually, you should take her to my old loft, I don't think it's rented yet.
Leo: Alright, take my hand. (Susan does so.)
Paige: Where's the baby?
(Leo turns around to show the baby strapped to his back in a carrier.)
Leo: See? We can make this work.
Piper: Go away and you drop Robo-kid off at the manor. Please, thank you. (He
orbs out with Susan.) Okay, we gotta do this fast because this demon won't stay
frozen for long. Ready? (Paige nods.) Let's go.
[Time lapse. Phoebe is walking through the path by herself. Piper and Paige are
looking through some bushes. The demon shimmers in behind Phoebe.]
Demon: Hello, witch.
Phoebe: Goodbye... (She spins around.) Demon.
(The demon runs for her with his athame. Phoebe flips him over and Piper and
Paige come out of the bushes. A woman runs out and throws a dagger at the
demon. The demon shimmers out and the dagger hits a tree.)
Woman: I had him.
Piper: Who the hell are you?
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Phoebe, Paige, Cole and the woman are there. The
woman is holding the dagger.]
Woman: He used this to kill my fiancé. It's a ceremonial knife. The demon left it
behind after the struggle. I've been hunting for the last year and a half. It's all I care
about.
Cole: May I?
(The woman look at him and then at Piper and Phoebe. They nod and she hands the
dagger to Cole.)
Phoebe: Look familiar?
Paige: He looked familiar to me.
Phoebe: I meant the athame.
Cole: It's one used by the brotherhood.
Piper: Emma, do you know why the demon wanted to kill your fiancé?
Emma: Because Andrew was a witch.
Piper: Are you a witch too?
Emma: No. But after Andrew died, I studied his books and devoted myself to the
craft.
Phoebe: To continue his work?
Emma: To track down his killer.
Paige: And you just happened to be in the park at the same time the demon was
going to attack Susan?
Emma: I know his MO. I know when he kills a witch, he goes after the entire
coven.
Piper: You've taught yourself well. But still, if we hadn't come along we would
have lost you both.
Emma: Vengeance empowers me.
Cole: But it won't save you. Your desire for revenge is keeping you from the truth.
You want the demon vanquished, my advice is to stand back and let the Charmed
Ones handle it.
Emma: This is my fight.
Cole: Then you shall lose it.
Phoebe: Cole’s right. You should trust us. Trust that we want the same thing you
do.
Emma: It’s just, his face has haunted me ever since Andrew died. It’s the face of
pure evil. I can’t let him get away.
Piper: Why don’t you scry for him again while we prepare the vanquishing potion.
Once we get a piece of his flesh, he’s dust.
Phoebe: We’ll get him. I swear we’ll get him.
(The baby cries from the other room.)
Piper: Ignore that.
(Paige hits her lightly.)
Paige: Piper!
Piper: Alright. Excuse me.
(She leaves the room.)
Emma: She has a baby?
Paige: Actually, she’s not sure yet.
Emma: Hm.
[Scene: Office. The man is walking down the hallway talking to a woman.]
Man: Inspector Morris, he’s based down town. Now, I want you to get in touch
with his captain and tell him his office wants to see all of his recent case files.
Woman: Got it.
Man: Look, in fact, go make the request in person, this way they can’t duck you
on the phone.
Woman: I’ll be back as soon as I can.
Man: That’s okay, take your time. (The woman walks away and the man walks
into his office. He turns to his shadow on the wall.) I’m gonna lure the witch here.
So I’m gonna need you to stand guard in case the ones who ambushed me show up.
You understand? (The shadow nods.) Fortunately they won’t recognise me in my
human form. Your old boss Belthazor, he was right about one thing, posing as a
DA’s a perfect cover. Leave me.
(The shadow disappears.)
[Scene: Paige’s old loft. Leo and Susan are there.]
Susan: How much longer do you think I’ll have to stay here?
Leo: Well, I talked to your Whitelighter but my instincts tell me that everyone in
your coven should break the routine until the threat is over.
(Susan’s phone rings.)
Susan: Excuse me. (She answers it.) Hello?
Man: Ms. Coleman, this is the assistant district attorney Sikes.
Leo: Who is it?
Susan: ADA. Uh, I’m sorry, yes, hi.
Sikes: I’m calling because I’ve received new evidence and I’d like to talk to you
about it if that’s alright.
Susan: Uh, okay, when?
Sikes: Can you come over to the office now?
Susan: (to Leo) He wants me to come in.
Leo: Okay.
Susan: Alright, I'll be there.
Sikes: I'll be waiting.
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Emma is scrying. Phoebe and Cole are sitting on a
chair looking through the Book of Shadows.]
Emma: I-I feel the crystal pulling, he's still in the area.
Phoebe: Well, I can't find him in the book anywhere.
Cole: Did you notice how he vanished? Did he smoke out, flame out?
Phoebe: Actually, he shimmered, like Belthazor.
Emma: Wait, I think I found him.
Phoebe: Where?
Emma: He's at, uh, Prescott and...
Phoebe: Pine.
Emma: How'd you know?
Phoebe: That's where we are.
Emma: Wait, he's here in the house?
Cole: I'll go check upstairs. You find your sisters, get ready.
[Scene: Office. Leo and Susan arrive.]
Susan: Hello?
(Sikes comes out of his office.)
Sikes: Ah, Ms. Coleman. Who's this?
Leo: I'm a friend. Is it a problem?
Sikes: No, no, no problem at all. Um, why don't you just wait over there and uh,
I'll let you know when it's over. (Leo sits down.) Right this way.
(He takes her in his office and shuts the door. Leo sees the shadow demon go under
the door.)
[Cut inside the office. Sikes pushes Susan against the door and holds up his
athame. Leo orbs in and knocks him out. Leo orbs out with Susan.]
[Cut to the manor. Cole runs down the stairs.]
Cole: Phoebe? (Phoebe races in.) He's not upstairs.
Phoebe: He's not downstairs either.
(Leo orbs in with Susan.)
Leo: It's the ADA.
Phoebe: Sikes?
Leo: He tried to kill her, I don't know if he followed us here or not.
(Sikes shimmers in.)
Phoebe: Watch out! (Sikes throws an energy ball at them. They duck. Cole throws
an energy ball at Sikes.) Take her upstairs.
(Leo and Susan run up the stairs.)
Sikes: You're gonna have to do better than that.
(Sikes changes into his demon form. Piper, Paige and Emma run in. Piper freezes
him.)
Piper: Hurry, slice him.
(Paige runs over with a knife. She pulls a face.)
Piper; Oh, Paige, just do it. This is no time to be squeamish.
(Paige slices a piece of flesh off his arm. It drops on the floor and she picks it up.)
Paige: Got it.
(Sikes unfreezes and hits Paige. Phoebe goes over to her. Sikes throws an energy
ball and Cole pushes Piper and Emma out of the way. The energy ball hits the fake
baby on the table. Cole turns into Belthazor.)
Sikes: Belthazor, we meet at last.
Belthazor: But not for long.
(They throw an energy ball and it hits together. The house shakes.)
Sikes: We'll finish this later.
(Sikes shimmers out.)
Piper: Is everybody okay?
(Piper and Emma stand up.)
Phoebe: I'm okay. Emma?
Emma: He's not the demon who killed my fiancé. (She points to Belthazor.) He is.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Continued from before. Belthazor has turned back into Cole.]
Emma: He's a killer. What's the matter with you people?
Piper: Emma, I know you're upset but you have to understand.
Emma: Let go of me.
Phoebe: You're making a huge mistake. He's not who you think he is.
Emma: He's the demon who killed my fiancé and that is all I need to know.
(She pushes her way to the table.)
Piper: Whoa, whoa, hey!
(Emma grabs the dagger and throws it at Cole. He catches it before it stabs him.)
Emma: How can you protect a murderer? How can you live with yourself?
(She storms out of the house.)
Paige: Is she right? Are you the one who killed him?
Phoebe: Honey, now's not the time, we need to worry about Sikes. We got what
we need, you guys work on the vanquishing potion.
(Paige grabs the flesh and she and Piper head for the kitchen.)
Phoebe: We need to talk.
[Cut to Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe and Cole walk in.]
Cole: Don't tell me you're scared of me.
Phoebe: No, don't be ridiculous.
Cole: That's good. Because I think Emma's right. I am the one who killed her
fiancé, this is mine. (He holds up the athame..) I don't even remember doing it. I
don't even remember what he looked like. It didn't matter what they looked like, it
only mattered that I did what I was told. He was a witch, the Source viewed him as
a threat.
Phoebe: Shh... you don't have to explain yourself to me.
Cole: Yes I do.
Phoebe: No, you don't. I know who you were, who you used to be. And that's not
the person you are anymore.
Cole: I know. Belthazor still exists inside of me, that hasn't changed, nor does it
change what I've done.
Phoebe: But just think of all the good you've done since then.
Cole: Hm. Doesn't balance out, doesn't even come close. And now the very thing
I've tried so hard not to be is the very thing that I might have to become.
Phoebe: What do you mean?
Cole: Sikes has done a good job of emulating me, emulating Belthazor, which
means if the potion doesn't work. the only way to destroy him is for me to turn into
Belthazor.
Phoebe: Yeah, but afterwards you'll turn back into Cole.
Cole: I may not be able to. To stop him I'll have to embrace my demonic self
completely. There may be no coming back from that.
Phoebe: Well, then we'll just have to make sure that potion works very well. Won't
we? I'll be back.
(She grabs her purse.)
Cole: Where are you going?
Phoebe: To find Emma. Try to explain.
Cole: It won't make any difference.
Phoebe: Well, it will if I can keep her out of the craziness, keep her from getting
hurt.
Cole: I'm more concerned of keeping you out of the craziness, keep you from
getting hurt. You still have some of that Belthazor vanquishing potion left, don't
you?
Phoebe: Yes, but...
Cole: Get it, just in case. It might be the only way to stop me.
(Cole leaves the room. Phoebe opens her drawer and pulls out a potion. She puts it
in her purse.)
[Cut to the kitchen. Piper and Paige are making the potion. The table is covered in
herbs and ingredients.]
Piper: Okay, we just need the pigs feet, over there by the mandrake root.
Paige: Poor piggy, piggy. They're sensitive creatures, you know. Smart too.
Piper: Yeah, not that one. (Paige puts the pig feet in the potion and flames shoot
up.) Okay, so all we need to do is drop in the Sikes flesh. (She gradually steps
away from the potion.) Right, just drop it in.
(Paige adds the flesh and the potion explodes. Paige falls to the ground. Piper
giggles.)
Paige: You did that on purpose didn't you?
Piper: Yeah! (Piper helps her up.) Yeah, it happened to me last year. No substitute
for experience.
(Cole races in.)
Cole: You girls alright?
Piper: Yeah, just doing a little sisterly bonding, that's all. Where's Phoebe? The
potion will be ready in a couple of minutes.
Cole: Yeah, she wanted to talk to Emma, explain things
Paige: Good luck.
Cole: Look, I don't need the guilt from you, okay, I've got enough of my own to
deal with.
Paige: What, and you think that covers it? What you did?
Piper: Paige, don't.
Paige: Don't what, Piper? He killed a man, are you condoning that?
Piper: No, of course not. But it's just not that simple. He can't change the past and
you've seen how much good he's helped us to do. That's who he is now and we've
accepted that.
Paige: If you say so.
Cole: (to Piper) Thank you. Do you want me to help you find Sikes?
Piper: Can you?
Cole: If he's still emulating me, all I have to do is figure out what I'd do next.
Piper: Which would be...?
Cole: Go after the Charmed Ones.
Paige: Oh, that's nice.
Cole: First I'd have to regroup somewhere. Tend to my cut.
Piper: The mausoleum?
Cole: Except Sikes will anticipate that. He'll be expecting you to come after him
which means he'll be probably be lying and wait. Maybe set up some kind of trap.
Piper: One that you can identify. (Cole nods.) So let's go.
Paige: Wait, don't we need Phoebe?
Piper: No, all we need is this. (She holds up the viles of potion.) Besides, it's better
to keep Emma away from the action. (Leo walks in with the baby. It has scorch
marks on it and is crying strangely.) Oh, honey, what happened?
Leo: Sikes. I guess you were right.
Piper: Oh, sweetie, I didn't wanna be right. I'm sorry.
Paige: You're sorry? Who's gonna pay for this? Well?
Piper: We're gonna go after Sikes so we should probably orb Susan out of here
just to be safe.
(She kisses him on the cheek and leaves the kitchen. Paige and Cole follow. Leo
holds the baby out in front of him and its leg falls off.)
[Scene: Street. Phoebe pulls up on the side of the road. Emma is walking down the
sidewalk. Phoebe gets out of the car.]
Phoebe: Emma, Emma. Emma, please, I need to talk to you. (Emma stops.) Look,
I know that there is nothing I can say that can change what happened. But I think
there is something that may help. I want you to know that Cole has dedicated his
life to good now. (She walks off. Phoebe follows.) And I'm not saying that it
excuses what he did.
Emma: Damn right it doesn't.
Phoebe: All I'm saying is the demon you're searching for no longer exists.
Emma: Oh my god. Who are you trying to kid? Are you blind? Did you not see
what he turned into? That monster still exists whether you wanna believe it or not.
Phoebe: Technically yes, but...
Emma: Not technically, actually. He's alive and I'm not gonna rest until he's dead
no matter what you say.
Phoebe: All that would do is keep him from doing future good and put your life at
risk in the process. Emma, please, please, just let it go.
Emma: Let it go? Have you ever lost someone? To evil, I mean.
Phoebe: Yes.
Emma: And did you just let it go?
(Emma walks away.)
[Cut to the mausoleum. Cole, Piper and Paige walk down the stairs.]
Paige: Any sign of him?
Cole: No.
(They reach the bottom of the stairs and Cole pulls Paige back.)
Piper: What?
Cole: Trap. Back up.
(Cole picks up a candle and throws it on the ground. It explodes and the whole
floor is covered in flames. It disappears. Cole runs across the room and looks
around.)
Piper: Where is he?
Cole: I don't know.
Paige: Well, why would he set a trap for us and not be here?
Cole: Unless this is just a distraction.
Piper: What do you mean distraction? You said he was after us.
Cole: I was wrong. He's after me. And the best way to get to me is through...
Piper: Phoebe.
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe walks in through the front door.]
Phoebe: Cole?
(Sikes shimmers in behind her and grabs her around the neck. She gasps and drops
her purse. He points an athame at her.)
Sikes: Close.
Phoebe: What do you want?
Sikes: Same thing you do. Only I call him Belthazor. (He looks at the potion that
has fallen out of her purse.) Accept I don't need a potion to vanquish him. I just
need you.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper, Paige and Cole walk in. They see Phoebe's purse on the
floor.]
Paige: Phoebe.
Cole: I'll check upstairs, you check downstairs.
[Cut to the attic. Sikes has Phoebe tied to a chair.]
Sikes: You must be something very special, turn a demon. Something very special
indeed. (He touches her neck with the athame.) Unfortunately though, when you
made him less evil, you made him less powerful. Hmm, I wonder, are you gonna
have the same affect on me after I kill him? (Cole walks in.) Well, well, well. The
mighty Belthazor. You don't disappoint. I knew you'd figure out what I was up to...
sooner or later.
(He points the athame at her neck.)
Phoebe: Cole, get outta here. He won't hurt me. He's bluffing.
Cole, Sikes: I can't take that chance.
Sikes: Ooh, it's kinda eerie, isn't it? How I know you better than you know
yourself. The student has surpassed his mentor.
Cole: I was never your mentor, Sikes.
Sikes: By reputation you were. By your legend. It'll be an honour to kill you. (He
tucks his athame in his belt.) And assume your rightful place in the hierarchy.
(Cole looks at Phoebe. She shakes her head.)
Cole: Remember what I told you? What I asked you to do?
Phoebe: Cole, please, don't.
(Cole screams and turns into Belthazor. Sikes turns into his demon form. Belthazor
throws an energy ball at Sikes.)
[Cut to downstairs.]
Paige: Did you hear that?
[Cut to the attic. Belthazor and Sikes start fighting.]
[Cut to downstairs. Piper and Paige run up the stairs.]
[Cut to the attic. Sikes tries to strangle Belthazor.]
Sikes: Die!
Phoebe: Cole?
(Cole embraces his demonic self completely. He pushes Sikes up and he hits the
roof. Belthazor grabs him and pulls his athame out of his belt. They suddenly
freeze. Piper and Paige have entered the room. They race over to Phoebe.)
[Cut to downstairs. Emma walks in through the front door and picks up the potion.]
[Cut to the attic. Belthazor and Sikes start to unfreeze. Piper and Paige quickly
untie Phoebe. Belthazor pulls Sikes up and stabs him with the athame. Sikes
screams and bursts into flames. He disappears. Belthazor turns to the girls.]
Phoebe: Cole? (He walks towards them with the athame.) It's over. You can turn
back now. Cole, you can do it. For me, for us.
Paige: Hurry, throw the potion. maybe it'll work on him.
(Piper holds up the potion.)
Phoebe: No, don't. Cole, please, you can do this, you're good.
(Emma runs in and throws the potion at Belthazor. Flames surround him and he
screams. The flames disappear and Cole drops to his knees.)
Paige: What happened?
Phoebe: That was the power stripping potion I made to free Cole. (She goes over
to him.) Are you okay? (She hugs him. Emma picks up the athame. Phoebe sees
her.) No! (She goes over to her.) You got your revenge. You killed the demon you
were after. Belthazor's dead, gone forever. Cole's a human being, an innocent.
(Emma hands Phoebe the knife.)
[Scene: P3. Piper and Paige are at the bar. Piper is writing out a cheque. Leo comes
up to them.]
Piper: You know, this baby was your idea.
Paige: I know, I know, that's why I'm paying for half of it. I still haven't quite
figured out how to explain what happened to it though. (Piper hands her the
cheque.) Thank you.
Piper: Well, at least it served its purpose.
Leo: In spades unfortunately.
Piper: Well, honey, it doesn't mean that we can't ever have children. Just, you
know, we have to wait until it's safe.
Leo: Promise?
Piper: Promise.
(She leans over the bar and kisses him.)
Paige: Aww, that's sweet. You two oughta get married. Unlike Phoebe and Cole.
Leo: You don't think they should?
Paige: I don't know, I guess it's not my business. Probably just really the fact that
Cole killed people.
Piper: Yeah, but that wasn't Cole, it was Belthazor.
Paige: Splitting hairs if you ask me.
Leo: It's not though. He's human half had absolutely nothing to do with any of that,
it was totally substicated. Phoebe's right, he's an innocent.
Piper: The question is, what does he do now?
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe's room. Phoebe is waiting around for Cole. After a while,
Cole finally walks in.]
Phoebe: Cole. Oh my god, I was so worried.
(She runs over and hugs him.)
Cole: Oh, I'm sorry, but I had to take a walk, and then I lost track of time and I
tried to shimmer back here and I realised I, I didn't have my powers anymore.
Phoebe: But that's a good thing. Isn't that what we always wanted?
Cole: I don't know, do we? I mean, I get it that I'm finally off the Source's radar
and that I don't have to worry about demons tracking me down all the time but, I-I-
I'm grateful for that, don't get me wrong. It's just... (he laughs)
Phoebe: What? Come here.
(They sit on the bed.)
Cole: For all intense purposes I've been a demon for over a hundred years, it's all
I've ever know. Or been. What am I supposed to do now? Who am I?
Phoebe: Well, you're still the good man I fell in love with.
Cole: But not the one you wanna marry.
Phoebe: I love you, Cole. And nothing will ever change that. But I'm not ready,
not yet. And that's got more to do with me and my issues, than it does you.
Cole: I still don't know where that leaves us, especially now.
Phoebe: Well, just because you're not a demon anymore doesn't mean we can't live
in sin.
(They kiss and lay down on the bed.)
                                        End
         4.09 Muse to my
               ears
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Phoebe is cutting up some vegetables. Cole walks in.]
Cole: Hey, where is everyone?
(Phoebe rips off her apron to reveal a tight black dress.)
Phoebe: Surprise!
Cole: You look beautiful.
Phoebe: Thank you. (She picks up two glasses of wine and hands one to Cole.) I
sent everyone away. So we could celebrate.
Cole: What are we celebrating?
Phoebe: Cole, you're finally fully human. No more demon half means no more
obstacles for our relationship. Yay us. (She clinks their glasses and takes a sip.
Cole doesn't.) Uh, that was a toast and usually after the clinking part you take a
little sip.
Cole: I don't know if sending your sisters away was a good idea. I don't have
powers anymore and I can't protect you if there's an attack.
Phoebe: Well, my sisters are in calling range and more importantly, I am in
kissing range.
(She kisses his neck. He stops her.)
Cole: Phoebe, you don’t seem to understand that with the Source injured, you
might be in more danger than ever before.
Phoebe: Well, you don’t seem to understand that sometimes a girl needs a night
off. Now please, is there anything that I can do, (she kisses his neck) to help you
relax?
(She kisses his cheek.)
Cole: Well, that helps, a little. Maybe you should keep doing that. (He stops her
again.) It’s just that without a strong leader, there’s energy in the underworld.
Phoebe: Wow, you’re a sweet talker.
Cole: Demons who would normally compete for the Sources favour...
Phoebe: Will start banning together to try to take out the Source. Honey, you told
me this part already.
Cole: But I'm not sure you get it. Demons hoping to replace the Source will gather
factions of followers, and what better way to gain support for your faction, than to
kill the infamous Charmed Ones. (The oven timer goes off.) I’ll get that. (He goes
over to the oven and pulls out a hot dish. He quickly puts it down.) Ah, ow! Damn
it! Oh!
(Phoebe goes over to him.)
Phoebe: Is it bad? I could call for Leo.
Cole: No, no. No, it’s fine. I used to be able to hold fire in the palms of my hands.
Phoebe: We vanquished half of you. That’s a huge adjustment. But I promise,
you’ll figure it out. We’ll figure it out together.
(She hugs him.)
Cole: I’m serious about the factions, Phoebe. If demons join forces...
Phoebe: I promise you I’ll worry about the factions first thing in the morning, but
for now, I want us to join forces.
(They kiss.)
[Scene: Congressmen's office. He is practising a speech to himself.]
Congressmen: We must join forces. With those we have considered our enemies,
if we are to defeat... We must join forces... Damn. (He sits down at his desk. A
muse appears, surrounded by a bright light. She looks hard at him and he gets an
idea. He stands back up.) Joining forces with our friends is simple. Only by
working with those we’ve considered our enemies will we achieve our greater
goals. In the coming days we must rise above our differences if we’re to reach the
level of our convictions.
(He hears someone clapping and looks around. A warlock blinks in.)
Devlin: I think I can use that.
Congressmen: How did you get in here? What do you want?
Devlin: Well, as you know congressmen, gathering a following requires
inspiration. I want your muse.
Muse: You can see me?
Congressmen: My what?
(The muse sees a ring on the warlock's finger.)
Muse: The ring of inspiration. But how did you get it?
Devlin: Oh, I think a more important question is, how will you get out of it?
(Devlin holds out his hand and the muse gets sucked into it.)
Congressmen: Who the hell are you talking to? (He heads for the door but Devlin
blinks in front of him.) Please...
Devlin: Come now, I'm doing you a favour, really. There’s nothing worse than an
uninspired politician.
(Devlin places his hands on the side of the congressmen's face and burns him. He
screams.)
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: The next morning. Manor. Kitchen. Piper's on the phone and making a cup
of coffee.]

Piper: Uh, okay, Bev, if that's what you really want. Bev, take yes for an answer.
I'll get back to you. (She hangs up and heads for the table. Phoebe walks in and
takes Piper's coffee and sits down.) Uh, that was the last of the coffee.
(She takes a sip.)
Phoebe: I've had coffee, this is not coffee. Have you seen Cole?
Piper: Uh, he went out. He said he had some errands to run.
Phoebe: What kind of errands?
Piper: He didn't say. How was the big date?
Phoebe: Great, fine. It was okay. He kept talking about demonic factions the
whole time.
Piper: Well, that's probably because it's easier for him to talk about demons than
what's really on his mind.
Phoebe: Which is?
Piper: Whether or not your going to reconsider his marriage proposal now that he's
just a human.
Phoebe: We talked about that and he's totally fine with it. He gets it. Why, did he
say something to you?
Piper: No, but, uh, he doesn't have to, it's written all over his face. And, truth be
told, it's rare for a relationship to survive a rejected proposal.
Phoebe: But it wasn't rejected, it was just postponed. Piper, I'm not ready, you
know that.
Piper: Mm-hm, I do, but it's not my heart that's involved. Or my ego for that
matter. You should talk to him again.
(Piper gets up and heads for the door.)
Phoebe: Where are you going?
Piper: Uh, P3.
Phoebe: At 9:00 in the morning. Don't club kids sleep in?
Piper: Corporate party, big money, total nightmare.
(Piper leaves the kitchen. Phoebe follows.)
Phoebe: Uh, what if there's an attack?

Piper: At 9:00 AM. Don't demons sleep in?
(They walk into the foyer.)
Phoebe: Piper, Cole thinks that the demons are gonna start banding together to
take out the Source.
Piper: Great, well, I say the only good Source is a dead Source.
(Piper puts on her coat.)
Phoebe: Right, but he also seems to think that the best way for a faction leader to
gain the support of the demonic masses would be to kill us.
(Paige comes down the stairs carrying some art supplies.)
Paige: Who's going to kill us?
Piper: No one.
Paige: That's new.
(She goes back up the stairs.)
Phoebe: So I was thinking, since you're the potions master, isn't there something
you could whip up? Some kind of protection maybe?
Piper: Pheebs, if there was such a thing as a protection potion, we'd be mixing it in
our morning coffee.
Phoebe: I know, but there's got to be something that we can do. And by we, I
mean you.
Piper: Well, I say we just wait until we're attacked like we usually do, and then
deal with it then.
(Paige comes back down carrying a large box of stuff.)
Paige: Who's attacking us?
Piper: No one.
Paige: Right on, I get the weekend off.
Piper: See now that is the spirit.
(Paige goes back upstairs.)
Phoebe: Piper, if Cole is right, we have no idea how many of them we're gonna be
up against.
Piper: Suddenly I'm beginning to miss the Source.
Phoebe: And even if you don't think we need the protection, just think about Cole.
He is a human being with no magical powers, living in a house that's constantly
under demonic attack.
Piper: Well, I guess I can make something.
Phoebe: Yay, yay, yay. I love you!
Piper: After I go to the club. We cannot afford to lose the income. I've got this
client who is insisting on a last minute theme and man, do I hate themes.
Phoebe: Oh, I am so good at themes. My prom theme, almost paradise, totally my
idea.
Piper: And this is supposed to impress me how?
(Paige comes down with another box.)
Phoebe: Are you moving out?
Paige: No, just cleaning out.
Piper: Your art supplies?
Paige: Well, between witch work, and work work, I just don't have any time any
more.
Phoebe: This is perfect. We need a theme. You're an artistic, creative type.
Paige: A theme?
Phoebe: Yeah, I'll explain on the way. Us theme, you potion.
(They head for the door.)
Piper: Me peeved, you annoying.
Phoebe: You see how well this worked out?
(Phoebe and Paige grab their coats and rush out the door.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Alley. A homeless man wanders down it. Two warlocks blink in. Devlin's
eyes glow red. The homeless man turns into a warlock.]
Demon: Back off, we're on the same side.
(Devlin's eyes change back to normal.)
Devlin: Whoa, we almost killed a demon. The Source would have our heads.
Warlock #1: Man, I love that glamouring power. You know, I fall for it every
time.
Demon: If you two warlock scum don't mind, I've got work to do.
Devlin: Oh, but so do we, and we're gonna need to borrow that little trick of yours.
(The warlock stabs the demon and receives his glamouring power.) Nicely done.
Now, use your new power to kill the Charmed Ones and bring me back theirs.
Warlock #1: Hey, I thought we were taking out the witches together.
Devlin: I have a faction to build, and time is of the essence. There's recruiting to
do, powers to gather.
Warlock #1: So I'm supposed to risk my life so you can become the Source?
Devlin: Aren't you tired of living under demonic rule, of being a second class
citizen? My friend, in the coming days we must rise above our differences if we
are to reach the level of our convictions.
Warlock #1: And what do I get out of it?
Devlin: A little inspiration. (Devlin points the ring at the warlock and he is covered
in a bright red light.) Now get to work.
(Warlock #1 blinks out.)
[Scene: P3. Phoebe, Paige and Bev are there.]
Phoebe: Bev, I'm telling you, forties night is perfect. I mean, think about it, the
zoot suits, the saddle shoes, the patriotism. What more could you ask for?
Bev: Uh, I just don't know. I mean, weren't the fifties a little bit more flashy?
Paige: Yeah, if you want something that's been done a million times.
Bev: Excuse me?
Phoebe: Um, honestly, Bev, I think the forties is your era. I mean, you already
have this, kind of Veronica Lake thing goin' on.
(Bev touches her hair.)
Bev: I do?
Paige: Oh yeah. Peek-a-boo hair-do, some nice pearl ear rings, you're a dead
ringer.
Bev: Oh, (she giggles) um, well, then...
Paige: Looks like someone has some shopping to do.
Phoebe: Yep! Here is the number for the costume place, and tell all your friends to
dress there or be square.
(Bev laughs.)
Bev: Thanks, girls.
(She leaves. Phoebe breathes a sigh of relief. They head for the stairs. Cole walks
down them.)
Phoebe: Oh, if it isn't Mr. Sneak-out-of-bed.
Cole: Yeah, I had some stuff to do.
Phoebe: Yeah, what kinda stuff?
(She hugs him.)
Cole: Well...
(She feels something.)
Phoebe: What's that?
Cole: Oh.
(He pulls out a gun. The girls gasp.)
Phoebe: What are you doing with that?
Paige: Get that thing out of here.
Cole: Oh, come on, you guys see worse than this every day.
Phoebe: No, we see demons every day, there is a huge difference.
Cole: There is how?
Paige: Uh, for one thing, we're not likely to accidentally vanquish ourselves.
Phoebe: Where did you get it?
Cole: Well, I may not be a demon anymore, but I still know where to find the bad
guys.
Paige: Well, why don't you go find the bad guys and give it back to them?
Cole: Look, I have to have a way to protect myself, and the one I love.
Phoebe: Okay, Cole, I am not living in a house with a gun. It makes things more
dangerous, not less.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: Hey.
Phoebe: Hey, ah, Piper's at home.
Leo: I know, I just talked to her. I came here to find you guys.
Cole: Was there an attack?
Leo: Uh, in a way. Muses have been disappearing, the Elders are very concerned.
Paige: Muses, the ones who inspire creativity, they're real?
Leo: Yes, and they are in a very real danger. It'd be a powerful evil to find a way to
hurt a muse.
Cole: Factions.
(Warlock #1 blinks in near by. He spies on them.)
Phoebe: We'd better get back.
Paige: What about forties night?
Phoebe: We'll call the decorator from the car.
Leo: Alright, I'll meet you guys at home. I'm gonna see what else I can find out.
Phoebe: Uh, Leo, before you go... Wait, um...
(She takes Cole's gun.)
Cole: Come on.
Phoebe: Can you orb this to Darryl, please.
(She gives it to Leo. The girls leave.)
Leo: I wont even ask.
(Cole leaves. Leo shakes his head and orbs out. The warlock turns into Leo and
blinks out.
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Piper's there looking at a Muses page in the Book of
Shadows. Phoebe and Paige walk in.]
Phoebe: Hey, how's the protection potion?
Piper: Non-existent.
Phoebe: Hey, we kept up our end of the deal.
Piper: I know, Bev called and she's thrilled, and I thank you, but I thought we
should move on to the muses.
Paige: Muses, which are (reads from the book) "Beings of pure light, whose soul
purpose is to inspire peoples passion and creativity. Like angels, they guide us with
an unseen hand of inspiration."
Piper: Mm-hmm.
Phoebe: Wait, how can evil hurt someone who's invisible?
(A muse appears.)
Piper: I have no idea. A good place to start would be to ask a muse, but I can't
figure out how to summon one.
Phoebe: Do you guys feel that?
Piper: What?
Phoebe: I don't know, it's like a, um, wow, like a, like a feeling.
(She looks around the attic.)
Piper: Honey, whatcha looking for?
Phoebe: I think there's a muse somewhere in this room.
(The muse touches Phoebe's shoulder.)
Phoebe: "Being of creativity, show yourself now to me, your light that shines upon
our face, let our vision now embrace."
(The muse becomes visible.)
Melody: I was hoping I could inspire you to do that. I'm Melody.
Phoebe: Wow, I'm Phoebe. And this is, um...
Melody: I know who you girls are, I've been inspiring you your whole lives. Now I
was hoping you could help me.
Paige: So you know what's been happening to the muses.
Melody: Yeah, we were inspiring a symphony and a friend of mine, a fellow muse,
was captured. I was lucky to get away.
Piper: Get away from what?
Melody: A warlock wearing the ring of inspiration.
Phoebe: The what?
Melody: It's a ring that enables the wearer to see and capture muses. I mean, it was
created by good magic, to channel inspiration in times of great need.
Paige: A warlock, is that like a demon?
Piper: Pretty much, yeah.
Paige: That's nice.
(Leo/Warlock walks in.)
Phoebe: Hi, I thought you were orbing.
Leo/Warlock: What?
Paige: Melody, Leo, White lighter, muse.
Leo/Warlock: Nice to meet you.
Melody: We go way back.
Leo/Warlock: Oh, right. Uh, good to see you again.
Phoebe: Have you ever heard of the ring of inspiration?
Leo/Warlock: Uh, I think so. Red jewel?
Piper: Isn't that something you would have normally mentioned earlier.
Leo/Warlock: Right, um, yeah, sorry about that.
(A knife appears in his hand. He hides it behind his back.)
Piper: Leo!
Leo/Warlock: What?
(Leo orbs in. Leo/Warlock grabs Phoebe and stabs her. He blinks out. Cole runs in.
Leo/Warlock blinks behind Paige.)
Cole: Paige, behind you!
(Paige gets a fright and orbs out. Piper blows up the warlock. Leo heals Phoebe.)
Piper: You okay?
(Phoebe nods. Paige orbs back in.)
Paige: What was that?
Cole: That was a warlock.
Piper: Was that the warlock that captured your friend?
Melody: No.
Phoebe: They must be working together.
Cole: And that, ladies and gentlemen, is what you call a faction.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Everyone comes down the stairs.]
Phoebe: Where are you going, we have to make a plan.
Piper: I have a plan.
Paige: Which is?
Piper: To cook. Now that I know what we're up against I can practically taste the
potion. I don't know what it does, but it tastes pretty good.
Paige: I cant believe I almost threw away my paints.
Phoebe: I'm gonna write a vanquishing spell. Actually, I-I have to write a
vanquishing spell. I keep hearing rhyming in my head, are you doing that?
Melody: Oh no, you're doing that. I'm just helping it come out.
Phoebe: Yes you do, without a doubt.
Melody: I think I should probably leave. I'm not meant to stay in one place for too
long. The inspiration gets a little intense.
Piper: Okay, but that's good. If the warlocks are enslaving other muses to inspire
them, than we need all the help we can get.
Paige: I think I know how to get the ring.
Piper: You do?
Paige: (to Melody) Can you describe the warlock to me?
Melody: I think so.
Leo: What are you gonna do?
Paige: I'm going to draw him.
Cole: I think Leo should orb me under ground.
Phoebe: What?
Cole: I could find out who the faction leader is. I may not have my powers
anymore, but I still know the terrain.
Phoebe: Yeah, and you may just find yourself in everlasting pain.
Paige: That's a rhyme.
Phoebe: Yeah, I'm sorry. Now is not the time. Oh!
Piper: Cole, if you go underground you will be a sitting duck without your
powers.
Cole: I'm a sitting duck up here as well. At least this way I can be useful.
(He touches Piper's shoulder and she pushes it away.)
Phoebe: Cole, you are useful, alive. Its just that now you have to be the brains
behind the operation, not the brawn.
Cole: Well, is there some rule somewhere that says I have to choose?
Phoebe: Well, I could make one up, but it would just be a ruse.
Melody: But maybe I should point out that...
Paige: I think Cole has a point.
Phoebe: Excuse me?
Paige: Well, he is a demon, right?
Phoebe: Was a demon.
Melody: Before you get any more...
Paige: No, he was a half demon that's probably lived for about a century. So that
means he knows his way around down there pretty well, and we can use all the
help we can get.
Melody: Leo.
Leo: I think what Melody is trying to say is...
Phoebe: No, the point is bounty hunters haven't been attacking because they think
he's dead. If he goes down to the underworld...
Cole: I'm still here!
Piper: Cole, if you go underground and anyone sees you, you will be back on the
demonic radar, only this time you will not have anything to protect yourself.
Phoebe: It's starting to seem like you have some kind of death wish.
Cole: Well, it seems to me that you won't be happy until I put on an apron and
become your little house boy.
Leo: Hey! Alright, here is the thing. Every time there is a muse around, passions
tend to run a little higher.
Melody: A lot higher.
Leo: Let's keep that in mind with in communications with each other, okay?
Piper: Phoebe, go write your spell. Paige, go do whatever it is you were going to
do. Cole, please join me in the kitchen and tell me everything you know about
warlocks so that I can make my potion.
(Paige goes upstairs. Piper heads for the kitchen.)
Cole: (to Phoebe) We'll talk about this later.
(He starts to walk off.)
Phoebe: Alligator.
(Phoebe goes upstairs. Leo heads for the kitchen.)
Piper: Cole!

[Cut to the kitchen. Piper has potions boiling.]
Piper: What I don't understand is why a warlock would even want that ring.
Cole: Are you kidding? Evil never gets the feel of that muses inspiration, I can tell
you, I have never felt anything like it in my life.
Leo: What does it feel like?
Cole: It was like a power surge, an over dose of adrenaline. I can tell you these
warlocks must be sucking it up, so whatever it is that your doing, please do it fast
because I promise they'll be back.
Piper: Look, I am making this up as I go along. So power surge or no, you're
going to have to be patient. Just like your gonna have to be patient with Phoebe on
her marriage front.
Cole: I don't think that's any of your business.
Leo: You don't know sisters very well, do you?
Piper: Cole, your struggling right, trying to figure out how to be this new person.
Cole: I thought we were here to talk about warlocks.
Leo: No.
Piper: What you don't get is that Phoebe is trying to do the exact same thing. She's
always been the youngest sister, the eternal child. Care free, fun loving.
Cole: And?
Leo: And in a minute, she lost Prue, discovered Paige, and became the middle
sister.
Piper: And to top it all off, you propose. The idea of marriage, being that much of
a grownup is terrifying to Phoebe.
Cole: Did she say that?
Piper: No, she didn't have to, I'm her big sister, I've known her only, oh, her whole
life.
(She turns towards the stove.)
Cole: (to Leo) Can I have a word?
(They leave the kitchen. Piper puts something in the potion and it explodes.)
Piper: Ah. See what a little patience will get you?
(She looks around but no one's there.)

[Cut to the conservatory.]
Cole: I'm asking you a favour, Leo, man to man.
Leo: You want me to talk to Phoebe?
(He playfully punches him.)
Cole: I want you to orb me underground.
Leo: Cole, that's the inspiration talking.
Cole: Maybe so, but think about it Leo, their big plan right now is to draw the
warlock.
Leo: They're the Charmed Ones, I trust that they know what they're doing.
Cole: Just listen. I can't be certain, but I think that warlock used demonic powers.
Leo: Which means he killed a demon to get them. Aren't there laws against that?
Cole: It's punishable by death. Now, I know where the demons will convene to
discuss his treason. They probably know by now which warlock is behind it. All
we have to do is listen.
(He puts his arm around Leo.)
Leo: And not be seen.
Cole: We can go now and be back before anybody notices.
Leo: Oh, they're gonna notice. And then they're gonna kill me.
(Leo orbs out with Cole.)
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe, Paige and Melody are there. Paige is drawing the demon
while Phoebe writes a spell.]
Phoebe: A warlock is a funny thing, he blinks from place to place, and when we
say these words to him, his face they will erase."
Paige: It sounds more like a limerick than a spell.
Phoebe: Damn.
Melody: (to Paige) I think his nose was a little longer than that. Your work is
wonderful.
Paige: Thanks to you.
Melody: No, Paige, I have nothing to do with product, only the inspiration to
create it.
Phoebe: I could use a little of that over here.
Melody: Okay. (She walks over to Phoebe.) Close your eyes, and concentrate.
(They close their eyes.)
Phoebe: Thank you.

(She walks back over to Paige.)
Melody: So how come you stopped painting?
Paige: How come you stopped inspiring me to paint?

Melody: I honestly have no control over the world, Paige. You stopped painting
because you stopped caring about your art.
Paige: No, I didn't stop caring about my art, I just, I dunno, I guess I'm a
perfectionist. And once I stopped having enough time to practice, well, I just kinda
threw in the towel.
Melody: Art isn't about perfection, it's about expression. The key is simply to love
it. That's the call I answer.
(Piper walks in with viles of potion.)
Piper: I got potions, whose got a spell?
(Phoebe clears her throat.)
Phoebe: "Evil is a faithful foe, but good does battle best. We witches will, with
these words, waste the warlocks evil zest."
Piper: Wonderful. Witty, but wordy.
Phoebe: Just take one. One for you.
(She hands a piece if paper to Piper and Paige.)
Paige: Thank you.
(Phoebe looks at the drawing.)
Phoebe: Wow, is that him?
Melody: Precisely.
Paige: Now that I have something to focus on, I think I can call for the ring.
Phoebe: It's brilliant. The ring will orb to you, and then if he wants it back, he'll
have to come follow it.
Piper: Which is when we hit him with the potion.
Phoebe: And make a huge commotion.
Piper: Right, the potion will flash in his eyes which are very sensitive. This should
keep him from blinking long enough for us to vanquish him with your spell.
Paige: Blinking?
Phoebe: It's how the warlocks get around.
Paige: Well, why don't you just, I dunno, freeze him or blow him up or something?
Piper: Well, sometimes warlocks don't freeze, or blow up. Power of three spell is
the only guarantee.
Paige: Fabulous.
Phoebe: God we're good. (They clink their potions.) Ah, no, no, wait. I think we
should tell the guys.
Piper: But why?
Phoebe: Cole? Cole?
(No answer. She looks at the girls.)
[Scene: Underworld. Leo and Cole are crouching behind a rock, spying on a
meeting going on near by.]
Leo: What is this place, Cole?
Cole: High Council meeting quarters. We listen long enough, we hear plenty.
(A demon comes up behind them.)
Demon: You two lost?
Cole: Rake.
Demon: Belthazor, sorry man, thought you were a warlock. (He starts to walk
away but stops.) Didn't I hear you were dead?
Cole: Yeah, and unfortunately, I have to stay that way.
(Cole walks over and stabs Rake. He is vanquished.)
Leo: He seemed like a friend.
Cole: In my old life he was.
Leo: It feels different, doesn't it? Killing now that you're human.
Cole: Just keep an eye out would ya?
[Cut to the manor. Attic.]
Piper: Leo? Leo!
(Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Cole is nowhere to be found.
Piper: And Leo still isn't answering.
Phoebe: I can't believe they'd do this.
Paige: Do what exactly?
Piper: The only reason Leo wouldn't hear us calling is if he went underground,
with Cole.
Paige: I'd rather do battle with warlocks than do battle with the two of you.
Phoebe: Call for the ring.
Paige: Well, shouldn't we wait for Leo in case we get hurt?
Phoebe: Just call for the ring.
(Paige stands in front of her drawing.)
Paige: Ring.
(Nothing happens.)
Melody: Breathe and focus.
(They close their eyes.)
[Cut to Devlin and another warlock.]
Warlock #2: That ring packs a serious punch.
Devlin: What power did you get?
(An energy ball appears in the warlock's hand. Devlin holds his hand over it.
Suddenly, his ring orbs out.)
[Cut to the attic. The ring orbs in on the table.]
Paige: It worked.
Phoebe: Let all the muses out.
[Cut to Devlin and the warlock.]
Warlock #2: Your ring, where'd it go?
Devlin: The Charmed Ones. Well, let's go get it back.
Warlock #2: No way, they just vanquished the last sucker you sent in.
Devlin: He didn't have your newly acquired power. You wanna live in the shadow
of demons your whole life?
Warlock #2: Forget it, Devlin, its suicide.
Devlin: They're expecting me, but not the two of us. We can take 'em, come on.
We'll take their powers and together we'll rule the underworld. We're gonna have
so much fun.
(They blink out.)
[Cut to the attic. The girls are hiding behind some boxes. Warlock #2 blinks in.]
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Evil is a faithful foe, but good does battle best. We witches
will, with these words, waste the warlocks evil zest."
(The warlock bursts into flames and is vanquished. Suddenly, Devlin blinks in,
grabs the ring and blinks back out.)
Piper: Wh-what just happened?
(Devlin blinks back in.)
Phoebe: Oh my god. (He sucks Melody into the ring.) Piper, blow him up.
Paige: No. You might blow up melody too.
(Devlin blinks back out.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are sitting around the table, doing
nothing. Leo orbs in with Cole.
Cole: I-I know you're, I know you're mad but before you say anything we, ah,
found out that the faction leader is a warlock named, uh, Devlin.
Phoebe: Ha, he looked more like a Joe to me.
Piper: Mm-hm.
Leo: Where's Melody?
Paige: Oh, she's gone.
Leo: Gone? Gone, as in she left?
Piper: Gone as in she got sucked into a big red ring by a warlock named, what was
it?
Paige: Devlin.
Piper: Right, Devlin.
Leo: Okay, so what exactly are you doing now?
Phoebe: Basking in the brilliance of our failure.
Piper, Paige: Mm-hm.
Cole: What happened?
Paige: Oh, well, I called for the ring, it came to me, and, uh, we set the muses free.
Piper: Which was useless because Devlin came and took it right back, so he could
capture them all again.
Phoebe: And he took our own muse and he's gonna use her inspiration to kill us.
Aw, the irony.
Leo: Okay, I understand that you guys have been on an inspiration binge and that
you are wiped out, but now is not the time to give up.
Cole: He's right. Devlin will be back soon, and stronger than before.
Paige: We have no inspiration to fight him.
Leo: But you don't need it. Alright, Melody just inspired your own passion,
creativity and talent. Alright, all you need to do now is find another way to tap into
it.
Piper: I say we head for the hills.
Cole: Great idea, it rhymes with gills.
Phoebe: You think that's funny? If you had done what I asked and stayed here, you
might have been able to help.
Cole: How? The minute Devlin arrived you would have sent me to my room.
Phoebe: Cole, I wasn't just being a nagging girlfriend. I actually had good reasons
for asking you not to go.
Cole: Which were what exactly?
Phoebe: I dunno, to try to keep you alive.
Cole: What, 'cause I'm not capable of defending myself. If that's the way you
think, no wonder you don't want to marry me.
Phoebe: I can't believe that's what you think. Is that really what you think?
Cole: What am I supposed to think?
Phoebe: You're supposed to know that I love you and...
Cole: And, and what? I have a hard time believing that any woman who's truly in
love would turn down a marriage proposal.
Phoebe: Uh, well, that's how little you know about women. Cole, there's still so
much that we don't know about each other. I mean, we don't know the new rules,
and we don't know what it means for you to be human, and I don't know..
Cole: That you truly love me.
Phoebe: No, Cole, that's the one thing that I do know.
Cole: Well, then what is the problem?
Phoebe: I don't know how to be a wife. (He kisses her.) But I can't live without
you in my life.
(They kiss again.)
Paige: Did she rhyme? I think she just rhymed.
Piper: Mm-hmm.
Leo: This is what I'm talking about. Phoebe's passion for Cole is a natural way to
access inspiration.
(Phoebe and Cole stop kissing. Phoebe goes over to Piper and Paige.)
Phoebe: Okay, you guys, we have a warlock to catch. And I know were beaten,
and I know we're tired, but that does not mean we can just lay down and play dead.
Piper: I don't think we're gonna have to play.
Phoebe: Piper, Leo said we can tap into our own inspiration, and I'm feeling it.
Now you have to do whatever you have to do to feel it too.
Paige: I dunno, I kinda agree with running for the hills.
Cole: You can't run. Not while Devlin has that ring.
Phoebe: You know, this isn't about saving our own lives, or even Melody's. It's
about good verses evil, and wrong verses right, and our job as witches to fight the
good fight.
Piper: Dr. Seuss is that you?
Paige: What if we didn't wait for Devlin to come to us, what if we went to him?
Phoebe: See, now that's the spirit. We're gonna need a new spell and Piper, were
gonna need some more of you potion.
Piper: I have no idea what I put in it.
Leo: Alright, well, Cole and I were there, maybe we can help.
Piper: Leo, please. There were like fifteen thousand herbs on that counter.
Phoebe: Okay, so just start cooking and let that inspire you.
Piper: Now she's Martha Stewart.
Cole: You're pretty young, Piper. Are you really ready to die?
Piper: Oi!
Phoebe: Look, if you can't do it to save Melody, then get inspired to save your
own life, for Leo, for me, for Paige. I don't care how you do it, just do it. Because I
guarantee you that Devlin's not sitting on his butt waiting for inspiration to strike.
[Scene: Underground. A faction meeting is being held.]
Devlin: We have proven with the loss of our fallen comrades that we cannot take
on the witches as individuals, but there is power in numbers my friends, and our
plan is inspired. Now are you with me?
Warlocks: Yes.
(Devlin shines a red light on them from the ring.)
Devlin: It's time. Prepare yourselves, and don't be late.
(They all blink out.)
[Cut to the manor. Conservatory. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are making the potion
on a small table.]
Cole: This doesn't feel right.
Paige: Well, if anyone has a better idea we're open to it.
Leo: You could try calling for it again.
Phoebe: Oh no, that wouldn't work. He's probably figured out a way to protect the
ring by now.
Cole: Alright, let me just think for a minute.
Piper: We don't have a minute. We need the ring back now.
Leo: She's right, with all the muses afraid to come out of hiding, the world is going
uninspired. Which is okay, except that...
Phoebe: Evil is inspired.
Leo: Right, which could throw off the whole balance, giving evil the upper hand.
Cole: I get that, but they've never been to the underworld without me there to
protect them.
Piper: We have a potion, we have a vanquishing spell, and we have the element of
surprise.
Cole: But what you don't have is any idea where Melody is.
Paige: She's in the ring.
Cole: Which is on the finger of a warlock, who could be anywhere, doing anything
with any number of demonic powers. I'm telling you, it just doesn't feel right.
Phoebe: I know.
Cole: Don't go.
Phoebe: Baby, every time you went to the underworld, every time you shimmered
out of here, and I had to wonder if I'd ever see you again. It didn't feel right, but
you had to go, didn't you?
(She kisses him. They pick up the potions.)
Leo: Be careful.
Phoebe: "Being of creativity..."
Paige: "We call ourselves now to thee..."
Piper: "Your light now darkened in a ring..."
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Shall feel the power of three we bring."
(They disappear.)
[Cut to P3. Forties night is happening. Piper, Phoebe and Paige appear.]
Phoebe: Oh, no, did we get sent back in time again?
Piper: No, Phoebe, we're at P3. I think.
Paige: Oh my god, forties night looks amazing.
Piper: Okay, sisters, focus. We cast a spell to find our muse, and it landed us not
in the underworld, but in my club.
Paige: So then the spell didn't work.
Phoebe: No, the spell definitely worked.
Paige: Then Melody's here?
Piper: And so is Devlin, and probably his entire faction.
[Cut to Devlin in P3. He is at the bar having a drink.]
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Leo and Cole are there. Cole's walking around,
while Leo sits on the chair, head resting on his hands.]
Cole: I don't know how you do it. How do you sit by and do nothing while your
wife's life is in danger?
Leo: Cole, I get that this is hard for you, but I need you to do me a favour and shut
up.
Cole: Excuse me?
Leo: I need to concentrate.
Cole: On the floorboards.
Leo: No, I am listening for a call from the girls so I can be there in case they need
me.
Cole: It's a trap.
Leo: What?
Cole: I knew this didn't feel right. Why didn't the warlocks attack again after they
got the muse?
Leo: Evil isn't exactly known for its patience.
Cole: It's because they already failed twice. So Devlin knew he needed numbers.
Not too many warlocks are either stupid or brave enough to attack right here in the
manor, but plenty can be convinced to lay an ambush.
Leo: Hang on. That's strange.
Cole: What?
Leo: The girls aren't underground, they're at P3.
Cole: They can't use their powers in public.
Leo: I promised.
Cole: You only promised not to orb me underground.
[Cut to P3. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are walking through the crowd.]
Paige: Okay, this looking for them this way is not going to work.
Bev: Oh, Piper.
(Piper gets a fright and drops the potion. It explodes.)
Bev: Love the fireworks.
Piper: Fireworks, yes, fireworks.
Bev: I just wanted to tell you I think the club looks great.
Piper: Bev, you're a genius.
(They walk away.)
Phoebe: Um, how exactly is she a genius?
Piper: The strobe lights. They'll work like the potion but on a grand scale to keep
the warlocks from blinking. I'll freeze the innocents, anyone you see still moving,
feel free to vanquish them. Alright, here goes nothing.
(She turns off the lights and turns on the strobe lights. She freezes the innocents
and hear groans from warlocks. She blows one up. One throws an energy ball at
them.)
Paige: Energy ball.
(She orbs out the energy ball and it orbs back in her hand. She throws it back at the
warlock, vanquishing him. A warlock tries to drag Melody outside.)
Melody: Help me! Phoebe!
Paige: Melody!
Piper: Wait, wait, wait.

(A warlock hits Paige on the shoulder with a spark.)
Phoebe: You stay here, I'll go get Melody.
Melody: Phoebe!
(Phoebe kicks the warlock.)
Phoebe: Piper! (Piper blows him up. Phoebe goes over to Melody.) Are you okay?
(Piper turns the lights back on.)
Piper: Okay, so who here doesn't want to die?
(The rest of the warlocks blink out.)
Phoebe: Okay, let's get out of here.
(They walk out into the Alley. Paige holds onto her shoulder.)
Paige: We still don't have the ring.
Piper: That's okay, we have Melody. We'll get the ring next.
Phoebe: Piper, aren't you forgetting something?
Piper: Oh! They're still frozen aren't they?
(She goes back inside. Melody goes over to Phoebe.)
Phoebe: How are you, are you okay?

Melody: I am now.
(She touches Melody's face and tries to burn her. Leo and Cole come in and knock
her out of the way. Phoebe throws the potion. Cole goes over and pulls the ring off
her finger. She changes into Devlin and he pushes Cole across the alley. Piper runs
out.)
Leo: (to Paige) You okay?
Phoebe: Blow him up! Blow him up!
(Piper tries to blow him up but nothing happens.)
Piper: Oh.
Devlin: I'm too strong for you, witch.
Piper: Well, good thing I brought reinforcements.
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Evil is a faithful foe, but good does battle best. We witches
will, with these words, waste the warlocks evil zest."
(Devlin blows up and is vanquished. Phoebe helps Cole up. She hugs him.)
Phoebe: Thank you for coming.
Cole: Thank you for having me.
(Cole gives Paige the ring and she lets the muses out.)
Melody: Now that was inspired.
Paige: Here. I think you need to get this back to the good guys.
(She hands Melody the ring.)
Melody: I think it's time I should be going.
Phoebe: Don't be a stranger.
(Phoebe hugs Melody.)
Melody: Oh, I wouldn't dream of it. (She quickly hugs Piper and Paige.) Bye.
Piper, Paige: Bye.
Phoebe: Should we go back into the party?
Paige: Actually, I think I'm inspired to spend an evening at home.
Piper: Hmm.
Leo: Um, aren't you guys forgetting a little something?
(They look at Melody.)
Piper: Oh!
Phoebe: Oh, let's see. "Being of creativity..."
Paige: "Hide yourself now from me..."
Piper: "Your light that shines upon our face..."
Phoebe: "From our vision, now erase."
(She turns invisible.)
                                 Commercial Break
(Forties music is playing all through these scenes.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Paige is painting.]
[Cut to the kitchen. Piper and Leo are there having a romantic dinner. They feed
each other some food and kiss.]
[Cut to P3. No one is there except Cole and Phoebe. Cole is dressed in a soldiers
outfit. Phoebe comes down the stairs dressed in a long white dress with flowers in
her hair. They slow dance.]
                                         End
     4.10 A Paige from
          the past
[Scene: Police station. Cole is sitting on the bench stuck in between a biker guy
with about twelve earrings on his face, and two toothless, dirty homeless men.
Cole isn't impressed. Darryl walks over to him.]
Cole: Is this the way you treat every driver with a busted headlight?
Darryl: No, just the ones without ID. Now, I convinced Lopez not to sight you.
But no more driving without a license.
Cole: Am I free to go?
Darryl: Yeah.
Cole: Finally. (He stands up.)
Darryl: Finally?
Cole: I mean thanks.
Darryl: Finally? You think I need this? You see this assignment board? (He points
to it.) It's full of cases. Open cases that I should be working on, instead I'm
cleaning after your mess.
Cole: Hey, I don't like it either.
Darryl: It's bad enough I have to clean up after the suspects...
Cole: I'm just trying to fit in but I have no ID, no job.
(They talk over the top of each other.)
Darryl: Doesn't anyone ever say thank you?
Cole: I can't even go to the grocery store without even getting arrested.
Cole, Darryl: It just sucks!
(They stop and stare at each other.)
Cole: You good?
Darryl: Yeah.
Cole: Me too.
Darryl: Okay.
(Piper and Paige walk in and go over to Darryl and Cole.)
Piper: Oh my god, Cole. How's my car?
Cole: It's fine.
Piper: That was the first and last time you borrow my car. Got it? Good. Let's go.
[Cut to outside the police station. Piper, Paige and Cole walk outside.]
Cole: Being human was supposed to make my life easier, instead it's getting worse
by the minute.
Piper: Yeah, I know the feeling.
Cole: I swear, Phoebe was closer to marrying me when I was a demon.
Piper: Well, to be honest, Cole, getting busted by the cops is not the best way to
win her over.
Paige: Oh, Piper, gosh, I'm sure Cole already feels like a big enough loser. I know
I would.
Cole: Well, thanks a lot.
(They hear a car screech near by.)
Piper: Oh god.
(They run across the road where a car has rolled over. It bursts into flames.)
Cole: It's about to explode.
(Piper freezes it.)
Piper: Come on. (Cole and Piper run over to the car. Paige just stands there. They
try to open the door.) It's stuck. Paige! (Paige stands there in shock. Cole gets the
car door open. Cole reaches in and pulls out a woman.) Careful. Hurry before
anyone sees us. (They carry her over to where Paige is standing. The car unfreezes
and blows up.) What happened to you? Paige!
(Paige stares at the burning car.)
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe and Cole walk down the stairs.]
Phoebe: Cole, why are you being so vague? I only asked you where you were
going.
Cole: And I told you, I'm going to get a life.
Phoebe: See, that's the vague part I'm talking about. (Cole puts on his coat.) The
last time you left like this, you went out and got a gun.
Cole: I'm not getting a gun.
Phoebe: Okay, then, please, tell me what's wrong.
Cole: It's just, I need action.
Phoebe: I kinda thought we were doing okay in that department.
Cole: Not that kind of action, Phoebe. I went from all powerful demon to mereble
overnight.
Phoebe: You are not mere. Baby, you are anything but mere.
Cole: Next to the Charmed Ones I'm a potted plant. But last night, pulling that
woman out of the car felt so good.
Phoebe: Well, that's because you're a good man.
Cole: Well, I won't last long without a reason to get up in the morning.
Phoebe: You have me. I'm a reason.
Cole: That's all I have, Phoebe. (He kisses her on the cheek.) And I'm not even
sure I have that.
[Cut to the kitchen. Piper and Leo are there making breakfast. Phoebe walks in.]
Phoebe: Am I the world's biggest bitch or what?
Piper: Nah, too easy.
Cole: Cole vanquished him demon half. He has given up everything he has ever
known for me, and I can't even muster up a simple yes to marriage.
Leo: Well, you're not the marrying type.
Piper: So you keep telling yourself.
Phoebe: You think I am?
Piper: I think you're afraid.
Phoebe: Oh, of what?
Piper: Cole's humanity. He was actually a much safer boyfriend when he was a
demon. Even though he could rip your throat out with his teeth.
Phoebe: Wanna explain that to me?
Leo: Well, on some level you knew it couldn't last. A demon and a witch. But now
that Cole is a human, the safety net's gone and for the first time in your
relationship, the future lies in your hands.
Phoebe: Yeah, okay, I don't wanna analyze me anymore, let's try somebody else.
How's Paige feeling this morning?
Piper: No idea. She flew out the door this morning like nothing happened.
Phoebe: So we still don't know why she froze up?
Piper: Nope.
Phoebe: That is so weird. (Leo looks down into his coffee.) I mean, she can handle
demons now, but she can't handle a car wreck?
Piper: Yeah, it doesn't make any sense.
(Phoebe clears her throat.)
Phoebe: Um, if you put your nose any deeper into that coffee cup, you're gonna
need a snorkel. What do you know?
Leo: Paige told me something in confidence.
Piper: Okay, but it's kind of a dangerous time for us. If she freezes up again at the
wrong moment, are you gonna be sorry you didn't tell us?
Leo: Paige's parents died in a car wreck.
Phoebe: Oh my god.
Piper: When did that happen?
Leo: About eight years ago when she was in high school. She never really dealt
with it.
Piper: Of course not. How do you deal with something like that? Plus she was a
teenager and all alone.
Phoebe: So maybe we can help her deal with it.
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige is at her desk, talking on the phone.]
Paige: No, I'm not family, I'm from social services. I was just calling to see how
she was after the accident. (listens) Thank god. Okay, I'll call back and check in on
her. Thank you.
(Piper and Phoebe walk in and go over to Paige.)
Piper: Hi. Got a minute?
Paige: No, I'm busy, you guys.
(She gets up and heads for the copier room.)
Phoebe: Uh, we just wanna talk, it's kinda important.
(They follow her.)
Paige: Yeah, so is my work, maybe later.
Piper: Paige, it's about what happened last night.
Paige: Not right now.
Phoebe: Paige, we're your sisters.
Paige: I said not now!
(Everyone turns and looks. Paige storms into the copier room. Piper and Phoebe go
after her.)
Phoebe: Paige. We know about your parents. We're worried about you and we
want you to know that you're not alone.
Piper: And we're here for you.
Paige: Fine. But just not here, okay? I'll just tell my boss I have to leave. We'll talk
at home.
(She walks out of the room.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Police station. Cole walks over to Darryl.]
Cole: Got a minute?
Darryl: Whatever it is, no. You see this assignment board?
Cole: Well, that's why I'm here. If you've got such a heavy case load, let me help
you.
Darryl: Oh, you wanna help?
Cole: Yeah.
Darryl: Great, well, you can help me by following that little exit sign. (He tries to
drag Cole out of the door. Cole pushes Darryl into an office and shuts the door.)
That's it! Do you wanna fight? Because without the ability to throw energy balls, I
think I can take you!
Cole: Just relax, alright. I need to get back in the game.
Darryl: What game?
Cole: The good versus evil game, it's all I know.
Darryl: Oh, wow. You wanna be a cop?
Cole: I worked for the DA's office, I know the law, I'm a former demon, I know
the streets.
Darryl: You wanna be a cop.
Cole: I wanna help with your investigations.
Darryl: As a cop?
Cole: On my own. Of course the DA inspectors are still after me but you could
close that case, clear my name, get my identity back.
Darryl: No, no, no, no! Now you're talking crazy.
Cole: No, what's crazy is me sitting around the manor all day with nothing to do.
All I got in my head, all I could do with it going to waste, now that's crazy.
(A man walks in.)
Darryl: Captain.
Captain: Mind if I get my office back?
Darryl: No, sorry about that. (to Cole) We'll talk about this later.
Cole: Excuse me. (Cole leaves the room.)
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there.]
Paige: So I wasn't the ideal high school student, you know. I, um, skipped classes,
partied all night with my friends. Pretty much anything they wanted to do I was up
for.
Piper: Hm, sounds like somebody else I know. (Phoebe gives her a look.) What I
mean to say is that high school is a time of searching and figuring out who you are
for everybody.
Paige: Yeah, but I was cruel. Especially to my mum and dad. The day they died I
told them they weren't my real parents. Which is stupid because it wasn't even how
I felt. I mean, just because I'm adopted it didn't mean they weren't my real parents,
because they were.
Phoebe: Well, you were just feeling lost and you made a mistake. I made so many
mistakes, you know, but I got through them. I changed and so have you.
Paige: Not in time.
Leo: What do you mean?
Paige: It was, um, family night. Just something we did every week. And my dad
left the firestation early, to pick up my mum and I.
Phoebe: Your dad was a fireman?
Paige: Yeah. And I started bitching, I was too old for this and I was super lame.
(She starts to cry.) He was so angry with me. He-he didn't, he didn't see the car that
swerved into our lane, and the next thing I know I'm on the pavement, the car's on
fire. I still don't know why I survived and they didn't.
Phoebe: But you can't blame yourself for that.
Paige: Well, I feel guilty every single day.
Piper: I know it-it's hard but you gotta try and move forward.
Paige: How can I move forward, Piper? I killed my parents.
(She cries. Phoebe hugs her.)
Piper: (to Leo) What do we do? How can we help her deal with something that
happened in the past?
Leo: Send her back to it.
[Time lapse. Attic. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there. Phoebe lights some
candles.]
Phoebe: Okay, wait, so I don't get it. You wanna summon the ghost from the past?
From where, the fiction shelf?
Leo: Dickens didn't make that stuff up. He was visited by a malevolent spirit.
Paige: Doesn't malevolent mean bad?
Leo: Clyde's not the friendliest ghost that I know but he is the only one who helps
the living visit their past.
Piper: Clyde. The malevolent spirit's name is Clyde?
Leo: Yeah, he doesn't like it either.
Paige: Wait, we're using bad magic to time travel? Should I be worried about any
of those personal gain issues?
Leo: Not at all. You're only going back to learn why your parents died, that's all.
Everyone ready?
Piper: Don't we need a summoning spell?
Leo: No, Clyde ignores them. There's only one way to get Clyde down here.
(angrily) Clyde! Get your butt down here you fetid worm from the bog of eternal
stench! (to the girls) You gotta make him mad. (angrily) Your mother was a
chunky substance from a gin cesspool. And she smelled bad too!
(Suddenly, a gust of wind appears and flies over the attic. It turns into Clyde. He
looks angry.)
Clyde: Leo! I was with a client! 1969, Woodstock, Hendricks was on stage. This
better be good.
Leo: I need you to take Paige here back to the day of her greatest pain.
Clyde: A job? Why didn't you say so in the first place?
Leo: Not a job. A favour.
Clyde: I don't do charity work.
Leo: You owe me, Clyde. Or do I need to remind you of your client that I healed?
The one you returned from the past, on the edge of a cliff! I believe there were
thirty two broken bones.
Clyde: Alright, alright, I remember. (He turns to Paige.) Are you sure you wanna
do this? I only open the door to your past, so don't guarantee no safe trip.
Piper: Obviously.
Paige: Yeah. I need to do this.
Clyde: Fine. (to Leo) You guide her.
(Clyde clicks his fingers and a door appears in the middle of the room.)
Leo: I won't be able to hear your call. You guys will be on your own.
Piper: We'll be okay, just take care of Paige.
(Clyde opens the door.)
Leo: Just don't look down.
(Paige goes through the door. Leo follows.)
Clyde: How's about you two? Care for a little trip to the past? (Two cloud-like
objects escape out of the door.) See it all a second time. my rates are steep but fair.
Phoebe: Can you take us back to meet John Lennon?
Piper: No!
Phoebe: No, no, right. We'll pass.
Clyde: Suit yourself. (He closes the door, then clicks his fingers and the door
disappears.) If you ever need my services just yell.
(He clicks his fingers and disappears.)
Phoebe: We need to be here when Paige gets back.
Piper: Yeah, I'll cook dinner and we can just hand out for a while. I hope this plan
works.
(Piper leaves the attic. One of the cloud-like creatures float down and goes inside
Phoebe, possessing her.)
Phoebe: (in a country accent) So do I. (to the other creature) Don't worry, Frankie.
I'll find you a body too.
[Scene: The past. Paige's old bedroom. The door appears and Paige and Leo fall
out of it. It disappears.]
Leo: Rough ride. Are you okay?
(Paige stands up. She is a teenager again.)
Paige: Yeah. I'm alright. I'm all... (She looks in the mirror.) Wrong! Oh my god!
I'm so screwed, I'm supposed to come back as a ghost, not a ghost with... braces?
Leo: You're meant to relive the experience not observe it, Paige.
Paige: Yeah, but I just wanted to come back and sit on the sidelines and make
sarcastic comments about my lack of style.
Leo: Just take a look around, Paige.
(Paige looks around her room and sees all her old posters on the wall, and all her
items on the shelves.)
Paige: Hey, you're right, I was cool, even then. (She picks up a necklace.) Oh,
Philip Lewicky gave this to me. My first love. Can I call him?
Leo: That's not why we're here.
(There's a knock at the door. Paige panics.)
Paige: What do I do?
Leo: Open the door.
(Paige opens the door. Her dad stands there.)
Paige: Dad.
Mr. Matthews: Ready for school? You don't wanna miss your ride. (Paige hugs
him.) What's with all this... Is that smoke? Are you smoking in here? (He goes over
to the window sill and puts out a cigarette.) You know, I don't know how much
more of this your mother and I can take.
(He leaves her room.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: The past. Paige's house. She goes down the stairs. Leo follows.]
Leo: Wait, wait, where are you going?
Paige: To talk to my dad. Did you see the look in his eyes? I can't believe I hurt
him like that.
Leo: Rules first. Define what you came here for. You need to follow the same path
you took eight years ago.
Paige: What if I don't remember?
Leo: I'll guide you. You're the only one that can see me. Just don't forget the goal.
You're here to learn what really happened the night your parents died.
Paige: I understand. Thank you, Leo. Step aside.
(She heads for the kitchen but stops when she hears her parents talking.)
Mr. Matthews: She's smoking again. This time in her bedroom. And when I went
in, she had the nerve to give me this big hug, like I wouldn't be mad.
Mrs. Matthews: She told me she'd quit smoking.
Mr. Matthews: Oh, yeah, right, just like the time she quit drinking. She passes out
at another one of those parties and I had to go pick her up and bring her home.
Mrs. Matthews: School called yesterday, you know, she's been cutting her classes
again.
Mr. Matthews: She's not gonna get into college if she keeps this up.
Mrs. Matthews: Oh, well, haven't you heard? She's not going to college.
Mr. Matthews: We'll see about that.
Paige: I changed my mind, Leo. I don't wanna go in there. They think I'm awful. I
was awful.
Leo: It's alright. You can do it. Just remember why you're here.
(They walk into the kitchen.)
Paige: Mum? (Paige hugs her.) Oh my god, I've missed you so much.
Mrs. Matthews: What's gotten into you?
Mr. Matthews: Didn't I tell ya?
Paige: Uh, guys, I have an announcement to make. Starting now I-I'm turning my
life around.
Mr. Matthews: You're not borrowing the car.
Paige: No, I mean it.
Mr. Matthews: Yeah, like you meant it when you said you were gonna stop
cutting classes.
Paige: Uh, mum, you understand me? You've gotta believe me.
Mrs. Matthews: Oh, so now I'm mum. Last night we weren't even your real
parents.
Paige: No, you are. I was just saying that to... hurt you.
Mrs. Matthews: (to Mr. Matthews) Did you feed the cat?
Mr. Matthews: Yeah.
Paige: You guys, I'm not a screw up. I promise I'll change, I promise I'll go to
college and, oh, please stop. Please, we need to talk.
Mr. Matthews: Oh, you are right about that, and we are going to talk. About
everything. Tonight at dinner.
Paige: Dinner. The family dinner.
Leo: Paige, be careful.
Paige: Please, we really need to talk before we drive.
(A horn beeps outside.)
Mrs. Matthews: Oh, ah, Paige, that's your ride.
Leo: You have to follow the events of the day, Paige. No exceptions.
(They leave the kitchen.)
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper is cooking dinner. Phoebe is admiring herself in the
mirror. The second cloud-like creature floats above.]
Piper: I don't think I've ever cooked for Paige before, I hope she likes pork roast.
Phoebe: Just out of curiosity, do you think that I am a natural beauty or is this like
one of those gem bodies?
Piper: Oh, Phoebe, please, like you haven't always been beautiful.
Phoebe: Oh, that's good because I hate lifting heavy objects.
Piper: What is with the blanche dublah?
(Cole walks in.)
Cole: Phoebe, hi.
(He walks over and kisses her.)
Phoebe: Well, if you're not the most to say the least...
Cole: Did I miss something? (chuckles)
(Phoebe looks up at the creature and it floats down into Cole, possessing him. He
gasps.)
Phoebe: Yeah, me.
(They kiss, hungrily. Cole picks her up and they make out up against the fridge.)
Piper: I think this sisters night is a good idea. (She takes a pie out of the oven,
turns around to see Phoebe and Cole making out. She rolls her eyes.) There's still
so much we don't know about Paige... yet.
(Phoebe and Cole stop kissing and spot the pie.)
Cole: Oh, boy.
(They race over to the pie and Phoebe grabs a handful. She sticks it in Cole's
mouth.)
Piper: Hey! What is the matter with you two? That is for Paige.
Cole: Sorry, ma'am. We're starving!
Phoebe: In so many ways.
Piper: Uh-huh. Well, go to lunch.
Cole: Good idea. (He picks up Piper's keys.) Let's cut out, Lulu.
(They kiss.)
Piper: Alright, enough with the pet names and the accents, and the kitchen. And
could you come up with something better than Lulu, it sounds like a poodle.
(Piper faces the stove. Cole picks up a knife and grabs Piper.)
Cole: Are you making fun of my girl?
Piper: Uh...
Phoebe: My Frankie is so protective.
Piper: Frankie. (Cole spins her around to face Phoebe. She gasps.) And Lulu.
Phoebe: Hi. We're ghosts.
Cole: Boo! (laughs)
Phoebe: And we've been waiting about fifty years to finish a job. So now if you'll
excuse us.
(She knocks Piper out.)
[Scene: The past. Paige's school. She opens her locker.]
Paige: I can't believe I remember the combination. I used to live out of this locker.
(A pager beeps.) My pager.
(She looks for it.)
Leo: You had a pager in high school?
Paige: Ugh, get with it, Leo, it is the nineties. (She finds the pager and reads it.)
Michelle Niglith. Uh, I can't deal with her drama right now. (She closes her locker.
Michelle approaches her.) Michelle.
Michelle: Remember your whole peppermint schnapps theory?
Paige: No.
Michelle: You know, how you can't tell it from a breath mint? You're wrong, I got
so busted.
Paige: Oh, (laughs) sorry.
(They walk off.)
Leo: You drank at high school?
Paige: What are you? My guide or my judge?
Michelle: Uh, excuse me?
Paige: Nothing.
Michelle: I got grounded for two weeks. My mum pulled this whole estrogen fest
thing. I swear to god she's so damaged.
Paige: She's not damaged.
Michelle: You're right, she's beyond repair.
Paige: No, Michelle, she's not beyond repair, she's actually just trying to set
boundaries and believe it or not you need them. So maybe you should just lay off. I
mean, god, how would you feel if she dies tomorrow?
Michelle: Geez, Paige, morbid much? (The bell rings. Paige walks off.) Wait for
me.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: The past. Paige's school. She's in class.]
Teacher: Although the magna carter was a document of great importance to
England and the American colonies, it originally granted concessions to few but
the baronial families. (Paige looks at her watch.) The vast majority of England
would remain without an active voice in government for another seven hundred
years.
(Michelle hands Paige a note. It says "Donny is soooo hot!")
Paige: You don't want Donny, trust me. He winds up bagging groceries for a living
and driving a Camero.
Michelle: I love Cameros.
Teacher: Would you girls please, I'm trying to teach.
Michelle: But nobody's listening.
(The class laughs.)
Teacher: Yeah, I know. That's why all you delinquents are in this class.
(The teacher continues to read from a book. Paige looks at the clock.)
Paige: Ugh, this is ridiculous, I have to get out of here.
Michelle: I know the feeling.
Paige: No, you don't understand, it's my last day with my parents.
Michelle: Okay, what are you babbling about?
Paige: Excuse me, Mr. Martin, can I have a bathroom pass, please?
(Leo appears.)
Leo: Don't even think about it, Paige. You have to follow the same path.
Teacher: What is the problem, Ms. Matthews?
Paige: (to Leo) I am tired of wasting my time here.
Teacher: Well, I'm sorry if I'm boring you.
Paige: No, I'm not talking to you, Mr. Martin.
Teacher: Who were you talking to?
Michelle: Yeah, really, who?
Leo: Paige...
Paige: This is stupid. Uh, this is all just a bad memory, I need to get out of here.
(Paige heads for the door.)
Teacher: Ms. Matthews, you will sit down and be quiet and wait for the bell to
ring just like everyone else!
Class: Go! Go! Go!
Teachers: Sit down Ms. Matthews.
Paige: No, I won't.
(Paige opens the door and a security man stands there.)
Security Guard: Going somewhere?
[Scene: Present day. Police station. Piper walks in, holding her jaw. She goes over
to Darryl.]
Piper: Did you find anything?
Darryl: Yeah, there was a Lulu and Frankie in the database. Some crazy young
couple. They robbed a series of jewelry stores in the fifties. They killed three
people before they were gunned down.
Piper: Uhh, I knew they were criminals.
Darryl: Who?
Piper: The ghosts that possessed Phoebe and Cole.
(Some cops look at her. Darryl takes her across the room.)
Darryl: Shh. Please, do not use the G word around here.
Piper: Okay, fine, but we need to find them before they finish their job.
Darryl: What job?
Piper: They must have some sort of unfinished business here on earth and they
either can't or won't move on until it's done.
Darryl: You know this?
Piper: Well, they didn't take me aside and share their plan with me but it's how
most ghosts work, Darryl.
(Two cops look at her. Darryl drags her into a room.)
Darryl: Oh, no creepy talk in the precinct. Will you just keep down the creepy
talk.
Piper: Darryl, I'm sorry, but what do you want me to say? My sister was just
possessed with a supernaturally born killer and my husband is in 1994, and I do not
mean in the fashion sense. He time traveled back with my other sister so the only
one left to help me is you.
Darryl: Gee, thanks.
Piper: Darryl, you know what I mean. What if they hurt somebody? What if they
kill somebody? Then Phoebe and Cole will take the fall.
Darryl: Look, (he shows her a map) the data says that Lulu and Frankie were
gunned down here, outside of a jewelry store. Maybe that's the job they were trying
to finish.
[Scene: Jewelry store. Phoebe and Cole walk in. They take off their sunglasses and
look around.]
Phoebe: One security guard, armed. Right corner.
Cole: Got it.
Phoebe: Two female customers.
(They wander over to the glass counter where very large expensive diamond rings
are displayed. The sales assistant approaches the counter.)
Sales Assistant: Can I help you?
Phoebe: We're looking for a diamond engagement ring.
Sales Assistant: You came to the right place.
Phoebe: They're all so beautiful I don't know which one I like best.
Cole: You like the biggest one, baby.
Phoebe: Oh, there. That's the one I want, baby.
Sales Assistant: Excellent eye for quality, it's the perfect solitaire.
Cole: I don't know. The cut looks a little off.
Sales: Oh, no, I can assure you.
Cole: (to security guard) You, you look like a regular guy, can I ask your opinion?
(The security guard nods and walks over to them.) I just wanna know... can I
borrow your gun? (He laughs and punches the security guard in the stomach, then
his face. He falls to the floor and Cole pulls out the gun.) You stupid. (laughs)
Move over, baby!
(Phoebe moves away from the counter and everyone in the store ducks. Cole
shoots the glass. He screams in excitement.)
Phoebe: We're back!
(She grabs a ring and puts it on.)
Cole: Ooh, gotta hand it to you, Lulu. This body's a live wire. The guy digs action,
I can sense it.
(He shoots at two display cases. He screams in excitement again.)
Phoebe: This woman loves the feeling of this diamond on her finger although
she'd never cop to it.
(He walks over and kisses her.)
Cole: Let's split, baby.
(They head for the door. The security guard gets up. Cole turns around and shoots
him in the leg. Cole and Phoebe leave the store, unaware of the security cameras
watching them.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Jewelry store. A detective is dusting for prints, some interviewing the
witnesses and paramedics are wheeling out the security guard on a stretcher. Darryl
and Piper walk in.]
Piper: Oh, no, is he okay?
Darryl: Looks like it was just his leg.
Piper: We're too late, they did it.
Darryl: Hold on just a second. (He walks over to a cop who's interviewing a
witness.) Excuse me. What went down here?
Cop: Weirdest thing, Inspector. They could've cleaned this place out and all they
take is a diamond ring.
(The cop walks away.)
Piper: That doesn't make any sense.
Darryl: Looks like your ghosts still have unfinished business.
Piper: Okay, we've gotta find them before they kill somebody. But, uh, first, is
there a surveillance tape?
(Darryl looks around and sees a man ready to eject a tape out of a VCR.)
Darryl: Yeah, it's over there. (Piper gasps and freezes the room. She unfreezes
Darryl.) Piper...
Piper: Uh-huh.
Darryl: You froze the crime scene.
Piper: Uh-huh.
Darryl: You can not freeze a crime scene.
Piper: Well, I did. Okay, we got to protect Phoebe and Cole, so start wiping
fingerprints.
Darryl: No, no, no! Look, I am sick of you and your entire dysfunctional family
unit. I will not falsify evidence, I am a cop.
Piper: Okay, cop, do I need to remind you that you bailed Cole out of jail last
night.
Darryl: So?
Piper: So I was wondering what you were gonna tell your captain when he sees
Cole on the surveillance tape.
Darryl: What are you waiting for? Go get the damn tape! (Piper goes and ejects
the tape. Darryl wipes the fingerprints.) I can not believe I am doing this.
Piper: Shh, it's for a good cause. Check his pockets. (Darryl looks in the
detective's pockets and pulls something out. Piper hands Darryl the tape.) Okay,
back in position. (They go back over to where they were standing. Darryl tucks the
tape into his pants.) You good?
Darryl: Yeah.
(Everyone unfreezes. The man tries to eject the VCR but nothing comes out. The
cop walks over to Darryl.)
Cop: Inspector.
Darryl: Yeah.
Cop: I thought you'd like to know, a couple fitting the description just hit a bridal
store on Fourth. Just stole a dress.
Darryl: A what?
Cop: You know, a dress. A wedding dress. Go figure.
(He walks away.)
Piper: First they're all over each other at the manor, then they steal a ring and then
a wedding dress? Frankie and Lulu's unfinished business isn't criminal, it's
matrimonial. They wanna get married!
Darryl: Do you people have any normal weddings in your family?
Piper: Come on, we don't have a lot of time.
(They leave.)
[Scene: The past. Paige's school. Paige is waiting outside the principal's office. The
principal is talking with her parents. Leo appears beside Paige.]
Leo: You okay?
Paige: No, Leo, I am no where near okay. My time here is running out, I haven't
done anything.
Leo: You've done enough.
Paige: I haven't done anything. I came to stop feeling guilty, only now I feel
guiltier than ever because I know what a damn disappointment I am.
Leo: Is that what you believe?
Paige: Hello? Have you been watching or eating popcorn? My mum and my dad
think I'm a total failure. I'm not. I can't let them die thinking that. In fact, I'm not
gonna let them die at all.
Leo: You can't change history, Paige, only learn from it.
Paige: I am not letting them get in that car tonight, Leo.
Leo: Yes, you will. And if you break anymore rules...
Paige: Screw the rules, Leo.
Leo: Oh, is that the teenager talking or the adult. The reason we journeyed to the
past was so you could learn from it. You see what breaking the rules has gotten
you so far?
Paige: They're my parents. I have to do something. (She gets up and walks in the
principal's office.) Sorry to barge in like this.
Principal: That incident in class was the last straw, Paige. I'm suspending you
from school.
Paige: Just for that?
Principal: Just for that? Cutting classes, starting fights, smoking on campus,
possession of alcohol.
Paige: I swear I don't turn out like this.
Mr. Matthews: Unfortunately your actions speak a lot louder than your words.
[Time lapse. Outside the school. Paige's mum and dad are leaving the school. Paige
is following.]
Paige: It looks bad, I know. But it doesn't turn out this way, I promise. I-I get a
degree in social work, I help others, I even get into Berkley thanks to high test
scores and a powerful essay on the death of my... ooh, let's just say a powerful
essay. Uh... mum and dad, you've got to believe me.
Mr. Matthews: How can we do that, Paige?
Mrs. Matthews: We've seen your act too many times.
Paige: Please, just look at me as though you actually saw me. I'm not who you
think I am.
Mr. Matthews: How do you know what we think?
Paige: 'Cause I can see it in your eyes. Disappointment. And, okay, yeah, I deserve
it, I do. All I can say for myself is that I'm searching and one day I will find
myself.
Mrs. Matthews: Paige...
Paige: Let me finish. I'll find myself because of you two. You shaped who I am. I
am not a bad daughter, you did not raise a bad daughter. I'm good. I just, I wish
you could see it.
Mr. Matthews: Sweetheart, of course we can see it.
Paige: What?
Mrs. Matthews: We know you're good. We've always known. But we also know
that you're lost and that scares us. And there's nothing in the world we want more
than to help you find your way home. We just don't know how.
Paige: I think you just did. (They hug.) I will stay up on my word.
Mrs. Matthews: Mm-hm. Promise?
Paige: I promise. (They head for the car.) Uh, you guys, can we just stay in tonight
and not go to the restaurant?
Mr. Matthews: We still have to talk.
Paige: Yeah, we will, just at home.
Mr. Matthews: Okay, let's go home.
(They get in the car. Leo appears.)
Paige: What?
(They drive off.)
Mr. Matthews: Well, what's it gonna be tonight? Should we have pizza?
Paige: I kinda miss mum's cooking.
Mrs. Matthews: (laughs) Like you don't have it every night.
Leo: You shouldn't do this, Paige, you can't change the past.
Paige: I already did.
Mr. Matthews: Did you say something, honey?
Paige: No, nothing.
Leo: You don't know what you're doing.
Paige: Yes, I do. (Leo disappears. A truck heads for their car.) Watch out!
(Paige orbs out. The truck hits the car and it rolls over. Paige orbs back in on the
road. The car explodes. Paige gets up and starts crying.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Continued from before. Paige heads for the car. Leo runs over and grabs
her. She screams.]
Paige: Let go of me! I have to save them!
Leo: They're gone.
Paige: Why did you bring me back here? Why! I though I could stop the accident.
Leo: You couldn't stop the accident because it was never your fault.
Paige: It was my fault. It was my fault.
Leo: They would have died anyway, it was their destiny. Just like it was your
destiny to be saved by magic.
Paige: That's how I got out of the car. I orbed out.
Leo: That's right.
Paige: I could always orb?
Leo: Magic's always been inside of you. It saved you because you were meant to
do great things with it, and you have, and you will. This is what you came back
here to find, what caused the accident, why you survived it. You need to forgive
yourself.
Paige: But it doesn't matter, it doesn't matter, they'll never know how much I love
them. They'll never know what good parents they were.
[Scene: A chapel. Piper and Darryl rush out of it.]
Darryl: How many more chapels have we got?
Piper: That was the last big one, there's one more in the neighbourhood.
Darryl: What if they're not there?
Piper: Then we expand our search to the entire city.
(They get in Darryl's car and drive off.)
[Cut to a chapel. Phoebe and Cole are getting married. Cole has the chaplain at
gunpoint.]
Chaplain: Do you take this woman to be thy wedded wife, to love, comfort and
honour, in sickness or in health, for sorrow or joy, so long as you both shall live?
Cole: I sure do. I'm gonna take good care of her this time. Whoo!
Phoebe: You okay, Frankie?
Cole: Yeah, it's just this guy's all jumpin' inside. Almost like he wants to get
married as much as I do. (giggles)
Phoebe: I know what you mean. This one's like, quivering inside of me. (to
chaplain) What are you waiting for? Continue.
Chaplain: Right. Do you, Lulu, take this man to be thy wedded husband...
(Piper and Darryl barge in.)
Piper: I object to this union.
Chaplain: I didn't call for any objections.
Piper: Yeah, well, I still object. (She tries to freeze them but only the chaplain
freezes.) You two are not frozen, why aren't you two frozen?
Phoebe: Well, I know I'm not the most technically minded, but I wouldn't think it
would have something to do with the fact that we're ghosts.
(They laugh.)
Cole: I warned you, witch.
(He points the gun at Piper. Darryl pulls out his gun.)
Darryl: Freeze! Put the gun down slowly.
(Cole laughs and shoots. Darryl shoots at him and the bullet hits him in the chest.)
Cole: Damn it!
(He falls on the floor. Frankie exits Cole.)
Phoebe: Don't worry, baby. We'll try again. Next time we'll get it right. (Lulu exits
Phoebe. Phoebe sits down beside Cole.) Cole! Cole! Cole. Cole. Leo!
Darryl: I had no choice.
Piper: I-I know. uh, get him outta here, (unfreezes chaplain) and, uh, call an
ambulance.
Chaplain: What happened?
Darryl: Come, come with me.
(He takes him outside.)
Phoebe: Please don't die, please don't die. Leo!
Piper: Clyde, get your ass down here you son of a bitch! (Clyde appears in a gust
of wind.) Bring back Leo now. (Clyde clicks his fingers and the door appears. He
opens it and Paige and Leo come out of it.) Cole's been shot.
(Leo rushes over to Cole.)
Leo: Step away, Phoebe.
(Phoebe moves away and Leo heals Cole.)
Clyde: Frankie! Lulu! Where do you think you're goin'? (He pulls the ghosts in the
door. He clicks his fingers and the door disappears. He grunts.) Ehh, it's an
unfortunate slip-up. I told ya, it's a dangerous journey.
(He clicks his fingers and disappears. Cole gets up.)
Cole: (to Phoebe) You never answered the chaplain's question.
Phoebe: I never answered your question. Ask me again.
Cole: Will you marry me?
Phoebe: Yes, I will.
(They hug. Everyone smiles.)
[Scene: Manor. Dining room. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are there having dinner.
They clink their glasses.]
Phoebe: Thank you, guys.
Piper: Just no weddings until we vanquish the Source.
(Paige goes to take a sip but stops.)
Paige: Apple cider?
Piper: Apple cider, yes.
(She takes a sip.)
Phoebe: Um, Paige... you haven't told us, and we're dying to know. What
happened in your past?
Paige: Well, I found out I wasn't responsible for the accident.
Piper: Of course you weren't.
Phoebe: Then what's the matter?
Paige: It just makes me sad that my parents won't see us or what I've become.
(Leo stands in the foyer.)
Leo: Actually, that's not quite true.
(Paige's parents appear in the foyer. Paige stands up.)
Piper: Uh, Leo?
Leo: Let's just say that I owe Clyde now.
Mrs. Matthews: We know who you are, honey. Who you've become.
Mr. Matthews: We've been with you every step of the way and we're so proud of
you, sweetheart.
(She runs over and hugs them.)
                                           End
 4.11 Trial by magic
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper and Paige are there making breakfast. Phoebe
rushes in.]
Phoebe: Okay, move it or lose it, people, coming through.
(Phoebe takes Paige's coffee cup from her.)
Paige: Hey, I was using that.
(Phoebe pours some coffee in the cup.)
Phoebe: Yeah, well, I'm late and I need caffeine, so sue me.
Piper: Two weeks of jury duty and suddenly she's lawyery.
Phoebe: Now, normally I would have a way to come back for that but I am too
tired.
Paige: I'd be tired too if I had to decide whether or not someone lived or died.
What's your decision?
Phoebe: Paige, you know I can't talk about the case. Besides, that's not why I can't
sleep. I can't sleep. I can't sleep because I miss Cole too much. If he doesn't come
home soon, I'm gonna turn into a vampire.
Paige: Jokes like that in this house, not so funny.
Piper: Not so funny. So when do you think he's gonna come back?
Phoebe: Who knows? He said he needed some time to find himself and figure out
who he was without his demon side.
Paige: What does that mean? He's off banging on drums in the woods somewhere?
Phoebe: God, I hope not. (She looks at her watch.) Ugh, gotta go. (She leaves the
kitchen.)
Piper: Wait! (Piper and Paige follow her out.) Who's testifying today?
Phoebe: Nobody, it's closing argument.
Piper: Already? That was fast.
Phoebe: Oh, no, not you too.
Piper: Oh, Phoebe, it's only natural to be curious.
Phoebe: Forget it.
Paige: Listen, nobody keeps secrets better than us. We are the mistresses of
secrets.
Piper: Well...
Phoebe: Well, let's just say it would be my supreme pleasure to send that
murdering bastard straight to hell. By legal means, not magical.
(Phoebe heads for the front door.)
Piper: You might be the first person who enjoys jury duty.
Phoebe: You know what it is? It's just, it might be nice for a change to get some
kudos from vanquishing the bad guy. I mean punishing... you know what I mean.
(She grabs her bag and opens the door.) Okay.
(Glen walks onto the porch.)
Glen: Hey.
Phoebe: Hi.
Glen: Is Paige home?
Phoebe: Yeah, she is, but I'm not. Bye!
(She leaves. Glen walks inside. Paige rushes over and hugs him.)
Paige: It's so good to see you. What are you doing here?
Glen: I'm done with Australia finally and I'm actually thinking about Nepal, and I
just wanted to drop by and see how you were doing.
Paige: It's so great to see you. (Piper clears her throat.) Oh, that's my sister, Piper.
Glen: Of course, of course.
Piper: Hi. (She shakes his hand.)
Glen: I still can't believe you've got sisters.
Piper: Yeah, it takes some used to getting used to.
Paige: So where you staying?
Glen: I don't know actually.
Paige: Good, you'll stay here.
Piper: What?
Paige: Yeah, first door up, top of the stairs.
Glen: Are you sure that's alright?
Paige: Yeah, don't be ridiculous. (He heads for the stairs.) I'll be right up.
Glen: Great, thank you.
(He walks up the stairs.)
Piper: Paige.
Paige: What?
Piper: I don't think it's a good idea if your boyfriend stays here.
Paige: He's not my boyfriend. Sometimes he's my boyfriend, but mostly he's just
my really good friend.
Piper: Uh, well, we usually don't have house guests because of all the obvious
reasons.
Paige: You can trust Glen. He's been my friend since, god, kindergarten.
Piper: You haven't been a witch since kindergarten. I don't think you understand.
Paige: I understand that I also pay rent here.
Piper: There is no rent.
Paige: It's an expression.
Piper: No it's not.
Paige: Well, it should be. Hm. (She heads for the stairs.)
[Scene: Court room. A female lawyer is doing her closing argument. Phoebe is
sitting with the jury.]
Lawyer: There is no excuse, ladies and gentlemen of the jury, the defendant has
no alibi, no credible explanation for how he was able to lead the police directly to
his ex-wife's body. Other than his, how did he describe it... psychic vision? No,
premonition, that's it. That was his alibi. That's what Mr. Prevosoli expects you to
believe. To counter the overwhelming evidence against him, including with the
court's permission, (she picks up a dagger) people 1, the murder weapon. One that
he had admitted to using in his own magic show. And then he used it to rob Angela
Prevosoli of her life. (She hands the dagger to the jury. They pass it along.) Return
the verdict, you know you must. Murder in the first degree.
(Phoebe takes the dagger and has a premonition of the real murderer killing
Angela. He has a tattoo on his arm. The premonition ends and Phoebe drops the
dagger.)
Judge: Are you alright, ma'am? Ma'am, are you alright?
(Phoebe looks over at Mr. Prevosoli. He lifts his arm and Phoebe sees he has no
tattoo.
                                  Opening Credits
[Scene: Court building. The jury walk into a room and sit down at the table.]
Man: Hey, hey, I just got a premonition. We'll be outta here in time for lunch.
(laughs)
Man #2: Uh, okay, uh, well, I think the proper procedure is, uh, that first we
review the evidence.
Man: Well, we heard the evidence, so let's just take a vote and get outta here.
Man #2: Still, as the foreman...
Man: All votes in favour of guilty? (He raises his hand. So does everyone else
except Phoebe.) One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven...
(He spots Phoebe.) Come on, lady, what's it gonna be?
Phoebe: I have to go to the bathroom. (The jury sighs. Phoebe gets up and walks
into the bathroom. She closes the door.) Leo. Leo!
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: Phoebe, what?
Phoebe: Quick, orb me to the manor.
(They orb out.)
[Cut to the manor. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo walk into the living room.]
Paige: I thought you said it was an open and shut case.
Phoebe: So did I. But the killer in my premonition was definitely not Stan
Prevosoli. (They sit down.) Okay, now, I didn't see his face but he had this tattoo
on his arm like a medusa's head with snakes.
Paige: What are you gonna do?
Phoebe: Well, I'm gonna stall, while you guys try to get Darryl to get you in to see
Stan. Describe the tattoo, maybe he knows the real killer. I don't know, he must not
have seen him in his premonition otherwise...
Leo: Wait, he had a premonition?
Phoebe: Yeah, that's how he claims to have known where the body was.
Piper: And you of all people did not believe him.
Phoebe: Piper, he's just a club magician. I assumed that he was a fraud. Believe
me, I feel horrible about this.
Piper: Alright, we'll fix it, somehow.
Paige: Do we hunt killers that aren't demons?
Phoebe: Well, I had that premonition for a reason. Just because the killer isn't
supernatural...
(Piper makes a noise as Glen walks in.)
Leo: Hey, there, Glen!
Piper: What did you hear?
Glen: Excuse me?
Phoebe: She said what are you doing here?
Glen: Oh, I was just looking for the kitchen. Didn't you leave already?
Phoebe: Yeah, yeah, but now I'm back. But I better get going again before
somebody wonders what happened to me.
(She stands up.)
Paige: I'll uh, just take Glen to the kitchen and show him where to make a sand-
witch.
(Paige and Glen head for the kitchen.)
Phoebe: Is he staying here?
Piper: Mm-hmm.
Phoebe: I think you need to talk to her.
Piper: I did, and apparently I was the only one paying attention.
(Phoebe sighs.)
[Cut to the court building. Room. The man bangs on the door to the bathroom.]
Man: What the hell's going on in there? Open the damn door!
Woman: Maybe something's wrong. I'll call for the bailiff.
(The man continues to bang on the door. It swings open and Phoebe walks out.)
Phoebe: I am so sorry. That time of the month.
Man: Ugh. Look, the rest of us finished voting, eleven guilty. What's it gonna be?
Phoebe: Well, before I cast my vote, I think we should all consider the possibility
that the defendant might actually be a psychic.
Man: What? (The jury groans.)
Phoebe: And all he is guilty of is having a special gift.
Woman: You're the foreman, make her vote.
Phoebe: Not until I review the evidence. (She grabs a pencil and paper.) Every
single piece.
(The jury groans.)
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Paige and Glen are there. Glen's sitting at the table. Paige
brings him a sandwich.]
Glen: Thank you.
Paige: Sure. So I have to go to work, but if you want you can drop me off and then
use my car.
Glen: Oh, no, I'm wiped. I'm just gonna hang here, it's cool.
Paige: Oh.
Glen: Paige, is everything okay? What was going on in there?
Paige: Oh, that? That was just a family meeting, you know, deciding who's gonna
take out the trash or whose turn it is to clean the bathroom, we take it all very
seriously here.
Glen: I heard words like 'killer', 'supernatural'. It doesn't really sound like
housework to me. We never really could lie to each other very well.
Paige: Well, maybe that's why we didn't make it as a couple.
Glen: I've been worried about you, since the last time I saw you. Just before you
moved in here. And the vibe I've been getting since I got here, doesn't make me
worry any less.
Paige: Everything is fine, Glen, just fine. Things are just different now.
Glen: You got sisters to talk to and I think that's great, I really do. But that doesn't
mean we still can't be there for each other, does it? Talk to me, Paige, wh-what's
going on?
(Piper and Leo walk in.)
Piper: Paige? Uh, Darryl got us that thing with the guy that Phoebe was talking
about. Are you coming?
Paige: Yeah, I can't, I have to go to work.
Leo: Alright, well, keep your cell phone available. Just in case anything comes up.
(Paige nods. Paige and Piper leave the kitchen. Leo looks at Glen and laughs
awkwardly.)
Leo: Excuse me.
(He leaves.)
[Cut to the foyer.]
Piper: Paige, you're leaving him here alone?
Paige: Well, he can't fit in my cubicle with me at work.
(She grabs her coat and heads for the door.)
Leo: Paige, keeping your secret has to be the most important thing.
Paige: I know, which is why I just lied to my best friend. It didn't feel good, Leo,
but I did it.
Piper: That's not good enough. It's irresponsible to leave him here.
Paige: You told me when I became a witch I could still have a life. I call having a
friend a life.
Piper: Yeah, but that doesn't mean...
(Glen walks in.)
Glen: Hey, hey... Oh, I'm interrupting again.
Piper: Yeah. Alright, we've gotta go, so be sure to lock up all the doors before you
go.
(Piper and Leo leave the manor.)
Glen: Is she always that friendly?
Paige: Yeah, pretty much. I'll see you later.
(She leaves.)
[Scene: Prison. A room. Mr. Prevosoli's lawyer, Piper and Leo enter the room.]
Lawyer: I still don't understand exactly who you people are.
Piper: Didn't Inspector Morris vouch for us?
Lawyer: Yes, but that doesn't...
Leo: Then all you need to know is that we might be able to save your client. Isn't
that enough?
Lawyer: Look, the jury's deliberating. Nothing short of a miracle can help him
now.
Piper: Precisely.
(A guard brings Mr. Prevosoli into the room. He removes his handcuffs.)
Stan: Who are you?
Piper: We're people who believe you're innocent, so if you don't mind we'd like to
ask you a few questions.
Leo: Was there anything in your premonition to indicate who the killer might be?
Lawyer: Yeah, alright, that's it. Out!
Piper: What? Why?
Lawyer: Because we're not hanging anymore of this case on that so called vision
of his. Unless you want him to plea insanity.
Stan: No, wait, wait! You actually believe me? On having had a premonition.
Piper: Yes, we do. That's why we need to know exactly what you saw, if we have
any chance of saving you.
Stan: I don't need a premonition to know who killed Angie. It's Wike. Andrew
Wike. He owns a magic club where I performed.
Leo: Why do you think he killed her?
Stan: Angie kept the books of the club. Even after we got divorced. She found out
that she told me about it, he killed her with one of my knives to frame me. And I
go and help him by telling the police where the body was.
Piper: Do you know if Wike has a tattoo of a medusa head on his arm?
Stan: I don't know. Well, lets hope he does. Thank you. (Piper and Leo leave the
room.) Look out, Nancy Drew coming through.
[Scene: Magic club. It's closed. Piper and Leo walk in.]
Leo: Maybe we should come back at night when they're open.
Piper: I don't think we have that kind of time. Wow, how does this place stay in
business?
(A rat runs across the floor. Piper screams and freezes it.)
Leo: Demons you can handle but not rats? (He laughs. Piper unfreezes the rat.
Wike storms in the room.)
Wike: Hey, hey, what are you doing in here? Who are you?
Piper: Uh, we're friends of Stan Prevosoli's.
Wike: Good for you. We're closed.
Piper: Yeah, I see that, I was just hoping...
Wike: I said we're closed, now I don't wanna say it again. Leave.
(He points at the door and Piper and Leo see the tattoo on his arm.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Court building. Room. The jury's there, looking hot and restless.]
Phoebe: Okay, um, haven't any of you ever known who was calling before you
answered the phone?
Woman: That's not magic.
Phoebe: Oh no? Then what is it? Look, just because you don't understand magic,
doesn't mean that you have to be afraid of it. It's around us all the time, like a
friend, guiding us, giving us inspiration, helping us fall in love. Giving our lives
meaning. And I'm sorry but I think that we all need to believe that magic exists.
Tanya, why are you wearing an angel pin?
Tanya: I don't know, just because my mother gave it to me.
Phoebe: But why did she give it to you?
Tanya: To watch over me.
Phoebe: That's magic. Something that you can't see, you can't quite put your finger
on it, but you know it's there.
Man: The man killed a woman, period. End of story.
Foreman: All those in favour of another vote.
(They all raise their hands except Phoebe. Leo orbs in the bathroom. Phoebe sees
the light under the door.)
Phoebe: Oops, nature calls.
(She heads for the door.)
Man: Oh, oh no you don't. No-no-no-no-no way.
(She runs into the bathroom.)
Woman: She's stalling.
Man: We've gotta do something about this.
[Cut inside the bathroom.]
Piper: Hi.
Phoebe: Hi.
Piper: We found the real killer.
Leo: The owner of the magic club. A guy named Andrew Wike.
Phoebe: Can you prove it?
Piper: That's our next step.
Phoebe: Okay, well, you gotta hurry because I am dying in there.
Piper: It'd be so much easier if we could just vanquish him.
Leo: You can't do that but you might be able to use your magic.
Phoebe: Well, there's one guy I would love to turn into a warthog.
Leo: Not on the jury, on the killer. You and Paige could use your powers to scare
him into confessing.
Piper: And show our powers to Wike? I do not think so.
Leo: Do you think anyone's gonna believe him if he says anything?
Phoebe: Not this jury. (The man bangs on the door.)
Man: Hey, come on!
Phoebe: Uh, sorry! Uh, can somebody find me a plunger?
Man: Oh, great.
(Piper looks in the toilet, confused.)
Phoebe: What? I've gotta buy some time somehow. And you gotta call Paige.
Maybe there's a spell in the Book of Shadows we can use? Okay, go, go, go! (They
orb out.) Okay. (She goes back in the room.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Glen is there reading the Book of Shadows.]
Paige: Piper, are you up here? What's the emergency? (She walks in.) Oh my god,
Glen, what are you doing up here?
Glen: It's funny. See, after you left I was still hungry so I opened the fridge and I
found some bags labelled pigs feet, rabbit blood, frog tongue. So decided to take a
little look around. Found more than I bargained for.
Paige: Look, I can explain everything, okay, I really can. I'll just have to explain it
later because if Piper finds us up here she's gonna freak.
Glen: Piper's gonna freak? I just found out your new sisters have you messing with
the occult in a pretty serious way, and you're worried about how they're gonna
freak?
Paige: Look, we're not messing with the occult. We're witches. My sisters and I
were born good witches, we do good magic.
Glen: This book is full of pictures of demons and warlocks.
Paige: Well, demons and warlocks that we fight and destroy.
Glen: These girls have you brainwashed. I mean, how do you even know that
they're your sisters?
Paige: Glen, you've gotta trust me, please. I am not brainwashed, I am the same
old Paige except now when I make a rhyme magic happens.
Glen: Paige.
Paige: Look, you've been to Africa, you've met those witch doctors on your
travels, right?
Glen: Yeah, but these guys are a hundred years old and they speak in tongues, and
you're you.
(She sits down beside him and turns the pages.)
Paige: There is a spell in here.
Glen: What?
Paige: To stretch the imagination. It should be able to help you understand and
accept the truth about me.
Glen: So you're gonna cast a spell on me?
Paige: With your permission.
Glen: And when nothing happens...
Paige: When nothing happens you can drag me off to the funny farm, tell them I've
been brainwashed. Believe me, I could use the vacation. (She finds the spell.) Ah,
here it is. (She holds his hands.) "Let mind and body soar, to heights not reached
before, let limits stretch, that you may catch, a new truth to explore."
Glen: I don't feel any different.
Paige: That's weird it always works.
Piper: (from outside) Paige, where are you?
Paige: God, we gotta hide you. Come on. (She walks away.)
Glen: No, wait.
(He holds out his arm and it stretches out to Paige.)
Paige: It's the spell. Just put back. (Glen pulls in his arm and it returns to normal
length. Piper and Leo walk in.) Oh, I was giving Glen a tour of the house. Next
stop the basement. Come on, Glen, why don't you get a head start.
(Glen leaves the attic.)
Piper: A tour of the attic? (She looks around and sees the Book out.) You showed
him the book?
Paige: Well, he went into the fridge and saw the potion ingredients so
understandably he started looking around and he found the book.
Leo: So you didn't lock the attic?
Paige: It didn't occur to me.
Piper: What do you mean? I told you to lock all the doors before you go.
Paige: Well, I thought you meant the front door. Maybe you should've been more
specific.
Piper: Well, I was speaking in code.
Paige: Listen, I trust Glen.
Piper: Yeah, but you're trusting him with a secret that's all of ours, not just yours.
Leo: Honey, she didn't tell him about it, he discovered it.
Piper: Because she left him in the house, because she let him stay in the house in
the first place.
Paige: Okay, so you're saying I have to choose between having any friends and
being a witch.
Piper: Yes, I have.
Paige: Well, I won't.
Leo: Okay, we all need to put this on hold for a second, okay? Let's take a deep
breath, let's calm down. We have a lot of work to do and not a lot of time to do it
with.
Paige: What do we have to do?
Leo: Piper will fill you in on the way. I need to check on Phoebe.
(He orbs out. Piper and Paige stare at each other.)
Paige: Hm.
[Scene: Court. The jury room.]
Phoebe: Actually, the origin of magic dates back to prehistoric times. People from
all cultures believed-
Foreman: Let's vote now.
Phoebe: Wait.
Foreman: No, no, no, we vote. Okay, if we can't agree we declare a hung jury. All
in favour of a guilty verdict.
(The jury raises their hands.)
Phoebe: Wait! There is magic in the world. There are angels. Tanya, you can tell
your mother that she's right, they're real. And there are fairies. They're real too. I
mean, just think back to your childhood before you were too jaded to believe in
them. And-and-and Cupid. Not a myth. I mean, he doesn't actually use arrows but-
but he's real too.
Foreman: Bailiff!
Phoebe: What are you doing?
Foreman: We don't have to declare a hung jury after all.
Man: We don't?
(The bailiff opens the door.)
Bailiff: Foreman?
Foreman: Tell the judge that we have a juror that's um... not quite right. We're
asking that she be dismissed and that you bring in one of the alternates.
Phoebe: Are you kidding me?
(The foreman shakes his head.)
Bailiff: And you all agree?
Jury: Yes.
Bailiff: Okay.
Phoebe: No, wait-wait-wait. I have an idea. If I can convince you, all of you, that
magic really does exist, will that be enough reasonable doubt for an acquittal.
Man: Lady, you're late for your shrink. Like two years late. (He laughs.)
Tanya: Well, what do you mean magic? Like siegfried and Freud stuff?
Phoebe: No. I mean real magic. No trap doors, no smoke, no mirrors, just real
supernatural magic.
Man: Come on, she's stalling.
Phoebe: What's the matter? Are you afraid I might actually be able to pull it off?
Tanya: Well, we've been here this long. I say we let her take it all home.
Foreman: Alright, but if you fail, you vote guilty with the rest of us. (Phoebe
hesitates.) Call the judge.
Phoebe: Okay, okay, okay, okay, it's a deal.
Tanya: Alright, show us some magic.
Phoebe: I'm gonna need a few things. A sage stick, five white candles and...
Man: A magic wand.
Phoebe: No, incense. I'm gonna summon the dead.
Man: Ooooh.
[Scene: Magic club. Piper and Paige walk in.]
Piper: Okay, just remember, you play good witch, I play bad witch.
Paige: Okay, but won't that risk exposing our powers?
Piper: No, I'm only gonna show my powers to Wike and once we get him to talk
we'll use the tape to force him to confess to the police.
Paige: So it's okay to show our powers to a murderer but not to Glen.
Piper: Saving an innocents life is worth the risk. Entertaining friends is not. (A
curtain opens and Wike is on the stage setting up some magic equipment. He picks
up a hat and Piper blows it up.) Boo!
Wike: Ahh, what the hell! What are you? What do you want?
Piper: We want a confession, that's what we want.
(She blows up a box behind him.)
Paige: Careful, Piper, you might kill him.
Piper: So?
Wike: I don't know what you're talking about.
Piper: Sure you do. Angela (blows something up) Prevosoli (blows something up)
found out about your (blows something up) money laundering operating. So you
killed her, didn't you?
(He looks frightened.)
Paige: I've never seen her like this, pal. You might wanna talk.
Piper: You know what, this is getting boring. What do you say we move onto
some body parts.
Wike: Okay, okay, okay, alright. Alright, I admit it, I killed her. She was ready to
march the cops down to pier 86. If I hadn't killed her they would've. And then they
would've killed me.
Piper: Who, they cops?
Wike: No, no, not the cops. They... Look, believe me, you don't wanna know.
Piper: Try me. (He pulls something out and throws it on the ground. It explodes.
The smoke clears and Wike is gone.) What the...
Paige: He's pretty good.
(They go onto the stage.)
Piper: Where'd he go? There's gotta be a trap door.
(They lift up a rug and find a trap door.)
Paige: There.
(Piper tries to open it but it's locked.)
Piper: Does this thing work?
Paige: There's gotta be stairs here.
[Cut to the basement. Wike gets up off a mattress underneath the trap door. A rat
runs along a pipe.]
Wike: Wait, don't, I can explain.
(The rat changes into a demon.)
Rat Demon: You stupid human! You told the witches everything. And they've got
it on tape.
Wike: So what? They'll never find out about you guys.
Rat Demon: Not from you they won't.
Wike: No, no.
(The rat demon turns Wike into a rat.)
Rat Demon: Dinner time.
(A dozen rats run over to Wike/Rat and start eating him. The rat demon changes
back into a rat. Piper and Paige run down the stairs. Paige sees a rat and screams.)
Piper: What, demons you can handle but not rats?
(Piper sees the rats eating the other rat. Piper screams.)
Paige: Right back at you.
(They leave.)
                                    Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper and Paige walk in through the front door.]
Paige: I don't get it, where'd he go?
Piper: Is hell too much to hope for?
Paige: Yeah, well, at least we got his confession.
Piper: Yeah, but that's not gonna save Stan, or Phoebe for that matter.
(They walk into the living room.)
Paige: Why don't we just give it to the police?
(Glen sneaks down the stairs.)
Piper: Well, without Wikes, the confession is no good. I mean, Darryl could open
up an investigation but not in time to exonerate... ooh, now I even sound like
Nancy Drew.
(Glen hides around the corner.)
Paige: What, so we're supposed to go find Wike? How do we do that? We have no
idea where he is.
(Glen stretches his arm around the corner and pinches Paige's butt. She yelps.)
Piper: What?
Paige: What?
Piper: That noise.
Paige: Noise?
Piper: I feel like I'm in Switzerland.
Paige: Switzerland?
Piper: There it is again.
Paige: What?
Piper: That annoying echo. Paige, what's going on?
Paige: Nothing, nothing's going on, Piper.
(Glen reaches Piper and grabs her leg.)
Piper: Hey!
(Glen pulls his arm back in. Piper goes around the corner.)
Paige: Piper, don't.
Piper: You! You cast a spell on him? Are you crazy?
Paige: No, but somebody is.
Glen: I'm just trying to have some fun. Sorry.
Piper: Okay, but this is not supposed to be fun for you. It's not supposed to be for
you at all.
Glen: Well, I guess I'd better call off the tabloids.
(Piper freezes him.)
Paige: He was just making a bad joke.
Piper: Yeah, funny how that was the first thing that came to his mind.
Paige: He just thought he was being funny, nobody got hurt.
Piper: Yeah, maybe you'd feel a little differently if you had lost a sister. (Leo orbs
in and sees Glen.) Don't ask.
Leo: Did you get Wike to confess?
Piper: Yeah, and then he got away. How's Phoebe doing?
Leo: Not so good. She's trying to summon the victim, Angela.
Paige: Wait a second. So it's not okay for me to tell my best friend Glen that I'm a
witch, but it's okay for Phoebe to tell an entire room of strangers?
Leo: They were gonna kick her off the jury, I think it was worth a try. Only it's not
working so good. I believe she needs the power of three.
Piper: Yeah, well, she's not gonna get it. It's better to think she's a nutjob than
think she's a witch.
Leo: There's an innocent man at stake, Piper.
Piper: They'll convict him and then we'll go to the police, there'll be a new trial
and then they'll release him.
Leo: You don't know that.
Piper: Alright, I have an idea.
Paige: What?
Piper: I'll explain on the way, let's go.
Leo: What about him?
Paige: Just unfreeze him, he won't tell anyone.
(Piper unfreezes him.)
Glen: Wh-where'd you come from?
Paige: Just stay here, order a pizza, I'll be back soon.
(She kisses him on the cheek. Leo orbs out with Piper and Paige.)
Glen: What? (He looks around. The rat demon in his rat form appears behind.)
Where'd they go?
[Cut to the jury room. Phoebe is trying to summon Angela.]
Phoebe: "Beloved spirit Angela, I ask that you commune with me and move
among us." (Nothing happens.) "Beloved spirit Angela..."
Foreman: That's enough. Bailiff! (The bailiff comes in.) Tell the judge that we've
reached a verdict.
Man: Yep! A deal's a deal. Those in favour of guilty.
Tanya: I'll get the lights.
Phoebe: "Beloved spirit Angela, I seek your guidance, I ask that you commune
with me and move among us."
(The bathroom door opens and Piper sticks her hand out, freezing the room. Piper,
Paige and Leo come out of the room.)
Piper: Phoebe, eleven jurors.
Phoebe: I know, I know, but this guys is innocent, and he's being persecuted for
having the same gift I do. SO if you guys aren't hee to help me summon Angela...
Piper: We are.
Paige: We are?
Piper: Yes. If Leo will help us clean up after we're done.
Leo: No.
Piper: What do you mean no? You've done it before.
Leo: No, it's completely forbidden, except in cases of dire emergencies.
Paige: What's forbidden?
Piper: Using memory dust on people.
Phoebe: Oh my god, this is brilliant. We'll erase their short term memories after
they vote not guilty.
Paige: Wait a second, Whitelighters can erase peoples memories with some sort of
special dust? Why don't you just use it all the time?
Leo: Because you don't know what you might be erasing. Doctors appointments,
childrens birthdays...
Piper: Leo, this is an emergency. I can not live with these people knowing our
secret, knowing that at any minute we could relive the hell we went through with
Prue.
Leo: Okay.
(They girls join hands.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Here these words, here our cry, spirits of the other side,
come to us we settle thee, cross now the great divide."
Phoebe: "Beloved spirit Angela, I ask that you commune with us and move among
us."
(A breeze blows through the room.)
Leo: Cold wind, that's our queue.
Piper: See you later.
Phoebe: Okay, thank you, thank you.
(Piper, Paige and Leo go into the bathroom. Piper unfreezes the jury and they orb
out. A mist appears above the table. The jury look frightened.)
Tanya: Are you all seeing that?
Foreman: Dear god!
(Angela's spirit appears.)
Angela: What happened? Where am I?
Phoebe: We summoned you, Angela. We need your help. Actually, your ex-
husband needs your help.
Angela: Stan? Why?
Phoebe: He's on trial for your murder.
Angela: Stan? Are you kidding? He couldn't hurt a fly. Even his gift terrified him.
Phoebe: His gift? (The man waves his hand through Angela.) What are you doing?
Man: I'm looking for wires. This is some sort of trick.
Phoebe: Did you find any? (to Angela) What about his gift?
Angela: Stan could see things. The past, the future... It scared him, he hated it.
That's why he never nurtured it. All the good he could've done, wasted.
Phoebe: So he didn't kill you?
Angela: No. The club owner did. Andrew Wike. I found out he was laundering
money from some company at pier 86. Stan warned me to keep it to myself. But I
didn't. He, he's a good man. He's an innocent man. Blessed be.
(She disappears. The jury sit there in awe.)
Phoebe: Shall we vote?
[Time lapse. Everyone's in the court room.]
Foreman: Not guilty.
Stan's Lawyer: Unbelievable.
Judge: So say you one? So say you all? (The jury nods.) This case is dismissed.
The defendant is here by released, and this court is adjourned.
(Everyone stands up.)
Piper: Dust them now.
(Leo heads for the jury.)
Paige: Don't forget the bailiff.
(Stan walks over to Piper and Paige.)
Stan: I don't understand. How'd you do it?
Piper: We didn't. Angela did.
(Phoebe walks over to Stan.)
Phoebe: Hi.
Stan: Hi.
Phoebe: You have a very special gift. And you did the right thing about going to
the police. It doesn't matter what anyone else thinks, all that matters is you used
your gift to help people. And that's a beautiful thing.
[Scene: Manor. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo walk into the foyer.]
Paige: So you guys have told people about being witches lots of times.
Piper: Yes, innocents, but only when we didn't have any other choice.
Phoebe: Our secret is never more important than saving somebody's life.
Leo: Can't you guys just enjoy saving this innocent for a minute and a half before
getting back to the great debate.
(The rat crawls down the stairs.)
Piper: Well, it's not over yet. The killer is still out there somewhere.
(They hear a noise and gasp when they see Glen on the stairs with a glowing ring
around his neck.)
Paige: Glen!
(The rat turns into the demon.)
Rat Demon: You have one hour to deliver the tape. Or stretch here is dead.
(He grabs Glen and bolts through the front door, smashing it into a million pieces.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there.]
Piper: Paige, it's gonna be okay, just try to breathe.
Paige: Oh my god, if anything happens to him.
Piper: We won't let it.
Paige: When did this demon become involved? I thought this killer was supposed
to be human.
Phoebe: He was. But apparently he was fronting for demons.
Piper: Since when do demons give a rats ass - no pun intended - about laundering
money?
Leo: Because they need money to insinuate themselves into our world. To buy
clothes, rent apartments, to fit in with us.
Phoebe: It's probably the same way they made Cole legitimate when he was a
demon. I mean, they put him through law school.
Piper: Which put him in a position to hurt us. (Phoebe touches Piper's knee with
her foot.) Water under the bridge.
Paige: How is any of this gonna help get Glen back ? Even if we give that rat
demon thing the tape, what's to stop him from killing Glen? We have no leverage.
Phoebe: Okay, do we have to call him the rat demon? Because it's very hard to be
appropriately frightened.
Leo: We could go over his head. Look, I guarantee you that this club is just the tip
of the iceberg. I mean, if we went to rat demon's... What are we supposed to call
him?
Paige: One hour, Leo. We have one hour.
(He stands up.)
Leo: Right, look, so if we go to their bosses and we threaten to expose their entire
operation, they're not gonna be very please with him.
Piper: So we offer him up for exchange for Glen. It might work.
Paige: Might work? It has to work.
Piper: Okay, so the only question is where is demon central?
Phoebe: Angela said something about pier 86.
Piper: So did Wike. So we split up. Phoebe, since you have stalling down to a
science, you and Paige go to the club and buy some time. Leo and I will go to...
Paige: No. I wanna go.
Phoebe: Well, Piper has more fire power, and if they get hostile...
Paige: I'll just have Leo orb me out of there if it gets too hairy. I'm the one who put
Glen, my best friend, in massive amounts of danger. So I'm gonna get him out.
(She grabs her coat.) Just do me a favour and keep him alive at the club until I get
back.
(Leo orbs out with Paige.)
[Scene: Pier 86. Leo and Paige orb in.]
Paige: I don't know if this is the right place.
Leo: Shh, listen.
(They hear and see rats crawling all over the place.)
Paige: Rats.
Leo: Lots of them. Time to go.
Paige: No.
Leo: Paige, I really think that we should...
Paige: No, Leo, they've got Glen. (to the rats) Listen up, we know what you're
doing and we're prepared to tell everyone. And just so you know killing me won't
help. My sisters will take you down. Maybe you've heard of us. The Charmed
Ones. Now who am I talking to?
(The rats turn into demons and surround Paige and Leo. One steps forward.)
Rat Demon #2: We're listening.
[Cut to Piper and Phoebe at the magic club. The rat demon appears in front of
them.]
Rat Demon: The tape.
Piper: Where's our friend, mouse man?
Rat Demon: After I get the tape.
Phoebe: No, before.
Rat Demon: I can take it from you.
Piper: You could try.
(The curtain opens and Glen is standing there with the ring around his neck.)
Rat Demon: Just so you know, if anything happens to me, anything at all, the ring
will decapitate him.
Piper: That's new.
Phoebe: So much for a quick getaway.
(Phoebe hands him the tape.)
Rat Demon: Are there any copies?
Phoebe: No.
Piper: Now let him go. (The rat demon tightens the ring.) Hey, what are you
doing?
Rat Demon: I'm a rat. What did you expect?
(Piper goes to blow him up.)
Phoebe: Don't, it might chop off Glen's head.
Piper: Well, what am I supposed to do?
Rat Demon: Enjoy the show.
(Suddenly, the rat demon is engulfed in flames and disappears.)
Phoebe: Did you just do that?
(Three rat demons appear and Paige and Leo orbs in. Paige races over to Glen. One
of the rat demons picks up the tape.)
Rat Demon #2: Only copy?
Leo: Yes.
Rat Demon #2: How do we know?
Piper: What do you mean how do you know? You've just gotta trust us. We're the
good guys for crying out loud.
(The rat demon releases the ring around Glen's neck.)
Rat Demon #2: Guess we'll call this one a draw.
(The rat demons disappear.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Foyer. Leo is fixing the front door. Piper is standing there
watching.]
Leo: Almost done.
Piper: This is taking too long. Can't you just use a little magic?
Leo: Don't you think we've used enough magic lately? Besides, I like working with
my hands.
(He goes over to her.)
Piper: Yeah, I kinda like a guy in a tool belt. (They kiss. Paige and Glen walk in.
Paige clears her throat.) Oh, leaving so soon?
Paige: Yeah, Glen's gonna go stay with a friend of his across the Bay.
Piper: Huh, I can't imagine why he wouldn't wanna hang around here.
Glen: Yeah, well, I like adventure, just not that much adventure.
Leo: So you're gonna stick around a while?
Glen: Yeah, keep an eye on noogie here.
Piper: Noogie?
Paige: Glen, I think it's time for you to go.
(They laugh and head for the door.)
Glen: (to Piper) Thank you for saving my life.
Paige: I reversed the spell.
Piper: Just checking.
Glen: Goodbye.
(Glen and Paige kiss.)
Paige: Bye, you. (He leaves.) Okay, do you want it now or should I email it to
you?
Piper: What?
Paige: My apology. You were right. Keeping our secret is the most important
thing, I should've listened to you. Do you want more? Should I keep grovelling?
Piper: As fun as that would be. I'm sorry too, I can be a little harsh, but it's part of
my charm, you'll learn to love me for it.
(Phoebe walks in through the front door.)
Phoebe: Wow, we actually have a door, imagine that.
Paige: So how's the jury?
Phoebe: Fine. I knocked on Tanya's door and she thought I was the Avon lady. So
good job, Leo.
Leo: Uh, thanks, but I don't wanna think about it, ever.
Paige: Can ever wait for a minute or so?
Leo: Uh-oh.
Paige: I'm thinking maybe we should use some of that dust on Glen. I don't want
you guys to have to be nervous.
Piper: Well, do you think he's gonna tell anybody?
Paige: No.
Phoebe: And you trust him completely?
Paige: Yes.
Piper: Then so do we.
Leo: Thank god.
Phoebe: And whether we think it's smart or not, at least you have one person
outside the family that you can talk to.
Piper: Yeah, let's keep it to one.
                                         End
 4.12 Lost and bound
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe's sitting on her bed folding the laundry.
Cole walks in.]
Cole: Hey. Guess what?
Phoebe: You've come to help me fold the laundry.
Cole: Uh, no.
Phoebe: What good is it being a witch if I can't just twitch my nose and make the
laundry fold itself.
Cole: Uh, which witch can do that?
Phoebe: Samantha Stevens. From Bewitched. Oh, it's only like one of my
favourite television shows. Sometimes I forget you've only been human for like a
month.
Cole: I'm becoming more human by the day. What would you say if I became
really human and... got a job.
Phoebe: If that's the criteria for being human then I am in big trouble. (laughs)
Cole: I'm serious. Paige said that a lawyer at legal aid quit so she kinda
recommended me.
Phoebe: She did?
(Cole sits on the bed.)
Cole: Of course , if you don't think that I should then...
Phoebe: No, no. Actually, I think that's a great idea. It'll keep you busy and help
you find your identity. While I lose mine.
(She gets up and puts some clothes on the dressing table.)
Cole: I'm sorry?
Phoebe: Nothing.
Cole: Tell me.
Phoebe: It's just, becoming a wife. I mean, I like Samantha but I never actually
wanted to become her. See, Samantha, (she sits back on the bed) she was married
to a human, Darren. And Darren completely suppressed Samantha's magic,
completely denied who she was. And it wasn't because he didn't love her, it was
just that's the way it had to be.
Cole: And this was one of your favourite shows?
Phoebe: Well, not that part. It was just growing up that was my only role model
for a typical marriage, so that's all I new. And he was able to meet people and leave
the house and build his career and she had to stay home and you know, cook dinner
and do the laundry. She went from being Samantha to Mrs. Darren Stevens
overnight.
Cole: Well, that won't happen to you.
Phoebe: Won't it?
Cole: No. You'll become Mrs. Cole Turner. Phoebe, come on. Number one, it was
a different time, different world obviously. Number two, we're hardly typical. I
proposed to you under a hail of demon goo and you accepted while I was bleeding
to death, remember? Look, why don't we do it again, start over.
(He pulls a ring out of his pocket and shows her.)
Phoebe: Grams' ring.
Cole: Mm-hm.
Phoebe: Where did you get that?
Cole: From Piper. She gave it to me so I could give it to you.
Phoebe: Well, that's not exactly a good omen, she was married with that thing six
times.
Cole: Well, she must have liked something about it or she would've stopped at like
three. (He kneels down in front of her and holds out the ring.) Ms. Phoebe
Halliwell, I come to you, as a man, nothing more nothing less, to ask will you be
my wife.
Phoebe: Hmm, yeah, I will. Again.
(She holds out her hand and he places the ring on her finger.)
Cole: Good.
(They kiss and hug. The ring glows.)
[Scene: A house. A mother and father are standing outside a kid's bedroom.]
Mother: Tyler, we just wanna talk.
[Cut inside Tyler's bedroom.]
Tyler: It was an accident. I'm sorry.
Father: It's alright, just let us in.
Tyler: No. You'll yell at me.
[Cut to the hallway.]
Father: (to mother) I'll deal with Tyler, you contact Ludlow.
Tyler: Who's Ludlow?
Father: He runs the academy we told you about.
[Cut to Tyler's bedroom.]
Tyler: I'm not going to boarding school. You can't send me away.
Mother: Oh, honey, it's for your own good.
Tyler: I told you, I didn't mean to do it. I swear I'm not bad, I swear!
(Tyler gets mad and rubs his temples. His bed catches on fire.)
Mother: Tyler? What's going on? Is that smoke I smell?
                                      Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Dining room. Piper and Leo are there sitting at the table, reading
the paper. Paige walks in and stretches.]
Paige: Ugh, the sun came up again.
(Phoebe walks in carrying a jug of coffee.)
Phoebe: Oh, good morning, sunshine. Let me pour you a cup of coffee. (She picks
up a cup and pours the coffee.) Notice anything different about me?
Piper: Engagement ring. Notice it or wear coffee.
(Paige looks at her ring.)
Paige: Nice ice!
Phoebe: Thank you very much, I can't stop looking at it.
Paige: I was like that when I got my belly ring. Oh, you're right, wedding ring is
totally different.
Piper: Phoebe?
Phoebe: Yeah.
Piper: Can you pass me the milk?
Phoebe: It's right next to Leo.
Leo: We're not talking to each other.
Phoebe: What? Still? Wait, I don't understand, shouldn't you wait until after you
have kids to start fighting about them?
Paige: Well, what's the matter? Maybe we can help.
Leo: It's about having a magical child in a non-magical world.
Piper: Someone, I won't say who, has the insane notion of binding our child's
powers.
Leo: Why is it insane? Grams bound your powers when you were a child.
Piper: Yes, and we spent twenty odd years ignorant about our destiny. I look back
on those normal days and I feel like I was a complete and total fraud.
(She slams the paper on the table.)
Leo: I'm not saying hide the truth. It's just growing up is hard enough without the
extra burden of having powers.
Piper: Magic is not a burden, it is a gift.
Leo: It's a lot for any child to deal with. Plus ours will be doubly magical, half
Whitelighter, half witch.
Paige: That's like me! Oh, you might have some problem. Where's Cole? We've
gotta go to work.
Phoebe: Ooh, I'll go get him. And Paige, thank you so much for getting him this
job, I mean, especially now you know, that we're gonna be married and he's gonna
have to get used to bringing in the bacon. (She leaves.)
Paige: Since when does Phoebe care about Bacon?
Leo: I'm sure she meant all breakfast means. (Paige leaves.) Piper, would you
please pass me the milk?
Piper: Nope. (She holds the paper up in front of her.)
[Cut to the foyer. Paige is there putting on her coat. Cole comes down the stairs in
a suit and Phoebe goes over to him.]
Phoebe: Oh, honey, you look gorgeous. Should I make you some breakfast, you
know it's the most important meal of the day.
Cole: Thanks, I'll just grab a coffee on the way.
Phoebe: Are you sure? I could whip something up in a jiff.
Cole: In a jiff, really?
Phoebe: Yeah.
Paige: Come on, dude, let's get paid.
Phoebe: Oh, have a great day. I am so proud of you. (They kiss.) Look at us, we
are so bewitched.
Cole: No, no, no, you feel free to use all the magic you want while I'm gone.
Phoebe: Okay, whatever makes you happy. (Cole and Paige leave the manor.
Phoebe looks at her ring.) I wonder what I should make him for dinner?
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige shows Cole to his small office.]
Paige: So this is your office. You've got a desk, a chair, a lamp, what more do you
need.
Cole: Uh, oxygen? You know, when I was a D.A. I had an office eight times this
size. Windows, an assistant... (He sits down on a small, low chair.) Plus I could
throw energy balls.
Paige: Yeah, well, you're human now, so get used to be humble just like all the rest
of us.
(He stands up. A woman walks in carrying a bundle of files.)
Woman: Cole Turner? Hi, I'm Cynthia Coron, director of the legal aid office.
Cole: Hi.
Cynthia: Hi. Paige has told me such wonderful things about you. I wish I had time
to get to know you but I don't, so jumping right in if we could.
Paige: I have to jump right out. If anyone needs me I'll be down the hall.
(Paige leaves.)
Cynthia: Okay, your first case. (She puts the files on the desk.) Slum lord Alan
Yates cut off heat to his tenants last week. He's doing it twelve for a fact finding
session, which means you have two hours to learn everything about this case. So
you better be fast and better be good. Thanks.
Cole: Thank you. (She leaves.) I'm only human, you know.
[Cut to down the hall. Paige walks pass Tyler who is sitting on a chair.]
Paige: Hi. (She goes over to her boss.) Hey, what's with the kid?
Mr. Cowan: Oh, police brought him in. Found him sleeping in an alley.
Paige: Is he a runaway?
Mr. Cowan: Looks like it. His name's Tyler, but I'm having trouble getting more
information out of him.
Paige: Sometimes those little video game things help loose them up. Billy's got
one of them in the back, I'll go get it.
Mr. Cowan: Good. (Paige walks away. Mr. Cowan walks over to Tyler and hands
him a drink.) Here you go, Tyler, I thought you might be thirsty. (Tyler has a sip.)
So have you thought about giving us a phone number so we can call your parents,
letting them know you're okay? Did they hurt you?
Tyler: No, they didn't hurt me.
Mr. Cowan: Good, alright. But something happened.
Tyler: I don't wanna talk about it.
Mr. Cowan: I know it's hard, Tyler, but talking is how we fix...
Tyler: I said I don't wanna talk about it!
(Paige walks back in. Tyler gets mad and the trash can goes up in flames.)
Paige: Fire!
(The office gets noisy.)
Woman: Get the fire extinguisher!
(The boss walks away and Tyler runs out of the building. Paige grabs her purse.)
[Cut to outside the building. Paige walks out, looking for Tyler. She looks behind
the cars and finds him crouching behind one.]
Paige: Hey. (He stands up.) Hey, hey, don't go, you don't have to be afraid. (He
walks away. Paige follows.) I won't tell anyone I saw you start the fire.
Tyler: You saw?
(He stops walking.)
Paige: Yeah, but nobody else did. And I promise I won't tell. I swear I won't.
Tyler: I didn't mean to do it.
Paige: I know, Tyler, I know.
Tyler: Please don't make me go back to the clinic. I never want to go back to my
foster parents, they don't understand me.
Paige: I know a place where I can take you where you'll be safe. But you've gotta
trust me, okay? Come on.
[Cut inside the building. Mr. Cowan is putting out the fire in the trash can. Tyler's
parents are standing there. Mr. Cowan turns around.]
Mr. Cowan: Ooh, sorry, I didn't see you there.
Father: We're looking for our son. His name is Tyler, eleven years old, blonde
hair.
Mr. Cowan: And you are?
Mother: His foster parents. Is he here? Is he alright?
Mr. Cowan: He was.
Father: Thank god. We've been checking everywhere for him, we've been worried
sick.
Mother: Wait, what do you mean he was here? Where was he?
Mr. Cowan: There was a fire and in the chaos he ran off.
Father: Ran off? What do you mean? You lost him?
Mother: Where could he have gone? We've gotta find him.
Father: We will.
Mother: I mean right now.
Mr. Cowan: I understand this must be difficult.
Mother: No, you don't understand anything. We need our son and we need him
now!
Father: Would you give me a moment with my wife? She's obviously very
distraught.
Mr. Cowan: Of course.
(The man and woman walk into an empty room.)
Father: You're making a scene.
Mother: Can't a mother be upset about the loss of her son?
Father: You're not reacting like an overreacting parent, you're reacting like a...
Mother: A what?
Father: A demon.
Mother: We don't have time to play the concerned parents. Ludlow wants the boy
before night fall. No boy, no bounty.
Father: These humans can't help.
Mother: So what are we supposed to do? Wait until Tyler uses his power again?
Father: It's the only way we have of tracking him.
Mother: What if he doesn't get angry?
Father: He will. Just be patient.
(They disappear.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Piper and Leo are there. Paige walks in from the
living room.]
Piper: How's it going?
Paige: Not so good. He's barely making eye contact, not really speaking. He's just
really afraid.
Leo: Of what?
Paige: Himself, his powers. He's showing all the signs of a kid who's never
received sustained affection.
Piper: Well, plus, being shuffled in and out of foster homes doesn't help either.
Paige: No, and I get the sense that he is always felt like an outsider and a bit of a
freak and now he's found out that in some ways he kind of is. (She walks across the
room.)
Leo: Which is why it could make sense for us to bind his powers.
Piper: Yeah, maybe we could take off one of his legs at the same time because
they're both part of him.
Leo: It's not the same thing, Piper. Tyler's powers could be a danger to himself and
to others.
Piper: You know what? Don't make our issues his issues. I think you need to give
him a chance to learn how to control it. Maybe that's why we met him. To teach
him, guide him.
(Phoebe walks in with a plate of cookies. She has her hair done like Samantha
Stevens.
Phoebe: Feed him.
Paige: Wow, Phoebe, you went all out.
Phoebe: Oh, well, you know me. Any excuse to spend a little time in the kitchen.
Piper: I do know you and that's just not true.
Phoebe: Oh, but it is now that I'm going to be Sadie, Sadie, married lady.
Piper: Alright, Sadie, how about I take the cookies to the kid. (to Paige) Do you
mind if I try talking to him?
Paige: No, actually, the sooner we get to him the better 'cause last time I checked
kidnapping is still illegal. I'm gonna get back to work, you guys call me later.
(Paige leaves.)
Phoebe: Eat 'em while they're hot.
Piper: Mmm, Pheebs, friendly little tip, lay off the hairspray, there's a fire starter
in the house. (Piper walks in the living room with the cookies. Tyler's there playing
a Game Boy.) My sister made some cookies, do you want some? Mm, I don't
blame you, it could be kinda dicey, she's not really a great cook. (Piper puts the
plate on the coffee table.) Why don't you try one? So, you know, her feelings don't
get hurt.
(Piper sits on the couch. Tyler takes a cookie and has a bite.)
Tyler: Can I have another?
Piper: Help yourself. You know, it's probably hard to believe but something
amazing has happened to you. You've been given a gift. And as strange as it
sounds, you're not alone, I know exactly what you're going through.
Tyler: Yeah, right, you start fires too.
Piper: Not exactly. But I do know what it's like to possess a power you can't
control. That you want so desperately to be normal but it's just not an option. And
because there aren't any options sometimes you get so angry that you wanna...
(She uses her power and blows up a vase of flowers.)
Tyler: Whoa, what was that? What did you just do?
Piper: I proved that I know what you're going through.
Tyler: But how did you do that?
Piper: Pretty much the same way you do. I've just learned how to focus my
emotions and control it.
Tyler: I wish I could control mine. Then I could be around people.
Piper: Is that why you ran away? Because you were afraid you might hurt
someone?
Tyler: I was scared. I set fire to the living room couch. I didn't mean to but my
foster mum was yelling at me that I was good for nothing and it made me so mad I
just...
(He sets fire to a chair. Piper jumps up.)
Piper: Whoa.
Tyler: I'm sorry. I'm sorry.
Piper: It's okay, in this house it's okay. (She freezes the fire.) I can also freeze
things.
Tyler: That's cool.
Piper: Leo? Could you get me some water?
[Cut to the kitchen. Phoebe is cooking. Leo walks in.]
Phoebe: Oh, Leo, I am so glad you came in, I have a very important question to
ask you.
Leo: What is it?
Phoebe: Do you think that little boy will be staying for lunch?
(Leo goes over to the sink and fills up a jug.)
Leo: Uh, I would imagine so. Uh, what's the important question?
Phoebe: That was it.
Leo: Really? Phoebe, are you feeling alright?
Phoebe: Peachy keen. (The phone rings.) Ooh, I'll get it. (Leo leaves. Phoebe
answers the phone.) Hello?
Cole: You gotta keep me from killing this slum lord. I've got a meeting in like ten
minutes with a guy who's the biggest ass.
Phoebe: Hold it, do not make me march down there and wash your mouth out with
soap, mister.
Cole: Huh?
Phoebe: Do you want me to twitch my nose and turn him into Mr. Nice?
Cole: No, I want to use an energy ball and send him where he belongs. The jerk
cut off the heat causing an elderly tenant to get pneumonia, then he tried to evict
her.
Phoebe: Okay, well, just relax and try to get through it and I will have a martini
waiting for you when I get home.
Cole: A martini?
Phoebe: Yeah, and a steak. You really need some more red meat in your diet.
Cole: What the hell are you talking about?
(The doorbell rings.)
Phoebe: Company. I have to go. (She hangs up.)
[Cut to the foyer. Piper heads for the door but Phoebe runs past her.]
Phoebe: I'll get it! (She opens the door and Tyler's foster parents are there.) Hello.
Mother: Hi.
Phoebe: Hi.
Father: Hi, we're looking for our son, Tyler. Is he here by any chance?
Phoebe: You betcha. Come on in. (They walk in.) Can I make you anything? A
sandwich, a Spanish omelette perhaps?
Piper: Wait, how did you know he was here?
Mother: Maternal instinct?
(The father knocks Piper down. Phoebe screams.)
Tyler: Piper!
Father: I got him.
(Piper gets up and blows up a clock. The mother throws an energy ball, hitting the
window. She throws another at Piper and Leo pushes her out the way.)
Tyler: Leave them alone!
Father: Nobody is keeping us from collecting our bounty.
Tyler: No, stop!
Mother: Shut up.
(Tyler gets mad and the two demons burst into flames, vanquishing them.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Tyler is upset.]
Tyler: I didn't mean to.
Piper: Tyler, you don't have to explain. We were there, we saw what happened.
Tyler: I thought I was gonna hurt someone. And then I did.
Leo: You did what you had to do.
Tyler: I did a bad thing.
Piper: Tyler, listen to me. Look at me. (He does so.) You didn't do a bad thing.
Those were very bad people and they were gonna hurt us, you protected us. Come
on, I wanna show you something. Come on, it's okay.
[Cut to the attic. Piper, Leo and Tyler walk over to the Book of Shadows.]
Tyler: A book?
Piper: Not just any book, it's a magical one. Can I trust you?
Tyler: Sure. Yeah.
(She picks up the book.)
Piper: Okay, let's find out who those people really were.
(They sit on a couch.)
Tyler: My foster parents?
Leo: They weren't really your foster parents, Tyler. They were...
(Piper opens the book.)
Piper: Demonic bounty hunters. Driven by greed, these heartless low level demons
will stop at nothing to collect their bounty.
Tyler: So if they're bad, does that mean that I didn't do anything bad?
Leo: That's right.
Tyler: Is there anything about me in there?
Piper: Actually I think there is. (She flips the page.) Here it is. You read.
Tyler: "A firestarter. An extremely rare and coveted magical creature." What does
coveted mean?
Piper: It means highly desirable, wanted.
Tyler: I'm wanted?
Piper: Very much so. "Their power is linked to their emotions. It first manifests
itself in adolescence. They're often trained to be the body guards of the Source."
(She looks at Leo.)
Tyler: What's the Source?
Piper: A really, really bad guy.
Leo: Which means he's probably resurfacing if the bounty hunters are after Tyler.
Tyler: So Ludlow must be a bounty hunter too then.
Piper: Who's Ludlow:?
Tyler: Some guy who runs some kind of academy. My demon parents were gonna
send me there.
Leo: To train. To serve the Source.
Tyler: So them I am bad.
Piper: Why do you say that?
Tyler: Well, if I'm supposed to use my powers to protect somebody bad...
Piper: No, but that's not how powers work. They're not good or bad by
themselves, it's how we use them.
Leo: Tyler, why don't you read a little more while I talk to Piper.
(Leo and Piper walk across the room.)
Piper: See, with a little guidance he's already on the road to acceptance and
control.
Leo: That's great, but I think we have another problem. I figured out how the
bounty hunters found out where Tyler is. They tracked his powers.
Piper: You mean when he blew up the chair?
Leo: Yeah. So when he vanquished them...
Piper: So there may be more bounty hunters on the way.
[Cut to the kitchen. Phoebe is there, cooking.]
Phoebe: (singing) "I'm making soup for Cole, he'll eat it in a bowl, I guess that's
my new role, just making soup for Cole."
(She puts some vegetables in a pot and goes over to the sink. A demon bounty
hunter appears.)
Bounty Hunter: Where's the fire starter?
(Phoebe turns around and screams.)
Phoebe: You nearly scared me half to death.
Bounty Hunter: The boy, now!
Phoebe: I don't like your tone of voice, mister.
(He gets an energy ball ready and Piper runs in and blows him up.)
Piper: Are you alright?
Phoebe: Yeah, no messy clean up.
Piper: Since when do you scream instead of fight?
Phoebe: Actually, I did consider scratching him.
Piper: That was another bounty hunter, which means more are just gonna keep
coming until Ludlow gets Tyler. Unless we get Ludlow first.
Phoebe: Ew, dishpan hands.
Piper: Leo and I can pose as bounty hunters, say that we have Tyler and we can
gain access to Ludlow and vanquish him.
Phoebe: Sure. Just as long as you're home for dinner.
Piper: But he's gotta be pretty powerful which means we might need the power of
three. Plus, bring Ludlow back here just in case, and call Paige and tell her to get
her butt back here as soon as possible.
Phoebe: Okey-dokey.
[Cut to South Bay Social Services. Paige is at her desk talking to a guy.]
Paige: Oh, god, I'll have everything done for you in one second, okay? (The phone
rings.) Uh, two secs. (She answer the phone.) Paige Matthews.
Phoebe: Serena? Sam.
Paige: Phoebe? Uh, look, I'm in the middle of about a zillion things. Can I just call
you back?
Phoebe: Piper wants you to come home. And I want you to bring your appetite.
Paige: Yeah, Phoebe, like I said, I'm in the middle of a zillion things.
(Suddenly, a man is pushed out of an office and crashes into a wall. Cole walks
out.)
Man: Back off! This is assault.
Cole: Yeah, well, it's better than what you do which is close to murder!
Paige: Oh my god, you would not believe what Cole is doing.
Phoebe: Cole... how is my little sweetie?
Cole: Get up you scum.
Man: I'll see you in court.
Cole: Yeah, you'll see me every time you look around.
(Cynthia rushes over.)
Cynthia: I don't believe this. Let go of him, what are you doing?
Cole: I want the heat turned back on for those tenants today. Do you hear me!
(The man leaves.)
Cynthia: This is not the way we do things around here.
Cole: Yeah, well, maybe you should. Or maybe I should just quit.
Cynthia: You're fired!
[Cut to the manor. Tyler is playing the Game Boy in the living room. Piper and
Leo are watching him from near by.]
Piper: He looks so normal.
Leo: Are you sure we should let him play those games? Aren't they kind of
violent?
Tyler: Darn it.
(He starts to get mad but calms down.)
Leo: Looks like he's learning to handle his power.
Piper: He wouldn't been given them if he couldn't.
Leo: Is that what you think of you and your sisters?
Piper: I don't know, maybe. All I do know is that when we finally got our powers
back, it felt like we were scrambling to catch up. And I can't help but think if we
had our powers from day one we would have been more prepared. Things would
have turned out different.
Leo: Prue would still be alive?
Piper: And the Source would be dead. And we would be on our way to having a
family as apposed to just talking about it.
Leo: Life would be perfect.
Piper: Not perfect, just easier.
(Paige and Cole walk in through the front door.)
Paig: Obviously when I recommended you for the job I thought you were a former
demon.
Cole: You know, do me a favour, Paige, and don't do me anymore favours.
(Leo and Piper walk into the foyer.)
Piper: Good, Paige, you're home.
Paige: Yeah, but not for long. I have to go back to work unlike Cole here.
Cole: The legal aid didn't work out for me. See I thought lawyers were supposed to
seek out justice.
Piper: Okay, we've got bigger problems. The Source wants Tyler. So let's focus on
the pressing matter at hand.
(Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Lunch!
Cole: Phoebe.
Phoebe: Darling, oh, what a pleasant surprise.
Cole: Are you feeling okay?
(Phoebe's face turns grey, then back to normal.)
Phoebe: Oh, yeah, happy as a clam, why?
Piper: What was that?
Phoebe: What was what?
Cole: You just flashed... black and white.
Phoebe: Oh, don't be silly. (laughs)
Paige: Oh, he's not being silly, we all saw it.
Phoebe: Uh. (laughs again)
Piper: Okay, we don't have time for this. We've gotta get to Ludlow before the
Source does. So Cole, fix Phoebe, I don't care how you do it, just do it. She needs
to write a spell.
Cole: Uh, which spell?
Piper: A power of three spell, in case Leo and I have no choice but to lure Ludlow
back here.
(A timer goes off from the kitchen.)
Phoebe: Oh, the biscuits are ready.
(She goes back in the kitchen.)
Leo: We'll need some proof of Ludlow that we actually have Tyler.
Piper: We're gonna take his jacket.
(Tyler walks in.)
Tyler: Why can't I come with you?
Piper: Because it's too dangerous.
Tyler: But I can protect myself. Besides, I helped yo out before didn't I?
Piper: This is different.
Leo: Okay, everyone, be ready, be prepared, no surprises.
(He orbs out with Piper and Tyler jumps on Leo's back, orbing out with them.)
[Cut to outside Ludlow's academy. Piper and Leo orbs in with Tyler. Tyler jumps
off Leo's back.]
Piper: Hey! What happened?
Leo: He jumped the orb.
Piper: Dude, you are so going back right now!
(Bounty hunters appear and surround them.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Outside Ludlow's academy. Continued from before.]
Bounty Hunter #1: Who are you? What are you doing here?
Leo: We, ah, got lost.
Bounty Hunter #1: The academy is protected by charms which means you can't
fnd the place unless you're looking for it. Kill them.
(They get their energy balls ready.)
Piper: Whoa, whoa, whoa.
(She freezes them.)
Leo: Let's get out of here.
Tyler: Not going.
Piper: You wanna bet? (Tyler runs for the gate. Piper and Leo chase him.) Hey, I
said no.
(He stops.)
Tyler: Look, just listen to me. They don't know I'm a firestarter yet. Once they do,
they'll take us right to Ludlow. Isn't that what we want?
Piper: No, not at your expense. And I'm not gonna let you go in there.
Tyler: And I don't wanna spend the rest of my life with bad guys chasing me.
Leo: He's right. Wherever we take him, they'll eventually find him.
Piper: Yeah, if something happens to him...
Tyler: They won't hurt me, remember? I'm coveted.
Leo: If he tags along, it might double your chances of getting Ludlow and not
having to go home.
Tyler: I'd like to do something good for once.
Piper: Alright, but you stay next to me. And if anything goes wrong we are out of
there.
Tyler: Okay.
Piper: This better work. (She unfreezes the bounty hunters and they throw the
energy balls, hitting the gate. They turn around.) Hi.
Bounty Hunter #1: How'd you...
Piper: We're bounty hunters, we need to see Ludlow.
Bounty Hunter #1: Who's the kid?
Tyler: I'm not a kid, I'm a firestarter.
Leo: So you gonna let us in or not?
Bounty Hunter #1: What's the password?
Leo: Password? (He looks at Piper.) Uh...
(Piper blows up bounty hunter #1.)
Bounty Hunter #2: That was it. You're in.
(They open the gate.)
[Scene: Manor. Bathroom. Phoebe is having a bubble bath. Cole walks in.]
Phoebe: Oh, hey, honey.
Cole: What are you doing? This is no time to be taking a bath. Piper might be
home any minute and she's counting on you to write a spell.
Phoebe: Oh, I tried, and I only got as far as "Hey, demon!" and then my mind went
blank.
(She blows bubbles off her hand and grins.)
Cole: Look, I don't know what's happening to you. It might be some backfired
spell, or curse or something but you've gotta snap out of it, there's work to be done.
Phoebe: Yeah. Hey, why aren't you at the office?
Cole: Because I quit my job.
Phoebe: You what?
Cole: I don't think I'm cut out for that nine to five life.
Phoebe: Oh, honey, what will you do?
Cole: I don't know, I'm still searching for who I am. But I know who you are
which is a demon fighting, ass kicking witch who never lets her sisters down. So
get out of that bath and show me what you're made of!
(Phoebe stands up. She turns black and white.)
Phoebe: Better?
Paige: Hey, Cole, how's your progress going... (She walks in and sees Phoebe.)
Oh, god, full frontal Phoebe. Sorry.
(She looks away.)
Cole: She just, she just flashed.
Paige: Yeah, I got that.
Cole: No-no, she just flashed black and white.
Paige: Again? She's like an old TV that's on the blink or something.
Cole: Hey, uh, maybe that's the connection. The-the TV show Bewitched, is that in
black and white or colour?
Paige: Originally black and white.
Phoebe: Brrr... I'm very chilly. (She shivers.)
Paige: Uh, Phoebe, sit down. (She does so.) Why are you asking me about
Bewitched?
Cole: Because Phoebe was worried about becoming an old fashioned housewife
like Samantha and it might be fine for some people, but for Phoebe, that could be
kind of dangerous. So I'll take care of her, and you need to write the power of three
spell.
Paige: No, I-I've never done that before.
Cole: Well, you're gonna have to learn fast, so go, hurry. (She leaves. Cole grabs a
towel.) You.
Phoebe: Yeah.
Cole: You're coming with me.
Phoebe: Ooh, rarrr.
(She stands up and Cole wraps the towel around her.)
[Scene: Ludlow's academy. A demon is leading Piper, Leo and Tyler down a
hallway.]
Tyler: (whispering) So we're gonna try to take him out, right?
Leo: Shh.
Piper: Yes, I will go in first.
Tyler: What if I can't, I mean, I have to get angry for my power to work don't I?
Piper: So?
Tyler: So what if I'm just scared instead? What if it doesn't work?
(They walk up some stairs and approach a door.)
Demon: Just walk through that door.
Leo: Through the door?
Demon: Yes, through the door.
(They walk through the door and end up in Ludlow's office.)
Leo: Where is he?
Piper: Ludlow!
(Ludlow appears in a chair behind his desk.)
Ludlow: So, you brought the alleged firestarter. You've given us quite the run
around, haven't you boy? I said haven't you boy?
Tyler: Yes.
Ludlow: Yes what?
Tyler: Yes sir.
Ludlow: No one teaches manners anymore.
Piper: About our payment, see we don't want any surprises. (She tries to freeze
him.) Yeah, 'cause we hate surprises.
(She tries to freeze him again.)
Ludlow: What are you doing? What, are you afraid that I'll grab the boy and stiff
you? If the child is a firestarter you'll get your reward. If he's not, you'll all die.
Leo: Well, Tyler is a firestarter so that won't be an issue.
Ludlow: Prove it.
Piper: (to Tyler) Go ahead. Give him everything you got.
(Tyler gets mad but nothing happens.)
Ludlow: What, not even a flicker?
Piper: Okay, he's just a little scared.
Ludlow: Oh, that's ridiculous. Don't be scared, boy. (He walks around his desk.)
You're closing in on one of the most important moment of your life. Prove what
you are and you'll meet the Source. The most powerful evil that exists in the
universe.
Piper: Yeah, okay, see, that's not helping.
Ludlow: Do it.
Piper: He's just a kid.
Ludlow: Do it, boy.
Piper: I mean it, lay off of him.
Ludlow: Insolent! How dare you!
Tyler: No! (He gets mad and Ludlow bursts into flames. The flames die down and
Ludlow laughs.)
Ludlow: Excellent! Well done.
(Frost shoots out of Ludlow's hand and hits Tyler. Tyler is knocked unconscious
and falls onto a chair.)
Piper: What did you do to him?
Ludlow: Just a precaution until the Source arrives. To kill him and steal his power.
Piper: But...
Ludlow: Your bounty's outside.
(He flicks his arm and Piper and Leo fly through the door.)
[Cut to outside. Piper and Leo land on the ground. The gates close. They stand up.]
Piper: Leo, hurry, go get him.
(Leo orbs out. The gate sparks and Leo orbs back in, falling to the ground.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Outside the academy. Piper tries several times to blow up the gate.]
Piper: It's the force shield, I can't blast through it.
Leo: I'll go get your sisters.
Piper: Leo...
Leo: I know, hurry.
(He orbs out.)
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Phoebe, Paige and Cole are there. Phoebe is sitting on a
chair knitting. She flicks black and white and back to normal. Leo orbs in.]
Leo: It's a disaster there. Ludlow has Tyler.
Cole: It's a disaster here too.
Leo: Piper needs her sisters immediately.
Phoebe: Oh, I'll be right with you, as soon as I finish this sleeve.
Leo: A child is in danger, Phoebe. We need you now.
Phoebe: Phoebe? Who's Phoebe?
Paige: She can't go with you. She doesn't even know who she is anymore.
Phoebe: I beg your pardon, I know exactly who I am. I am Mrs. Cole Turner.
Cole: This is all wrong. Ever since I put that ring on your finger you've been acting
strange.
Phoebe: You mean I've been acting normal.
Cole: Which is strange for you, you know. I've gotta be honest, if this is what
being married to you is gonna be like, you can take that ring off now.
(She stands up.)
Phoebe: I will not. This ring is a symbol of our love.
Paige: That's it. The ring, we've gotta get it off.
Phoebe: Over my dead body.
Paige: Won't be necessary. Grams' ring please.
(The ring orbs into Paige's hand.)
Phoebe: No.
(Paige looks at the ring.)
Paige: It's got an inscription. "To gain another, to lose oneself."
Cole: Grams cursed the ring, why?
Leo: I don't know, good question. (Phoebe sits down. She's stopped flashing.)
Look.
(Cole kneels beside her.)
Cole: You feeling better?
Phoebe: I feel a little faint.
Paige: Can you hold it together? We've gotta go.
Phoebe: I don't know. I'm still a little confused.
Cole: Well, nothing will remind you of who you are better than saving an
innocent, now go to work.
[Cut to outside the academy. Leo orbs in with Phoebe and Paige.]
Piper: I can't get in, you've gotta write a spell.
Paige: Are you up to it?
Phoebe: I think so. "Uh, door lock, no magic block."
Piper: That's it?
Phoebe: Come here.
(They stand beside each other.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Door lock, no magic block."
(The gate sparks. Piper goes over and touches the gate. It electrocutes her.)
Phoebe: Honey, maybe we should go back and check the Book of Shadows again.
Piper: I can't leave Tyler here.
Paige: It doesn't look like you have much of a choice.
Tyler: (from the building) No! Please, don't hurt me!
Piper: Stand back.
(Piper tries to blow up the gate.)
Tyler: No! (She tries to blow up the gate.) Don't hurt me!
(She uses all her strength and blows up the gate. Piper walks in.)
Phoebe: (to Paige) What was that?
Paige: I think you just saw a mother lift a car off her child.
[Cut to inside the academy. Tyler is lying on a table, covered in ice. Ludlow is
waving his hands above Tyler.]
Ludlow: All the pain is over. Soon you will serve the Source.
(The door is blown up and Piper storms in, followed by Phoebe, Paige and Leo.)
Piper: I'm back!
Ludlow: I paid you your bounty.
Piper: Yeah, that's not what I'm after. (She tries to blow him up but only wounds
him. He falls back.) (to Phoebe) Power of three spell?
Phoebe: I don't have one.
Paige: I did one.
(She gets out a piece of paper.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "The brittle winter gives way to flowers of spring, Ludlow
is vanquished."
(Ludlow yells and blows up.)
Phoebe: What the hell was that?
(They rush over to Tyler.)
Paige: It was a Haiku. I couldn't do the rhyming thing.
Piper: Leo, he's frozen.
Leo: I got him. (Leo holds his hands above Tyler.)
Piper: He's starting to warm up.
(The ice disappears.)
Leo: He's gonna make it. Let's get back to the gate and orb home.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Leo and Tyler are there. Piper picks up a glass of
blue liquid.]
Piper: Are you sure you wanna do this? It's completely up to you.
Tyler: Yeah, I'm sure.
Piper: It's an awful lot to give up.
Tyler: No, it's not. Not for me.
Piper: Alright, here you go. (She hands him the glass.) It'll bind your powers, it
won't strip them but it'll bind them. (He drinks the potion and burps.) Say excuse
me.
Tyler: Excuse me.
Piper: Ludlow's right, nobody teaches manners anymore.
(Piper puts the glass in the sink.)
Tyler: Do you think it worked?
Leo: Try it, look at something and get mad. Just think of Ludlow.
(He looks at a pot plant and gets mad. Nothing happens.)
Tyler: I didn't hurt it. I'm normal.
Piper: Whatever that means. (Tyler starts to run off.) Whoa, whoa, whoa, where
you going?
Tyler: To play video games.
(He runs off.)
Piper: Ah.
Leo: Still wanna have a baby?
Piper: Mm-hmm, I'm just not ready for an adolescent yet.
Leo: Paige said she found a pretty good family, not too far from here.
Piper: I'm glad because I want visitation rights. Plus, you know, I have to be in
touch in case he ever wants his powers back.
Leo: You think he will?
Piper: I don't know. He's a surprising kid.
Leo: Like the piggy-back orb?
Piper: I was so focused on how I was going to guide him, then he ended up
guiding me.
Leo: How?
Piper: Well, you know how I was upset with Grams for binding our powers,
leaving us unprepared for our magical future.
Leo: You mentioned it once or twice.
Piper: Well, now I see the wisdom in her decision. I mean, she realised someday
we were gonna have to battle demons. But she always realised that children
shouldn't live in fear. The need to feel safe, and explore, and learn and grow. I still
think magic is a gift, that Grams gave us the greatest gift of all. A normal
childhood, the gift of innocence. (They hug.)
[Cut to the bathroom. Phoebe and Cole are taking a bath together. Cole splashes
some water and Phoebe giggles.]
Phoebe: Okay, okay, stop splashing! I'll say it. Cole Turner is the greatest lawyer
in all the world.
Cole: Greatest unemployed lawyer in all of the world. Although Mr. Yates did
respond to my persuasive argument and got the tenants heat back on.
Phoebe: And he's not gonna press charges?
Cole: Nope. He's lawyer thought the case would raise more issues than it closed.
Phoebe: I am so proud of you.
(They kiss.)
Cole: And that I was colourful.
Phoebe: I think I figured out what Grams did to this ring here. (She picks it up.)
Cole: Did you now.
Phoebe: I think from making a seventh mistake, she put a hex on the ring, so that
if she ever got engaged again the ring would remind her about what she hated
about marriage.
Cole: Mmm, the loss of identity, the subjugation by a man to focus on housework.
Phoebe: All those things that I was afraid of.
Cole: But Grams was from a different era, that's not gonna happen to us. Sitting
and knitting is not the woman you are, just like sitting and typing is not the man I
am.
Phoebe: No, I can't picture you doing that.
(She pulls a funny face and pretends to type. She giggles.)
Cole: But you can picture us together or are you still freaked out by marriage that
you don't...
Phoebe: No. I wanna marry you. We just have to work extra hard that none of us
loses our identity. And as for Grams and her notion of marriage... (She pulls the
plug.) We can watch that go down the drain.
(She throws the ring into the bath and it does down the drain. They kiss.)
                                         End
       4.13 Charmed and
           dangerous
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe and Paige carry an unconscious Piper in, who has
scratches over her face. They put her on the floor and sit beside her.]
Phoebe: Piper, come on, it's time. Can you wake up? Can you do this? You can do
it, come on.
Paige: Maybe we should call Leo.
Phoebe: No, we can still make this plan work.
(The Source flames in. He walks slowly over to the girls.)
The Source: Seems almost anti-climatic after all this time, doesn't it? Say hello to
Prue for me.
(A ball of fire appears in his right hand. He throws it at Paige and she orbs out
before it can hit her. Piper gains consciousness.)
Phoebe: Piper, now. Now!
(Piper blows up the Source, but straight away gets put back together.)
Paige: Crystals, circle!
(The crystals on the table orb out and orb back in on the floor in a circle
surrounding the Source. Four electric bolts surround him. He throws a fire ball and
it rebounds off the electric bolts, vanquishing him.
[Cut to the underground. The Source's cave. The Source and the Seer are there. The
Seer's eyes are white from looking into the future. They return to normal.]
The Source: Well? What did you see?
Seer: I saw your demise.
The Source: My demise? That cannot be.
Seer: You know how powerful my visions are. More so even more than the
Oracle's were and more accurate.
The Source: You mean to tell me that with all the powers at my disposal, all I've
learned about them, in the end I still lose? How is that possible?
Seer: The Charmed Ones' power will simply be greater than yours. I mean no
disrespect. I only speak of what I see.
The Source: If I don't prevail what difference does it make?
Seer: There must be another way.
The Source: No! With the Hollow I will render witches powerless. Then I will
destroy them. Even if it means destroying us all.
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Dining room. Piper and Leo are sitting at the table. Piper slides a
sheet of paper over to Leo.]
Leo: Do I really need to think about this now?
Piper: Yes.
Leo: Why?
Piper: Because the Source has already killed one of us. And if god forbid it
happens again we want to be prepared. You should be honoured that if we don't
make it we're leaving you everything.
(Phoebe and Cole run in.)
Phoebe: Hey guys! Guess what?
Leo: What makes you think I'm gonna out live you anyway?
Piper: Leo, you're an angel, literally. Which means short of a Darklighter, you win
most likely to survive.
Phoebe: Oh! Speaking of surviving, Source bulletin, this just in.
(She holds up a piece of paper.)
Piper: Honey, just sign the freakin' thing. (Cole whistles.) What?
Cole: Phoebe has something she'd like to say that actually might affect what you're
doing here.
Phoebe: Thank you, honey. We nailed the Source vanquishing spell. (She hands
Piper the piece of paper.) Our ancestors. That's what we were missing. If we could
draw the magic from the entire Halliwell line...
Piper: We might have enough power to vanquish the Source.
Phoebe: Yes.
Piper: This is good! This might work.
Leo: I'll go tell the Elders. (He orbs out.)
Piper: Hey! You did not sign this!
Phoebe: Oh, honey, are you still on that will and testament kick? I gotta tell you,
it's very, very morbid.
Piper: No, it's very, very responsible. Prue did it and thank god she did, 'cause if
she didn't we'll still be dealing with lawyers. (to Cole) No offence.
Cole: Oh, none taken. I've come to terms with my evil past.
Phoebe: No, I know what you're saying but I have a really good feeling about this,
okay? No one is gonna die any time soon.
(She touches Cole and has a premonition. In it, a demon throws a fireball at Phoebe
but Cole takes the fireball instead for her.)
Cole: You right?
Phoebe: Yeah, um, I just have the hiccups. (She hiccups.) Ooh, see? Uh, Piper, can
I talk to you for a minute in the kitchen?
(She hiccups.)
Piper: Sure. (They walk into the kitchen.) Phoebe, with or without the Source we
still need a will. Especially if I'm gonna start a family.
Phoebe: This isn't about the will. This is about a premonition I just had that I don't
want Cole to know about.
Piper: What do you mean? Why not?
Phoebe: Because I just saw him jump in front of a demon to take a fireball for me,
that's why not.
Piper: A demon? What kind of demon?
Phoebe: One with a half a face.
Piper: Yuck!
Phoebe: Yeah, so we have to figure out who the demon is and vanquish him
before Cole...
Piper: What if we need Cole to ID him? I mean, the Source probably sent this
demon.
Phoebe: That's exactly my point. He's gonna wanna stay close to protect me.
Piper: Well, honey, that's what you do for people you love.
Phoebe: I know, Piper, but he's human now, it's not like he can fend off a fireball.
Piper: Well, you can't you talk to him?
Phoebe: No, I've tried. He's not gonna sit by the sidelines, it's not who he is.
Piper: So you're not gonna tell him?
Phoebe: The attack happened in the attic. So I'll just keep him out of the house
until I can ID the demon.
Piper: Alright, it's your relationship, it's your call. I'll let Paige know what's up. As
long as you're sure.
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige, Darryl and a woman are in a room.]
Paige: Trust me, I'm sure.
Darryl: The judge just wants to hear the truth, that's all.
Paige: Everything is gonna be okay.
Woman: Yeah, but once he hears about all the awful things I've done.
Paige: Done as in past tense.
Woman: My past is why I lost custody of my son in the first place.
Paige: Look, we're not gonna pretend that you weren't in an abusive relationship or
that you didn't go to rehab.
Woman: It's just that I made so many mistakes.
Paige: Your ex is out of your life, okay? You've been clean and sober for almost
two years now and you've held down a steady job at a police station no less.
Darryl: You've changed, that's all that matters.
Paige: The judge just cares about who you are, not about who you were. And that's
what's gonna get your son back. (Paige's phone rings.) Oh, excuse me. (Paige
leaves the room.) This is not a good time I'm in the middle of something important.
Piper: (whispering) Does a half a face demon qualify as important?
Paige: He's there now?
Piper: No.
Paige: Well, then it doesn't qualify.
Piper: (whispering) Phoebe had a premonition and not a good one.
Paige: I know why I'm whispering, why are you?
[Cut to the manor. Piper's on the phone in the dining room. Phoebe and Cole walk
into the foyer.]
Phoebe: So it keeps making like this brrr-brrr noise.
Cole: But it's not even your car.
Phoebe: No, I don't want Piper to be driving it and have it break down. Look, if
you can just take it to the mechanic and have him look at it that'd be great.
Piper: (from the dining room) Phoebe, that thing you were talking about, day or
night thing?
Phoebe: Night.
Cole: What thing?
Phoebe: It's nothing important.
Cole: There's nothing wrong with Piper's car is there?
Phoebe: No.
Cole: But you want me to leave don't you?
Phoebe: Yes.
Cole: And you don't wanna tell me why?
Phoebe: If you could just give us a couple of hours, don't ask any questions.
Please, please.
Cole: You'll tell me later?
Phoebe: I promise. (She gives him a quick kiss and he leaves.) I love that man.
Piper: (on the phone) Paige, look, this could be the attack we've been waiting for.
You need to come home now.
[Cut to Paige.]
Paige: Phoebe's premonition happened at night, right?
Piper: Right.
Paige: Okay, well, you know how long I've been working with Caroline. I
promised her I'd be at the hearing today.
Piper: Okay, fine, but you need to come home as soon as you can.
Paige: Okay. (She hangs up. Darryl and Caroline come out of the room.)
Darryl: So we're gonna meet outside the court room at 3:00, right?
Paige: Yeah.
Caroline: Paige, is everything alright?
Paige: Peachy. All you have to do is relax and by tonight your son is going to be
with you.
Caroline: God, I don't know what I'd do without you. You're my angel.
Paige: Oh. (She hugs her.)
[Scene: An ancient burial ground. Good and Evil are there playing chess. Good is
wearing a white robe with a halo above her head. Evil is wearing a black robe.
Good is sitting in front of the board, meditating. Evil is standing near by.]
Evil: Make a damned move.
(Good opens her eyes.)
Good: You're just mad because good is winning.
Evil: No, just bored, standing there watching you think.
Good: A-a-ah. Patience is a virtue.
Evil: Oh, I have been plenty patient. Three thousand, five hundred years patient.
Good: Hmm. (She points her finger at the board and a piece moves to another
square.) There, happy now?
(Evil moves a piece across and smashes Good's piece. Good frowns.)
Evil: Now who's winning.
(The Source flames in. Good stands next to Evil.)
Good: You need to leave immediately. This place is an ancient burial ground.
The Source: I know that. Thank you.
Evil: With all do respect, you are not allowed to be here.
The Source: Have you forgotten who I am? Whose side you're on?
Good: There are no sides. We protect all magic. That was the agreement.
(The Source throws a fireball at Good and vanquishes her.)
The Source: The agreement's just been revoked.
(Evil throws an electric bolt at the Source and he falls to the ground. When he
stands back up, his hood flips back to reveal his greenish-yellow skin and his
mutilated face.)
Evil: Please. The Halliwells are a threat to us all. It's power is too great.
The Source: That's exactly the power I need.
(The Source pushes him across the room. The Source goes over to a large door. He
struggles to open it. A rectangular box is floating in the middle of the room. He
makes it float over to him. He walks over to Evil.)
Evil: No, please don't. The Hollow consumes powers!
(The Source opens the box and millions of black bee-like creatures fly into Evil
through his eye sockets. The Source closes the box.)
The Source: Now you'll be able to consume powers. And give them to me.
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Phoebe are there looking through the Book of
Shadows.]
Phoebe: So, we found a demon with half a body but no demon with half a face.
Piper: Well, we do have a resident demonologist living in the house.
Phoebe: Yeah, we've had that conversation.
Piper: Alright. You keep looking, I'll go get some coffee.
Phoebe: Okay. (Piper leaves the room and Evil appears.) Piper!
(Evil throws an electric bolt at Phoebe and she is thrown against a mirror. It
smashes and she falls to the floor. Piper runs in and tries to blow him up.)
Evil: Thank you.
(She spots a knife on the table and runs for it. Evil blows up a sewing machine in
front of her. She grabs the knife and throws it at Evil. It gets stuck in his neck and
vanquishes him. The black bee-like creatures fly away.)
Piper: Phoebe, did you see that? Phoebe? (Phoebe falls on her stomach, showing
large pieces of glass stuck in her back.) Phoebe!
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Phoebe and Leo are there. Leo pulls the glass out of
Phoebe's back. He starts to heal her.]
Piper: What's taking so long?
Leo: She almost died, that's what's taking so long.
(He heals her. Phoebe looks up.)
Phoebe: What happened?
Piper: One very mean demon.
Phoebe: And did you get him?
Piper: Yes. But, uh, something else got away. And that's not all. (She picks up a
vase and hands it to Leo.) Throw this. Just do it. (He throws it in the air and she
tries to freeze it. It smashes on the floor.) My powers are gone.
Phoebe: It stole your powers?
Piper: It stole, ate, absorbed, I don't know. The only thing I do know is that I've
gotta get them back.
(Piper walks over to the Book of Shadows.)
Phoebe: I don't understand. We vanquish a demon and then lose our powers. How
does that work?
Leo: That thing must have absorbed your powers somehow although I don't know
how.
Phoebe: Oh, well, with the Source lurking around.
(Piper turns to a page in the Book of Shadows.)
Piper: That's him, this is him. "Guardians of the Hollow" ring any bells?
Leo: That's not possible.
Piper: Why not, what is it?
Leo: Because the Hollow is something that consumes all magic good or evil and
both sides agreed to guard. That thing must have been the Hollow, it must have
taken over the demon.
Phoebe: Well, then how do we get it to regurgitate?
Piper: Hmm, there's no mention of a vanquish here.
Leo: You can't vanquish it. The last time it was unleashed it nearly decimated all
magic, all things.
Phoebe: The last time it was unleashed?
Leo: Eons ago. Good and evil had to join forces and use their strongest magic and
even then all they could do is contain it.
Phoebe: Okay, so if good and evil are seeing eye to eye on this one, who let it out?
Piper: The Source.
Leo: If he was desperate enough.
Piper: Which means he won't stop at just my powers, he's gonna send another
demon for yours and Paige's.
Phoebe: The demon with a half a face, see if he's in the book.
Leo: Even if you could use your powers you wouldn't be able to because they
would just steal them.
Phoebe: Then how do we stop him?
Piper: We'll use potions instead. I'll make one to replace my exploding power.
Leo: Okay, you better get Paige. You're gonna need the power of three. I'll go
check with the Elders.
(He orbs out.)
Phoebe: On a scale from one to bad...
[Cut to Paige outside the court room. Darryl is standing beside her.]
Paige: This is very bad. Something must have happened to her.
Darryl: She seemed pretty shaky this morning, you don't think she...
Paige: No. No, she wouldn't sabotage this, not when she's come this close to
getting her son back.
Darryl: Yeah, well, I believe you, but will the judge.
Paige: God, I hope her ex didn't find her. (Her phone rings and she answers it.)
Caroline? Oh, hey, Phoebe. Look, I'm gonna need more time... Oh... Okay, I'm on
my way. (She hangs up.) I've gotta go.
Darryl: You can't just leave. You're the only reason why she's getting a second
chance.
Paige: Well, now it's up to you. I have to go, it's a demonic emergency. A big one.
Darryl: Okay. What do you need me to do?
Paige: I need you to post pone the hearing for a couple of hours.
Darryl: You know better than that. You can't just post pone legal proceedings,
there are forms to file...
Paige: Pleased, Darryl. Can you please pull some strings and buy us some time If
we don't help her there is no one who will.
Darryl: Okay, I'll try.
Paige: Thanks. Just keep paging her, trying her at home, we have got to find her.
[Cut to the manor. Kitchen. Piper and Phoebe are making a potion. Phoebe hands
Piper a feather.]
Phoebe: Here you go, one owl feather.
Piper: Do you think I jinxed us? With the will? Maybe it wasn't such a great idea.
Phoebe: Actually, I'm beginning to think it was a very smart idea.
Piper: That's not so funny.
Phoebe: Trust me, I know.
(Cole walks in.)
Cole: Hi. Am I back too soon?
Phoebe: Um...
Piper: Um, we need his help. No time to be evasive.
Cole: Help for what? Well, it's obvious you're making a potion so what is it you're
not telling me?
Phoebe: Um, I had a premonition. A demon attacked and you jumped in front of a
fireball to save me.
Cole: What? You can't keep these things from me.
Phoebe: I was just trying to protect you.
Cole: Well, that's not a good enough reason.
Piper: Uh, hate to interrupt but maybe we should talk about the demon.
Cole: What'd he look like?
Phoebe: Creepy, half face, and his good side has tribal markings, a little bit like...
Cole: Belthazor.
Phoebe: A little bit. Do you know who he is? Does he work for the Source?
Cole: He doesn't work for the Source, Phoebe, he is the Source. His face was
disfigured in the battle that brought him to power. Only upper level demons have
seen it. You should have told me.
Piper: So he's the one that released the Hollow.
Cole: The Hollow? What do you mean released?
Phoebe: It already attacked us. It took Piper's power.
Cole: Well, then you'd better figure out a way to beat the Source without your
powers otherwise...
(Piper's potion explodes.)
Piper: Already on it.
[Scene: Underworld. The Source's cave. The Source and the Seer are there. The
Source blows up a pot and then freezes the shattered pieces in mid-air.]
The Source: The witch's powers are impressive.
Seer: Nevertheless, do you think it's wise to have extracted them from the Hollow?
There could be repercussions.
The Source: Damn the repercussions, Seer! I won't stop until I have all three of
their powers coursing through my veins. You understand me? (He unfreezes the
pot.) I can't risk going against them myself, until I do.
Seer: No one wins while the Hollow runs free.
The Source: I control the Hollow.
Seer: For now. But the more magic it absorbs the more stronger it becomes. And
the more you extract from it, the more it corrupts you until it consumes all things
including you.
The Source: Unless you wanna face eternity as a pile of ash, I suggest you stop
questioning me and do as I say!
(The Seer bows her head. The Source summons a Darklighter. The Darklighter
kneels down.)
Darklighter: How can I be of service?
The Source: I want the Charmed Ones, Darklighter.
Darklighter: But my arrows don't kill witches.
(The Source picks up the Hollow box.)
The Source: But they do kill Whitelighters. I want you to kill theirs so he can't
heal them anymore. (He goes over to the Darklighter and opens the box. Millions
of bee-like creatures fly into the Darklighter through his eye sockets.) And when
you've done that, then I want you to bring me a little gift.
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Cole are there. Paige lays five
crystals on the floor.]
Paige: Five magic crystals oriented east to west. Magic circle, check.
(Piper pours a white liquid into another white liquid and it turns purple.)
Piper: Oh, purple good, purple equals exploding power. Exploding power, check.
Phoebe: One fabulously written Source vanquishing spell, check.
Cole: Don't get cocky.
Phoebe: Not cocky, confident.
Piper: We are talking about the Source of all evil, maybe measured optimism is
best.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: The Source unleashed the Hollow.
Piper: Already on that train, honey. It took my powers. Anything else?
Leo: Good and evil magic need to join forces and read the inscription on the box
where the Hollow is kept. That will put it back in its crypt and return your powers.
Piper: Okay, so at least we know how to vanish it, this is good news.
Phoebe: Good news if the Source brings the box and we could find an evil being
willing to to help.
Paige: Hey, Cole, too bad you're not still evil.
Cole: One step at a time. First we vanquish the Source, then we'll worry about
putting Pandora back in its box.
(The phone rings. Paige answers it.)
Paige: Hello? Hey, Darryl. (listens) Oh, no. (She walks into the dining room.) Are
you sure she's gonna be okay?
Darryl: Yeah, the ER doctor said there's no internal bleeding. She still got beat up
pretty bad.
Paige: Damn it, how did he find her?
Darryl: I have no idea. But I've got every available officer out there looking for
him.
Paige: What about the hearing?
Darryl: I got it postponed for an hour from now, but I doubt we're gonna find him
by then. Look, Paige, with their history this doesn't look good.
(Paige sighs and hangs up. Leo walks in.)
Leo: We need you in the kitchen.
(Paige heads for the kitchen but stops.)
Paige: You know, Leo, I have my charges too. (The Darklighter smokes in and
points his arrow at Leo.) Leo! (The Darklighter shoots and the arrow hits Leo. Cole
walks in.) Crossbow!
Cole: No, your powers.
(The Darklighter absorbs her powers. Piper and Phoebe walk in.)
Piper: Leo!
(She runs over to him. The Darklighter points the crossbow at Paige.)
Phoebe: Paige, watch out.
(Paige ducks behind a wall. Phoebe throws the potion at the Darklighter and he
explodes.)
Piper: Oh, no.
                                Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Leo is lying on the couch in a lot of pain. Piper is
holding onto one end of the arrow.]
Piper: Ready? Paige, hold his hand. (She does so. Piper pulls out the arrow and
Leo screams. She puts the arrow on the coffee table.) Paige, don't touch that you're
a Whitelighter too. (Leo breathes heavily.) You're okay, just lie back. Easy.
Leo: Still bossing everyone around, huh?
Piper: You'd better believe it.
Paige: I don't understand, how come you can heal us but you can't heal yourself.
Leo: It just doesn't work that way.
Piper: Yeah, but you can switch powers with Phoebe, like we did before.
Leo: No! Look, if The Source comes and Phoebe doesn't have her powers, you
don't stand a chance. I mean it. I'm still your Whitelighter.
Piper: Well, who's bossing whom around now? Paige, go tell Phoebe to find
something else, a spell, an amulet, whatever. Go!
(Paige walks into the conservatory where Phoebe and Cole are.)
Phoebe: It'll never work.
Paige: Will anything?
Phoebe: I don't know.
Paige: So, what, we're all just gonna die?
Cole: You can't think that way.
Paige: Why not? Isn't that what we're all thinking anyway?
Phoebe: We'll figure a way out of this.
Paige: How? The Source knew we'd be prepared, that's why he came after our
powers. The Source knew we had an in-house healer, that's why he came after Leo.
He knows what we're gonna do before we even do.
Phoebe: Well, it's not over yet. I still have my power.
Paige: Great. Two down.
[Scene: Underworld. The Source's cave. The Source and the Seer are there. The
Seer is looking into the future.]
The Source: One to go. (He walks over to the Seer.) What is it? What do you see?
Tell me.
Seer: I see nothing.
The Source: What do you mean? Do I or do I not have the power to defeat the
witches?
Seer: You misunderstood. I see nothing. No magic, no life, no world. The Hollow
will consume everything just as I warned.
The Source: Then if there's no future I have no further need for you, do I, Seer?
Seer: Please, I beg you. Find another way. Put the Hollow back where it belongs.
The Source: Not until I'm finished. Not until I've killed them all.
Seer: But that's madness. The Hollow won't let you stop there.
The Source: Then so be it!
Seer: Forgive me. I serve you as always, even until the end.
The Source: Guard the Hollow. I have one more demon to recruit. One more
power to obtain.
(He flames out. The Seer touches to box and looks into the future.)
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper walks in with a glass of water. She slows down
when she sees Leo not moving.]
Piper: Leo?
(Leo groans.)
Leo: Hey.
(Piper breathes a sigh of relief.)
Piper: Hey. (She kneels beside him.) Drink this.
(She pours some water in his mouth.)
Leo: I guess you picked the wrong beneficiary after all.
Piper: Don't talk like that.
Leo: Piper, you need to get out of here before he comes back.
Piper: I'm not leaving you.
Leo: The Source...
Piper: Is not gonna scare me away, and neither are you, so just forget about it.
You're not gonna die. 'Cause I'm not gonna let you.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe's bedroom. Cole opens the closet and pulls something out
of a coat pocket. Phoebe walks in and opens the dresser drawer.]
Phoebe: I'm just looking for my potion book. Have you seen it anywhere?
Cole: I didn't think you could save Leo with a potion.
Phoebe: Well, it's not just to save Leo, it's to save us all.
Cole: Oh, yeah? How?
Phoebe: I-I don't know, but I have to do something, I can't just sit around and...
(She notices Cole is holding onto a ring box.) What's that?
Cole: This?
Phoebe: Yeah.
Cole: It's just a little something I've been waiting for the right moment to give you.
(He opens it to reveal a diamond ring.) It's not your Grams' but hopefully it's not
cursed.
Phoebe: I-I don't think now's the time.
Cole: Actually, I think now's the perfect time. (He takes the ring out of the box and
puts it on her finger.) This way no matter what happens, you'll always know that I
love you.
Phoebe: It's beautiful. Now you have to go.
Cole: No, I'm staying here with you.
Phoebe: Do you want me to watch you die too?
Cole: If that's what it takes to save you, yeah.
Phoebe: No, but I'm supposed to save you. That's why I got that premonition.
Cole: Not necessarily. You know as well as I do you're not meant to stop every
premonition. Some are just meant to prepare you for what's to come.
(The doorbell rings.)
[Cut to downstairs. Paige heads for the door.]
Paige: I'll be right there.
(Piper comes out of the living room and stops Paige.)
Piper: Paige, this is no time for guests.
Paige: It's not social, I called Darryl.
Piper: Darryl? You're supposed to be helping Phoebe.
Paige: She doesn't need my help. But there is somebody who does, excuse me.
(Paige opens the door. Caroline has bruises and cuts on her face.) Oh, Caroline.
Caroline: I'm so sorry, Paige. After everything you've done to help me.
Paige: It's not over, not yet.
Piper: Paige.
Paige: Darryl, take Caroline into the sunroom.
Darryl: Is everything okay?
Piper: No.
Paige: Yes.
(Darryl and Caroline go into the sunroom. Paige closes the door.)
Piper: Are you outta your mind? We don't have time for other peoples problems
right now.
Paige: It's something I've got to do. Especially if it's the last thing I do.
(Paige walks into the conservatory.)
Darryl: Hey, what's going on?
Paige: I don't have time to explain. I think I can still help you get your son back.
Caroline: But how? The judge will take one look at me...
Paige: No, I think I can help. I just need you to turn away from me. Please, just
trust me.
(Caroline turns away. Paige walks across the room over to the Book of Shadows.
Darryl follows.)
Darryl: You're gonna use magic?
Paige: Yes, I am. "Let the object of affection become but a dream, as I cause this
seen to be unseen." Okay, Caroline, you can turn around now.
(She turns around and her cuts and bruises have disappeared.)
Darryl: Whoa.
Caroline: What? (She touches her face.) What happened?
Darryl: Just a second, Caroline. (to Paige) Look, I've known you guys long
enough to know that you don't do something like this unless something is seriously
wrong. What's going on?
Paige: Just get down town and make the judge see the real Caroline, and make
sure that slime boy ex of hers gets put away. Please. Just go.
(Darryl walks over to Caroline and they leave. Phoebe and Cole walk in.)
Phoebe: Piper?
(Piper walks in.)
Cole: We may have a plan to get your powers back.
Phoebe: Then maybe Paige could help heal Leo.
Piper: A spell?
Phoebe: Remember the one to call for witches powers? Maybe it might be strong
enough to call the powers from the Hollow.
Paige: Could that work?
Piper: It has to. (to Cole) Uh, could you watch Leo?
(The girls leave the room. Cole walks into the living room. He sits on the coffee
table next to Leo. Cole gasps and disappears.)
[Cut to the underworld. Cole appears in the Source's cave. He looks around.]
Seer: Don't be afraid. (He spins around. The Seer walks in.)
Cole: Who are you? Where am I?
Seer: Back in your once and future life... Belthazor.
Cole: Belthazor? (The Seer moves closer.) Seer.
Seer: Even now I can see the void where your demon half used to exist. It craves
to be complete again.
Cole: How'd you know I was still alive?
Seer: I had a vision. One where you and I do great things together.
Cole: I don't work with evil anymore.
Seer: You might reconsider if you hope to save your precious witch. Only you and
I can help to beat the Source.
Cole: I'm listening.
Seer: If you take in the Hollow, you can absorb the Source's power when he
attacks. Once powerless, they can vanquish him.
(She picks up the Hollow box.)
Cole: And what happens to me after?
Seer: The witches and I will banish the Hollow back to its crypt. You will return to
normal.
Cole: How do I know this isn't one of The Source's tricks? Or one of yours for that
matter.
Seer: The Source has been corrupted by the Hollow. And is going to destroy us all.
He can not be allowed to continue with this path of madness.
Cole: If I do this, what do you see then?
Seer: A future for both sides.
(He walks across the room.)
Cole: Is this the great thing you saw us doing together?
Seer: Perhaps. However, you won't even know unless the Source is stopped first.
It's your only chance to save your love.
(He walks over to her and she opens the box. The bee-like creatures fly into Cole
through his eyes and mouth.)
[Cut to the manor. Conservatory. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are reading a spell out of
the book.]
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Powers of the witches rise, course unseen across the skies,
come to us who call you near, come to us and settle here."
(The house starts to shake and the Source flames in. They gasp.)
Paige: Oh my god.
The Source: Not quite.
Phoebe: Run!
(They run into the living room.)
Paige: I thought we called for our powers.
(They run through the living room and The Source blows up the wall. They dive
into the foyer.)
The Source: I have your powers now and a few of my own.
(A fireball appears in his hand and aims for Piper.)
Paige: Piper!
(The Source throws the fireball at Piper and she is knocked against the wall.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe and Paige carry Piper in.]
Paige: Hurry, he's coming.
(They take her across the room and put her down.)
Phoebe: Come on, honey, we need you, Piper, it's time. Come on, you can do it.
Paige: Do what? We have no powers.
Phoebe: It doesn't matter, we can still make the plan work. Get the crystals.
(Paige races across the room. The Source flames in in front of her. She stops.)
The Source: Seems almost anti-climatic after all this time, doesn't it?
(He pulls her behind him and she flies into some cardboard boxes and a mattress.)
Phoebe: Piper.
The Source: Say hello to Prue for me.
(Phoebe kicks him and he falls to the floor. Paige grabs the crystals.)
Paige: Phoebe!
(She throws Phoebe some crystals and she puts them on the floor near her. The
Source stands up.)
The Source: Your power was always the weakest, hardly worth taking. Your life
however is.
Phoebe: Paige, now!
(Paige puts down the last crystal and electricity bolts surround him. Phoebe and
Paige go back over to Piper.)
The Source: Crystal. (A crystal orbs into his hand. The trap disappears.) Now the
moment we've all been waiting for. (He throws a fireball but before it can hit
Phoebe, Cole appears and runs in front of her. He absorbs The Source's power.)
Belthazor!
Phoebe: No, The Hollow.
(Cole throws a fireball at the Source.)
Cole: Hurry, the spell.
(Phoebe gets a piece of paper out of her pocket and the girls read from it.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Prudence, Patricia, Penelope, Melinda, Astrid, Helena,
Laura and Grace, (the Source catches on fire) Halliwell witches stand strong beside
us, vanquish this evil from time and space."
(The Source yells and causes a big explosion. He is vanquished. The Seer appears
holding the Hollow box.)
Phoebe: Who are you?
Seer: Someone who just helped save your lives. (She opens the box and the
Hollow escapes out of Cole and goes back in the box.) Quickly, take my hand.
Cole: Trust her. If you want your powers back.
(Phoebe goes over to her.)
Seer: Say the inscription with me.
Seer, Phoebe: Abolio exume ga ume to eternius."
(The box floats up in the air and lets off a bright light. It disappears and returns to
its crypt.)
[Cut to the living room. Phoebe and Paige run in over to Leo. Paige holds her
hands over his wound and tries to heal him.]
Paige: I can't do it, nothing's happening.
Phoebe: Hold his hand. (She does so.) And let his power to heal flow through you.
(She heals him. He wakes up.)
Leo: Paige, Phoebe.
Paige: I did it, it worked.
(Piper, Cole and The Seer walk in.)
Piper: Leo. (She goes over to him.)
Seer: All is as it should be again. Time to return to my side. Too bad Belthazor's
gone, he would have made a great new Source.
Cole: Too bad.
Phoebe: I don't know who you are, but whoever you are, we thank you.
Seer: Oh, I didn't do this for your future, I did it for mine.
Paige: I don't understand, if we got our powers back, where did the Source's go?
Seer: Into the void.
(She disappears.)
Piper: Okay, who was that?
Cole: A very evil person.
Phoebe: Yeah, one that saved our lives, and helped us kill the Source.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: P3. The guy behind the bar hands Leo a plate of snacks.]
Guy: Here you go. Enjoy.
(Leo takes it over to a table where the girls are giggling. He puts it on the table.)
Leo: Here you go guys, on the house.
Piper: Oh, easy for you to say.
Leo: Yeah, well, you deserve to celebrate. Yeah, I still can't believe it, you guys
actually vanquished the Source.
Paige: So what does that mean? Is our destiny fulfilled?
Piper: I don't know. But at least that part of the nightmare's over.
Phoebe: For Prue.
(They clink their beer bottles.)
Piper: For Prue.
Leo: What do you say we go home and get started on our future.
Piper: What do you say we go home and sleep, then we work on the future
tomorrow night.
(Piper and Leo leave. Phoebe and Paige laugh. Cole walks over to them.)
Phoebe: Hi, honey, are you okay?
Cole: Yeah, yeah, why.
Phoebe: Well, it just took you a little while to get back.
Cole: It did?
Phoebe: Mm-hm.
Paige: You know, facing death has kind of made me wanna face life and I'll tell
you what, there's a piece of life over there that I think I wanna talk to.
(A guy at the bar looks at her and smiles.)
Phoebe: You go get him, girl. (She goes over to him.) You sure you're okay?
Cole: Yeah, yeah, I'm just a little tired.
Phoebe: Too tired to celebrate? You are my soon to be husband, and you're also
my hero.
(She hugs him.)
Cole: Oh, I'm nobody's hero.
(Fire appears in his eyes and they turn black.)
                                         End
          4.14 The three
         faces of Phoebe
[Scene: Underworld. A dark cave. Cole walks in, topless, holding a sword. He
looks around. He sees the Source across the room, chanting with his back turned.
Cole creeps towards him and is about to swing the sword.]
The Source: Wait.
(The Source faces Cole and lifts off his hood. It's Cole.)
Cole/The Source: You don't really wanna kill me do you?
Cole: But how...
(Cole/The Source hits Cole and he lands on the ground. The sword flies up to
Cole/The Source.)
Cole/The Source: We're one now. I'm reborn, within you.
Cole: I'll fight it. I'll kill us both if I have to. I won't let you hurt Phoebe.
Cole/The Source: You won't have a choice.
(He stabs Cole and he screams.)
[Cut to Phoebe's bedroom. Cole wakes up from his dream with a fright. He looks
over at Phoebe, who's sleeping.]
                                       Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper takes a tray out of the oven. She walks into the
dining room where the table is covered with food. Leo is sitting at the table.]
Piper: Voilá!
Leo: Oh, it looks great, let's eat.
Piper: Wait, where is everybody?
Leo: I don't know. Pass the croissants please.
(Piper takes off her apron.)
Piper: I don't understand, we were all supposed to eat together. You know,
celebrate.
Leo: Sisters. Butter.
Piper: Phoebe! Paige! (Paige orbs in and falls on Piper, knocking her to the
ground.) Paige! (They stand up.) Wait, Paige, did you just orb in from another
room?
Paige: Yeah, obviously the landing could still use a little work.
Piper: You've been practising this?
Paige: Yeah, I didn't wanna say anything until I knew for sure I could do it. (She
sees the food.) Uh, food, thank god, I am starving.
(She sits down.)
Leo: That's the orbing. It burns a lot of calories. Why do you think I married a
chef?
Piper: I-I can't believe your powers are already advancing. This is just another
reason to celebrate.
Paige: Mm, Leo, butter.
(Leo passes the butter.)
Leo: Mm, butter. You should try the frittatas they're great.
Piper: You're both very welcome.
Paige: Oh, thank you, honey. I just wanna eat fast so I can get to work on time for
a change.
Piper: Well, I understand but still, it's not everyday that we vanquish the Source of
all evil. The least you could do is wait for Phoebe and Cole.
(Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Oh, don't bother. Cole's not here and all I need is a caffeine IV.
(She grabs a jug and pours herself some coffee. She sits down.)
Piper: What is the matter with you people? Our mortal enemy is gone, dead. Is
there nobody else besides me happy about this?
(Paige gets up and puts her arm around Piper.)
Paige: Absolutely, honey, I'm thrilled. Thank you for the spread, have a good day.
(She leaves the room. The Elders call Leo.)
Leo: Hm, I'm being summoned.
Piper: What, now? What do they want?
Phoebe: I don't know, maybe they want to congratulate you guys.
Piper: But...
Leo: Gotta run. (He orbs out.)
Phoebe: Does he have to do that so brightly?
Piper: Well, that'll teach me to try and be in a good mood. What's the matter with
you?
Phoebe: Mm, I don't know. I went to bed and I was really happy and then I woke
up this morning and I just, I had this horrible feeling about Cole.
Piper: Cole?
Phoebe: Yeah, it's kinda hard to explain. It feels like a premonition that's trying to
come out but it never quite does. But whatever it is it's not a good thing.
Piper: Well, that doesn't sound supernatural, that sounds supernormal. You got
cold feet. Every bride-to-be does. Trust me, even I did.
Phoebe: Just like that? Overnight?
Piper: Well, the only reason you haven't gotten married is because of the Source,
and now that he is dead you are that much closer to taking that very long walk
down the aisle.
Phoebe: I don't know. It feels like there's something else.
[Scene: Underworld. A cave. The Seer is there. Cole flames in. He looks around,
frightened. He sees the Seer.]
Cole: How did I get here?
Seer: The Source's magic brought you. I see you accepting that very soon.
(Cole goes over and grabs her around the neck.)
Cole: You never told me I would become the Source if I help vanquish him!
Seer: Don't be naive. I told you of my vision. Of you and I doing great things
together, this is just the beginning. (He falls to his knees.) You can not change your
fate. As you can see the evil within you wont allow it.
Cole: I'll fight it, I'll kill it. I'll find a way.
Seer: There is no way. If you weren't clinging to the love for your witch so
vigorously, it would've over taken you by now. It is only a matter of time and after
the Source has fully inseminate you, his power will protect you, shield you from
her premonitions. That we can wait for, unfortunately with Kurzon we can not.
(Cole stands up.)
Cole: Kurzon?
Seer: The underworld's in chaos. The Source is presumed dead and Kurzon will
attempt to fill that void. We must stop him or you will never reclaim the throne.
Cole: I don't want the throne.
Seer: You will, but at the moment you're not strong enough to vanquish Kurzon.
The Charmed Ones however are.
Cole: And what, you expect them to just go after him?
Seer: No, I expect to make Kurzon think they will so he'll retaliate. And I expect
you to make sure the witches are prepared to vanquish him before he can vanquish
them.
Cole: I won't do your bidding, Seer. You can't force me.
Seer: Perhaps not. But the Source can.
(Cole flames out.)
[Cut to the manor. Bathroom. Cole flames in. He looks in the mirror and exhales.
He walks into the hallway where Phoebe is and gives her a fright.]
Phoebe: Whoa!
Cole: Sorry.
Phoebe: I didn't hear you come home.
Cole: I just got back.
Phoebe: From where?
Cole: I had to, uh, get out of the house for a while, you know.
Phoebe: No, I don't know. Do we need to talk?
Cole: Phoebe, I... Ahh. (He holds his head.) Damn it.
Phoebe: What's the matter?
(She touches him but he pulls away.)
Cole: Uh, nothing. It's just a migraine, I gotta go.
Phoebe: Cole, where are you... (He walks away.) Cole.
(She sighs. Piper enters the hallway.)
Piper: What's the matter?
Phoebe: I wish I knew.
[Scene: An old warehouse. Demons are standing around Kurzon.]
Kurzon: It is a new era, my friends. Our enemy is dead and our exile is nearing an
end. The tasks that I assign to you are vital to our cause. Complete them today and
tomorrow we can all return home.
(The demons disappear except for Kurzon and one demon. The Seer walks in.)
Seer: You will not live to rule the underworld.
Kurzon: Have you seen my future, Seer?
Seer: A lone but powerful witch will soon be on your trail. You must kill her now
while she is still vulnerable.
Demon: Her loyal is with the last Source. Don't trust her.
Kurzon: And why would you want to help me?
Seer: Because I've always allied myself with ultimate power. And if you kill this
witch, nothing can stop you from becoming the next Source.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige walks into Mr. Cowan's office. He is
sitting at his desk.]
Paige: You wanted to see me, Mr. Cowan?
Mr. Cowan: Yes. (He stands up.) I'm gonna miss you, Paige.
Paige: I know I was late this morning, I won't be anymore. In fact, I've found out a
way to get here in a blink of an eye.
Mr. Cowan: I'm gonna miss you as an assistant. Because I'm promoting you to
social worker.
Paige: Thank you so much. That's so amazing. I, I am sticking to that not being
late thing by the way.
Mr. Cowan: Oh, you don't have to worry, you have a flexible work schedule now.
Paige: God, that just caught me off guard, I thought Scott was next in line for the
promotion, he has been here longer.
Mr. Cowan: Mmm, it was a tough call, but after you helped Caroline Seldon, I
couldn't pass you over.
Paige: Caroline.
Mr. Cowan: You worked a miracle with her.
Paige: Not that I'm complaining but my promotion isn't based solely from her case
is it?
Mr. Cowan: Well, if you ask me whether Caroline's case helped tip the scales in
your favour, then the answer is yes. I already told Scott if that's what you're
worried about.
Paige: (whispers) It's personal gain.
Mr. Cowan: Excuse me?
Paige: Thank you, thank you, Mr. Cowan.
(She leaves his office and walks past Scott's desk.)
Scott: Congratulations, Paige.
Paige: Thanks, Scott.
(She sits down at her desk and sighs and groans.)
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe is there looking at the Belthazor page in the Book of
Shadows. Piper walks in.]
Piper: What are you doing up here?
Phoebe: Nothing, just thinking.
Piper: About...
Phoebe: Cole.
Piper: He's a human now, you're not gonna find the answers you're looking for in
that book.
Phoebe: Well, I've gotta find them somewhere because I'm starting to get scared.
Piper: Well, of course you're scared, getting married is a huge step.
Phoebe: I know that. It just feels like it's more than that.
Piper: Have you tried talking to him?
Phoebe: Yes, of course I have. He just keeps avoiding me like he did when he
was...
(She points to the Belthazor page.)
Piper: Belthazor is dead. Cole is a man now. A man that you love more than
anything else in the world.
Phoebe: I know. So why am I so damn confused all of a sudden, it's killing me.
Piper: Maybe you're right, maybe you do need the book. What good is being a
witch when you can't use a little magic when you're hurting.
Phoebe: I can not believe that you're suggesting that. What about personal gain?
Piper: Well, just word the spell properly, avoid it, you should know how to do it
by now. Just be pure, ask your heart for the answer. Just don't tell Paige. I don't
want her thinking she can do it too.
(Piper leaves the attic.)
[Cut to the foyer. Paige walks in through the front door. Piper comes down the
stairs.]
Paige: Ugh, I hate it when you're right.
Piper: Really? See I usually like it.
Paige: Remember that spell that I cast last week, the one to help Caroline get her
son back? Well, it had a little side effect.
Piper: What kind of side effect.
Paige: The one that gets me promoted. I know, personal gain, I've already beat
myself up over it, you don't have to. (Kurzon appears behind Piper in the dining
room.) Demon! (Paige pushes Piper out of the way. Kurzon throws an energy ball.)
Energy ball!
(The energy ball orbs out and back in in Paige's hand. She throws is back at him,
missing. He throws another at Paige and she orbs out. She orbs back in in mid-air
and falls down.)
Piper: Enough of this. Bye-bye. (She blows him up but he gets put back together.)
Uh-oh.
Kurzon: Two witches. Damn her!
(He disappears. Piper gets up.)
Piper: Okay. Paige, are you okay?
(Paige gets up.)
Paige: I'm fine, I'm fine. It's my ego's a little bruised, that's all.
Piper: That was odd.
Paige: Yeah.
Piper: Leo! (Leo orbs in.)
Leo: What happened?
Paige: Oh, same old. Demon tried to kill us.
Piper: Yeah, a very powerful demon, strangely Source-like. Can't we get a freakin'
day off around here?
Leo: Well, that's why the Elders summoned me. The Source's death has created a
power struggle in the underworld, and killing you means direct ascension to the
throne.
Piper: Ugh.
Paige: So vanquishing the Source meant nothing?
Leo: Well, it meant a lot actually. It set back evil decades but that doesn't mean it
made you any less of a target.
Piper: Yeah, but this demon didn't even seem to know who we were, which by the
way I find insulting.
Leo: Well, he knows now which means you better figure out who he is before he
tries again.
Paige: Attic.
Piper: Mm.
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe's there sitting at a table. She writes 'Should I marry Cole?'
on a piece of paper and scrunches it up. She stands up and lights the paper.]
Phoebe: "Where love is strong my spirit weak, it is an answer that I seek, the
question burns within this fire, so I may hear my heart's desire."
(Piper, Paige and Leo walk in.)
Piper: Phoebe? We have a...
(Phoebe puts the burning paper in a bowl and it explodes. Phoebe gasps.)
Paige: Phoebe?
(Two tunnels of wind appear in the attic.)
Phoebe: What?
(An elderly woman and a little girl appear.)
Elderly Woman: What's going on? How did I get here?
Piper: That's an excellent question.
Elderly Woman: Oh my god, what have you done?
Phoebe: Me? Wh-Who are you?
Elderly Woman: What's the matter? Don't you recognise me? I'm you. Phoebe.
Little Girl: Phoebe? That's my name too.
Phoebe: Oh, boy.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Continued from before. Little Phoebe is getting frightened.]
Little Phoebe: Who are you people? And how did I get up here?
Phoebe: You don't have to be scared of us, honey. Everything's gonna be okay. (to
Piper) Any ideas?
Piper: It's your spell, don't look at me.
(Little Phoebe runs over to the window.)
Phoebe: It was your idea.
Paige: Excuse me?
Old Phoebe: You might wanna stop her before she climbs out the window.
Phoebe: Whoa! (She runs over to Little Phoebe who's half way out the window.)
Sweetie, hi, come here. (She pulls her back inside.) Hi, I can explain. You are
dreaming.
Piper: Dreaming?
Phoebe: Yes, dreaming. And you're gonna wake up in your room and everything's
gonna be fine.
Little Phoebe: I'm ten, I'm not stupid. Grams!
(She runs out of the attic. Cole walks in.)
Piper: Wow, I do not miss that.
Cole: What's going on?
Old Phoebe: Cole.
Cole: Who are you?
Old Phoebe: Maybe this will refresh your memory. (She walks over and slaps him
across the face.) You bastard.
Phoebe: What was that all about?
Old Phoebe: Ask him.
Leo: Uh, maybe we should go look for Little Phoebe before she escapes into 2002.
Piper: Yes, we will do that and you talk to your future self. And fix this, fast.
Cole: Future self?
Leo: Uh, what about the demon?
Phoebe: What demon?
Piper: Uh, we were attacked downstairs. Paige.
Paige: I'm there.
(She goes over to the book.)
Cole: You wanna tell me how she got here?
Phoebe: I cast a spell to hear my heart's desire and I guess my past self and my
future self showed up to help me listen.
Cole: And what desire did you wanna hear?
Phoebe: Well, that's between me and... me. Come on.
(Phoebe heads for the door.)
Old Phoebe: Worried?
(Phoebe and Old Phoebe leave.)
Paige: Dude, maybe you can help. We're looking for a demon that can reconstitute
himself like the Source. (Cole flames out.) Anyone come to mind? Cole? (She
looks around to find him gone.) Can't anybody help me?
[Cut to the underworld. In a cave. Cole flames in. The Seer is there.]
Seer: Welcome back.
Cole: I didn't wanna come back.
Seer: And yet you have. The Source is getting stronger in you.
Cole: I've got him under control.
Seer: Or is it the other way around? There must be something he wants you to tell
me.
Cole: Maybe it's that your plan is gonna fail because he knows Phoebe's conjured
up her own way to seeing into the future. Her future self. Somebody who will be
all too willing to tell her what I can't. What's the matter? You didn't see that
coming?
Seer: I don't need to see the future to know about good witches. They're overly
cautious by nature. Her future self will be too afraid to say anything that might
make things worse for her and her sisters. She'll preserve the future.
Cole: How do you know?
Seer: I've been a Seer longer than you've been the Source. You'll learn to trust my
instincts.
Cole: I'm not the Source.
Seer: But you will be very soon. It's your destiny.
Cole: My destiny is to be with Phoebe. (He grabs her.) Nothing will change that
and neither will that thing inside of me.
Seer: Your love won't be enough to save you in the end. You'll see. Kurzon will be
attacking them again very soon. This time more prepared. You'd better hurry back,
if you want them to survive.
(Cole flames out.)
[Cut to the manor. Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe's there. Old Phoebe walks in and
picks up a skimpy top.]
Old Phoebe: Uhh, the good ol' days. Of course nobody's gonna take you seriously
until you stop dressing like a tramp.
Phoebe: A tramp? Ugh, that is so in right now.
Old Phoebe: Oh, you'll learn.
Phoebe: Learn what?
(Old Phoebe picks up a photo album and sits on the bed. She opens it up.)
Old Phoebe: Oh, look at us. We had such promise.
Phoebe: Okay, what do you mean? Does something bad happen to me? I-I mean
us? Okay, you know what? I don't have time for games, okay. There is a demon...
Old Phoebe: Don't talk to me about demons. I know plenty about demons.
Phoebe: Okay, then please, tell me what you know about Cole. Look, I'm about to
marry him and I have this really bad feeling. Do you remember feeling like that?
Old Phoebe: Oh, I remember. But I won't change the past.
Phoebe: No, but this isn't the past, this is the present.
Old Phoebe: But it's my past. And I intend to keep it that way.
Phoebe: You know, I already saw you slap him across the face. So that's a pretty
big coming attraction for my life, don't you think?
Old Phoebe: That was between him and me.
Phoebe: I know, but you are me. Oh, okay, um... Can you give me a little hint? Do
you guys get divorced? Does he, um, does he cheat on you? Did you ever get
married?
Old Phoebe: What makes you think we aren't married in the future?
Phoebe: Because there's no wedding ring on your finger. Please tell me what
happened. Look, the spell wouldn't have worked if you weren't allowed to tell me.
Old Phoebe: I didn't need a spell to decide what to do. You must make this
decision without using magic. Just like I did.
Phoebe: Yeah, and that worked real well for us I see.
Old Phoebe: Just ask Leo to send me back. As soon as possible.
Phoebe: Why don't you ask him yourself?
Old Phoebe: Because I'm staying here out of the path of history. And don't argue
with me. We both know that when our mind's made up, there's no changing it.
Phoebe: Yeah.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Little Phoebe is hiding in the corner, blocking her
ears. Piper and Leo are trying to get her out.]
Little Phoebe: "Row, row, row your boat, gently down the stream..."
Piper: Honey, you have to listen to me.
Little Phoebe: "Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily, life is but a dream."
Piper: We're just trying to help.
(Little Phoebe repeats the song. Piper groans.)
Leo: She's your sister.
Piper: Yeah, don't remind me.
(Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Having a little trouble with young Phoebe?
Piper: Yeah, enough to make me reconsider having children. Maybe we should
just lie to her again.
Phoebe: No. I think I have an idea.
(She goes over to Little Phoebe.)
Little Phoebe: Stay away from me or I'll sick Prue on you.
Piper: Oh, yeah, don't go there.
Phoebe: Phoebe, listen to me. I know that this is scary but I promise you you are
safe here in this house. In your house. Our house. You know how Grams talks
about magic all the time? And she likes to say anything's possible as long as you
believe in it.
Little Phoebe: Yes.
Phoebe: Well, that's what happened. Magic brought you here, to your future. See
that girl over there? That is Piper all grown up. (Her eyes widen.) Yeah! And that
is her husband Leo. Mm-hm. And I am...
Little Phoebe: Me?
Phoebe: Yeah. I wanna show you something. (She holds up her photo album.) Do
you remember this? Daddy sent it to you and me for Christmas.
Little Phoebe: My album!
Phoebe: Yeah, except it starts with pictures of you and it goes all the way back
here to pictures of me. Why don't you go take it over there and look at it.
(Little Phoebe goes and sits on the couch.)
Leo: Nicely done.
Phoebe: Ooh, yeah, at least I could get through one of my selves.
Piper: Having problems with geriatric you?
Phoebe: I know that woman up there is me when I'm old, but there is nothing
familiar about her. I-I don't know how I got so... mean.
Leo: She doesn't have any idea how to reverse the spell?
Phoebe: No, she doesn't even remember casting it. How does that happen?
Leo: The future changes with every choice we make. Some choices change it more
than others. All that matters is she's here for a reason. They bother are.
Phoebe: Yeah, but why? What's the reason?
Piper: To help you listen to your heart.
Leo: And until you do, they won't return to their times.
Phoebe: I don't think they're ever going to because old Phoebe is not letting go of
this grudge about Cole.
(Cole walks in.)
Cole: Talking about me?
Little Phoebe: Oh my gosh. Who are you?
Cole: Sorry?
Phoebe: That guy is Cole. He's our fiancé.
Little Phoebe: Wait, you mean he's our prince? The one who sweeps us off our
feet.
(Piper laughs.)
Phoebe: She's talking about Cinderella. That was my favourite story when I was
growing up. I can't believe that I forgot about that.
Leo: Well, maybe that's why she's here, to help you remember.
(Little Phoebe smiles at Cole.)
Cole: (to Phoebe) Don't you think you should help Paige find out who the 'visitor'
who dropped in was, before he drops in again.
Leo: Good idea.
Phoebe: Okay. (to Little Phoebe) We'll be right back. (to Cole) Uh, keep her
company will you?
(She kisses him on the cheek.)
Cole: Yeah, sure. (They all leave. Little Phoebe smiles at Cole.) Hi.
[Scene: Old warehouse. Kurzon is there. The Seer appears. Kurzon spins around
and points a knife at the Seer.]
Kurzon: You sent me up against the Charmed Ones. What do you take me for?
Seer: I foresaw only one witch. How was I to know who she was?
Kurzon: That mistake will cost you your life.
Seer: Don't be foolish. Every Source has needed me. My visions have brought
them all great power. I can do the same for you.
Kurzon: Speak quickly.
Seer: I can help you destroy the power of three with one simple move. I can make
you the next Source.
Demon: It's another trick.
Seer: If it were, why would I have risked my life to come here? (He puts down the
sword.) One of the witches has cast a spell, brought her past self into the present.
She's a powerless child vulnerable to attack.
Kuzon: So?
Seer: So kill the child and the present witch is no more. The entire line is
extinguished and with it the Charmed Ones.
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there. Paige shows them
the Kurson page in the Book of Shadows.]
Piper: That's him.
Phoebe: "Kurzon is an enemy of the Source who was banished from the
underworld for inciting a failed coup." I don't understand, why didn't they just kill
him?
Leo: Probably because it's not that easy to do. You guys are gonna need the power
of three.
Paige: But if he's the enemy of the Source, doesn't that make him our ally?
Piper: No, he's still evil, he's just a different kind of evil.
(They hear Little Phoebe scream downstairs.)
Phoebe: Phoebe.
[Cut to the living room. Cole, Kurzon and Little Phoebe are there. Little Phoebe is
screaming and then faints. Kurzon goes to throw a fireball.]
Cole: No! (Cole blocks little Phoebe and the energy ball hits him. Kurzon looks
surprised.) Leave the girl alone.
Kurzon: Belthazor? I thought you were dead.
Cole: He is.
(A dagger materialises in Cole's hand and he throws it at Kurzon. Kurzon pulls it
out.)
Kurzon: It'll take more than that to stop me.
Cole: Very well.
(He throws a fireball at him, knocking him down. Kurzon gets back up.)
Kurzon: The Source.
(Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo run down the stairs. Kurzon disappears.)
Phoebe: Cole!
(She runs over to little Phoebe.)
Cole: She's alright, she just fainted.
(Little Phoebe wakes up.)
Phoebe: Are you okay?
Little Phoebe: Yeah. I think so. (to Cole) You saved me.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Everyone's there.]
Little Phoebe: It was so scary. He just came out of nowhere. And then everything
went black.
(Paige hands her a glass of water.)
Paige: Here you go, sweetheart.
Little Phoebe: Thanks. (She takes a sip.) Who are you?
Paige: Me? I'm Paige, your...
Phoebe: Cousin. She's our cousin from mum's side.
Piper: But we think of her as a sister.
Phoebe: We'll explain it to you when you're older.
Little Phoebe: What about that scary man? Where'd he go?
Phoebe: You don't have to worry about him anymore, sweetie.
Leo: Doesn't she?
Piper: Leo.
Leo: I'm sorry, but we can't risk her running into Kurzon again, she's Phoebe's
past.
Phoebe: And Cole saving her means that he saved me too.
Little Phoebe: Hello! He loves us, remember?
Leo: I think I should take Little Phoebe someplace, someplace safe.
Paige: Do you really think Kurzon will come back?
Cole: I do. I mean, why wouldn't he? He didn't fulfil his objectives.
Phoebe: He's right. (to Little Phoebe) Okay, you're gonna have to go with Leo for
a little while, but don't worry he'll keep you safe.
Little Phoebe: I don't wanna leave.
Phoebe: I know, but it's just for a little while, okay. It's for your own good. Come
on.
Leo: Come on, take my hand. (She walks over to him.) Now hold on tight.
Little Phoebe: Are we going on a plane?
Leo: No, but you might see some clouds.
(Leo orbs out with Little Phoebe. Paige picks up the glass and heads for the
kitchen. She sees the dagger on the floor and picks it up.)
Paige: Where'd this come from?
Cole: That-that's Kurzon's, he tried to stab me with it but I got it away from him.
Paige: Really? You got it away from a demon? That's impressive.
Piper: Why didn't he use his powers on you?
Cole: Who knows? The point is I stabbed him which means we have enough of his
blood to scry for him.
(The girls look suspiciously at him.)
Paige: Yeah, I'll go get a map and a crystal.
(Paige leaves the room.)
Piper: Do you think Kurzon's targeting little Phoebe?
Phoebe: Why would he?
Piper: Well, the same reason Leo said, because she's you. And if he kills her then
there's no Charmed Ones.
Phoebe: But how could he know I conjured her?
Piper: He's psychic?
Cole: Or maybe the Seer tipped him off.
Phoebe: The Seer? You think she's involved?
Cole: Wouldn't surprise me.
Phoebe: Well, that's just great. Okay, well, we're gonna need a vanquishing spell.
Cole, go with Piper, help her, tell her everything you know about Kurzon.
(She stands up.)
Piper: Where you going?
Phoebe: Well, I'm gonna go try knock some sense into myself.
[Cut to Phoebe's bedroom. Old Phoebe is looking at a picture of Cole and Phoebe.
Phoebe storms in.]
Phoebe: We need to send you back fast.
Old Phoebe: Fine with me.
Phoebe: Not for your sake, for all of ours, especially little Phoebe's. And the only
way for you to do that is to answer the question that I asked when I cast the spell.
Should I or should I not marry Cole? Listen to me, a demon attacked downstairs
and nearly killed Little Phoebe, which means he nearly killed us too.
Old Phoebe: Oh, I know what that means.
Phoebe: Then why won't you answer the question?
Old Phoebe: Because if I were to say something that could change the future,
other lives could be at stake too, not just ours.
Phoebe: Yeah, well, maybe you're supposed to change the future. Maybe that's
why you were sent here. If there is one belief that you and I still have in common,
it's that magic happens for a reason. Isn't it possible that you've been given a
second chance?
Old Phoebe: To do what?
Phoebe: To keep me from turning into a bitter old lady like you. Please, I have lost
so much already. Don't make me lose myself too.
Old Phoebe: Sorry, I can't.
Phoebe: Then I guess you've dimmed us both.
(Phoebe leaves the room.)
[Cut to the conservatory. Piper, Paige and Cole are there. Piper is writing a spell,
Paige is scrying and Cole is pacing.]
Cole: (to Piper) Are you done with that spell yet?
Piper: Almost. Could you please stop pacing, it's very distracting.
Cole: No.
(Phoebe walks in and sits beside Piper.)
Piper: How'd it go?
Phoebe: I still can't get through to her.
Cole: She didn't say anything about the future?
Phoebe: Nope. She's worried about the consequences of changing it.
Paige: But she is your future, you can't change that.
Piper: Yes we can. Our last trip to the future proved that. Phoebe's not burning at
the stake anytime soon.
Paige: Well, maybe you'll let me cast Phoebe's spell and get myself my own sneak
preview. Find out what happens if I take that promotion or not.
Phoebe: You got promoted?
Piper: Yeah, by the way of a spell and her friend Scott got stuck with the
consequence.
Phoebe: Uh-oh, personal gain.
Cole: If you don't vanquish Kurzon soon he'll become the next Source, the all of a
sudden personal gain won't be so important because you'll all be dead.
(The crystal points to a spot on the map.)
Paige: Got him. He's across town.
Piper: Okay, bring the crystal, we'll track him on the way.
(They get up.)
Phoebe: (to Cole) I would stay out of my bedroom if I were you. Unless you
wanna get slapped again.
(She kisses him.)
Cole: Be careful.
Paige: Aren't you coming?
Cole: What can I do? I'm not a demon anymore.
(The girls leave. Cole flames out.)
[Cut to the underworld. A cave. The Seer is there. Cole flames in.]
Cole: Look at me. Look at me! (She turns around.) You sent Kurzon to kill
Phoebe. You betrayed me.
Seer: For your own good. Your love for her was the only thing holding you back.
The only thing keeping you from accepting full power of the Source. (A fireball
appears in his hand. The Seer backs away.) Don't you understand? With her gone
we wouldn't need the Charmed Ones to kill Kurzon. You'd be able to kill him
yourself.
Cole: Phoebe can't die, otherwise his soul dies too. His love for her is too strong
and I'll need that strength to recapture what I lost.
Seer: His love? The Source is finally showing through I see. You'll have to kill her
eventually, our plan depends on it.
Cole: It's your plan, not mine. I want Phoebe alive and the next time you betray
me... (He throws the fireball near the Seer.) I won't miss.
(He flames out.)
[Cut to the manor. Conservatory. Old Phoebe is there. Cole flames in.]
Old Phoebe: Hello, Cole. I've been expecting you.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Continued from before.]
Old Phoebe: What's the matter, Cole? Afraid I'll tell the girls your little secret.
Cole: What do you want from me?
Old Phoebe: My life for starters.
Cole: You look alive to me.
Old Phoebe: On the outside maybe.
Cole: I can fix that.
Old Phoebe: You can't kill me, Cole, you never could. Even after the Source took
you over, a piece of you always loved me.
Cole: That's not always enough.
Old Phoebe: Yes it can be. I never married you, Cole, I called it off. And once I
found out you were the Source, my sisters and I had to vanquish you.
Cole: Why are you telling me this?
Old Phoebe: Because I've spent most of my life wondering what would happen if
we had married. It could have been different for both of us.
Cole: Well, it's too late for that now.
Old Phoebe: Maybe not. That's why I've come to you first. Before I risk
everything. I have to know if there is a chance to save you.
Cole: I'm not sure there is.
Old Phoebe: So you won't even try?
Cole: I want to, but he won't let me, he's too strong.
Phoebe: Then I'll tell Phoebe the truth. I'll convince her to save you, save us.
Cole: But if you change the future, Phoebe might die sooner and so might her
sisters.
Old Phoebe: Magic happens for a reason, Cole. I don't have faith in much
anymore, but I do believe that. I have to trust that I'm meant to change this.
Cole: You think you're meant to save me?
Old Phoebe: Phoebe reminded me that I've once had hope, that we had love.
That's why I'm doing this, to keep her from living a life of regret like I lived.
(Kurzon appears.)
Kurzon: Aww, I'm not intruding am I?
[Cut to a street somewhere. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are parked there. They lay the
map on the hood of the car. Paige starts scrying.]
Piper: I can't believe we lost him!
Paige: Oh, god, just give me a second.
Phoebe: Alright, he might be still in the area.
Paige: He's at the house.
Phoebe: We'll never make it back in time.
(Piper gets an idea.)
Paige: Don't look at me.
Piper: Why? You did it this morning.
Paige: Barely, I went downstairs, alone, not across town with two passengers.
Phoebe: Okay, well, Paige, he'll kill Cole, we have to try.
(They join hands and Paige orbs out with Phoebe.)
Piper: Hey! (Piper goes too.)
[Cut to the manor. Kurzon throws an energy ball at Cole. He falls to the ground.
Cole throws a fireball at Kurzon, missing. Old Phoebe helps Cole up.]
Cole: I'm okay.
(Kurzon disappears and reappears behind them. He charges at them with a sword.)
Old Phoebe: No!
(She stands in front of Cole and Kurzon stabs her. He pulls the sword out and
swings it at Cole. Cole grabs him and they struggle across the room. The girls orb
in.)
Piper: Spell, spell, spell, quick-quick-quick.
(She pulls a piece of paper out of her pocket.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Hell threw you from its inner core, but earth won't hold
you anymore, since heaven cannot be your place, your flesh and blood we now
erase!"
(Kurzon catches on fire and is vanquished. Phoebe goes over to old Phoebe.)
Phoebe: Oh, no. Leo! Just hold on. Hold on.
Cole: She saved me.
Old Phoebe: (to Phoebe) There's your answer.
(Leo orbs in with Little Phoebe.)
Phoebe: Leo, please, please, please, please.
(Leo rushes over and tries to heal her.)
Leo: She's gone.
(Old and Little Phoebe disappear.)
Paige: What happened?
Piper: The spell played out. You heard what you needed to hear.
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Paige and Leo are there.]
Paige: Speaking of orbing up there, when do I get to do that?
Leo: Well, you shouldn't be in such a rush, you should be proud of what you
accomplished. You saved the day.
Paige: I didn't save everyone.
Leo: No, but that's the great thing about the future, there's always time to change it.
Paige: So Phoebe won't die that way?
Piper: No, if I know Phoebe and I do, she's not gonna let her future turn out that
way.
Paige: Yeah, but what about little Phoebe? She went back to her time with all this
knowledge of the future. Won't that cause complications?
Piper: I doubt it. The minute she starts talking about magic, Grams will do some
hocus pocus to erase all that knowledge.
Paige: That's nice.
Piper: That's Grams.
Paige: Well, I'm done, I am off to bed. I have a future of my own to change
tomorrow.
(She heads for the door.)
Piper: Have you decided what to do about your promotion?
Paige: Yeah, I'm gonna turn it down.
Piper: Hmm, what changed your mind?
Paige: The three Phoebe's. She used magic to change her future but I used magic
to change Scott's and that's not fair. I did the rhyme, I will do the time. Goodnight.
(She leaves.)
Leo: So what do you think Phoebe's gonna do about Cole?
Piper: I don't know, but I don't think we're gonna have to wait forty years to find
out.
[Cut to Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe's there looking at a photo of her and Cole. Cole
walks in.]
Phoebe: Hi.
Cole: I just, um...
Phoebe: Had to get out of the house?
Cole: Yeah, something like that.
Phoebe: Well, at least you came back.
Cole: You didn't think I would?
Phoebe: I don't know. Um, (she sits on the bed) I've been having a lot of crazy
thoughts lately, about us, and I guess I just thought that maybe you were feeling
the same way too. I never told you why I cast that spell did I?
Cole: I thought it was to hear your heart's desire.
Phoebe: It was to find out if I should marry you or not.
Cole: Oh. And?
Phoebe: Do you still want to?
Cole: Well, it's still apart of my plans that's for sure.
Phoebe: Mine too. It's not that I don't still have cold feet, it's just hearing my past
self remind me of Cinderella, and seeing my future self willing to... willing to die
for you.
Cole: I'm willing to die for you.
Phoebe: I'm gonna ask you a question and all I want is a straight answer, okay?
Can you do that?
Cole: Okay.
Phoebe: Is there something that you're not telling me? About you? Something that
I don't know?
(He sits next to her.)
Cole: No.
(They hug.)
[Cut to the underworld. The Seer is spying on Phoebe and Cole. She smiles.]
                                          End
 4.15 Marry go round
[Scene: A church where Phoebe and Cole's wedding will be held. Piper and Phoebe
are there. Piper is arranging some flowers in vases while Phoebe's walking around
wearing a microphone.]
Phoebe: Piper, did you check on the cake?
Piper: Yes.
Phoebe: That's good because I don't want the cake to be delivered until after the
linens arrive.
Piper: I checked on the cake. Could you please take off that microphone?
Phoebe: Yeah, sorry, just checking the sound system. (She takes it off.) What
about the limo? Honey, did you book the limo?
Piper: It's all taken care of. Along with the DJ, the caterer, the table arrangements
and the rice.
Phoebe: Rice? No-no-no-no. We can't throw rice.
Piper: Why not?
Phoebe: Well, because the birds can't digest it. And they will blow up.
Piper: Okay, so we'll throw bird seed. Or-or we'll release balloons.
Phoebe: No-no, we can't release balloons either. They float to the ocean and the
whales mistake them for squid and I can't be thinking about whales washing up on
the beach during my wedding, you know what I mean.
Piper: Honey, I know you want the perfect day but you need to relax a little bit,
and breathe, breathing's good, breathing is your friend.
(Paige walks in.)
Paige: Whoa. Is this a wedding or a coronation?
Phoebe: Um, where is my dress?
Paige: Oh, I don't have it.
Phoebe: Ah-h-h, I'm not breathing. What do you mean? How could you forget my
dress the day before the wedding? The bridal shop's closed tomorrow.
Paige: Relax, it's open tonight, I'm planning on picking it up on my way to the
rehearsal dinner.
Phoebe: Oh.
Piper: Alright, why don't we sit down.
Phoebe: Oh, yeah, sitting is good. (They sits on the pews.) I think I'm a little
stressed out. You know, 'cause I just want tomorrow to be perfect, no glitches.
Natural or supernatural, you know. No magic, no ghosts. (She looks up.) You guys
understand that? I just want tomorrow to be nice and normal.
Piper: Honey, I promise you we will have your perfect wedding. By this time
tomorrow, you and Cole will be joined in holy matrimony.
[Scene: Underworld. A cave. Cole and the Seer are there.]
Seer: Holy matrimony will be the worst possible thing that could happen. It'll keep
you from ever reigning as the Source.
Cole: That can't be right.
Seer: It's what I foresee. Unless of course you cancel the wedding.
Cole: I can't. I need Phoebe.
Seer: Yes, I can see that too.
Cole: We've been through this. Cole's love for Phoebe still exists within me, I can't
overcome it. If I'm to regain what I've lost it has to be with Phoebe, marrying her.
Seer: Even if it means losing your son?
Cole: A son? You saw a son in my future?
Seer: More than a son. You and Phoebe Halliwell will produce the most powerful
child the magical world has ever seen.
Cole: That's my boy.
Seer: No, he won't be your boy, he'll be theirs. On the side of good. Unless you
marry the witch in a dark way.
Cole: That's impossible, the wedding's tomorrow, I don't have time.
Seer: Then your son will never be heired to your kingdom, he'll be heired to their
destiny.
Cole: Not if I destroy the white wedding. Then find a way to lure her into a dark
one. I'll have to move quickly, start a fight between Phoebe and one of her sisters.
Paige.
Seer: Did you really thinking sibling rivalry going...
Cole: Not by itself, no. I'll have to get a demon to attack, to distract them. While
you're doing that, I'll set Paige up. Mix a potion or two to insight the infighting and
then poof! watch the white wedding disappear, literally.
Seer: Still, how will you get her to marry you in a dark way?
Cole: What do I need for that?
Seer: A dark priest to perform the ceremony. At night, in a cemetery, and of
course the groom will have to drink her blood. What are the chances of that?
Cole: Good. Very good.
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Everybody is sitting around the table, including
Darryl and Victor, having the rehearsal dinner. They are all giggling.]
Piper: And what about Phoebe, who was speed walking down the aisle.
Phoebe: I was not.
Cole: You left your dad. (They laugh.) Okay, attention. (He taps his glass with a
knife and stands up.) I have something for my groomsmen, two fine gentlemen
who I chose to stand by me on the most important day of my life, because well,
they're the only ones I know.
Leo: Wow, you have to admire his honesty.
(Cole picks up two gift bags and hands them to Darryl and Leo.)
Cole: Here you go.
Leo: Thanks.
(They look in them.)
Darryl: Wow, cool, engraved golf balls. Titleist Pro V ones. Thanks, man.
Leo: I don't golf.
Victor: Hey, I'll take them.
Leo: They've got my name on it.
(Victor takes them from Leo.)
Victor: So?
Phoebe: And for my two beautiful bridesmaids whom I chose because they're my
two best friends in the whole wide world.
(She hands them a gift basket.)
Paige: Aww, Phoebe.
Phoebe: There's a bonsai tree for balance and harmony and a dream catcher so that
all your dreams will come true, just like mine have.
Paige: This is so great, tarot cards. My deck is totally trashed this is perfect.
Phoebe: Yeah, that's just in case you need psychic services while me and my new
husband are busy getting busy. (The phone rings.) Oh, I hope that's the
photographer.
Darryl: Hey, Leo, I got an extra stogie, you wanna join me?
Leo: I don't smoke.
Victor: I'll take that.
Leo: But I do eat chocolate. (They stand up.)
Piper: Leo, no, wait, wait, wait. No, Leo, we need to wait for everybody else.
(They leave the room.)
Paige: See what future has in store for Cole and Phoebe. (She flips over the Lovers
card.) Oh. (Then she flips over the Despair card, then the Death card.) Oh, no.
(She looks over at Phoebe.)
Cole: You don't really believe that stuff do you?
Phoebe: Oh, I am so sorry. There's just so many details. You know, I practically
bit Paige's head off today at the church because she didn't pick up my dress on
time.
Paige: Which is now in the attic. Yay.
Cole: Excuse me, I'll be right back.
(Cole leaves the room. Piper comes back in with a plate of food.)
Piper: So what did the cards say?
Piper: Oh, nothing.
[Cut to the kitchen. Cole flames out.]
[Cut to the attic. Cole flames in. He walks over to Phoebe's wedding dress and
waves his hand in front. It changes to a larger size. He looks at the tag which says
"Hold for Phoebe Halliwell" and changes it to "Hold for Millie Platt". He flames
out.]
[Cut to the dining room.]
Piper: Try the cards again, see what comes up.
(Cole walks in.)
Paige: Oh, uh, maybe later.
Cole: So, I don't mean to spoil anybody's fun but I should be going.
Leo: Going where?
Cole: Hotel. (Phoebe hugs him.) Not supposed to stay in the same house as my
bride the night before the wedding, right? But Phoebe has the number in case of
emergency.
Piper: Goodnight.
Leo: See you later.
(Phoebe and Cole head for the door.)
Phoebe: So what are you gonna do on the last night as a single guy?
(He grabs his coat.)
Cole: Ooh, if I told you that, you'd never marry me.
Phoebe: I feel like I am standing at the edge of a cliff right now.
Cole: You do?
Phoebe: Yeah. And some how I've never felt safer in my whole life. Are you
okay?
Cole: No. Not really. (They kiss.) You have no idea how difficult you are making
this for me.
Phoebe: I do. But you have to go. You'll have me soon enough.
Cole: I hope so.
(He leaves.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Cemetary. A mausoleum. The Seer and an elderly man are there. The
elderly man is smashing a crypt with a sledge hammer.]
Man: I saw some witches lurking around this crypt one night. A couple of three
years back. I think this is where they buried it.
Seer: I can always count on you to help.
Man: Well, you're on of the few left. The dark priesthood's a lonely calling these
days. I haven't seen a human soul in my collection plate in months.
Seer: I'll be sure to make a donation.
Dark Priest: Bless you, child. (He takes a box out of the crypt.) You know, it's not
a wise move to unearth a Lazerus demon. They're mean and unreliable. A bad
combination.
Seer: I know.
Dark Priest: It's just that after you kill one, you have to bury the remains to
prevent resurrection.
Seer: Yes, I know.
Dark Priest: Well, what I want to know is what's a wise old Seer want with one of
these messy creatures.
Seer: That's my concern.
Dark Priest: Don't you mean the Source's concern? I've heard the rumours.
Seer: A new Source has risen.
Dark Priest: And lucky to have you as a Seer. Still you've always worked in a
strictly advisory capacity, and yet here you are digging up demons.
Seer: So?
Dark Priest: So, what's in it for you?
Seer: I had a vision. This Source will have a son, the greatest power in the history
of magic.
Dark Priest: And you'll be the hand that rocks his cradle.
Seer: Once I get rid of his mother, yes.
Dark Priest: Very nice. (He opens the box and scatters the ashes on the ground.
They form into a demon.) Tell the new Source I live to serve him.
[Scene: A hotel room. Cole is sitting at a table mixing together a potion. The phone
rings and he answers it.]
Cole: Hello?
Phoebe: I had to call. It's an emergency.
Cole: Phoebe, what is it?
Phoebe: I needed to hear your voice.
Cole: I'm glad you called.
Phoebe: You are?
Cole: Yeah, something's been bothering me. Maybe it's my imagination but Paige
was a little, I don't know, weird at dinner, kinda cold.
Phoebe: Really? I didn't notice.
Cole: Mm, I wouldn't bring it up but I don't wanna do anything to come between
you and your sister. If us getting married is gonna hurt the power of three in
anyway... (The potion explodes.)
Phoebe: I don't know what to say except Paige has been nothing but supportive
over our marriage.
Cole: Forget about it, it's probably nothing.
Phoebe: Okay.
Cole: So, how do you look in your wedding gown?
Phoebe: I don't know yet. I've been too busy to try it on.
Cole: Well, when you do, I want you to picture me taking it off. (There's a knock
at the door.) Gotta go, babe. Love you.
Phoebe: I love you...
(He hangs up. He waves his hand over the potion and it disappears. He goes over
and opens the door.)
Leo, Darryl and Victor: Hey!
Leo: What is a wedding without a bachelor party? I've got poker chips, corn chips,
I have chips.
Victor: I've got the entertainment from my private collection I might add.
(He holds up a video.)
Darryl: You wouldn't happen to have the key to the mini bar in there would ya?
(He peeks in Cole's jacket.)
[Cut to the manor. Paige's bedroom. She lays the tarot cards on the bed.]
Paige: What does the future have in store for Phoebe and Cole? (She flips one card
over to reveal Lovers, then Despair, and then Death.) Oh. (She grabs the cards and
rushes into Piper's bedroom. Piper is there brushing her hair.) Piper. Look, I can't
keep this to myself any longer. (She holds up the cards.) This is Phoebe and Cole's
tarot reading. They were lovers in the past, despair fills their present, but this is
their future.
Piper: Oh, please, this looks nothing like Death. Prue met him, I know.
Paige: No, you're missing the point. This is a bad omen.
Piper: Well, not necessarily.
Paige: Look, Cole's a nice guy, fine, whatever. But face the facts, he was the
world's greatest demon for what, a century?
Piper: Yeah, but we've been through that.
Paige: Yeah, I know but a century's worth of blood and bad karma, you don't just
walk away from that. God, I don't know, maybe I'm just worried.
Piper: Well, have you ever considered that maybe you drew those cards because
they represent your feelings and not Phoebe's future?
Paige: It's a possibility.
(They hear Phoebe scream.)
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe is wearing her wedding dress which is way to big for her.
Piper and Paige walk in.]
Phoebe: (to Paige) You! You've ruined my wedding. And the bridal shop is closed
tomorrow.
Piper: Now, uh, Phoebe, let's not blow this out of proportion.
Phoebe: My wedding dress could double as a circus tent. Okay, I think things are
already out of proportion.
Paige: All I did was pick up the dress.
Phoebe: The wrong dress!
Paige: No, I checked the tag.
Phoebe: Oh, really? Let me just look at that. Millie Platt. Do I look like Millie
Platt to you? Do I? (She throws the tag at Paige. Paige picks it up and looks at it.)
Paige: That's impossible.
Phoebe: Okay, you know if you would have picked up the dress when I asked,
we'd have time to fix this.
Paige: Don't worry, I can sow, I will take in the seams, all of them tonight. (A
demon smokes in. He waves his arm and Piper flies across the room. Phoebe gets
in a fighting stance and her dress slips off. She kicks him and he crashes into a
cupboard.) Sword!
(A sword orbs off the table and stabs the demon. He turns into dust.)
Phoebe: You'd better do something about this mess.
Paige: There has got to be something in the Book of Shadows.
Phoebe: Not the demon, my wedding dress.
(She gives it to Paige and storms out of the attic.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are there. Piper is looking through
the Book of Shadows while Paige sows Phoebe's dress. Leo orbs in with Cole.]
Cole: Are you hurt?
Phoebe: Baby, you're not supposed to be here.
Cole: Leo said it was an urgent call, I was worried.
Phoebe: Thanks. I'm fine. (They hug.) No demon is gonna stop me from marrying
you tomorrow. Now my sister's another story.
Paige: I said I was sorry.
Leo: What kind of demon attacked you?
Piper: This one. A Lazerus demon.
Cole: A Lazerus demon, you sure?
Piper: "Rare, high level demons, with telekinetic powers." Yep, that's the bad boy
we popped.
Cole: Has it resurrected yet?
Piper: Resurrected?
(The Lazerus demon resurrects.)
Paige: Behind you! (The demon uses his telekinetic powers and throws Piper and
Leo across the room.) Sofa!
(The sofa orbs out and orbs back in to where Piper lands.)
Cole: No!
(The demon uses his power and the chandelier above Phoebe drops on her head.
Paige: Piper blow him up!
(The demon smokes out.)
Piper: Leo.
(Leo rushes over to Phoebe and heals her. She groans. Leo and Cole help her up.)
Cole: Are you okay?
Phoebe: I think so, yeah.
Piper: Uh, he's gonna be back. The book says that Lazerus demons get stronger
the longer they are out of cemetary ground.
Paige: Cemetery ground?
Cole: It's the only way to keep them from resurrecting. You bury them.
Phoebe: So that means someone intentionally dug them up, to attack us, the night
before my wedding.
Leo: The question is who, and why?
Paige: I know why. To stop the wedding. I did two tarot readings, Phoebe, they
both said that marrying Cole would only cause death and despair.
Phoebe: What?
Paige: Well, I'm surprised he didn't tell you, he saw the first reading.
Cole: If I run scared every time things look dark for us, we never would've made it
this far.
Phoebe: That's true. Is there anything else bothering you, Paige, that I should no
about?
Paige: No, not really.
Piper: Okay, good. Paige and I will be on demon watch tonight so that Phoebe can
get some sleep.
Phoebe: Ugh, I'm too wired to sleep.
Paige: Well, maybe I can help you relax with one of my aromatherapy treatments.
Piper: See, now this is the spirit. Everything will be fine as long as we stay
together, stay calm.
[Time lapse. Underground. Cole pushes the Lazerus demon into a wall.]
Lazerus: I just did what the Seer told me.
Cole: Did she tell you to kill my fiancé? 'Cause that's what you almost did.
Lazerus: The Source before you would've rewarded me for killing one of those
witches.
Cole: The old Source was reckless and now he's dead. You wanna follow into his
grave?
Lazerus: No.
Cole: Then let's get this straight. You work for me now. Do what I tell you, I
guarantee you will never see another cemetery. But hurt my bride again and I will
bury you myself. (He throws a fireball at him and he turns into dust.) Stay down
until I need you. (He turns to the Seer.) How dare you unearth a Lazerus demon.
Seer: We need a creature that could lure your witch into the cemetery.
Cole: But a Lazerus demon.
Seer: The witches must believe they are under attack for your plan to work.
Cole: There's no plan with Phoebe dead.
Seer: I'm beginning to wonder if you can handle your new mantle of power.
Cole: Are you questioning my leadership?
Seer: No. You inherited the world's evil, I'll follow that anywhere.
Cole: But?
Seer: Cole. He's still alive inside you and he loves the witch.
Cole: I know, I can feel it.
Seer: When you were a demon, his love for her ruined more than one good plan.
Cole: It's different now. Cole's voice used to scream inside my head now it's just a
whisper. We can use his feelings to control her.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Phoebe's bedroom. Piper and Phoebe walk in.]
Piper: So we'll take shifts and I will go first and then Paige will wake you up in
the morning.
(Paige walks in holding a jar of cream.)
Phoebe: What is this?
Paige: My face cream, also known as heaven in a jar, it's a special blend.
Phoebe: You made it?
Paige: Mm-hm. It's got patchouli oil for balance and confidence, and chamomile to
relax your nervous system. I'm really sorry about your wedding dress. I want
everything to go so great for you tomorrow.
Phoebe: It's okay. (They hug. Paige leaves.)
Piper: She's trying.
Phoebe: Yeah, I know, I know. (She smells the cream.) Couldn't hurt, right?
Piper: You still feeling tense?
Phoebe: It's not really tense, just, um, extremely alert.
Piper: Phoebe, I know you want the Cinderella fantasy, but I don't want you to be
upset if everything doesn't go exactly as planned tomorrow.
Phoebe: Where is that coming from?
Piper: Well, I was just remembering my wedding day, and I remember I wanted
everything to be absolutely perfect.
Phoebe: And then Prue crashed through the front door on a Harley.
Piper: Yeah, only Prue could make my wedding day all about her. But the point is,
I barely remember the ceremony, it's a total blur. And in the end all that matters is
that you marry the guy that you love, and if you manage to do that your wedding
was perfect.
[Time lapse. Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe is asleep. Cole flames in and sits next to
Phoebe. He chants something.]
[Cut to the hallway. Paige walks out of the bathroom and sits back in the chair next
to Phoebe's door. She hears voices in her room.]
[Cut to Phoebe's room. Phoebe's face glows. Paige opens the door and Cole
quickly changes into Piper.]
Paige: What are you doing in here?
Piper: Shh. Just checking on Phoebe, you were in the bathroom.
(They leave her room and close the door.)
Paige: I didn't even hear you.
Piper: Well, that's a problem don't you think? What if I was a demon?
Paige: Oh, good point.
Piper: When you're on demon watch in this house, you don't take bathroom
breaks.
Paige: Got it.
(Piper starts to walk away.)
Piper: And whatever you do, don't fall asleep.
(Paige nods. Piper waves her hand and Paige falls asleep instantly. Piper/Cole
walks into Piper's room. Piper is asleep in bed. She waves her hand over Piper and
then flames out.)
[Scene: Morning. Manor. Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe wakes up and looks at the
clock. It's 11:07am. She walks out into the hall where Paige is sound asleep.]
Phoebe: Paige. Paige! You were supposed to wake me up.
(Paige wakes up. Phoebe rushes into the bathroom. Piper comes out of her room.)
Piper: What happened? What time is it?
(Phoebe screams and comes out of the bathroom. She has little red pimples all over
her face.)
Phoebe: Look at me.
Piper: Whoa.
Phoebe: (to Paige) What do you have to say for yourself?
Paige: I fixed your wedding dress.
Phoebe: Paige! This is all your fault. (She storms into her room.) You put a mojo
on my face cream.
Paige: I did not, those are all natural ingredients.
(Phoebe starts to cry.)
Phoebe: If you have something to say to me, why didn't you just say it, Paige?
Piper: Okay, we all just need to take a deep breath.
Paige: Say what?
Phoebe: Don't think that I don't know how you really feel about Cole.
Paige: Oh! I have been nothing but supportive of that demon.
Phoebe: Ex-demon.
Paige: Oh, is that like ex-convict?
Piper: Alright, that is not necessary. We all just need to calm down.
Paige: Face it, Phoebe. This wedding has been filled with nothing but bad omens
from the start.
Phoebe: And they all seem to be connected with you now, don't they?
Piper: Alright, that's it! Break it up. You go back to your corner and you, you're
gonna get ready and we're gonna put lots and lots of makeup on you.
Paige: Oh, face it. There's not enough spackle in the world to fill those craters.
Step back.
Phoebe: Oh, now what are you doing?
Paige: Trying to prove to you that I'm not trying to sabotage your wedding.
Piper: I don't think...
Paige: "Let the object of objection become but a dream, as I cause the seen to be
unseen."
Phoebe: Magic. She just put magic on me.
(The spots disappear.)
Piper: And it's working.
Phoebe: It is? (Phoebe turns invisible.) My zits are gone?
Piper: Yeah, I can, I can honestly say that your face is completely clear.
Phoebe: Woo hoo!
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Paige and an invisible Phoebe are there. Piper's
looking through the Book of Shadows.]
Phoebe: It's my wedding day. The one day of my life that is all about me and
nobody can see me.
Paige: I'm sorry, I didn't mean to do it.
(Phoebe walks across the room holding a piece of paper. Paige follows her.)
Phoebe: Stop following me, go away!
Piper: Hang on, Phoebe, don't lose it now.
(Paige holds up Phoebe's wedding dress.)
Paige: Here, you can't walk around naked and I think it'll fit now.
Phoebe: Ahh, Paige! (She snatches the dress of Paige.) What difference does it
make? I am invisible. My wedding is supposed to start in less than one hour and
everyone I've ever known will be there, and I'm never gonna be able to face them
again. Ugh!
(She pushes some books off a table.)
Piper: Alright! This is all just a back fire to the vanishing spell. There's gotta be a
reversal in here.
(Victor opens the door.)
Victor: Hey, what's going on up here? You guys aren't even dressed yet. Where's
Phoebe?
Piper: She is still putting on her face.
Victor: Wh-? I can't keep stalling this photographer forever. He's done portraits in
every room in the house.
Phoebe: Send them out to the church.
Victor: Phoebe?
Piper: That was me. I'm working on my impressions.
(Piper covers her mouth.)
Phoebe: Dad, go downstairs and wait for us there.
Piper: See? I'm working it into the toast.
(Victor leaves.)
Phoebe: Ugh, what's the use. I might as well call Cole and tell him it's off.
Piper: Oh, honey, we-we-we'll...
Paige: Something you said is bothering me. Why would there be a backfire to the
vanishing spell?
Piper: Personal gain, I guess.
Paige: Yeah, but there wasn't any of that when I used it to help others, why
Phoebe?
Piper: What, are you suggesting that there is outside magic at play here?
Paige: Yeah. The same magic that dug up the Lazerus demon and then there's the
acne and then the super-sized wedding dress.
Phoebe: She's rambling. Should I yell at her again?
Piper: No! She might be onto something.
Paige: Listen, we're not fighting each other here, we're fighting evil. We kick evil's
ass every day.
Piper: Sometimes twice a day.
Paige: Okay, today's a day just like any other day. Evil wants this wedding cancel?
Screw that. We're not gonna go down without a fight. Okay, so what we do is get
dressed, we head for the church while we look for a way to fix Phoebe. Are you
with me?
Piper: Yes! Phoebe?
Phoebe: Grab the book. Let's go.
Piper: Get the dress.
[Scene: The church. Everyone is seated on the pews. The photographer takes a
photo of some people. Leo walks over to Cole.]
Cole: The wedding was supposed to start fifteen minutes ago. Where are the girls?
Leo: Phoebe needs to talk to you but in the dressing room.
Cole: It's bad luck for the bride to see the groom before the wedding.
Leo: I don't think that that's going to be a problem.
[Cut inside the dressing room. Piper, Paige and invisible Phoebe are there.]
Paige: Okay, this one's gotta work. It's the spell that reversed my enhanced breasts.
Here.
(Paige hands Piper a piece of paper.)
Piper: "Guiding spirits hear our plea, annul this magic let it be."
(Piper burns the paper with a candle.)
Phoebe: Can you see me?
Piper: Not even your breasts.
Phoebe: Ugh.
Paige: That's it. That's the last reversal spell we have.
Phoebe: It's okay you guys. You did your best.
(Someone knocks on the door. Piper opens it. Cole's there.)
Piper: (to Paige) Come on, let's go. We'll leave you two alone to talk.
(Piper and Paige leave.)
Cole: Wait a minute, where's Phoebe?
Phoebe: Over here. (A bunch of flowers wave in the air.) Hi, honey.
Cole: Phoebe? You're invisible?
Phoebe: Yeah, looks like whatever demon's trying to stop our wedding succeeded.
Cole: Oh, honey.
Phoebe: We tried every trick we know to fix it and nothing's worked and now...
Cole: Phoebe?
(She picks up a tissue and blows her nose.)
Phoebe: I wanted the perfect wedding. But I didn't want it for me, I wanted it for
you. You have given me so much, you don't deserve this.
Cole: It's okay, baby. We'll find another way, I promise.
Phoebe: Okay.
Cole: I'll make the announcement.
Phoebe: Alright.
(Piper and Paige walk in.)
Cole: The wedding's off.
Paige: Not necessarily.
Piper: Get everybody in their positions, we'll start with the processional, tell the
quartet.
(Piper takes Cole to the door.)
Cole: Whoa, what about Phoebe? She's invisible.
Piper: Not for long, we hope. So go on, and look for your bride walking down the
aisle. Go on.
(He leaves. Piper closes the door.)
Phoebe: Wait, hold on here, I'm a little confused. I thought we were out of spells.
Paige: Mm-mm, not yet. You know how every attempt we've made to reverse your
invisibility has failed?
Phoebe: Yes.
Paige: Well, what if we don't reverse it, we just shift it from one sister to another.
Phoebe: Wait, you mean transfer the invisibility to you? No way, I won't let you.
Paige: Phoebe, every Cinderella needs a fairy godmother. Let me be yours.
(Phoebe sighs.)
Phoebe: Paige...
Paige: Please, I need to do this so you know that I'm not trying to stop your
wedding.
[Cut to outside. Leo walks over to Darryl and Victor.]
Leo: The natives are growing restless in there.
Darryl: Yeah, I know, a couple have already left.
Victor: Would somebody tell me what's going on?
(Cole walks in.)
Cole: I wish I knew. Places everybody.
(Leo and Darryl walk inside.)
Seer: Aren't you going to seat me?
(Cole and Victor turn around to see the Seer standing there.)
Victor: I'll get her.
Cole: No, allow me. You should wait for Phoebe. (Victor goes inside. The Seer
holds onto Cole's arm and they walk inside.) They'll recognise you.
Seer: You never contacted me. Did your potion worked?
Cole: Yes.
Seer: And did they use the spell you thought they would?
Cole: Yes, and now she's invisible.
Seer: Then why are all these people here?
Cole: I think they found a spell to reverse our magic.
Seer: And did she find an obedience spell to make you do as she pleases.
Cole: Don't forget who you're talking to. (The Seer sits down. Piper comes out of
the dressing room and stands in her place.) (to Seer) Where's the Lazerus demon?
Seer: In my chambers awaiting your command.
Cole: Order him to attack. The girls will stop the ceremony to save innocent lives.
(The Seer leaves. Cole stands in his place. The quartet plays the wedding march.
Victor and Phoebe walk down the aisle.)
Darryl: (to Leo) Where's Paige?
Leo: I don't know.
(Invisible Paige pulls up a chair near by and sits down. She sniffs.)
Paige: I'm gonna cry.
Priest: Thank you all for coming to honour the love between Cole Turner and
Phoebe Halliwell.
(The Lazerus demon smokes in near by.)
Paige: Oh, no.
Priest: Before we get started, I must ask, is there anyone who has just cause why
this couple should not be united...
(Paige picks up a candle stick and hits the Lazerus demon on the head.)
Lazerus Demon: Ugh!
(Paige pushes him out the door and the door slams shut. Everyone turns to look.)
Priest: This is your time, your platform...
(The Lazerus demon uses his telekinetic power and Paige flies across the room.
Everyone in the church hears.)
Piper: I'll check that out. Keep going.
(Piper runs out of the church.)
Priest: Since nobody here can show just cause, it's my privilege to ask...
Piper: (from outside) You put her down!
Paige: Ahh! (The hear a crash. Everyone turns to look.)
Leo: Excuse me.
(Leo runs out of the church.)
Phoebe: Keep going, please, just keep going.
Priest: As I was saying, it's my privilege to ask, who gives this woman to this man
today.
Victor: Her sisters and I do.
Piper: (from outside) Son of a bitch!
Paige: Ahh!
Leo: Piper, look out!
(They hear another crash. Phoebe drops her bouquet and runs outside. Cole
follows.)
[Cut to the room. Piper is lying on the floor. Phoebe and Cole race in. The Lazerus
demon uses his telekinetic powers on Leo and he flies across the room, knocking
over Phoebe. The Lazerus demon picks up a chair. Phoebe runs towards the demon
and he is about to throw it at her.]
Cole: Stop!
(Piper blows up the demon.)
Phoebe: Where's Paige?
Piper: I don't know.
Phoebe: Leo, where's Paige?
Leo: I can't get a read on her. Wherever she is her heart's not beating.
(Cole sees Paige's blood spill onto the floor.)
Cole: Over here.
(Leo runs over and starts to heal her. Darryl and the Priest rushes in.)
Priest: What the hell is going on in here?
Phoebe: That's it. (She pulls off her veil.) The wedding is off! Tell everyone to get
outta here. Go-go-go-go!
(She pushes Darryl and the Priest out of the door.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Church. All the guests have left. Piper, Phoebe, Paige, Cole and Leo are
there. Piper is on the phone.]
Piper: (on the phone) Just send the food to the house. Yes, and the bill. Not as
sorry as I am. Thank you. (She hangs up.) Caterer's taken care of.
Phoebe: Thank you so much, Piper, I just, I can't deal with any of that right now.
Piper: It's okay, it's been a tough day. (to Paige) How about you? How are you
doing?
Paige: Uh, still a little shaky.
Leo: We nearly lost you. Lucky the demon hesitated when Cole yelled.
Phoebe: Yeah, but why did he?
Cole: Maybe he was surprised somebody yelled at him.
Leo: We should all just be thankful that we're alive.
Paige: And visible. Although I'm not sure how that happened.
Cole: I do. The magic you were under was supposed to stop the wedding, it wore
off once the wedding was cancelled.
Phoebe: Oh, you mean when evil won? I am not stopping until I find out who sent
that thing after us.
Piper: Speaking of the demon, the crispy critter needs to find its way back to a
cemetery.
Cole: I know a local haunt, I can take it there.
Piper: And what happens when my freeze wears off on the way? You'll be as
defenceless as a cat toy.
Phoebe: I'll go with him. I wanna make sure it's in the ground for good.
Paige: Lets all do it.
Cole: Fine by me.
[Cut to a cemetery. Cole is standing in front of a grave. The girls and Leo are
catching up to him.]
Cole: I found a spot. This headstone's from the early 1900s. Nobody'll come
digging here anytime soon.
Leo: Piper, if you see anyone coming, freeze them.
(Cole starts digging.)
Piper: (to Phoebe) Don't worry, honey. It took Leo and me three times to get
married. It'll happen for you and Cole. We just need to figure out what kind of evil
stopped your wedding a why.
Paige: I have an idea. Why don't we just ask it?
Cole: Oh, don't be crazy. That Lazerus demon is a time bomb waiting to explode.
Phoebe: I want to know who ruined the happiest day of my life.
(Paige tips the ash out of a box onto the ground.)
Cole: Phoebe, I'm asking you, please, for me. Don't do this.
Phoebe: Cole, I can't believe you don't wanna know.
(The Lazerus demon resurrects.)
Piper: One flinch and I blow you into briquette.
Phoebe: Who resurrected you?
(He points to Cole.)
Lazerus Demon: Ask him. You swore I'd never see a cemetery again if I helped
you. You set me up.
Piper: Cole, what is this demon talking about?
Cole: I have no idea.
Lazerus Demon: Liar! You ordered me to attack them in the church. Is this how
you reward your loyal servants?
Phoebe: Okay, Cole, what is going on, because I gotta tell you right now I am
freaking out!
Cole: Oh, what's the point you already figured it out.
(He throws a fireball at the Lazerus demon and he turns into dirt.)
Phoebe: Oh, no. No, it can't be. No, it can't be. No.
(She looks away. Cole turns into the Seer.)
Paige: It's not. It's the Seer.
Piper: Not for long.
Phoebe: No, don't. (She goes over to the Seer.) Where's Cole?
Seer: Unconscious in the mausoleum.
Paige: Why would you save us one day and try to kill us the next?
Seer: For the same reason. To keep the balance of power between good and evil.
Piper: Don't be cryptic. I hate cryptic.
Seer: I had a vision. If you married Cole on this day, his love would've helped you
evolve into a much stronger witch, too strong. I had to stop you and I did.
(The Seer flames out.)
Piper: Bitch.
Phoebe: Cole.
Leo: Go. I'll bury the rest of the demon.
[Cut to the mausoleum. The Seer flames in and changes back to Cole. He loosens
his tie and lays on the ground. Piper, Phoebe and Paige run in.]
Phoebe: Cole? (They go over to him.)
Cole: Where's the Seer? She's in the cemetery.
Piper: Yeah, we know, we had a little chat.
Paige: I'm surprised she didn't kill you.
Cole: It's not her style. (He groans.) Killing's beneath her. She only does it if she
has to.
Phoebe: Come on, let's get you home.
(Leo walks in.)
Leo: You okay?
[Time lapse. They are walking through the mausoleum.]
Paige: I still don't understand. If the Seer wanted to stop Phoebe from marrying
you, wouldn't she want to kill you?
Cole: I don't know, you'd have to ask the Seer.
(They walk past a small chapel in the mausoleum.)
Leo: Look, a chapel.
Paige: A chapel in a mausoleum?
Leo: That's a first.
Piper: It's cute.
Cole: And perfect.
Phoebe: For what?
Cole: A wedding.
Piper: I couldn't agree more.
Phoebe: Really?
Paige: You've got the rings.
Leo: And we're all here.
Phoebe: Okay, I do. I-I mean, I will. Let's go.
(They walk inside. The dark priest removes his hood. Cole hands Phoebe a rose
and she ties it to his shirt. She pricks her finger on one of the thorns and it bleeds.
Cole puts her bleeding finger in his mouth. They go through the ceremony and they
place the rings on each other's fingers.)
Dark Priest: Not two but one, then life be gone. You may kiss the bride.
(Cole and Phoebe kiss.)
Phoebe: We did it.
Cole: Yes, we did.
(They kiss again. The Seer appears near by.)
Seer: It is done.
                                          End
            4.16 The fifth
              Halliwheel
[Scene: P3. Piper, Phoebe, Paige, Leo and Cole are there. Piper and Leo, and
Phoebe and Cole are snuggled closely together while Paige sits by herself. The all
clink their bottles.]
Phoebe: To our marriage.
(Phoebe nibbles on Cole's ear.)
Piper: Hey, this is supposed to be our anniversary.
Phoebe: Oh, right. Uh, to Piper and Leo's marriage. May ours be as successful as
theirs.
Piper: Yeah, see that still didn't sound like it was about us.
(Phoebe giggles at Cole. Piper and Leo kiss. Paige starts to feel uncomfortable.)
Paige: Well, alright, everybody, I, uh, am gonna go, I'm tired.
Cole: Wait, you can't go yet, Paige. We haven't gotten to the good part.
Paige: Oh, I'm sorry, I thought watching you guys make out all night was
supposed to be the highlight of my evening.
Phoebe: Oh, I'm sorry, sweetie, are we boring you?
Paige: No, no, it's just it is weird seeing a girl that wasn't the marrying type be so
married.
Piper: Piper tried to tell me that it was going to be great and different.
Piper: Well, you just have to experience it and you'll understand.
(Phoebe and Cole kiss.)
Paige: Alright, so the good part?
Cole: Oh, yes, the good part.
(He hands Piper and Leo an envelope. They open it.)
Piper: Oh my god.
Leo: Cole.
Cole: It's no big deal.
Leo: It's the finest hotel in Hawaii.
Cole: I just didn't think it was right you guys never got a honeymoon.
Phoebe: Oh my god. Could you be any sweeter right now?
Paige: Hang on, you got them tickets to Hawaii?
Cole: Well, not plane tickets, they'll have to orb there. But, uh, hotel and a couple
of nice dinners.
Piper: Cole, I can't believe you did this.
Paige: Am I missing something? Aren't you unemployed? How did you afford
this?
Cole: A-a-a-ah. That's tomorrow's surprise. For tonight, another toast. To Leo and
to Piper, a life time of happiness.
(They clink their glasses and take a sip. The Seer appears near by and Cole chokes
on his drink. He coughs.)
Phoebe: Are you okay? Baby, are you okay?
Cole: Fine, fine. Excuse me, I'll be right back.
(He walks away.)
Paige: Wow, so, you think, uh, Cole won the lottery or something?
Phoebe: I know I did.
(Paige makes a noise.)
Paige: Sorry.
[Cut to the underworld. A cave. The Seer is there standing in front of a cauldron.
Cole flames in.]
Cole: I was with the entire family, have you lost your mind?
Seer: Forgive me. But it was imperative that I have you here now if my ritual is to
take effect.
Cole: I am trying to be the perfect husband. The perfect brother-in-law. It would
help if I didn't have demons waving at me from the dance floor.
Seer: If my fertility ritual fails, the show's over anyway. Tomorrow's harvest moon
will be the one chance to impregnate your wife. The power of the moon combined
with this tonic will make her fertile to a demon's seed, and override any
preventative measures she's taken. Her favourite sweet?
Cole: Chocolate.
Seer: Then I'll mix it with the chocolate. You must feed it to her in the morning,
and then finish the job when the moon is high in the night's sky. And if you
succeed, the evil spawn growing inside her will influence her only for lenience so
that when she does discover the truth, she will bend to your will.
Cole: She will bend to her love for me.
(The Seer picks up a knife and moves closer to Cole.)
Seer: For the tonic.
(She cuts his hand and he drips his blood into the cauldron.)
                                     Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Bathroom. Phoebe and Paige are there putting on makeup.]
Phoebe: Can I try this?
Paige: Yeah, sure.
(Piper comes in.)
Piper: My hairclip broke.
Paige: Try one of mine.
(Piper pushes Phoebe out of the way.)
Phoebe: Ooh, glowy.
Piper: Yeah, like you need more glow.
Phoebe: Hey, isn't it weird how sex can replace sleep. I wonder if they've done any
studies on that?
Paige: I remember Dave my ex-boyfriend.
Phoebe: No, no, no, it's different with boyfriends. I don't know why, but once
you're married, it's just better, you know what I mean?
Piper: Husbands, incredibly sexy.
Phoebe: Yeah, it's more intimate or something.
Paige: Well, I wouldn't know.
Phoebe: Speaking of looking forward... Piper, you're going on your honeymoon
tonight. I think new lingerie is in order.
Piper: You always think new lingerie is in order.
Phoebe: Not for me, silly. You wanna come, Paige?
Paige: Ugh, I can't. I have to go to that evil place where they keep my pay cheque.
Phoebe: Oh, right, sorry.
(A car horn beeps outside. They leave the bathroom.)
[Cut to outside. Cole is standing beside a silver convertible. Piper, Phoebe, Paige
and Leo walk outside.]
Cole: Surprise!
Leo: A new car?
Piper: Where did you get that?
Cole: It came with the job.
Paige: Ahh, are you a valet parker?
Cole: Attorney, thank you very much. It's a company car.
(He hands Phoebe a bunch of flowers.)
Phoebe: Are you serious?
Paige: Strange. You didn't last two hours at legal aid.
Piper: Yeah, you hated it. You said you hated being a lawyer.
Cole: Yeah, but that job was high stressed and paid nothing. This one...
Leo: Comes with a Porsche.
Cole: Right. How comes she's not smiling?
Leo: You got me. Is this the tip tranic?
Cole: Uh, no. I thought you'd be happy.
Phoebe: Cole, if you're happy, I'm happy.
Cole: Alright. (He takes a box of chocolates out of the car. He takes off the lid and
shows them to Phoebe.) I got your favourite chocolates. And I reserved the
honeymoon sweet at the Mark.
Phoebe: A honeymoon?
Cole: Just for tonight. What do you say?
Phoebe: Ooh, I say I need to do a little bit of shopping first I think. What do you
say, Piper?
Piper: Uh, Rebekah Ryan's playing at the club tonight so I've gotta go set up.
Leo: I'll cover for you. Gotta do something, Cole's making me look bad.
Cole: So, chocolates? You sure you don't want one, they smell pretty good?
Phoebe: Mmm, maybe you are evil. (They kiss.) I love you.
Paige: So what law firm are you working for?
Cole: Are you familiar with San Francisco law firms?
Paige: Yeah, I deal with them from time to time.
Cole: Jack McCarter and Kline?
Paige: Haven't heard of them. Well, I better get to work. Congratulations.
Cole: Thanks.
(She walks away.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: A lingerie shop. Piper and Phoebe are there. Phoebe comes out wearing a
purple lingerie dress.]
Phoebe: Okay, what do you think?
Man: Ooh, wow. (His girlfriend hits him.)
Woman: Hey!
Piper: I think he liked it and I think she didn't.
Phoebe: Okay, but what is it saying? Because I'm going for that kind of we're
married but we're not dead look.
Piper: I think it's more of a I'm gonna wear this one night, and spend the next six
months paying it off kind of look.
Phoebe: I hate it when you're right.
(She heads for the dressing room.)
Piper: But although come to think of it, you could probably afford anything you
want now that Cole's gone corporate.
Phoebe: Yeah, well, I'm not gonna rely on that. And I'm not just gonna sit at home
while my husband works either, you know. I mean, maybe in ten years from now
like when I have kids, but not now.
Piper: Oh, hit a nerve?
Phoebe: I just think it's time I got a job too, you know. What do you think?
Piper: Uh, I think being so charming as we are, is kind of a full time job.
Phoebe: Yeah, it just happens to come with a death threat in lieu of pay cheque.
Piper: Right, so if Cole is bringing, you know, an extra few bucks into the
household why not enjoy it?
(Phoebe comes out of the dressing room.)
Phoebe: Because, Piper, it's not about that. I have a degree in psychology that I
worked really hard for and I would like to be able to use it to help people in a non-
magical way.
(They see a woman in the middle of the road with cars speeding past her. They
honk their horns as they drive by.)
Piper: Speaking of helping people. (A car heads for the woman and Piper freezes
it. Phoebe runs across the road and pushes the woman out of the way. Piper
unfreezes everything and runs across the road to help.) Oh, good thing that car had
breaks, huh. You would've been road killed.
Phoebe: Totally.
Piper: Are you okay?
Woman: Can you help me get to work? I won't make my deadline, I've gotta get to
work.
Piper: Alright. (Phoebe touches the woman and has a premonition of a demon
chasing her.) Yes?
Phoebe: Innocent.
Piper: Of course.
[Scene: South Bay Social Services. Paige is there talking to a Lila.]
Paige: Ugh, I still don't trust him. I called the firm and apparently he's telling the
truth by getting that job.
Lila: Wait, he told the truth. Rat.
Paige: I'm telling you, Lila, there's something weird going on. He couldn't function
in the job that I got him here, I mean, he hit a client. Now all of a sudden he's Mr.
Suave lawyer man.
Lila: People change.
Paige: But not that quickly, not that much. There's something off about him and,
uh, I'm gonna keep an eye on him, period.
Lila: Spying on the husband. Now that's a sure fire way to reconnect with your
sister.
(Paige's phone rings.)
Paige: Paige Matthews.
Phoebe: Hey, uh, we've got a witchy type situation that could really benefit from
your area of expertise. Any chance you could meet us back at the manor?
Paige: Yeah, I'll be right over.
Phoebe: Great, see you there.
[Cut to the manor. Cole is there with the Seer.]
Seer: What do you mean she wouldn't eat it?
Cole: I mean I thought shoving it down her throat might be a little suspicious. So,
is it too late?
Seer: No. The tonic is stronger the longer it has to gestate, it might still work.
Cole: Then keep an eye out and warn me of any demons who might be planing to
attack, I can't afford any distractions for Phoebe.
(The front door opens and Cole turns the Seer into a man. Piper, Phoebe and the
woman walks in.)
Phoebe: Cole, we have to, uh...
Cole: Oh, this is, this is Mike. My law clerk. He was just leaving. Thanks, you can
catch me up on those cases tomorrow.
Mike: Right. Sure. Excuse me.
(He heads for the door.)
Phoebe: Cole, this is Karen Young.
Cole: Pleased to meet you.
Phoebe: She, uh, she needs our help.
(Mike walks outside and disappears.)
[Cut to the living room.]
Karen: I was going in early, it was still dark, I said goodbye to my husband, and I
don't remember. (She starts to cry.) I don't understand what's happening to me.
Piper: Karen, I know you're scared but we're gonna help you, I promise.
(Phoebe and Cole walk into the foyer.)
Cole: What's wrong with her?
Phoebe: I don't know. I had a premonition that she was being attacked by demons,
only I don't think it was a premonition, I think it already happened. But she was hit
by some kind of light ball. So we might have to postpone this evening, baby.
Cole: No, we can't.
Phoebe: Well, innocents come first.
Cole: Of course they do. I just, I just can't wait to be alone with you. I'll do
whatever I can to help. (He looks around and spots the chocolates on a table. He
picks one up and holds it near Phoebe's mouth.) Forgive me?
(Phoebe hesitates and then takes a bite.)
Phoebe: Mmmm.
(They kiss. Piper comes in.)
Piper: Uh, hi, hi-hi-hi. Innocent at foot, remember?
Phoebe: Right.
Piper: So she's calmer now but won't you hang out with you while we go check
the book.
Cole: Absolutely. (Phoebe and Piper head for the stairs. Piper takes a chocolate as
she passes and eats it.) Uh, Piper?
Piper: What?
Cole: Uh, nothing, it's okay. (He laughs a little.)
Piper: Mm, suddenly I can't wait to go on my honeymoon.
Phoebe: Mm-hm, me either. Must be the full moon.
(Cole walks into the living room.)
Cole: You wanna tell me what happened?
Karen: I don't know.
Cole: I don't have time for this. (He holds his hand above her head and it glows.)
Who attacked you?
(She jumps up.)
Karen: Don't touch me! Don't touch me, leave me alone! He was touching me.
(Cole sees Paige standing at the living room entrance.)
                                 Commercial Break
Cole: I didn't hear you come in. What's the matter? You look like you saw a ghost.
Paige: I'm not sure what I saw.
Cole: What do you mean?
Paige: What were you doing to her?
Cole: Well, I was comforting her. If you hadn't noticed she's hysterical.
(Piper and Phoebe come back in with the book.)
Phoebe: Got it.
Cole: That was quick.
Piper: Yeah, well, we're that good. (to Paige) Thanks for coming.
(Phoebe goes over and cuddles Cole.)
Paige: Uh, we have a problem.
Phoebe: Yeah?
Paige: I mean, what's the problem with her? (She looks at the book.) Power
brokers?
Cole: Of course.
Phoebe: Apparently the light ball that was thrown at Karen was a demonic power.
Cole: Yeah, brokers sometimes use people to store powers until they find a buyer.
That way thieves can't get to them.
Paige: Human being possessed of a demonic power will become confused then
frightened, paranoid, violent and demonic, will ultimately die if the power isn't
withdrawn.
Phoebe: So good news is there is a potion to pull the power out of her.
(Cole waves his hand behind his back and his pager beeps. He looks at it.)
Cole: Uh, it's work. They probably want me to fill out more forms.
Phoebe: Okay, baby, well, you go and we'll call you if we need you.
(They kiss and he leaves.)
Karen: I've gotta get outta here. I have a family to take care of.
Piper: Karen, your family is okay.
Karen: But I have a job! I-I-I have a deadline. Elise, she'll fire me.
Paige: It's okay, we'll talk to Elise for you, we'll tell her you're with us, we'll make
it all okay.
Piper: I'll go.
Paige: No, uh, Phoebe should go. You're the best with potions. Here, honey, take
my car.
(Phoebe takes Paige's car keys.)
Phoebe: Call me if things get worse.
(Phoebe leaves.)
Paige: Piper...
Piper: This potion takes a while to brew and we're all out of hyssop, so why don't
you stay with Karen and start cooking and I'll go to the herb store.
Paige: No, I-I have to talk to you about something. You're gonna hate me for
saying this but I think I saw Cole use...
Piper: No. Paige, we've been through this a million times.
Paige: No, this is different. I think I saw Cole use demonic...
Piper: No-no-no-no. There is nothing demonic about Cole, and whether you like it
or not, he's your brother-in-law. So whatever issues you have with him you're
gonna have to take care of yourself.
(Piper leaves.)
Paige: Karen, can I ask you a couple of questions?
[Cut to outside. Piper gets in her car and drives off. Cole pulls up in front of the
house in his convertible.]
[Cut to inside. Living room.]
Karen: I don't know, I just felt him do something behind me.
Paige: Something like what? Did you see him do anything?
Karen: Who are you? Why did you bring me here?
(Leo walks in.)
Leo: Paige. Have you seen Piper around?
(Paige goes over to him.)
Paige: Yeah, she's already left. Aren't you supposed to be on club duty?
Leo: Well, I'd much rather be on my honeymoon. Who is she? Is there something
wrong?
Paige: No, she's an innocent, we're on top of it. More importantly, I think I saw
Cole using magical powers.
Leo: What?
Paige: Yes. I know it sounds crazy but I think I saw his hand glow.
Leo: Paige...
Paige: No, look, there's something strange going on. All the elaborate gifts and
he's got the 50,000 dollar car, what kind of job comes with perks like that?
Leo: So Cole gets a company car and that automatically makes him a demon in
your eyes?
Paige: No, no, it's just that something is different with him lately and it's not good.
Am I the only one seeing this?
Leo: Maybe you're the only one who wants to see it.
Paige: Meaning?
Leo: Meaning that no one wants to be the fifth wheel.
Paige: That's not fair.
Leo: You know what's not fair? Is you judging Cole for his past. He's not a demon
anymore and he's part of this family.
(Leo walks outside and flames out.)
[Cut to the underground. Leo flames in and turns back into Cole. The Seer is there
as Mike.]
Mike: Well, it's about time.
(Cole changes Mike back into the Seer.)
Seer: Thank you.
Cole: Paige saw me using my powers.
Seer: What? You've been exposed?
Cole: Not necessarily, she's not certain what she saw.
Seer: Nevertheless, she must die.
Cole: A little subtlety. That would hardly put Phoebe in an amorous mood and I'm
too close now to abandon my plan.
Seer: If one of the witches is onto you, more than your plan is at risk.
Cole: Still, she's not sure she can trust her own eyes. And I think I know a way to
make sure no one trusts what Paige says she saw.
Seer: How?
Cole: The innocent the girls brought home was infected by a power broker.
Seer: What does that have to do with it?
Cole: If I can get a power broker to do the same to Paige, she'll become unstable as
well. But by the time she reaches breaking point her sisters will be on their
honeymoons.
Seer: She could alert them.
Cole: Not if I accelerate her slide. Push her past fear and into paranoia. Then she
won't trust them enough to alert them.
(Cole waves his hand and a power broker appears.)
Power Broker: Who did this? Who pulled me here?
Cole: I did. (Cole's eyes turn black.)
Power Broker: Source. You live.
(He kneels on the ground.)
Cole: Let's just keep that between us for now. (The Power Broker stands up.) I
have an assignment for you. If you succeed, you will be rewarded with more power
than you can possibly imagine.
[Scene: The Bay Mirror. Phoebe walks in. There are people everywhere. A guy
walks past her.]
Guy: Wow, hi. You are?
Phoebe: Married. Honeymooning tonight. Yeah, can not wait. (He turns to leave.)
Uh, excuse me. I'm actually looking for someone. A boss-type someone. Her name
is Elise.
(The guy points to an office. Phoebe goes over and the door opens before she can
knock.)
Elise: What?
Phoebe: Hi. I'm here on behalf of Karen Young. She's fallen ill...
Elise: Tell her she's fired.
Phoebe: What? No-no.
Elise: When she's late, I'm late. I'm an editor with better things to do than to wait
around for her.
Phoebe: No, but she's not gonna be late. Is she late already?
Elise: Deadlines 8:00 tonight. And I thought you said she was sick.
Phoebe: Well, that's why I'm here. To pick up her assignment and bring it to her.
Believe me, nothing is more important to Karen than reporting the news.
Elise: I would hardly call the advice column news. (Elise takes Phoebe into a very
messy office.) This week's letter is probably on this train wreck of a desk.
Phoebe: Wow, that's a lot of mail.
Elise: Yeah, she's got a follower so she must be doing something right.
Phoebe: Uh, since there's so much traffic right now and I have to get this mail to
her, would you consider extending the...
Elise: I appreciate the fact that it takes a special type of person to rifle through the
miseries of absolute strangers and actually manage to help. The fact is, I couldn't
even manage to care. This is a newspaper and we work on a deadline. End of
conversation.
(Elise leaves.)
[Scene: P3. Piper and Leo are down behind the bar. Piper giggles. Piper's cell
phone rings and she pops up on her knees, out of breath to answer it.]
Piper: Hello?
Phoebe: Hey, did you make the potion?
Piper: Potion? P-P-Paige is making the potion. (Leo pops up beside Piper and
starts kissing her neck..) And I have ten glorious minutes then I have to have my
herbs.
Phoebe: Great, because I need your help fast. Karen's gonna get fired unless we
get her advice column in by 8:00 tonight.
Piper: Uh-huh.
Phoebe: So what would tell a twenty-eight year old woman who's still living in her
parents house because she's afraid of living alone.
Piper: I'd tell her to get a life.
Phoebe: How can I write that? We fight demons every day. How can I tell her that
there's nothing to be afraid of, you know? (Piper makes a noise.) What are you
doing, Piper?
Piper: I am taking my own advice.
Phoebe: Eww.
(She hangs up.)
[Cut to the manor. Kitchen. Paige is making the potion while Karen sits at the table
mumbling to herself.]
Karen: I gotta get outta here. I gotta get outta here now!
(She stands up and pushes the table onto its side. She heads for the door and Paige
stands in her way.)
Paige: Karen, the medicine is almost finished, after you take it you can go
anywhere you want.
Karen: You're trying to poison me. You're working for that bitch Elise. I'm gonna
kill her before she kills me.
Paige: No, we are only trying to help you. No one is trying to hurt you.
Karen: I don't want your help.
(She pushes Paige onto the floor and runs into the foyer. Paige orbs out and orbs
back in front of Karen.)
Paige: I'm sorry, I just can't let you go.
Karen: Oh my god, what are you?
(Karen pounces at Paige and Paige jumps out of the way. Cole comes in through
the front door and grabs Karen.)
Cole: What's going on in here?
Karen: Get off me! Leave me alone!
Cole: Where's Phoebe?
Paige: Good question.
(The power broker smokes in behind Paige.)
Cole: Paige, behind you! (The power broker throws a white ball at Paige and she
glows. Cole lets go of Karen and dives on the power broker.) Paige, get her outta
here!
Karen: Stay away from me!
(She holds up her hands and fire comes out of them, burning Paige's arms. Karen
runs outside.)
Paige: Leo!
(Leo orbs in with Piper. Leo starts to heal Paige.)
Cole: Power broker, blow him up!
Power Broker: What?
(Piper blows him up.)
Piper: Uh, where's Karen?
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Paige, Leo and Cole are there. Paige is making the potion.
She touches her head.]
Leo: You should be feeling better, I healed your wounds.
Paige: Oh, yeah, I am just a little woozy.
(Piper comes in talking on the phone.)
Piper: It was like acid spray, hurt Paige pretty bad. So, um, we need to find Karen
fast.
Phoebe: So our innocent is now our demon?
Piper: Right. But she is still our innocent. And, listen, Paige said she was ranting
about hating her boss so she could be on her way there.
Phoebe: Oh, well, great, then you should be on your way here too. Because there's
not a lot I can do against an acid breathing innocent, you know.
Piper: The acid is coming out of her hands.
Phoebe: Whatever. I'm on a deadline, okay.
(Piper hangs up.)
Piper: Okay, I'm gonna go to Phoebe in case Karen goes there.
Paige: I'll orb you.
Cole: No. Your orbing's still a little clumsy. And besides, they might need Leo's
healing powers.
Piper: Uh, yeah, he's right. You should stay here in case Karen comes back. And if
there's any problems, any real problems, you can call for us.
Leo: (to Cole) Keep an eye on her will you?
Cole: Yeah, don't worry. (Leo orbs out with Piper.) Paige, you don't still have a
problem with me do you? I don't believe it, I saved your life out there.
Paige: I-I just, I don't understand.
(She runs out. Cole knocks the potion onto the floor.)
Cole: Oops.
[Scene: The Bay Mirror. Piper and Leo are in Karen's office looking through the
window. Phoebe is typing on the computer.]
Piper: What if she doesn't come here?
Leo: It's our best bet.
Phoebe: How do you spell oblique?
Piper: With spell check.
(Karen barges in the building.)
Leo: There she is.
(Karen runs into a man.)
Karen: Outta my way.
Piper: Phoebe.
Phoebe: Mm.
Piper: Phoebe. Acid spraying innocent in the house.
Phoebe: Yeah, just give me a second.
(Piper opens the door.)
Piper: Karen. She's in here, she's waiting for your assignment.
(Karen walks in and looks around.)
Phoebe: Yes! Printing.
Piper: Hi, saving. Karen, we have your medicine.
(Acid spray comes out of her hands. Piper jumps out of the way and Phoebe
levitates. The spray melts the computer.)
Phoebe: Whoa, it's a good thing I was done.
(Piper freezes Karen.)
Leo: Someone's coming and the door doesn't lock.
Phoebe: Oh, that's Elise. She's coming for Karen's assignment. God, I hope she
likes it.
Piper: Phoebe!
Phoebe: What? Okay, okay, what do I do? What do I do?
(Piper gives Phoebe the potion.)
Piper: Shove it down her throat.
Phoebe: Shove it down her throat. Okay.
(Piper stands behind Karen.)
Piper: Go
(Piper grabs Karen from behind and Karen unfreezes. Phoebe races over and pours
the potion in her mouth.)
Phoebe: Sorry, sorry, sorry.
(Elise tries to open the door but Leo holds it closed.)
Elise: Karen? Karen, open the door.
(Piper sits Karen on the chair. A light comes out of her. Leo lets go of the door.)
Leo: Sorry, it was jammed.
Elise: What the hell is going on in here? Who are you?
Phoebe: Uh, this is, this is Karen's doctor and nurse. I told you, she very sick.
Elise: Is she gonna live?
Leo: Uh, yeah, yeah, she's gonna be fine.
Elise: Good. (to Karen) Where's my copy?
Karen: Um, I don't...
Phoebe: I have that. I have the copy.
(Phoebe takes it out of the printer and hands it to Elise. Elise reads it.)
Elise: Ha! That's funny.
Phoebeb: I-It's funny? Like-like bad funny? What's funny?
Elise: You should be sick more often. This is good stuff.
Phoebe: Really? It is? Yay, Karen.
Karen: Thank you.
Elise: You're welcome.
Phoebe: We did it. I mean, we did it. Yay, we.
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Paige and Cole are there. Paige is kneeling on the floor,
frightened.]
Cole: Paige. (He throws a fireball.) What's the matter? Are you okay?
Paige: How did you do that?
Cole: Do what?
Paige: Just admit it, you're a demon, just tell the truth.
Cole: Paige, I can't believe you'd even think that. You're the one who's acting
strange. If you keep this up, you're gonna hurt yourself.
(Cole walks towards.)
Paige: Stay away from me! (She crawls to the corner.) I'm gonna tell Phoebe.
Cole: Oh, come on. You don't really think your sisters would leave me alone with
you if I was evil?
Paige: Stay away from me.
Cole: You really think Phoebe would've married me if I was a demon? (Fire
images show up in Cole's eyes. Cole's phone rings. He answers it.) Hello?
Phoebe: Hey. Did you say something about a honeymoon suite for tonight?
Cole: Does that mean you found Karen?
Phoebe: Yes. We found her, we saved her, we even saved her job. She's fine. The
only thing is she doesn't remember anything that happened today.
Cole: Perfect.
Phoebe: What?
Cole: Well, that means she can't expose you guys as witches. You know what? If
we hurry, we can still make late check in.
Phoebe: Oh, but I don't have anything to wear.
Cole: I can pack for you. I know what I like.
Phoebe: I bet you do. Okay, I'll meet you there.
Cole: Hey, wait-wait-wait. Why don't you tell Leo and Piper to orb straight to
Hawaii, don't even bother packing. You never know when the next demon's gonna
attack.
Phoebe: I'll tell them. You just hurry. Bye.
(Cole hangs up. Paige runs towards Cole and flames surround him. She stops. The
flames disappear. Paige cries.)
Paige: Stop it. Why are you doing this?
Cole: What's the matter? Seeing things?
(He leaves the attic. Paige starts throwing things around the room. She throws her
hands out and she zaps a dollhouse. She looks at her hands, sits on the floor and
continues to cry.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Paige storms downstairs. She walks into the living room and
throws something off the table as she passes.]
Paige: I know you're here. I'll find you. (She turns around and zaps a mirror. She
sees a photo of Cole and Phoebe and zaps it.)
[Cut to a hotel room. Phoebe and Cole are on the bed feeding food to each other.]
Phoebe: I love you.
Cole: Mm, I had a feeling.
Phoebe: And here I thought all this time I was being so subtle. (Paige orbs in.) Oh
my god, Paige. (Paige tries to zap Cole.) The power brokers got to her. There's
potion in my purse. (They get off the bed. Cole goes to Phoebe's purse.)
Paige: He's evil.
Phoebe: Paige, don't do this, fight it.
(Paige goes to zap Cole but Phoebe kicks her arm. Cole drops the potion on the
floor. Paige tries to zap Cole again but misses. Phoebe holds onto Paige's arms.)
Paige: He's evil. I have to stop him.
Phoebe: Leo! Leo!
(Leo and Piper orb in, wearing lei's.)
Piper: This better be... (she sees what's happening) good.
Leo: Look at her eyes.
(Paige struggles to get out of Phoebe's grip. Piper walks over and hits Paige over
the head with a candlestick.)
Phoebe: Okay, Piper, wh-wh...
Piper: What? This is what Whitelighters are for. Where's the potion?
(Leo tries to heal Paige.)
Cole: It's broken.
Piper: Oh, okay, well, there's more at the manor.
Cole: No, there's not actually. Paige broke that one too.
Piper: Wh-what do you mean? That took forever to make. Should could die if we
have to make more.
Phoebe: How did we not notice?
Piper: Oh, she was talking about not trusting Cole. It didn't occur to me that she
might be infected. This is all my fault.
Phoebe: No, it's not your fault, it's no one's fault. (Phoebe goes over to Paige.)
Leo, she's burning up.
Leo: I tried to heal her, I can't.
Piper: Well, what are we supposed to do? Just stand here and watch her die?
Phoebe: Oh, no, no, no, no. This can't be happening. Not again.
(She looks at Cole.)
Cole: This is a way. We need to find a power broker to pull it out of her.
Piper: I blew him up.
Cole: There's others. You'll have to orb me underground.
Phoebe: We'll all go.
Cole: No, it's too dangerous. You never know what kind of powers they might
have. Besides, your powers might not work too well down there.
Phoebe: Cole, you don't have any powers.
Piper: Cole, there's no time to argue, we're going.
Phoebe: I'm gonna get dressed.
[Cut to the underworld. Three power brokers are sitting around a table swapping
powers.]
Power Broker #2: So, I'll give you an energy ball for a lightning bolt.
Power Broker #3: -----.
(Leo and Cole peek around the corner.)
Leo: What are they doing?
Cole: Trading powers.
Leo: So what do we do?
Cole: I don't know.
(Piper and Phoebe walk around the corner.)
Piper: We barge in. Get Paige.
Cole: Wait, wait, wait.
(They walk in.)
Piper: Sorry to interrupt, but I think one of you may have misplaced a power.
Cole: (to Leo) I'll get her, you get ready to orb them out of here.
Power Broker #2: Who are you?
Piper: We're the Charmed Ones. And one of you jack asses infected our sister.
Phoebe: (to Piper) It's gonna be pretty hard to tell which jack ass though, huh.
Piper: So, here's the deal. We'll spare your lives if you pull your skanky little
power out of her.
(Cole carries Paige in.)
Power Broker #2: The power of the Charmed Ones lies in the power of three.
You're one witch down.
Phoebe: Um, you sure you wanna test that theory?
(A lightning bolt comes out of his hand, missing them.)
Piper: Too bad. You lose.
(Piper tries to blow him up.)
Cole: Told you about your powers down here.
Leo: Let's get out of here.
Piper: Keep in mind that that was just a warning. Next time I'll use full force.
(Two power brokers kneel down.)
Power Broker #3: Forgive us. We'll do whatever you ask.
Phoebe: See, that's more like it, right there.
(Cole's eyes turn black and the power brokers see.)
Power Broker #2: What the hell are you doing?
(One of the power brokers throw an energy ball at him.)
Piper: What are you waiting for?
(The power brokers remove the power out of Paige. She wakes up and stands up.)
Paige: Where am I?
Phoebe: You're gonna be okay, sweetie.
Leo: Now can we get out of here?
Piper: Wait. (Piper blows up all the power balls on the table.) I had enough power
to do that, eh?
(They leave, except Cole.)
Cole: Shh.
[Scene: Underground. A cave. Cole is there. The Seer walks in.]
Seer: Why would you save Paige after everything you do to destroy her?
Cole: They would've found a way to save her anyway. This way I get the credit.
Seer: Did you do it for credit? Or love? I supposed there's some things even the
Source can't defeat.
Cole: Careful.
Seer: I am, but are you? We have worked too hard to let a nugget of humanity
destroy a legacy of evil.
Cole: Paige has no memory. She's not a threat to us anymore.
Seer: I'm not talking about her, I'm talking about Cole. His the one threat neither
one of us can control. He saved Paige not you.
Cole: I'm not concerned. There'll be nothing he can do once Phoebe's pregnant. Is
she? (The Seer looks into the future.) Well?
Seer: I see conflicting futures. Only time will tell.
(She disappears.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: P3. Piper and Phoebe are sitting at a table. Paige comes over and sits
down.]
Paige: I can't believe I destroyed the house.
Phoebe: What I can't believe is what you almost saw in the hotel room. If you had
gotten there five minutes earlier...
Piper: Lalala! Over sharing.
(Karen approaches the table.)
Phoebe: Hey, Karen!
Karen: Oh, I'd hope I'd find you here.
Paige: Do we know her?
Piper: Oh, your memory really is shot.
Karen: Um, you told fearful Merrin to get a dog.
Phoebe: Yeah, oh, I know, I know, it seemed right at the time, you know, so she
didn't have to...
Karen: I would've told her to get a therapist and a life.
Piper: See, this is what I said.
Karen: Hers was better.
Phoebe: Really?
Karen: It was proactive, it was non-judgmental. The whole column had a
freshness and a passion that it hasn't had for a really long time.
Phoebe: Thank you.
Karen: And I'm gonna tell Elise that you wrote it.
Phoebe: Oh, no, Karen, don't do that. I mean, she'll fire you then.
Karen: And my guess is she'll hire you. If you think you can handle working for
that witch.
Piper: Hm, I thought of her as more of a demon.
Phoebe: Oh, shh.
Karen: Well, either, I hate her. And even though I'm not sure what happened
today, I just feel like I wanna spend more time at home with my kid. So I wanna
say thanks, for everything.
(Karen leaves.)
Phoebe: That is very sweet.
Paige: What just happened there?
Piper: I think Phoebe just got a job.
(Phoebe laughs.)
Phoebe: I can't. Can I?
Piper: Phoebe, somebody is going to pay you to tell other people what to do. Shut
up and be happy. (They pick up their drinks.) To Phoebe. May you never give any
lethal advice.
Paige: And to Piper, may you actually get to go on your honeymoon tomorrow.
Phoebe: And to Paige...
Paige: May I never try to kill you again.
Piper: You're not really a Halliwell until you've gone demonic on your sisters at
least twice.
Phoebe: Actually, she didn't go demonic on us, she went demonic on Cole.
Piper: You say tomato, and I say...
Phoebe: Karen already hated Elise. That's why Elise became the object of Karen's
demonic rage. Which also means that you already hated Cole.
Paige: No, I don't hate Cole, Phoebe. I just don't trust him. I don't know why I feel
that way, I just, I don't. I'm sorry.
Phoebe: Yeah. So am I.
(Phoebe walks away. Piper gets up and follows her.)
                                        End
 4.17 Saving private
         Leo
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Phoebe and Cole are there. Phoebe is sitting at the
table typing on the laptop. Paige races in. Piper holds out a plate.]
Piper: Wheatgerm pancakes?
Paige: Ah, bagel.
(She grabs a bagel.)
Piper: Bagel?
Cole: Has anyone seen my deposition papers? I though they were in this folder
with the cream cheese thing.
(He holds up a folder with cream cheese spread over it.)
Paige: Try the one with the jelly stain.
Cole: Okay. (He picks it up.) I got it, thanks. Phoebe, don't forget my law firm's
having a party tonight. I wanna show off my new bride.
Phoebe: If I could finish my work here, that would be great.
Piper: Cole, pancakes?
Cole: Trying to watch my cholesterol.
Piper: How about you, Phoebe? I know you want some of these.
Phoebe: No, you know what I want? I want quiet. My advice column is due today.
Piper: No pancakes?
Phoebe: No pancakes. But, shh, with syrup on it would be good.
(Leo orbs in.)
Piper: Oh, Leo, just in time for some delicious wheatgerm pancakes.
Leo: Uh, no, I don't have time. I just came to get my toolbox.
Piper: Alright, you know what? I'm not cooking for you people anymore. From
now on you're all on your own. (Piper walks behind Paige. Cole flicks his hand and
the toaster pops up.)
Paige: My bagel.
(She turns around, bumps into Piper and Piper drops the plate of pancakes.)
Piper: Ohh.
Phoebe: Can everybody please be quiet! (The laptop beeps.) Oh, no. My battery
died.
(Cole looks at the smoke alarm and it beeps.)
Leo: Smoke alarm.
(Leo levitates up to the smoke alarm to try and turn it off. Cole leans next to
Phoebe.)
Cole: You know, you'd get all the quiet you want if we had our own place. (Leo
turns off the fire alarm and levitates back to the floor. Cole kisses Phoebe.) Gotta
go. I'm meeting my new personal assistant today. Bye.
Phoebe: And I am off to quieter pastures.
(She grabs her stuff and leave the kitchen. Leo sighs.)
Piper: Honey, you look tired.
Leo: I've been working double shifts. The Elders have been piling it on me ever
since you guys took out the Source.
Paige: What's with the toolbox?
Piper: Leo poses as a heavenly handyman, it's actually how we met.
Paige: Ooh.
Leo: The Elders want me to check out a potential Whitelighter. She's a school
teacher about to fall off the path, she needs some inspiration.
Piper: Speaking of inspiration, it's the 60th anniversary of the battle of
Guadalcanal and they're having a reunion for local veterans, so I RSVP'd for you.
Leo: Piper, I can't be seen there.
Piper: Well, no, it's okay, I told them that you were your grandson.
Leo: Well, that's not it. I-I don't want to go. You would've known that if you
would've asked me or talked to me about it instead of just making decisions for me.
(He grabs his toolbox and orbs out.)
[Scene: A library. A woman is sitting at a table sorting through some letters. Two
ghosts are in the room watching her.]
Ghost #1: I bet she scares easy. Can I scare her?
Ghost #2: No.
Ghost #1: Come on, Rick. Just let me moan once. One of those bone chilling
moans, you know, could be the wind, could be a ghost.
Rick: Just watch her.
Ghost #1: We've been watching this place for about sixty years, man. We're never
gonna find what we're looking for. I swear, sometimes I don't know why I stay
here with you.
Rick: Because I stay with you, bro. I promised to protect you when we enlisted
and I failed. I'm not gonna fail again.
Woman: Well, this is something.
(She lady hold up a letter. The ghosts move closer.)
Rick: Leo Wyatt's grandson is gonna attend the reunion with his wife. I told you
one of them would show up eventually.
Ghost #1: Well, let's go. What's the address?
Rick: Can't see it. Lean back, granny.
Ghost #1: Can I scare her now? (He moans and the woman gets scared. She jumps
up out of her chair.) 1329 Prescott Street. Let's go.
Rick: Not yet. You've had your fun, now let me show you how it's done. (He starts
typing on the computer keyboard and the woman sees. "I am coming for you"
shows up on the screen over and over. The blinds on the window open and close,
the papers fly around the room, and books fall off the shelf. She starts screaming
and runs for the door. Rick pokes his head through the door.) Boo!
(She screams and runs out the other door and down the hallway. Rick runs out of
the room.)
Ghost #1: Rick, Rick, wait! (Rick stops.) We're after Wyatt, we're not after her.
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Phoebe is there typing on the laptop. Paige walks
in.]
Paige: Phoebe, have you seen my keys anywhere?
Phoebe: No.
Paige: Ugh!
(Piper walks in and sits down.)
Piper: Leo is not answering my call.
Paige: Is it an emergency?
Piper: No. But I just wanna talk to him so I can figure out why he's so mad at me.
I mean, I can't believe it's just because he doesn't want to go to the reunion.
Paige: Maybe because it's because, I don't know, he died at Guadalcanal.
Piper: Yeah, but he died a hero. Although, come to think of it, he doesn't really
talk about it very much. Phoebe. (She continues to type on the laptop.) Phoebe,
come on, what do you think?
Phoebe: I think, Piper, that I came in here to get away from all the chatter. (She
closes the laptop.) Okay, I have a deadline. (She gets up and pulls out the plug.) I
am working Phoebe.
(Paige looks between the couch cushions.)
Paige: Ah, found 'em! (She sees Ghost #1 standing on the stairs.) Ah! Who are
you?
Ghost #1: What? Wait, you can see me?
Paige: More like through you.
(Piper goes to Paige.)
Piper: Paige, stand back. Phoebe?
Phoebe: What? (Ghost #1 disappears. Phoebe walks in.) We just saw a ghost,
that's what.
Paige: Yeah, my first one too. I mean, that I wasn't related to. It was kind of cool.
Piper: No, not cool. Unless he was friendly which considering who we are and
what we do probably not.
Phoebe: This is great. This is exactly what I need today. What do we do?
Piper: You go back to your deadline. I'll go get the book and brush up on my ghost
busting.
Paige: No-no-no. I'll go do it.
Piper: You just said you were late for work.
Paige: Yeah, but I mean, he's a ghost. Who knows where he came from, what era.
He's like a piece of man hunk history.
Piper: Knock yourself out.
(Paige leaves the room. Piper walks over and picks up a photo of Leo in his army
uniform.)
[Cut to the memorial hall. Rick is staring at a photo of Leo which is pinned to the
hall of honor. His brother appears and walks over to him.]
Rick: Reek on report.
Ghost #1: Well, Wyatt's grandson is definitely living the good life.
Rick: Not for long.
Ghost #1: Not so fast, Rick. His wife was there. And she could see me.
Rick: The witch?
Ghost #1: Plus two sisters. For a grand total of three witches. Listen, Rick, I was
thinking maybe we should just forget about this.
Rick: Forget about what? What Wyatt did to us? The fact he trapped us in this hell
on earth? You wanna forget him? No way. The grandson's gonna pay for what the
grandfather did to us.
(Rick pulls off Leo's photo off the wall and it smashes on the floor.)
Ghost #1: Someday you're gonna have to show me how you did that.
(A guard walks in and looks around.)
Rick: No time like the present. Some say hatred can harden the heart. (He walks
towards the guard.) I've found that it can also harden the body.
(Rick becomes visible and the guard gasps.)
Guard: Whoa.
(Rick grabs a bayonet and stabs the guard with it. The guard falls to the floor.
Rick: Now it's your turn, Nathan. Focus on everything that Wyatt stole from us.
Our life, our family, our future. (Nathan closes his eyes.) Feel the hatred. Now
bring it to the surface.
(Nathan turns visible.)
Nathan: I did it.
Rick: Now, take the bayonet. You'll need the practice. 'Cause with witches around
we're gonna have to be at the top of our game.
[Scene: Cole's office. Cole is there interviewing a beautiful, blonde woman.]
Cole: What kind of legal documents did you draft as a paralegal?
Woman: Discovery, administrative, pre-trial, trial, motions, pleadings.
Cole: What's your dictations be?
Woman: One hundred and twenty words a minute.
Cole: How fast can you shimmer across town?
Woman: Thirty miles in two seconds.
Cole: Demonic powers?
Woman: Fireballs, shape shifting.
Cole: Your last kill?
Woman: Two years ago.
Cole: Two years ago, why so long?
Woman: Killing's messy. My services are usually a little more discreet.
Cole: I'll give you a trial run... Julie. I'm trying to separate my wife from the
harmful influence of her sisters.
Julie: The Charmed Ones.
Cole: It's very important for me to keep Phoebe away from them. She might be
pregnant with my son.
Julie: You almost say that like you love her.
(He glances at a picture of him and Phoebe on his desk.)
Cole: Apart of me does, unfortunately. Anyway, (he walks around his desk) my
plan is more insidious than avert. I set off the fire alarm this morning, I'll cut the
power off this afternoon, whatever it takes to make Phoebe's home feel cramped
and unliveable.
Julie: And seduce her with a promise of a better life?
Cole: Exactly. But it takes caution, focus. I need someone to cover me at work,
watch my back.
Julie: Well, I'll watch whatever part you want.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: The school teacher's house. Leo is there fixing a kitchen sink.]
Teacher: He couldn't believe I suspended him but what could I do? He brought a
knife into my classroom. Now he's threatening me, says he knows where I live.
Leo: See, that's why I'm a plumber. Pipes are a lot easier to deal with than kids
today.
Teacher: I always wanted to be a teacher, but not at the cost of my life. That's why
I've decided to quit.
Leo: That's too bad. With all the good you're gonna do in this world, gone forever.
Teacher: Going to do?
Leo: I mean, can do.
(Water starts spurting out of a pipe.)
Teacher: I don't want to quit. I just don't have the courage to stay.
(Leo heals the pipe and the water stops spurting out.)
Leo: Well, the only courage that matters is the kind that gets you from one
moment to the next. Maybe you should just focus on that.
Teacher: You bill as a plumber or a therapist?
Leo: Ah, whatever it takes to stop the leak. (He stands up.) Which by the way, is
healed. I mean, sealed.
Teacher: What do I owe you?
Leo: This one's on the house.
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. Piper and Paige are there. Paige is looking through
the Book of Shadows while Piper is going through some of Leo's stuff. Phoebe's in
the dining room typing on the laptop.]
Paige: Did you know there's a potion in here to vanquish ghosts?
Piper: Yeah, uh, you pour it over their bones. We used it a couple of years ago.
That's weird, look at this.
(She holds up a medal.)
Paige: What is it?
Piper: Leo's medal of honour. And it's just stuffed in his old army file like it
doesn't mean anything.
Paige: Aww, maybe he's just being humble.
Piper: No, it's not that, it's something else. I know it, I know him.
Phoebe: There's also a spell to vanquish ghosts. It should be in the book
somewhere.
Paige: Oh, yeah, it's in here alright. The only problem is, it that you have to be a
ghost yourself to say it. Which is fairly lame. (The power goes off.) Uh, not again.
Phoebe: Oh, no, no, no. I didn't save any of it. I just lost half my document.
Piper: Alright, relax, I'll check the circuit breaker.
Phoebe: I really need to get my own place.
Piper: Sorry?
Phoebe: Nothing. (Phoebe walks into the kitchen and picks up the phone. She dials
a number.)
Julie: Cole Turner's office.
Phoebe: Hi, who's this?
Julie: I'm Julie, Mr. Turner's new assistant. Who's this?
Phoebe: I'm Phoebe, Mr. Turner's new wife.
Julie: Oh, really? I didn't realise he was married.
Phoebe: Yeah, he is and I really need to talk to him, it's very important.
(Piper walks in and grabs a flashlight out of a drawer.)
Julie: I'm afraid he's not in his office. Can I take a message?
(Piper walks into the basement.)
Phoebe: No, I'm sorry, you can't. But he said he'd be in the office all day and I
really, really need to talk to him right away.
[Cut to the basement. Piper walks down the stairs. Cole peeks around from behind
the door.]
Phoebe's Voice: (on phone) Hi, baby. (Cole gets a shock.) What, did you hire your
new assistant on the spot? Well, you could've at least told her that you were
married. (Cole peeks into the kitchen, confused.) Look, I hate to bother you, but I
was kind of hoping that you could help me.
(The lights come back on.)
Piper: Power's on!
(Cole flames out.)
[Cut to his office. He flames in. Julie is there talking on the phone to Phoebe.]
Phoebe: I just can't get any work done here, and I am so pushing my deadline.
Julie: (in Cole's voice) What can I do?
Phoebe: I can't get to the office, right, because they're painting it. So I was
wondering if...
Julie: (Cole's voice) I knew of a place you could work? As a matter of fact I do.
Cole: Why don't you meet me at the towers in twenty minutes.
Phoebe: The towers where the party is tonight?
Cole: Yeah, but that's tonight. Nobody's using them today.
Phoebe: Okay. Sounds good.
Cole: (whispers to Julie) Drived.
Phoebe: I'll see you there. Thanks.
[Cut to the manor. Phoebe hangs up.]
Phoebe: Uh, call me on my cell if you need anything. Okay, I've gotta go.
(Phoebe leaves and Paige walks in.)
Paige: Nice job with the lights, sis.
Piper: I can't figure out what keeps tripping the breaker.
Paige: Maybe it's a ghost. (She holds up a photo.) Found this in the file. The guy to
the left of Leo. Does he look familiar? That's our ghost. He was killed in action.
His brother's on the right. They died the same day as Leo. Could be a reunion he
wants to avoid having.
Piper: Leo? Leo, I mean it this time.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: What? What is it? (Piper shows him the photo.) Nathan.
Piper: Yeah, we just met him. He looked pretty good, a little transparent, but
otherwise he looked pretty good. For a dead guy. Talk to me.
Leo: There's nothing to talk about.
Rick: Hey, Wyatt. (Piper and Paige back away from the voice. Rick and Nathan
walk through the wall.) You're right, little brother. He is the spitting image of his
grandfather.
(Rick grabs a kitchen knife.)
Leo: Rick, don't!
(Rick throws the knife, hitting Leo in the chest. Leo falls to the floor.)
Nathan: Rick? How did he know your name?
(Leo pulls out the knife and the wound heals itself.)
Rick: Leo.
Leo: I can explain.
(Leo gets up.)
Nathan: Rick, let's go. Rick, come on, let's go!
(They disappear into the wall.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper, Paige and Leo are there.]
Leo: I can't believe they've been holding on this long just to hurt me.
Paige: What I don't understand is why they're not transparent anymore. I mean,
other than the walking through walls thing, they kind of seem normal to me.
Leo: They've been practising. Corporealising so they can move things.
Piper: Yeah, like butcher knives.
Leo: Well, they're holding onto their pain, that's what keeps them from moving on.
Piper: Their pain? Leo, they just tried to kill you.
Paige: Yeah, lucky they're not Darklighters otherwise you would've been killed.
Again.
Leo: You don't understand, we were friends. We grew up together down in
Burlingame. I went to school with Nathan. When the war came we made a deal
with our recruitment officer that we would enlist as long as they kept us in the
same unit.
Paige: You were close.
Leo: Yeah.
Piper: So, um, what do they think you did?
Leo: We just got transferred onto the island. We got ambushed outside the air
field. Heavy artillery, order fire. They couldn't keep up with the injuries, the
bodies. And I heard Rick's voice.
[Flashback. The war is happening. Bombs and guns are going off in the distance.
Rick carries Nathan away from the bombs and puts him on the ground.]
Rick: Leo! Leo! Leo, get over here quick! Get over here! Nathan's been hit.
Leo: (to a soldier) Stabilise his leg. Get him on the jeep. Go! Go! Go! Go!
(Leo runs over to Rick and Nathan.)
Rick: It's bad isn't it?
Leo: What hit him?
Rick: Mortar frag hit us with heavy artillery, out of nowhere. All battalions down.
(An explosion goes off near them.)
Leo: We've gotta get him inside.
Rick: Yeah.
(They pick him up and carry over to a stretcher.)
Leo: Medical tent! Get the sulfa powder. We've gotta stop the bleeding, he's going
into shock. How many soldiers down out there?
Rick: I don't know, they hit us so hard. Maybe fifteen or twenty, I don't know.
Leo: I need a morphine kit.
(The nurse hands him the kit.)
Rick: You've gotta help him. He needs you, we both need you.
Leo: Is there a medic out in the field?
Rick: I don't know, I don't know.
Leo: Rookinson, try to stabilise him.
(He grabs a bag.)
Rick: What are you doing?
Leo: To go help those out in the field.
Rick: What?
Leo: Rookinson will take care of him.
Rick: No-no-no, you're gonna take care of him. That's Nathan on that bench.
Leo: Look, there's men dying on that field and nobody to take care of them!
Rick: You're gonna chose them over us?!
Leo: I'm sorry.
(Leo runs away.)
Rick: We're your friends! Nathan's gonna die! Don't let him die...
(A bomb hits the tent and kills everyone near it.)
[Cut back to the manor. Leo is crying.]
Leo: I should've stayed. I should've tried to save Nathan and get him outta there.
Piper: Then you would've all died in the tent. And all the guys in the field that you
did save would've died too. You did the right thing.
Paige: And Leo, god sakes, you were awarded the medal of honor, posthumously I
might add.
Leo: I didn't deserve it.
Piper: Right, so I suppose you didn't deserve to be a Whitelighter for sacrificing
your life to save others.
Leo: Were those lives anymore important? Then Nathan's or Rick's? Or anyone
else in that tent? You know, a good friend put his life in my hands and I left him to
die. All the good that I've done since then, can't erase that fact. Maybe I didn't
deserve to become a Whitelighter.
Paige: Hey, news flash, friends don't kill each other, okay. I say we douse their
dusty bones with our magic potion and vanquish their sorry asses.
Leo: No, you can't do that. They didn't do anything wrong.
Piper: Okay, so what do you suggest?
Leo: If I could talk to them, make them understand why I did what I did. Then
maybe they can move on.
Piper: Maybe you all can. We need to find where they were buried so we can
summon them. Before they try to hurt anybody else.
Paige: Yeah, like us.
[Scene: The memorial hall. Rick and Nathan are there.]
Rick: A Whitelighter. I still can't believe they made him a frickin' angel. I mean,
how can they reward him for turning his back on his friends.
Nathan: Yeah. But did you see the look on his face when he saw us. Guilt. Total
guilt. At least he knows he's living a lie built on our corpses.
Rick: So what? Who cares? I still want him dead! (He throws a chair at a glass
display case.)
Nathan: You can't kill a Whitelighter.
Rick: Maybe not. But we can hurt him. By taking the things that (he knocks over a
shelf) he holds dear. Make him dread his eternal life, punish him, make him feel
like the fraud he is. By killing those he loves. Who knows, maybe then, we will be
able to kill him. (He tips over a table.) Pay back is a witch.
[Scene: An apartment building. Phoebe and Cole walk into a large, beautiful
apartment.]
Phoebe: Wow! Are you kidding me?
Cole: The firm leases it for parties, retreats, special occasions. I think you qualify.
Phoebe: It's so big, and beautiful, and big. (She giggles.)
Cole: Wait, listen.
Phoebe: What? I don't hear anything.
Cole: Exactly. The caterer's aren't coming until four so you can use it till then.
Phoebe: And you're sure you won't get in trouble?
Cole: I'm already in trouble, I'm in love.
(She hits him playfully. She sits at a table.)
Phoebe: Um, I have to ask you a question. Were you serious this morning when
you suggested that we get a place of our own together?
Cole: What do you think?
Phoebe: I don't know. Branching a Halliwell away from the manor... it's never
been done before.
Cole: I like a challenge.
Phoebe: It's not that I don't want to, it's just, how do I break up the power of three?
(Cole sits down.)
Cole: You guys don't have to keep living together to be charmed. Not anymore.
The Source is dead, Leo can orb you back at a moments notice, so can Paige for
that matter. If we don't do it now, then when?
Phoebe: Piper'll kill me.
Cole: The manor's too crowded. There's not enough room, hell there's not enough
electricity.
Phoebe: Or privacy.
Cole: Well, just enjoy your peace here today. (He heads for the elevator.) We'll
talk more tonight at the party.
Phoebe: Oh, no, the party, I totally forgot. I didn't bring anything to wear.
Cole: Don't worry, you just concentrate on your advice column. I'll take care of
everything, I promise. (The elevator opens and Julie is there. Cole walks in and
closes the elevator doors.)
Julie: Going down?
Cole: My wife needs a dress for the party tonight.
(Julie spins around and her suit turns into a black dress.)
Julie: Something like this?
Cole: Classy, but too safe. I want Phoebe noticed. (Julie spins around again and the
dress turns into a red singlet top showing a lot of cleavage and a mini skirt.) Not
that noticed. (Julie spins again and the red outfit changes into a long black skirt and
holtertop.) Perfect.
Julie: Thank you. You sure you don't wanna see that red number again?
Cole: Just save it, okay. I'm not interested, I'm a one woman demon.
Julie: You're the boss.
Cole: I'll be in touch.
(Cole flames out and Julie shimmers out.)
[Scene: Manor. Foyer. Paige hangs up the phone.]
Paige: Found them. Rick and Nathan Lang, buried November 22nd, 1942 at the
local V.A.
(She walks into the living room where Piper and Leo are.)
Piper: Okay, where's the book? We need the summoning spell.
Paige: Already ahead of you. (She holds up a piece of paper.) Who are you gonna
call?
Piper: Cute. Lets go.
(The Elders call Leo.)
Leo: Wait, something's wrong. It's Maria, the teacher, she's in trouble. I have to go
to her.
(Rick and Nathan pop their head through the wall.)
Paige: But what about the ghosts? I thought we had to find them before they hurt
someone else.
Leo: If something happens to one of my charges...
Piper: No-no, it's okay. Um, go, and-and just meet us there when you're done. It's
all gonna be okay. (Leo orbs out.) Let's go.
[Cut to outside. Rick and Nathan stop looking inside.]
Nathan: Should we wait for the sisters to separate?
Rick: No, we can take care of them later. We're following Wyatt.
Nathan: Wyatt? Why?
Rick: Because nothing pushes a Whitelighter over the edge faster than losing a
charge. Let's go.
(They disappear.)
[Cut to Maria's place. Maria and a teenage boy are there. The boy is pointing a
knife at her.]
Teenage Boy: I told you, lady, I told you. Don't sweat me!
(Leo comes in.)
Leo: Easy.
Maria: Leo.
Teenage Boy: Who are you? The boyfriend? Oh, you've come just in time to see
the show. Sit down, clown, there's a front row seat.
Leo: Alright, listen, just put the knife down and we can talk about this.
(He swings the knife at Leo and grabs him.)
Teenage Boy: You wanna talk, chump?
Maria: Greg, don't.
Greg: You diss me, teach. Got me in a whole lotta trouble here, now somebody's
gonna pay.
Leo: (to Maria) Don't be afraid. Teach.
Greg: Shut up. Shut up. You're the one who should be afraid right about now.
Maria: Stop it, Greg, don't be stupid.
Greg: Stupid. Is that what I am?
Maria: If you hurt him you will be. It'll be the stupidest thing you've ever done
and there won't be any coming back from it. You're life will be over.
Greg: My life is already over!
Maria: No, it's not, not yet. It takes more courage to put down that knife than to
use it. Believe me. (She holds out her hand.) Give me the knife, Greg.
Greg: You'll call the police.
Maria: No I won't. (Greg drops the knife and runs out of the apartment.) Are you
alright?
Leo: Yeah, I think so. You did a good job teaching him a lesson.
Maria: Thanks to you.
Leo: What did I do?
Maria: Help me remember why I wanted to be a teacher.
(Rick appears and picks up the knife.)
Leo: No! (Rick stabs Maria in the back.) Maria! (Nathan appears and holds Leo
back.)
Rick: You will watch her die just like you watched us die.
Leo: No! Maria! No. (Maria's spirit floats out of her body.) Let go! Don't, fight it.
Nathan: Her blood is on your hands.
(They let Leo go and Leo crawls over to Maria. He tries to heal her.)
Leo: Maria. Why? She didn't do anything! She was innocent!
Rick: So were we!
(Rick and Nathan disappear.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper and Paige walk in through the front door.]
Piper: Okay, you can get the vanquishing spell and I'll get (yells) Leo!
Paige: Uh, don't you mean potion? Remember, the spell only works if you're dead.
Piper: Right. Spell potion, whatever. Leo!
Paige: So does that mean we're not interested in helping them move on?
Piper: To hell maybe. That's what they deserve. We went to the VA to help
misguided ghosts, not killer ghosts.
Paige: We don't know for sure that they killed that guard. Vanquishing potion, I'm
on it.
(Phoebe stands on the stairs wearing the black outfit.)
Piper: Phoebe.
Phoebe: What's the matter? Don't you recognise me? What do you think?
Paige: You look beautiful.
Phoebe: Thank you.
Piper: Wow, Cole is kinda splurging lately, huh?
Phoebe: Yeah, and I am not complaining. I enjoy being the bell of the ball.
Piper: Well, sorry, Cinderella, the ball's been cancelled. We have killer ghosts.
(Phoebe laughs.)
Phoebe: You're kidding? You are not kidding. Okay, well, is it possible that you
guys can maybe handle this without me?
Paige: Phoebe, they tried to kill Leo.
Phoebe: What?
Paige: Grudge from the past. Ugh, I'll go do the potion.
Phoebe: Okay, and I will call Cole and tell him no to the party. I guess I can tell
him no to anything.
(She picks up the phone.)
Piper: What's that supposed to mean?
Phoebe: Nothing, nothing. Cole wants us to get our own place.
Paige: What, you mean move out?
Phoebe: Yeah, you know, like normal married couples do.
Piper: We didn't.
Phoebe: Yeah, but you're not normal.
Piper: Neither are you.
Phoebe: Look, I don't wanna fight about this, but I just don't like the feeling that
sometimes I have to choose between my sisters and my husband.
Piper: It's not about that and you know it.
Phoebe: How long are we all gonna stay here? You know, another year? Another
five years? Another fifty years? At what point do we move on with our lives and
not let evil dictate with them?
Piper: You're right. Go to your party. We'll take care of the ghosts.
Phoebe: Uh, you hate me right now.
Piper: No, I don't.
Paige: Yes she does.
Piper: Look, we can talk about this later. Right now you need to go take care of
your man and I need to take care of mine. It's as simple as that. We don't need the
power of three to do this.
(Phoebe heads for the door.)
Paige: (to Piper) You know, I've got a bone to pick with you. Seeing as how you
practically forced me to move in here.
Piper: Where's Leo? I already called for him twice. Leo! You're half-Whitelighter,
see if you can sense him.
Paige: Sense him? I've never done that before.
Piper: Well, try now.
(Paige closes her eyes for a moment, then opens them.)
Paige: I think he's in trouble.
Piper: Well, go find him. Now.
[Cut to Maria's place. Leo is sitting on the floor beside Maria, crying. Paige orbs
in.]
Paige: Leo.
Leo: I tried to stop them but I couldn't.
Paige: Okay, come on. Come on. Let's get up. (She pulls him away from Maria.)
Let's go over here. That's it. (They sit on the couch.) Okay, what happened?
Leo: They're getting even with me. They killed her because of me.
Paige: Who? Rick and Nathan?
Leo: Because I left them to die. They're making me pay. (He cries.)
Paige: Come on, let's get you home.
Leo: I don't have my powers anymore.
Paige: What happened?
Leo: I can't orb or heal.
Paige: But how?
Leo: It doesn't matter. I shouldn't have been given them in the first place.
Paige: That is not true. Your powers must be tied to your emotions like ours. That
means you can get them back. You just have to pick yourself up. Don't let them
defeat you. You are not responsible for their actions.
Leo: Aren't I? They're ghosts because of me. Their rage comes from something
that I did. If I can just give myself to them.
Paige: They'd kill you. Because without your powers you're defenceless, like a
mortal. Okay, we've got to get you home.
Leo: No! Nobody else is gonna die because of me. You understand? These are my
demons, not yours!
Paige: Okay, just, just give me a minute. I-I am gonna go and I'm gonna get
Phoebe and Piper, I'll be right back, I promise. Don't leave.
(Paige orbs out.)
[Cut to the rooftop of the building. Rick and Nathan are there.]
Rick: Defenceless as a mortal, huh? We've got him right where we want him.
Nathan: I don't know, Rick.
Rick: You don't know? After waiting all this time you're having second thoughts?
Nathan: No. Just the opposite. It doesn't feel like it's enough just killing him. I
want him to suffer first.
Rick: Follow me.
(They disappear.)
[Scene: The apartment where the party is. Cole and Phoebe are dancing.]
Phoebe: Penny for your thoughts, counsellor.
Cole: Just that I hope I never disappoint you.
Phoebe: Mm, I wouldn't worry about that if I were you.
(A co-worker approaches them.)
Co-Worker: Ah, welcome aboard, Turner. We're lucky to have you.
Cole: Thank you.
(He walks away.)
Phoebe: Baby, I am so proud of you. You have come so far. Further than any one
here in this room could even imagine. Even me, I'm seeing you in a totally
different way.
Cole: We've both come along way. We deserve all of this, and more.
Phoebe: It's just everything is happening so fast, you know, so many changes. It's
a little scary sometimes.
Cole: So maybe we shouldn't move out of the manor then?
Phoebe: Mmm, maybe. Now who's disappointing who.
Cole: You could never disappoint me.
(They kiss. Paige comes up to them.)
Paige: Sorry to interrupt.
Phoebe: Paige, what are you doing here?
Paige: I thought I'd track you down first, Leo needs our help bad.
(Phoebe looks at Cole.)
Cole: By all means. Go.
(They kiss quickly.)
Phoebe: Okay.
Cole: Call me.
(Phoebe and Paige leave.)
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Piper has set up candles and a potion on a table. She puts
some things in a pot. Rick appears behind her and grabs a knife. Piper turns around
and he throws the knife. Piper freezes it in mid air. She unfreezes it and it drops to
the ground.]
Piper: I'll kill you.
Rick: That potion only works on my bones. Remember? (Nathan appears behind
her. She spins around and he stabs her. She falls to the floor. Rick and Nathan
kneel beside her. Rick covers her mouth.) No calling out for help, Mrs. Wyatt, not
this time. Not that he can help you anyway.
Nathan: Rick, let's go, man, let's go.
Rick: No, no, I wanna enjoy this. Every last beat. (He reaches inside her chest and
squeezes onto her heart.) Your husband's next. (Piper stops breathing.) There.
(Phoebe and Paige run in.)
Phoebe: Hey!
Paige: Piper!
(They race over to her. Phoebe feels for a pulse.)
Rick: We'll be back.
(They disappear.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe is using CPR on Piper.]
Phoebe: Come on, breathe. (Paige orbs in.) Where's Leo?
Paige: He wasn't at Maria's. Where's the ambulance?
Phoebe: Still not here.
Paige: Is she...?
Phoebe: No, as long as we keep the blood flowing she still has a chance. Put some
pressure on her wound please.
(Paige grabs a towel and puts it on Piper's wound.)
Leo: Piper!
Paige: Leo, upstairs, hurry!
(Leo runs in.)
Leo: What happened?
Phoebe: Where have you been?
Leo: Looking for them.
(Rick and Nathan appear.)
Rick: And here we are.
(Nathan punches Leo and he lands on a table, breaking it. Paige lunges at Rick and
he turns invisible. She goes right through him landing into some boxes. She looks
up and he slaps her.)
Rick: You can't hurt us, but we can hurt you.
(He picks up the knife and aims at Phoebe.)
Leo: Wait! You don't want them, you want me! You wanna get even, get even with
me!
Rick: You're right. I trusted you with my life and you left me!
(He punches Leo in the face. Piper's spirit floats out of her body.)
Piper's Spirit: What's going on?
Phoebe: Piper?
(Piper sees her body.)
Piper's Spirit: Oh. Oh my.
(Rick and Nathan beat up Leo.)
Rick: You were our friend and you left us to die.
Piper's Spirit: Quick, get the book, the spell.
Phoebe: Which one?
Paige: The one only a ghost can say.
(Rick holds a knife above Leo.)
Nathan: Do it.
Piper: "Ashes to ashes..."
Nathan: What the hell?
Piper's Spirit: "Spirit to spirit, take their souls, banish this evil."
Rick: No.
(They are vanquished. Piper starts floating up.)
Piper's Spirit: Uh, little help here, people.
Paige: Damn it, Leo, do something. You're a Whitelighter for a reason, because
you did good things.
Phoebe: Think of all the lives you've saved, all the good you've done.
Paige: And all the lives you won't save if you give up now, including your wife's.
Leo: Piper. (He rushes over to her body.) Come on, damn it, breathe. (He starts
CPR.) Don't die, not this way. Because of me.
(His powers come back and he starts healing her. Her spirit returns to her body and
she gasps.)
Piper: Well, it's about time. (Paige giggles.) That was close. (They hug.) Really
close.
[Scene: The apartment. The party has finished. Cole is there staring out the
window. Phoebe walks in.]
Cole: Everything alright?
Phoebe: Yes, it's better now. Let's see... Leo lost his powers and then Piper died
and it got really dicey when she turned into a ghost but everything worked out.
Cole: Glad it was nothing serious. (Phoebe laughs and hugs him.) You ready to go
home?
Phoebe: No. Can't we stay a little while longer?
Cole: Well, we can stay as long as you like. The place is ours.
Phoebe: Excuse me?
Cole: The firm's offered it to me. All we have to do is say yes.
Phoebe: Uh, well, I guess now that Paige can orb to me if something comes up and
seeing as we just proved we can still save the day. Hmm... (She looks around.)
Yes.
Cole: Yes?
Phoebe: Yeah.
(They kiss.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: The Guadalcanal reunion. Elderly people have gathered in a room. Piper
and Leo arrive.]
Piper: Come on. You belong here.
Leo: I don't know, I still don't think it's a good idea.
Piper: Your grandfather would want you to be here.
(They walk into the room.)
Elderly Man #1: Hey, you. Dear, god. I'm looking at a ghost.
Piper: (to Leo) You know him?
Leo: Yeah.
Elderly Man #1: You're related to Leo Wyatt, aren't you?
Piper: Yes, this is his grandson, Leo Wyatt the third.
Elderly Man #1: Billy, Frank. (Two men stand beside the man.) I want you to
meet the grandson of the man who made it possible for you to be born. His
grandfather died, saving my life, sixty years ago. You wouldn't be here today if it
wasn't for that man.
Billy: It's a pleasure to meet you, Mr. Wyatt. (He shakes Leo's hand.) My dad's
been telling stories about your grandpa since I was a boy. I'd like you to meet my
family. Hey, guys, come here.
Elderly Man #1: Franklin, Serdez... (Another two men walk over.) He's kin to Leo
Wyatt. He's the one who saved your butts too.
Franklin: God bless you, son. (He shakes Leo's hand. Other elderly men wander
over to Leo and they all shake his hand.)
Elderly Man #2: A pleasure to meet you.
Elderly Man #3: Nice meeting you, son.
(A woman walks over to Piper.)
Woman: What's going on? Who is that?
Piper: My hero. (She smiles.)
                                         End
                4.18 Bite me
[Scene: Manor. Living room. A demon throws a lightning ball at Piper and she
dives over the couch. The demon then throws another at the couch, destroying it.]
Piper: Paige, where are you! (Paige orbs in with Phoebe.) Look out!
(The demon is about to throw another lightning ball and Phoebe knocks her arm.
The lightning ball hits the piano. The demon punches Phoebe and she flies against
the fireplace. Piper runs over and kicks the demon. She gets a spell out of her
pocket.)
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "Cause of pain we have dissevered, demon you are gone
forever."
(The demon is vanquished.)
Piper: Sorry to bother you but she was immune to my powers.
(They stand up.)
Phoebe: That's okay, I was just getting ready to leave work.
(Paige notices a scratch on Phoebe's shoulder.)
Paige: Oh, honey, you're hurt.
Phoebe: Oh, it's okay, it's just a scratch.
Piper: How's it going? How's the new place?
Phoebe: Great, and great. How about you?
Piper: Can't complain.
Paige: Ditto.
Phoebe: It's good to know that we can live apart and still kick some butt if we have
to, right? So do I wanna ask about this demon with the bad manicure?
Piper: Ah, Harpi. Part of a faction. Tried to kill us to move up in the world. You
know, pretty standard stuff. You wanna stay for dinner?
Phoebe: Mm, I would love to but Cole is planning this whole romantic thing for us
tonight.
Piper: Yeah, I just thought, you know, maybe we could talk.
Phoebe: Why? Are you okay? Is everything okay?
Piper: Yeah, everything's fine, I just thought maybe we could catch up. Another
time.
Paige: Do you want me to, um, orb you home?
Phoebe: No, Cole's not so crazy about you orbing in without calling first. Except
for emergencies, you know. You understand.
Paige: Sure. Whatever.
Phoebe: Okay. I'm gonna go. (There's an awkward silence.) I'll call you guys.
(Phoebe leaves.)
Paige: No orbing?
Piper: Don't start with the suspicions, Paige. Cole's probably just trying to protect
their privacy.
(Piper walks away.)
Paige: He's trying to protect something.
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole is there having a meeting with about
six other demons.]
Cole: I'm just trying to protect our assets. And the only way to do that is to cut our
losses. Consolidate our resources. Keep the competition from killing you. Us.
Demon #1: Fine, what are you proposing?
Cole: A merger. Everyone here has some merge enders, right? So, why don't we
work together to accomplish them? (A Fury smokes in.) You're late. Sit down.
(The Fury and a Grimlock sit at the table.) Where was I?
Demon #1: You were just encouraging us to hold hands and be friends.
Cole: It's a new millennium. We need to think of new ways to ensure our own
survival. Let's face it, it's a demony demon world out there. Each one of you leads
a faction, but that is the problem. You're too busy trying to kill each other. In the
end, everyone loses.
Demon #2: Tell that to the Grimlocks. They tried to vanquish us just last week.
Grimlock: You had it coming.
Demon #2: Care to try again.
(They stand up and face each other.)
Cole: My point exactly. In fighting has always been our undoing. And I have
learnt from the humanity in me, the only way for us to defeat good is to work
together to achieve common goals.
(Demon #2 and the Grimlock sit back down.)
Demon #1: And who will decide what these goals are? You?
Cole: Unless someone wants to challenge me. (The elevator dings.) Meeting's
adjourned. (The demons shimmer, smoke, etc. out. Cole waves his hand and the
table disappears. The elevator door opens. Cole waves his hand once more and a
smaller table appears set out with candles. Phoebe walks in.) Hi, honey. You're
home early.
(She smiles.)
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole has served breakfast.]
Cole: Vegetarian eggwhite omelette just the way you like it.
(He kisses the top of her head.)
Phoebe: That's sweet, honey, but I think my stomach has other plans.
Cole: What's the matter?
Phoebe: Headache, upset stomach. It's going around right now.
Cole: So, maybe you should call in sick.
Phoebe: While so many relationships are in peril? What would San Francisco do
without my advice column? I gotta go. (They kiss.) Um, I wanna invite my sisters
over for dinner this week. Is that okay?
Cole: Well, we just moved out.
Phoebe: Yeah, I know, but I wanna show them the place. Besides, I don't want
them to think that they're not still part of my life, you know.
Cole: Fine, just no orbing, alright?
Phoebe: Already taken care of.
(He goes to kiss her and sees the scratch on her shoulder.)
Cole: What happened?
Phoebe: Oh, nothing, my shoulder just got in the way of a Harpis claw, that's all.
Cole: A Harpi? You got attacked? Why didn't you tell me?
Phoebe: Because I didn't think it was that big of a deal, that's why.
Cole: Well, it is to me! Sorry, I'm sorry. (He puts his arms around her.) It's just I
think I deserve to know when my wife gets hurt.
Phoebe: You're right, you do.
(They kiss. Julie walks in.)
Julie: Excuse me, Mr. Turner. Your 9:00 is waiting in the lobby.
Phoebe: Julie. What are you doing here? You didn't tell me she was here.
Cole: Well, we're working at the apartment today, they're painting my office. You
don't mind do you?
Phoebe: No, no. Of course not. (They kiss. Julie rolls her eyes.) Make yourself at
home.
Julie: I will, thank you. (Phoebe leaves.) Pretty little witch if you're into that sort
of thing.
Cole: I am. Get the leader of the Harpis. I want to explain to her the consequences
of attacking my wife.
(Julie shimmers out.)
[Scene: A cave. The vampire queen is lying on some cushions while other women
vampires pamper her. Demon #1 is there talking to the queen.]
Queen: You don't really expect me to wage war on the new Source without even
talking to him first, do you?
Demon #1: It's a waste of time. He'll never bring you back from exile. He's heard
the stories of what you did.
Queen: That was a different time. And a different Source.
Demon #1: Still, it's not going to happen. I wouldn't be here if I wasn't sure of that.
Male Vampire: Then what makes working for us any better than working for him?
Demon #1: You oughta listen better. I don't work for anyone. We'd be equals.
Partners. And once the Source is dead, we'd go our separate ways. So?
Queen: I'll let you know. When I'm ready. (Demon #1 shimmers out.) I want you
to offer the new Source an olive branch.
Male Vampire: And if he refuses?
Queen: Then Keats has a new ally and we have a new enemy. (The male vampire
walks away.) Go. (The women vampires leave her alone.)
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper is there washing the dishes. Leo walks in.]
Leo: Plenty of leftovers. You probably won't have to do any cooking for a week.
Piper: I like to cook.
Leo: Well, there's less dishes to do and that's a good thing, right?
Piper: I guess. It's just with Phoebe and Cole gone it's so quiet around here.
Everybody I grew up with is gone.
Leo: Still, we can make it noisy again, with kids. (He puts his arms around her.)
People who will grow up with us. We have an extra room now, right?
Piper: Right.
(They kiss. Paige walks in.)
Paige: Ooh, sorry, am I interrupting?
Leo: Uh, actually, I need to get going. There's an upsurge in demonic activity and
the Elders wanna figure out why.
Paige: Well, since that demonic activity spilled into our living room last night, I'm
assuming it has something to do us.
Leo: I'll keep an eye out and let you know if I find anything out. (to Piper) I love
you.
Piper: I love you too.
(They kiss and he orbs out.)
Paige: You okay?
Piper: Me? Yeah, I'm fine.
Paige: Liar. Look, I know I am not Phoebe but I am still your sister and you can
talk to me.
Piper: It's, it's just silly. My, uh, period was late this month by a couple of days
and I guess I got my hopes up a little.
Paige: That's not silly, honey, you want kids, right?
Piper: Yeah, of course, it's just that we've been trying...
Paige: For a couple of months
Piper: Four. But who's counting.
Paige: Oh, Piper, you're not baking cookies, you know. It's gonna take some time.
Piper: Yeah, I know, I guess I was just worried that something could be wrong.
Getting flung around by demons isn't exactly conducive to making babies.
Paige: Okay, a) you're gonna have kids, you saw that in your future, and b) I am
living proof that magic happens when Whitelighters and witches get together. So
the sooner you stop worrying about it, the sooner I will be an aunt.
Piper: Thanks.
                                    Commercial Break
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole and Julie are there.]
Julie: The leader of the Harpis won't be coming to see you. I'm afraid things got
out of hand for her.
Cole: Nice work. What's next?
Julie: Rowan's waiting to see you. Apparently the queen would like in on the new
alliance.
Cole: Send him in.
(Julie points to the blinds and they close, making the room dark.)
Julie: He'll see you now.
(Rowan walks out from the corner of the room over to Cole.)
Rowan: Thank you for the audience. Queen sent me to...
Cole: You can tell your queen that if she steps a foot inside my realm, she'll beg
me to banish her again.
Rowan: Sent me to tell you that we've learnt our lesson, and we're willing to serve
you.
Cole: No thanks. I already have enough demons betraying me.
Rowan: You haven't even heard our offer.
Cole: I think you should be leaving now. (Paige orbs in.) Paige.
Paige: Oops, I just thought I'd pop in.
Rowan: From where?
Paige: Uh, the kitchen. I'm not interrupting anything am I?
Cole: No, we're done here. Elevator's that way, Rowan. (Rowan leaves.) What the
hell do you think you're doing? This is exactly why I don't want you people orbing
in here.
Paige: You people? Nice.
Cole: What do you want?
Paige: Phoebe. I think Piper needs to talk to her.
Cole: Well, you missed her. But why don't you orb on over to the newspaper, I'm
sure those journalists can keep a secret.
Paige: Just tell her I stopped by, okay? And I gotta ask, why is it so dark in here in
the middle of the day?
Cole: Migraine. Which you're only adding to.
Paige: You know, what, Cole? Just bite me.
(Paige walks outside. Rowan is there waiting for the elevator. The elevator dings
and the doors open.)
Rowan: After you. (Paige walks in the elevator and Rowan follows.) Nice guy,
huh? Uh, Cole.
Paige: You a lawyer?
Rowan: No. Why?
Paige: Because only another lawyer would think that.
Rowan: No, I was being sarcastic.
Paige: About being a lawyer.
Rowan: No, about thinking he was a nice guy.
(Paige laughs.)
Paige: Sorry.
Rowan: I'm Rowan.
Paige: Paige. Nice to meet you. (They shake hands.) So how long have you
disliked Cole?
Rowan: Um, ever since I first met him. (Paige laughs.) You?
Paige: Uh, pretty much just recently, ever since he married my sister. You have
any siblings?
Rowan: Oh, yeah, my family's real big.
Paige: Then you know what it's like to have to bite your tongue.
Rowan: Been there done that. Listen, uh, I'd like to continue this but we've just run
out of floors. Any chance we could get together?
Paige: Well, my sister, my other sister owns this nightclub called P3 and I'll be
there later if you wanna stop by.
Rowan: I'll drop in.
Paige: Okay. (She walks out of the elevator.) Are you coming?
Rowan: Oh, no, underground parking.
[Cut to the underground. The vampire cave. Rowan is there talking to the queen.]
Queen: You're certain of your identity?
Rowan: She's the sister of the Source's new bride. That makes her a Charmed One.
Queen: This might be our lucky day. And you said meeting with the new Source
would be useless.
Demon #1: He refused your offer, didn't he.
Queen: Yes, but he gave us something much more valuable instead. If we can get
a Charmed One on our side, we can use her magic to take over the underworld
before the new Source can. We can destroy him and anyone else who apposes us.
Demon #1: Yeah, but she's a witch. They don't change sides on a whim.
Rowan: Oh, I think I can get her to see things our way. With your permission of
course.
Queen: By all means. Take whomever you need.
[Scene: P3. Paige is waiting around for Rowan. Piper and Leo walk over to her.]
Piper: Your mystery man still pulling a disappearing act?
Paige: I can't believe he stood me up.
Piper: Well, I'm glad I'm not dating anymore.
Paige: Yeah, well, I should've known better to think I could meet a guy through
Cole.
Piper: Paige, I have two words for you. Broken and record. If you keep this up,
you're just gonna end up pushing Phoebe further away.
Leo: She's right.
Paige: That's more than two words.
(Phoebe walks up to them.)
Phoebe: Hi. Do I still get free drinks here or do I have to pay now?
Piper: Whoa, you don't look so good. Are you okay?
Phoebe: That's partly why I'm here. I thought it was just a bug and now I'm not so
sure. So I'm wondering if maybe it has something to do with, you know, the
scratch.
Paige: Maybe you're turning into a Harpi. Oh, god, are you?
Phoebe: Well, that's how Piper turned into a Wendigo. Or is it the fury?
Piper: I've turned into so many things, I can't keep track.
Leo: You know, I wouldn't worry, you can't turn into a Harpi just by getting
scratched.
Phoebe: Yeah, but still, do you know mind, you know...
(Leo goes to heal Phoebe's shoulder but Piper stops him.)
Piper: Hey, hey, hey, a little discretion in in public.
(Piper slaps him on the arm.)
Leo: Hey.
(Phoebe and Paige slap him too.)
[Time lapse. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are in another room. Leo is healing
Phoebe's arm.]
Leo: Feel any better?
Phoebe: A little I think.
Piper: So any word from the Elders on what's going on?
Leo: No, not yet.
Phoebe: Why, what's going on?
Piper: A lot of bad guys, apparently more than usual.
Phoebe: Should we be worried?
Piper: Nope, not until after dinner. You wanna join us?
Phoebe: Um, okay, sure why not.
Paige: I'm not, I'm gonna go. I don't want Rowan thinking I was waiting for him if
he shows up this late.
Piper: God forbid. (to Leo) You buying?
Leo: Uh, you kidding?
(Piper and Leo leave the room.)
Paige: Phoebe, uh, I think you should try to find a moment to talk to Piper.
Phoebe: Why, is something wrong?
Paige: No, not really, I just think she could use your support about something.
That's why I orbed over to your place this morning...
Phoebe: Wait, you orbed over to my place? After I specifically asked you not to.
Paige, what were you thinking?
Paige: I was just trying to help Piper.
Phoebe: Was Cole upset?
Paige: A little... a lot.
Phoebe: Great, Paige. Just great.
(Phoebe leaves the room.)
Paige: I was just trying to help.
[Cut to outside P3. Paige heads for her car. She hears a noise and looks around.
She walks quicker to her car and suddenly a bat flies down and bites her. She falls
to the ground. Dozens of bats fly down and start attacking her. She screams. The
bats fly off.]
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Hospital. A room. Paige is lying on a bed with bite marks over her face. A
doctor is standing beside her bed.]
Paige: So am I the weirdest case you've ever seen?
Doctor: I don't know. I've worked the night shift for a while now. Seen some
pretty strange things.
Paige: Yeah, but these were bats, doc.
(Piper, Phoebe and Leo race in the room.)
Phoebe: Paige, Paige, oh my god. Are you okay?
Piper: What happened?
Paige: Bats. Lots of bats.
Doctor: Are you the sisters?
Phoebe: Yeah. Is she gonna be alright?
Doctor: Honestly, if she hadn't been found by somebody in time, she might've bled
to death.
Leo: But she's gonna be okay?
Doctor: Yes. Have some rest, and rabies shots.
Paige: Ouch.
Piper: You got attacked by bats outside of my club? That can't be natural. Can it?
Doctor: Well, bat bites aren't completely unheard of in this city. I have a friend
over at county, he treated one a couple of months ago.
Paige: Right, but these were bats plural.
(The doctor's pager beeps.)
Doctor: I'll be right back. Excuse me.
(He leaves the room.)
Leo: Sounds more natural than supernatural to me.
Paige: Yeah, well, I'm thinking vampires.
Piper: Vampires? That'd be different.
Phoebe: No, that's not possible.
Paige: Why not?
Phoebe: Well, because as far as I know, vampires attack in human form and not as
a swarm of bats. You know, it's gotta be something else.
Leo: It's true, vampires have been ostracized from the underworld for centuries. As
far as I know they're apart of a whole different network now.
(The doctor and a nurse walks in.)
Doctor: I'm sorry, Lisa here is going to draw some blood so we can run some tests.
Paige: That mean I can go home?
Doctor: I don't see why not. (The nurse gets Paige's arm ready to draw blood.) I'm
gonna get you started on antibiotics and we've scheduled first of the rabies shots in
the morning.
(The doctor leaves. The nurse gets out a needle and draws Paige's blood.)
Nurse: Okay, make a fist. Relax your hand now. Almost done.
(Phoebe makes a noise.)
Leo: Are you okay?
Paige: Yeah, as long as I don't look.
Leo: No, I didn't mean you...
(Phoebe faints.)
Piper: Phoebe?
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole and Julie are there.]
Cole: Damn it. Where is she?
Julie: What about the Grimlocks?
Cole: The Grimlocks? You think they attacked her? If they did, I'll crush their
skulls with my bear hands.
Julie: Who said romance is dead. We were talking about who we can trust,
remember? Grimlocks... yay or nay?
Cole: I'm sorry. Uh, yeah, Grimlocks are okay. Keats is the only one I don't trust.
(The phone rings.) That's gotta be her.
Julie: We can only hope.
(Cole answers the phone.)
Cole: Phoebe?
Phoebe: Hi, honey.
Cole: Are you alright? I-I called your cell, you didn't pick up.
Phoebe: Yeah, well, that's probably because I was unconscious.
Cole: What? Did a demon hurt you?
[Cut to Piper's car. Leo is driving, Piper is in the passenger seat and Phoebe and
Paige are in the back seats.]
Phoebe: (on phone) No, it was nothing like that. I just, uh, I fainted.
Cole: Fainted?
(A car's lights shine in the window. Paige flinches.)
Paige: Oh, why do people gotta keep their high beams on?
Phoebe: Yeah, it wasn't a big deal.
Cole: Phoebe, people just don't faint for no reason.
Phoebe: Well, I've been pretty run down and the doctor said I might be anaemic so
he took some blood to make sure that's all it is.
Cole: Well, maybe you oughta get Leo to check that Harpi scratch in case...
Phoebe: I already did and he said there's nothing to worry about. Besides, we have
bigger demonic issues that we have to deal with right now. Paige was bitten by a
bunch of bats.
Cole: Bats? Are you sure?
Paige: (to herself) I'm sure he's all broken up about it.
Phoebe: Yeah, she's okay, Leo's gonna heal her when we get home. So you wanna
meet us there?
Cole: I am home, Phoebe, you called me.
Phoebe: I meant the manor. I'm sorry.
[Cut to Cole.]
Cole: I'm on my way. (He hangs up.)
Julie: You think it was Rowan?
Cole: He must have been trying to turn her.
Julie: You can't let them get a Charmed One on their side, they'll be too powerful.
Cole: Don't you think I know that! Damn it. Gather the faction leaders. The queen
wants a war she's got one.
(He heads for the door.)
Julie: Where are you going?
Cole: To the manor. To help save... Paige.
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there. Piper is looking
through the Book of Shadows. Leo is healing Paige.]
Piper: Manticore.
Phoebe: Fights but doesn't fly.
Piper: Phoenix.
Phoebe: Flies but doesn't fight.
Piper: Chupakobra.
Phoebe: God bless you. Flies and bites but only attacks livestock.
Leo: What about shapeshifters?
Paige: What about this being a waste of time. Look at me, I'm fine. Let's just call it
a night.
Piper: Paige, if you're tired, just go to bed. We'll wake you up if we find
something.
Paige: Fine. I'll be asleep.
(She leaves the attic.)
Piper: She's a delight.
Leo: She's been through a lot, she just needs some rest.
Phoebe: Isn't there some way you can help us narrow down the suspects?
Leo: With every demonic faction in town it makes it kinda hard.
Phoebe: Okay, so what's going on? Is there a demon convention in San Francisco
or what?
Piper: Yes, there is a demonic electoral college, they've called a meeting and
they're voting in a new Source.
(Phoebe and Leo laugh.)
Phoebe: You think?
Piper: Well, not the voting part, but maybe I mean, there's gotta be somebody
pretty powerful that's bringing together these factions, which means...
Leo: Evil may have a new leader.
(Cole walks in.)
Phoebe: Cole.
Cole: Honey, I came as soon as I could.
(Phoebe races over and hugs him.)
Phoebe: I'll be fine, don't worry.
Cole: How's Paige? Where is she?
Leo: She's sleeping, I healed her.
Cole: Are you sure?
Leo: Yeah, why?
Piper: Do you know what we're up against?
Cole: Well, bats that bite can only mean one thing. Vampires.
Phoebe: No, we ruled them out. It doesn't seem like their MO.
Cole: Have you ever seen a vampire?
Phoebe: No, but I've read about them.
Cole: Well, I've dealt with them. You can trust --- you can trust me.
Piper: I think he may be right.
Leo: Wait, you dealt with vampires as a demon? How is that possible? I thought
they were pariahs in the underworld.
Cole: Well, I wasn't too picky who I dealt with. I didn't care that the Source had
banished them for selling him out to his enemies.
Leo: Well, why attack a Charmed One now? What do they want?
Cole: Well, there must be a power struggle. They must be trying to overtake the
underworld.
Phoebe: By killing Paige?
Cole: No, by turning her into a vampire.
Piper: Paige! (They leave the attic and go into Paige's room. It's dark and they turn
on the light.) Where'd she go?
(They see Paige hanging upside down from the roof.)
Phoebe: Oh my god! Paige.
(Paige turns into a bat.)
Cole: Watch out!
(She flies out the window.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe tips out some stuff from a box.]
Phoebe: I ransacked the whole house and this is all I could find.
Piper: Okay, so what do we do about the holy water?
Leo: I can get some.
Cole: You know, that stuff's only gonna help you fight off the vampires, it's not
gonna change Paige back.
Paige: Yeah, I'm working on that. According to the book, if you kill a vampire
queen then all her little vampires die with her.
Cole: Really? Interesting. They certainly don't like the spread that around.
Phoebe: But that's not gonna work because then it'll kill Paige too.
Piper: No, not if she hasn't bitten anyone. Apparently the transformation only
takes place after blood is spilled. Or in this case sucked.
Phoebe: Okay, so we have to kill the queen fast. How do we vanquish her?
Piper: With the power of three.
Phoebe: Ugh, of course. Can't anything be easy?
Piper: Oh, it gets worse. Vampires are immune to witchy powers.
Leo: Well, I'll get the holy water once I fill in the Elders about the new Source.
(He orbs out.)
Cole: New Source? There's a new Source?
Phoebe: Yeah, we think so.
Cole: Any idea who it is?
Phoebe: No, not yet.
Piper: Okay, let's just focus on finding Paige. So if you were undead, where would
you be.
Phoebe: Cemetery.
Piper: Right. Let's go, we don't have a lot of time. And we've got a bunch of them
to check out.
Cole: Whoa, Phoebe. I-I don't want you to go.
Phoebe: What?
Cole: Well, it's too dangerous. What happens if you faint again, but this time in the
middle of a vampire attack.
Phoebe: Baby, that's not gonna happen.
Cole: How can you be sure? I don't wanna lose you.
Phoebe: I don't wanna lose Paige. I don't understand, weren't you just telling us
that we had to save Paige?
Cole: Yeah, but that was before I heard all the facts. You need the power of three,
I'm sure Paige is not gonna be in a rhyming mood.
Piper: So what do you suggest? That we let her spend eternity as a vampire?
Phoebe: She's still my sister. And that doesn't change because I happen to be sick.
Or because I'm your wife.
(Phoebe leaves and Piper follows. Cole flames out.)
[Cut to Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole flames in. The faction leaders are sitting
around a table.]
Cole: The vampires are trying to convert my wife's sister. A Charmed One. I'm
interpreting this as an act of war against me.
Keats: Wait a second now, let's not overreact. Maybe this is some kind of
misunderstanding.
Cole: I don't misunderstand anything. I want the vampires exterminated. Every last
one of them.
Grimlock: The vampires multiply too fast. We could never get them all.
Cole: If we kill the queen they all die.
Keats: I've never heard that. What's your source.
Cole: Are you questioning my orders?
(Fire images show in Cole's eyes.)
Keats: No, of course not.
Cole: I want the queen. Dispatch your forces. Tell them to torture any vampire
they see. Make them talk. But don't forget, my wife is out there too. Anyone lays a
claw on her, will answer to me. Leave.
Demons: As you wish.
(They flame, smoke, etc out. Keats stays behind. Cole gives him a look and he
shimmers out.)
Julie: What about the other sister? Are you gonna let her die with the queen? It
would eliminate the Charmed Ones.
Cole: Phoebe would be devastated. But I wouldn't be.
[Scene: Vampire cave. The queen is munching on a person. He is screaming. She
finishes and screws up her face.]
Rowan: Uh, sorry to interrupt you during dinner.
Queen: That's alright, I've had better. Is she here then?
Rowan: Just arrived.
(Paige walks in.)
Queen: She's perfect. She'll fit right in.
Rowan: I thought you'd like her.
(The queen walks over to Paige.)
Queen: Are you hungry, my dear.
Paige: Famished.
Queen: That's wonderful. Now for your first meal, I have two savory victims in
mind.
(Some female vampires walk over to Paige and place red robes over her
shoulders.)
Female Vampire: Here you are.
Paige: Anything for you, my queen.
Queen: I want you to go back to your sisters, Paige, take a taste of your own
blood. It will seal your conversion and turn them as well.
Rowan: That's genius. The power of three on our side. The Source will be no
match for us.
Paige: My sisters are very powerful. They won't join us willingly. I don't think I
can do it alone.
Queen: Oh my darling. Look around you. That's what families are for.
[Scene: A warehouse. Keats and a male vampire are there.]
Male Vampire: What are you doing here, Keats?
Keats: I have to get a message to the queen.
Male Vampire: Well, why don't you take it yourself?
Keats: Because someone might be following me. Tell her she needs to leave town,
fast. The Source...
(Cole flames in.)
Cole: The Source is what? (The vampire turns into a bat and tries to fly away. Cole
throws a fireball and the bat is incinerated.) Where's the queen, Keats? (Keats
throws an electricity ball at Cole and Cole catches it. It burns out.) Ouch.
Keats: You can vanquish me if you want, but I'm not telling you anything.
Cole: Do you really think that vanquishing you is the worse I can do? (He waves
his hand and Keats in engulfed in flames. Keats screams. Cole waves his hand and
the flames disappear.) So let's try this again. Where's the vampire queen?
[Cut to the manor. Rowan is wandering around downstairs. Paige stands at the top
of the stairs.]
Paige: They're not here.
Rowan: They must be looking for you.
Paige: Do-gooders. (She starts walking down the stairs.) I was hoping to get this
over with.
Rowan: Just relax. You're only innocent once.
(She reaches the bottom of the stairs.)
Paige: But I'm starving. I feel like I've been waiting for this moment my whole
life. (Rowan smiles.) What are you smiling at?
Rowan: I was just thinking of my first time.
Paige: Tell me about it.
Rowan: It was better than you can possibly imagine. Danger, excitement, the
warm glow you feel afterwards. There's nothing like it.
Paige: How many have you had?
Rowan: I don't keep track. The faces all fade away, it's the taste you remember.
Paige: And what was that? Just fast food?
Rowan: Hardly. Just relax. Clear your mind. You are a hunter now. You have the
ability to find your pray.
Paige: I don't understand.
Rowan: You will. Close your eyes. (She does so.) And focus.
Paige: I know where they are.
Rowan: You're a natural.
Paige: Tell the queen to expect company.
[Cut to the cemetery. A Grimlock is running through it. Piper and Phoebe are
chasing it.]
Phoebe: Hey, wait! Wait! We just wanna talk... (The grimlock shimmers out.) to
you.
Piper: What is going on? That is the forth demon tonight to run away from us.
Phoebe: Maybe word got out that we killed the Source.
Piper: The old Source.
Phoebe: Oh, you had to mention that didn't you.
Piper: I don't get it. We've been chasing demons all night, searching cemeteries all
night and no freakin' vampires. (Phoebe holds her stomach.) This is ridiculous.
We've gotta figure out something else before the sun comes up.
Phoebe: Whoaaa.
Piper: What's the matter? Are you okay?
Phoebe: Yeah, just a little dizzy. Those tombstones aren't actually moving are
they?
Piper: Phoebe, this is not funny. Maybe this is more than just being run down.
Maybe you're pregnant.
(Phoebe giggles.)
Phoebe: That is funny. Actually it's not so funny. I went to the drugstore, I got a
test, I peed on the stick and I anxiously awaited th results in two minutes...
Piper: And?
Phoebe: And it was negative, thankfully.
Piper: Yeah, well, mine was too.
Phoebe: You thought you were pregnant?
Piper: For about a minute and a half.
Phoebe: Oh, honey, I am so sorry.
Piper: It's okay, it's no big deal.
Phoebe: Yes it is, to you it is. Is this what you wanted to talk to me about? I had
no idea.
Piper: It's okay, I understand.
Phoebe: No, it's not okay. I left the manor, not the family. I still wanna be apart of
your life. All of it.
Piper: You sure?
Phoebe: You come over here.
(They hug. A bat flies towards them and it lands on a tombstone. It turns into
Paige.)
Paige: Aww, don't I get a hug?
Phoebe: Paige.
Piper: How did you find us?
Paige: We share the same blood, Piper. (She jumps off the tombstone.) I sniffed
you out.
Piper: Paige, listen to me. (She walks towards Paige.) We can go back to the
manor and we'll find something to change you back.
Paige: Nah.
(She pushes Piper away.)
Phoebe: Whoa, hold it.
(She holds a cross out in front of her.)
Paige: Why you gotta be like that? (Paige kicks the cross out of Phoebe's hand.
They start fighting. Paige kicks Phoebe in the stomach and knocks her to the
ground. Paige leans over her.) Now it's time we really bond as sisters.
(She goes to bite Phoebe but Leo orbs in and squirts holy water on Paige. She
screams and runs away. Leo helps Phoebe up.)
Piper: Paige, we are just trying to help you, damn it.
(Paige stops.)
Paige: Catch me if you can.
(She turns into a bat and flies away.)
Phoebe: Leo, Leo, come on, orb.
(Leo orbs out with Phoebe and Piper.)
[Cut to the vampire cave. Leo orbs in with Piper and Phoebe. It's dark.]
Phoebe: Where are we? I can't see a thing.
Piper: Here.
(Piper turns on a flashlight and points it on the roof. Dozens of bats are hanging
from it.)
Leo: Well, which one's Paige?
Piper: How should I know?
(The queen, Paige and Rowan walk in. The torches on the wall light up.)
Queen: Welcome to our family.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: The vampire cave. Continued from before.]
Piper: Stay away from us or you'll get an eye full of holy water and a chest full of
wood.
Queen: You'd only be delaying the inevitable. Now why can't we do this without a
fight?
Phoebe: Paige, we're your sisters, you're not a vampire yet.
Queen: We're offering immortal life. An eternity together as sisters. Now isn't that
preferable to death.
Piper: Are those our only two choices? Because I'd prefer the scenario where you
die and we get to stay human.
(Phoebe slaps her on the arm with the cross.)
Queen: If you could've killed me, you would've done so already. We both know
that.
Leo: We've gotta get out of here.
Phoebe: Not without Paige.
Rowan: Words will never make them understand.
Queen: No. But they will.
(The bats on the roof fly towards them.)
Piper: Incoming!
(The bats attack them.)
Phoebe: Leo, holy water!
(Leo starts squirting the holy water on the bats. Phoebe's cross and Piper's
flashlight gets thrown across the room.)
Leo: Let's go!
(Rowan goes over and throws Leo across the room.)
Phoebe: Leo!
(Paige goes over and pins Piper to the wall and tries to bite her. Phoebe kicks
Rowan and he grabs her leg and she falls to the ground. He tries to bite her.
Suddenly, all the bats start going up in flames.)
Queen: No! My babies! (Leo pulls Paige off Piper. Phoebe gets away from Rowan
and grabs the cross.) Come, before the Source kills us all.
(She helps Paige up and they run out of the cave. Phoebe stabs Rowan with the
cross and he is vanquished.)
Leo: We've gotta get Paige.
[Cut to another part of the cave. Paige and the Queen run in. Cole appears behind
them and knocks Paige out of the way. She falls with her back to Cole. The Queen
stops and turns around.]
Queen: The Source. I should've bitten you.
Cole: Yeah, well, bite this.
(He throws a fireball at the queen and she is vanquished.)
[Cut to Piper, Phoebe and Leo. The bats falls from the roof in little balls of flames.]
Phoebe: What's going on?
Piper: The Queen must be dead. Paige!
[Cut to Cole and Paige. Paige is still lying on the floor. Cole walks behind her
holding a fireball.]
Piper: Paige!
(Cole squashes the fireball.)
Cole: In-laws.
(He flames out. Piper, Phoebe and Leo walk in.)
Phoebe: Paige. (She races over to her.) Thank god you're alive.
(They help her up.)
Leo: Are you alright?
Paige: The Source.
Phoebe: The Source? What do you mean?
Paige: He was here.
Piper: Just now? You saw him?
Paige: Uh-uh.
Leo: The queen must've posed as a threat to him.
Phoebe: Well, that would explain why he wanted to kill her but why not us?
Piper: I don't know. Let's just count our blessings and get the hell outta here.
[Scene: Manor. Conservatory. The next morning. Paige is sitting at the table. Piper
comes in.]
Piper: You're up early. Vampire nightmares.
Paige: Oddly enough, no. Just some other thoughts.
Piper: Any you want to share?
Paige: You wouldn't be interested.
Piper: Try me.
Paige: They're about Cole.
Piper: I'm listening.
Paige: Okay. Remember the guy that stood me up?
Piper: Uh, how could I? Never met him.
Paige: Yeah, you did actually. He was one of the vampires. When I first met him
at the penthouse, he was there seeing Cole. Now I know what you're gonna say,
maybe Cole didn't know he was a vampire and we should probably give him the
benefit of the doubt, and you're right we should.
Piper: So then why do I get the sinking feeling that you might be onto something?
Paige: You do?
Piper: Well, it's just a lot of little things. Like, him not wanting you to orb in, him
not wanting us to...
Paige: Save me?
Piper: Go after vampires. I mean, I'm not saying that he's a demon, okay, because
we both know that's not possible.
Paige: We both know anything is possible.
Piper: Okay, but what if we're wrong? Then we lose Cole and Phoebe forever.
Paige: We're not wrong. Something is not right.
                                    Commercial Break
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. The phone rings. Cole answers it.]
Cole: Hello?
Paige: Hi, it's Paige.
Cole: Paige, how are you feeling?
Paige: Human again thank god.
Cole: Yeah, thank god.
Paige: Uh, is Phoebe there?
Cole: She's still sleeping. Is it important?
Paige: I-I'll just call her later.
(He hangs up. Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Who was that?
Cole: Oh, nobody. How are you feeling?
Phoebe: Better.
Cole: Good. Phoebe, I'm never gonna be okay with you chasing demons anymore,
you can't change that.
Phoebe: And you can't change the fact that they're gonna keep coming after me.
And that I have sisters who need me.
Cole: I understand.
Phoebe: Do you? Because yesterday it seemed like you didn't.
Cole: Well, I just don't want anything to happen to you. Ever. Is that so bad?
Phoebe: No.
Cole: I'll be at work.
(He kisses her on the cheek and leaves. The phone rings and Phoebe answers it.)
Phoebe: Hello? (listens) This is Phoebe Halliwell. (listens) Hi, doctor, did the test
results come in? (listens) I'm... what?
(She faints.)
Doctor's Voice: I-I double checked the results myself. You're pregnant, Miss
Halliwell. Congratulations. Miss Halliwell? Miss Halliwell? Hello?
                                        End
       4.19 We´re of to
        see the wizard
[Scene: The underworld. Cole, a dark priest and four guards walk into a large dark
room. Dozens of torches are lit around the walls and a book is sitting in the middle
of the room on a stand.]
Dark Priest: The unique guard will take their places along the aisle. Then
precisely at midnight we'll begin the ritualistic chant. And then you will be
escorted in for the ceremony.
(The priest walks over to the book and opens it up.)
Cole: It's been a while hasn't it?
Priest: Five hundred years give or take a decade. (He turns to a page which reads
"Votum Sanguinis".) Ah, here it is. The oath. Upon completion of the oath, you
will be given the full powers of the underworld.
Cole: Will I feel different after?
Priest: Perhaps. Those that came before you described it feeling it being...
complete.
Cole: Have any of them been half human?
Priest: No. This is a first. Now it's time for you to begin your preparations. Your
guards will show you to the vestibule.
Guard #1: This way.
(Cole and the guards walk down a corridor. A wizard hides behind a rock,
watching them. As they pass, the wizard comes out from behind the rock and taps
his staff twice on the ground. A clone of guard #1 appears beside him.)
Wizard: Arrest me.
[Cut to the large room. The priest bookmarks the page with a ribbon and closes the
book. Guard #1 pulls the wizard into the room.]
Priest: What's going on?
Guard #1: Found him outside.
(The priest walks over to the wizard.)
Priest: A wizard. Well, well. Aren't you supposed to be extinct?
Wizard: One of us is alive and well.
Priest: Not for long. Did you really think you could stop the coronation all by
yourself, wizard?
Wizard: I didn't come for the coronation. I came for the revenge.
(The wizard hits the priest between the legs with his staff. He falls the floor. The
priest uses telekinesis and the wizard flies across the room.)
Priest: (to clone guard #1) What's the matter with you? Stop him! (The guard just
stands there. The wizard tries to grab the book and the priest uses telekinesis and it
slides away from him. The real Guard #1 runs in.) It's an illusion.
(The wizard and the clone guard disappear. Cole and three other guards run in.)
Cole: What the hell is going on here?
[Scene: An elevator. Piper and Paige are there, on their way to Phoebe's
apartment.]
Paige: Cole's a demon again, that is what's going on.
Piper: Do you want us to lose a sister, because that's exactly what's gonna happen
if you blurt it out like that. Besides, we only know that Cole is dealing with
demons, not that he is a demon.
Paige: If he looks like a demon and walks like a demon...
Piper: That's ducks, that's not Phoebe's husband. The love of her life, her best
friend...
Paige: Alright, I get your point, woman.
Piper: Look, this isn't gonna be easy for her to hear, especially since she's happier
than she's ever been.
(The elevator opens and they see Phoebe standing near the window.)
Paige: Or not.
Phoebe: Hi. Come on in.
Piper: Phoebe, what's the matter? You look...
Phoebe: Terrible? Yeah, I haven't slept in a couple of days.
Piper: Why? What's the matter?
Phoebe: Uh, you guys should probably sit down.
Paige: That's funny, we were just coming to ask you to do the same thing.
(Piper and Paige sit at the table.)
Phoebe: Okay, so, what I'm about to tell you is really big. We're talking huge.
Paige: See, she knows.
Phoebe: Knows what?
Piper: Uh, you tell us.
Phoebe: Uh, okay, I-I'm, uh... I'm pregnant.
Piper: You're what?
Paige: Oh my god, from Cole?
[Cut to the underworld. Cole cuts the head off Guard #1.]
Cole: (to another guard) Find the wizard or you're next.
                                    Opening Credits
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are there.]
Phoebe: I don't even understand how this could've happened. We were being so
careful. It's the last thing I expected right now.
Paige: (to herself) Just wait.
Piper: Does Cole know?
Phoebe: No, not yet. I should've told him, I know, but I didn't know how to.
Besides, I don't want him to think that I'm not happy about it.
Piper: Are you?
Phoebe: I don't know. I mean, part of me is obviously. I love Cole. But then there's
another part of me that's scared to death. I mean, there' so many changes and it's all
happening so fast. I'm not sure I'm ready for this.
Piper: Oh, honey, you should've told us when you found out, and then you
wouldn't have to go through it alone.
Phoebe: I know, but I wasn't sure how you would feel about it.
Piper: Me? Why?
Phoebe: Because I know how hard you and Leo have been trying.
Piper: Oh, honey, this doesn't have anything to do with me, it has everything to do
with you. And-and I'd be thrilled to be an aunt. Don't worry about me.
Paige: So when are you gonna tell Cole?
Phoebe: I don't know. He's got so much on his plate right now, you know, with
starting his new job and everything.
Paige: You're gonna have a lot on your plate too, more than you realise.
Piper: Yeah, like how many hours he's gonna be working and that he's not gonna
be home a lot.
Paige: That's not what I'm talking about, Piper.
Phoebe: What do you mean, Paige?
Piper: It can wait.
(They hear the elevator.)
Phoebe: Oh, god, that's Cole. He can't know I told you before I told him. Hurry,
outta here, orb.
Paige: I thought Cole had a no orbing policy.
Phoebe: No, he doesn't want you orbing in, he doesn't mind you orbing out.
Piper: Now.
(Paige orbs out with Piper. Cole walks in.)
Phoebe: I thought you were at work.
Cole: I thought you were in bed. Are you feeling better?
Phoebe: Much. Thanks. Well, I gotta go, baby, you know, deadlines.
Cole: But I got you something to eat.
Phoebe: Sorry. I'll call you later.
(Phoebe grabs her bag and heads for the elevator.)
Cole: Phoebe, what's wrong?
Phoebe: Why? What makes you think there's something wrong?
Cole: Because every time you lie I can see your wisdom teeth.
Phoebe: We'll talk tonight.
Cole: Phoebe...
Phoebe: Please, Cole, not now.
(The elevator door opens and Phoebe walks in.)
Cole: I'm worried.
Phoebe: Well, don't be.
Cole: Well, I am, damn it. What's the matter?
Phoebe: I'm pregnant.
Cole: You're what?
Phoebe: We'll talk later.
(The elevator doors close.)
Cole: I'm gonna be a daddy.
[Cut to the manor. Parlor. Piper and Paige are there. Leo orbs in.]
Leo: What is the emergency?
Piper: Phoebe is pregnant.
Leo: What? Really?
Paige: Yeah, I think she deserves to know she's carrying a demon child, don't you?
Piper: You don't know if Cole is a demon.
Paige: You don't know he's not.
Piper: Well, okay, we'll do some more digging and-and we'll find some solid
proof.
Paige: No, I think she deserves to know now, Piper.
Piper: She doesn't need the stress, Paige.
Paige: Even if she's in danger?
Piper: Cole would never hurt her. He couldn't even hurt her when he was a demon.
Paige: Are you willing to bet her life on it?
Leo: Okay, do you want my advice or don't you?
Paige: Depends on what side you're on. And if you take hers, it better not be
because you're sleeping with her.
Wizard: Help! (The wizard appears.)
Piper: Whoa.
Wizard: Please, you've gotta help me.
Piper: Help you? Who are you? (A guard appears and throws an energy ball at the
wizard, vanquishing him. Piper blows up the guard.) Wh-? What an idiot. Doesn't
every demon know by now who's house this is?
(The wizard appears in the conservatory.)
Wizard: Not every demon. Fortunately for me.
Paige: But he just vanquished you.
Wizard: No, not me. An illusion. One of my little tricks. Comes in handy for
saving my life and what not.
Leo: You're a wizard?
Wizard: In the flesh, for lack of a better term.
Piper: Wait a minute, you just tricked us into vanquishing one of your enemies.
Wizard: My enemies are your enemies.
Paige: Says you. Leo, friend or foe?
Leo: I don't know, I've never met a wizard before. Only heard about them.
Wizard: Please, give me a little credit. (He walks into the living room and they
follow.) Why would I seek out the Charmed Ones if I were evil?
Piper: Okay, look, you need to stand still or you're gonna go poof like your friend
in there.
Wizard: Oh, you're the touchy one aren't you? I've heard about you. Peeper?
Piper: Piper.
Wizard: Whatever.
Leo: What do you want?
Wizard: Revenge. On the Source. For slaughtering my kind centuries ago. And for
that I'll need your help.
Piper: Well, maybe you haven't heard. There's a new Source. The old one is dead.
Paige: Yeah, we already kicked his sorry ass.
Wizard: He didn't die. He was reborn into a new sorry ass. Wait, that didn't come
out right.
Piper: Are you kidding me? After everything we went through, he found an escape
hatch?
(The wizard taps his staff twice on the floor and a whole cooked chicken appears.
He pulls off a drumstick and starts eating it.)
Wizard: Our only chance to stop him will be tonight before he receives his full
powers at the coronation.
Paige: Tonight? How do we do such a big job in such short notice?
Wizard: We'll steal the Grimoir.
Paige: Oh, what's that?
Leo: Evil Book of Shadows.
Wizard: The Source has to lay his hand on the book as he says the oath, otherwise
he doesn't get his powers.
Piper: So we steal a little book and we stop the Source? What's the catch?
Wizard: The catch is it's protected in a secret chamber by his best guards. Now, I
know how to get there but I can't fight them alone. What do you say? Partners?
(Piper freezes him.)
Piper: I so don't trust him.
Leo: Alright, I'll check with the Elders, see what they know. You better get
Phoebe. In case he's right, you're gonna need the power of three.
(Leo orbs out.)
Piper: I'll go get her.
Paige: No, no, you've got the fire power, you stay here, I'll go.
Piper: Alright, but no spilling the beans on Cole. Not until we decide to.
Paige: Scouts honour.
(Paige leaves. Piper unfreezes the wizard.)
Piper: Just so you know, one false move and you're toast.
(The wizard thinks for a moment and then taps his staff. The drumstick turns into a
piece of toast.)
Wizard: Got any jam?
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole is looking at a baby shopping website
on his laptop. The website is playing a lullaby for its background music. Cole is
humming along.]
Julie's Voice: Is the witch home?
Cole: Uh, no.
(Julie shimmers in.)
Julie: Good. I thought you'd like an update. As you ordered, the priests have
stepped up security on the grimoir. So far the wizard has been our only breech.
What is that dreadful music?
Cole: Oh, uh, nothing.
(He turns it off.)
Julie: Baby shopping, sir?
Cole: (happily) Yes, as a matter of fact I was. Phoebe's pregnant.
Julie: Oh. That's wonderful news, but I don't understand why you're...
Cole: Oh, just keeping up appearances, you know. Try to act like any normal
father-to-be. For Phoebe.
Julie: But Phoebe's not here.
Cole: Is there anything else you need to update me on?
Julie: May I speak handedly? I'm worried about you. I'm worried that the witch's
influence on you is too great. That the baby will make the pull of love even greater.
Cole: Oh, if you're worried about the coronation.
Julie: I'm worried about after the coronation. The next nine months to be exact.
When the bond between you and Phoebe will grow. And your whole humanity
within will weaken, unless...
Cole: Unless?
Julie: Unless you allow the Seer to perform her dark magic. Allow me to carry
your baby.
Cole: What?
Julie: You won't need the witch anymore. I can be your queen.
Cole: Are you out of your mind?
Julie: I am trying to save you. The underworld will not tolerate a leader who's
conflicted any sign of weakness and you're not gonna survive.
Cole: Are you threatening me?
Julie: I'm reminding you. Of your future, your destiny. Neither of which include
the witch.
(Julie shimmers out. Cole bangs the laptop down on the glass table, shattering it.)
[Scene: The Bay Mirror. Phoebe's office. She's on the phone.]
Phoebe: Yes, of course I am aware that there is a deadline but Elise threw my
column out at the last minute. Oh, oh, how hard can it be to write an advice
column? Let me show you how hard.
(She slams the phone down and knocks off her cup of coffee. Paige walks in.)
Paige: Bad time?
Phoebe: Yes. Uh, no, whatever. What is it?
Paige: Uh, well, we, uh, we need the power of three.
Phoebe: What? Now? Can't it wait?
Paige: Cliff notes version, we didn't kill the Source like we thought, he was just
reborn. And now if we don't help a wizard stop him from getting coronated tonight,
he becomes all powerful. Shall we?
Phoebe: So let him get coronated.
Paige: Sorry?
Phoebe: Well, why not? What's the worse that can happen?
Paige: Uh, besides all hell breaking loose on earth? What's wrong with you?
Phoebe: I don't know. I'm just, I'm having a really bad day right now. Okay, uh, I'll
meet you at the manor but I have to find Cole first and fill him in.
Paige: No, you don't need to do that. Besides, he's so busy being Mr. Hot Shot
lawyer guy and all.
Phoebe: Okay, Paige, what's your problem with Cole now, huh? Spill it.
Paige: Nothing.
Phoebe: You're lying. I can see your wisdom teeth.
Paige: I don't have wisdom teeth.
Phoebe: Paige.
Paige: Alright, but you're not gonna like it. Alright, remember the vampire that
attacked me a couple of days ago? Well, I met him through Cole, at your
apartment.
Phoebe: And?
Paige: And? Don't you think that's a pretty big coincidence for an alleged ex-
demon.
Phoebe: Alleged?
Paige: Stop being so naive, Phoebe, he's been acting strange ever since he got his
new job which for all we know could be a cover anyway.
Phoebe: I don't believe this.
Paige: Face the facts, Phoebe. Cole has gone back to his old ways, and I'm not the
only one who thinks so. Piper thinks so too. That's what we were coming to tell
you about this morning. I'm sorry. (Phoebe grabs her coat and heads for the door.)
Where are you going?
Phoebe: To prove you wrong.
Paige: What about the Source? What about the power of three?
Phoebe: Screw the power of three.
(She leaves.)
[Cut to Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Phoebe walks in, cautiously. She goes over
to Cole's briefcase and looks inside. She flips through some papers. She sees the
broken glass on the floor and walks to her bedroom door. She opens it and Cole is
there tying balloons to their bed.]
Cole: You caught me.
Phoebe: Cole.
(He picks up a bunch of flowers.)
Cole: I love you.
(He hands her the flowers and kisses her and her stomach.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Foyer. Piper and Paige are there.]
Piper: Screw the power of three?
Paige: Those were her words exactly. And then she practically flattened me while
storming out of her office.
Piper: Well, that sounds more than just hormones.
Paige: Yeah, she was a little pissed.
Piper: About what? Oh, Paige, you didn't! You told her about Cole?
Paige: She was gonna find out eventually.
Piper: Yeah, when we decided it was the right time to tell her. Now she's probably
never gonna speak to us again. You might as well have crowned the new Source
yourself.
Paige: Oh, god, I think you're slightly exaggerating.
Piper: No, I am not. We need Phoebe for the plan to work.
Paige: What plan?
Piper: You follow me!
(Piper goes into the kitchen. Paige follows. The kitchen has turned into the large
underworld building where the coronation will take place. The wizard, guards and
the dark priest are standing there.)
Paige: Alright. Piper, I think I like the other kitchen better. This is an illusion,
right?
Wizard: Please, tell me she's not the brains of the family.
Piper: Grimoir, dark priest, body guards, and this mystery man over here is the
Source.
(She points to a dummy wearing a black suit but has no face.)
Paige: Oh, first half a face now no face.
Wizard: I didn't get a good look at him.
Piper: Well, it doesn't really matter anyway because he may not even be here. All
we want is the Grimoir.
Paige: Alright, what's the plan?
Piper: We learn from his mistakes.
Wizard: Not mistakes. Miscalculations.
Piper: Uh, you didn't have any backup, your illusions didn't buy you enough time
and you got caught. I'd call those mistakes. This time we'll go for a bigger
distraction and since the bodyguards are already after you, you show up and they're
bound to chase after you.
Paige: Thinning out demonic ranks, that sounds good.
Wizard: Easy for you to say, you're not the distraction.
Piper: You'll orb us in, Phoebe and I will keep the demons busy and you'll snag
the book.
Paige: Sounds simple.
(She goes to grab the book but the wizard pulls it away with his wand.)
Wizard: Would I come to you if it were that simple?
Piper: It's like the Book of Shadows, only it protects itself from good. So you'll
use this sack, we'll put a spell on it so it can hold the Grimoir...
Phoebe: Piper? (Phoebe comes in.) Demon!
Piper: Phoebe, no!
(Phoebe jumps up to kick the dark priest and the illusion disappears. Phoebe lands
on the table.)
Phoebe: Hello, confusion.
Wizard: I can't work like this.
Piper: Phoebe, this is the wizard, and that was one of his illusions.
Phoebe: An illusion. (The wizard taps his staff and two women appear beside him
and start massaging him.) Um, like those?
Piper: Yeah, don't mind him, he's been at it all day, the pig.
Paige: Not that I'm not happy to see you, Phoebe, but why are we seeing you?
Considering how we left it.
Phoebe: I'm not about to shun my wiccan duties, Paige, no matter what.
Paige: But what about what we talked about?
Phoebe: I love Cole, and I trust him even if you guys don't. And we can discuss
our problems later, I came here to help you with... Merlin.
Wizard: Please, Merlin was an overrated hack. Tell me he's not the only wizard
you people have heard of.
Paige: Well, does Harry Potter count?
Piper: Alright, enough. You can live your life of instant gratification later, after
we're done. Get rid of them.
Wizard: You call this a life? (He taps his staff and the women disappear.) This is
no life. Illusions are as empty to me as they are to you. They're only a reminder of
a reality long since lost. Of a world filled with wizards, of friends, of family. It's all
an illusion without family. Help me stop the Source. Help me right this wrong.
[Scene: Underworld. The coronation room. The dark priest and Cole are there.]
Dark Priest: Everything's on schedule. The other priests are preparing the
sacrifices as we speak.
Cole: What about the wizard? How do we know he won't make another attempt.
Dark Priest: He's the last of his kind, Sire, I doubt if the risk ----.
Cole: He risked it before, didn't he?
(The wizard stands at the entrance.)
Wizard: Talking about me?
Dark Priest: Guards! After him!
(The wizard runs down the corridor and the guards follow.)
Cole: Something's not right.
Dark Priest: You should leave for you safety now, Sire.
(Cole sees the girls starting to orb in.)
Cole: Protect the Grimoir.
(Cole flames out. The girls orb in. Piper blows up a guard and another jumps on
her. Phoebe starts fighting with a guard and the dark priest uses his telekinesis
powers on Paige, knocking her to the ground.)
[Cut to the corridor. The wizard runs around a corner. The guards run around the
corner and Cole stands in front of them.]
Cole: Stop! Wait.
Guard: But Sire, the wizard.
Cole: He's right behind you.
(The wizard appears behind the guards and zaps them with his staff. They fall to
the ground. He points his staff at Cole.)
Wizard: If only you were real.
(Illusion Cole disappears.)
[Cut back to the coronation room. The girls are still fighting with the guards.]
Phoebe: Piper, now! (Piper blows up the dark priest and Paige crawls towards the
Grimoir. A guard goes to throw an energy ball at Paige.) Paige, look out!
(She points to the guard and fire comes out of her hands, vanquishing the guard.
She looks at her hand in shock.)
Piper: What was that?
Phoebe: I have no idea.
(The wizard runs in.)
Wizard: What are we waiting for?
Paige: Grimoir. (The Grimoir orbs into the sack.) Got it.
Wizard: Let's get out of here.
(The orb out.)
[Cut to the manor. They orb in.]
Wizard: We did it! We got it.
Piper: Yes, and now we are going to destroy it. Paige, go get the Book of
Shadows, when need some potions.
Paige: Right.
(She puts the Grimoir on the table and leaves the room.)
Wizard: Wait, destroy it? We might be able to use it.
Piper: For what? It's evil. (to Phoebe) Do you want to sit down?
Phoebe: I think I just want to go home.
Piper: Well, this is home too.
Phoebe: I don't feel good. It just didn't feel right.
Piper: Well, that's probably just because it's-it's new and your power is escalating.
Phoebe: How is it escalating? I levitate, I have premonitions.
Piper: Well, you had fire power in your past life.
Phoebe: I was evil in my past life, remember?
Wizard: Can we get back to the Grimoir!
Piper: No. (Piper freezes him. Phoebe runs away.) Phoebe, wait.
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole is staring out the window. He gets mad
and smashes the window with his fist. Julie shimmers in.]
Julie: What's the matter? What happened?
Cole: What are you doing here?
Julie: I sensed your pain, I was worried.
Cole: Yeah, well, you should be worried. The Grimoir has been stolen.
Julie: I know.
Cole: You know? How do you know? Have you been spying on me?
Julie: No, of course not.
Cole: Then how? Tell me.
(He grabs her.)
Seer's Voice: From me. (She appears.) I told her.
Cole: Seer. If you foresaw the Grimoir being taken...
Seer: Finding the Grimoir is not your biggest problem. Suppressing Cole is. You're
changing, my liege. The human in you grows stronger and at the worst possible
time.
Cole: I can handle it.
Seer: How? Your guard is down, you're vulnerable.
Julie: Let me try again.
Cole: Try what? Are you working together to manipulate me?
Julie: No, to save you. To save us.
Cole: Us, there is no us.
Julie: But there could be. And if there were the struggle would end. You'd be free
to rule without the witch's love holding you back.
Cole: (to Seer) This is your doing. Did you really think I'd fall for it?
Seer: Leave us. Now.
(Julie shimmers out.)
Cole: I can't believe you tricked me into hiring a seductress.
Seer: I was concerned the baby's influence on your humanity might sway you to
the other side.
Cole: Then what? You hoped if I'd gotten laid...
Seer: No, I hoped you'd come to your senses before it was too late. But I wasn't
relying on it. This isn't just about you. I helped you put you in position for
greatness and I'm not going to let you fail now. It's only the Source that protects
you from the Charmed Ones' powers and premonitions. If Cole's love becomes any
stronger, it will over power the Source, then you will lose everything. The throne,
your wife, your son.
(The elevator dings and the Seer disappears. Phoebe walks in.)
Phoebe: Cole, hi, honey. (She sees the broken window.) What happened?
Cole: Oh, um, there was an accident. Everything go alright with whatever you had
to do with your sisters?
Phoebe: The good news is we got what we were after.
Cole: Good, congratulations.
(He starts to walk away.)
Phoebe: Uh, but, uh... I think something really bad has happened to me.
Cole: Wh-what, the baby?
Phoebe: No, the baby's fine. I threw fire. I-I vanquished a demon with it. And it
just felt, I don't know, awful. Almost evil.
Cole: Hey, hey, hey, that's impossible. You're the sweetest most loving person I've
even known. You don't have an evil bone in your body and you know that. (Cole
touches her and she has a premonition of him killing and throwing fireballs.)
What? What happened?
Phoebe: Oh my god.
(She runs to the elevator.)
Cole: Phoebe.
Phoebe: Stay away from me.
Cole: Phoebe.
(She gets in the elevator.)
Phoebe: Stay away from me!
Cole: What did you see?
(The elevator doors close.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper has potions lined up on the coffee table. She
picks one up and throws it at the Grimoir, which is on the floor. The potion
explodes but doesn't harm the Grimoir.]
Piper: Okay. That was the strongest one I had, I don't know what else to do.
Wizard: I'll tell you what to do. Keep it.
Paige: You know, maybe we should go see Phoebe, she didn't look so well.
Piper: Paige, we'll go over there after we destroy this book.
Wizard: I think you're being hasty. The Grimoir could bring us great powers.
Paige: Listen, we already have powers, we don't need evil ones too.
(Phoebe walks in through the front door.)
Piper: Phoebe?
Phoebe: I have to talk to you guys.
Piper: What is it? (Phoebe sits on the couch. The wizard eyes off the book.) You,
you stay where I can see you.
Paige: Honey, what is it? What's the matter? Whatever it is, it's gonna be alright.
Phoebe: No, it won't. I had a premonition, and you were right, Cole is evil.
Paige: Oh, honey, I didn't wanna be right.
Piper: What exactly did you see?
Phoebe: Everything. Killing, fireball throwing, working with other demons. Oh,
god, Cole is a demon.
Piper: It's okay, Phoebe, just take a breath.
Wizard: What's taking so long?
Piper: Quiet.
Phoebe: I have a baby on the way, and I have this new power. I don't know if I can
handle this.
Paige: It's okay, you're not alone, you have us.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: Okay, we've got big problems, where's the wizard?
Piper: Shh, in there. We've got big problems in here. Cole, demon Cole. What
were you gonna say about the wizard?
Leo: Um, can you handle this right now?
Phoebe: Do I have a choice?
Wizard: What's taking so long?
Piper: Shush!
Leo: Uh, well, according to the Elders, some Wizards are evil and if he is, it's not
good.
Piper: I knew it, then he wants the Grimoir for himself.
Leo: Probably. There's a spell in there that can consecrate a weapon and make it
strong enough to kill the Source.
Paige: Isn't that a good thing?
Leo: No. If he kills the Source he becomes the Source. And he'll have enough
magic to resurrect his people.
Wizard: What's taking so long?
Piper: Wait a minute. (She storms over to the Wizard.) I can't believe we let that
slimy Lord of the Rings wannabe use us.
(The illusion wizard and the Grimoir disappear.)
Paige: Another illusion?
Piper: On a loop no less, he was just waiting for an opportunity to take the book.
Leo: We need to get it back fast.
Phoebe: How?
Piper: We gotta go back down to the underworld.
Paige: We couldn't even find the coronation site without the wizard.
Phoebe: What about a summoning spell?
Piper: We'd need his blood.
Paige: Cole. I was just thinking maybe he'd know something, he is a demon after
all.
Phoebe: I can't even think about Cole right now let alone talk to him.
Paige: Maybe we could go with you and watch your back.
Piper: That's an awful lot to ask of her right now.
Paige: I know, but what choice do we have? There's gonna be a coronation tonight
unless we stop it.
[Scene: Underworld. The coronation room. Dark Priest #2 is adjusting Cole's coat.
The Seer is watching near by.]
Dark Priest #2: How's it feel?
Cole: Heavy.
(The dark priest walks away. The Seer moves closer to Cole.)
Seer: Focus.
Cole: What's the point? We don't even have the Grimoir.
Seer: We will. But in the mean time you must keep up appearances.
Cole: But Phoebe...
Seer: Is not your concern at the moment.
Cole: She knows I'm a demon, damn it.
Seer: She will come round in time.
(The priest goes to put a scarf on Cole but he stops him.)
Cole: I can't do this. I have to find her.
Seer: And risk the wizard finding you? He'll kill you. Take your throne.
Cole: He can have it.
Seer: And what do you think your death will solve? Do you really think it'll bring
you what you seek? If losing the witch has cost you your will, then I will get it
back.
Cole: What do you mean?
(The Seer disappears.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Leo are there.]
Leo: Anything?
Phoebe: He's not here.
Paige: Have you tried his office?
Phoebe: I'm beginning to wonder if he even has an office.
(Julie shimmers in.)
Julie: He does.
Piper: Who are you?
Phoebe: I know who she is. Where's Cole?
Julie: Safe from you.
Paige: Alright, do you wanna punch her or should I?
Phoebe: I should've known all along.
Julie: You've ruined him. Made him pathetic, weak, good.
Phoebe: And I take it you have a problem with that?
Julie: Yeah, I have a big problem with that.
Piper: Uh, Phoebe, what's going on here?
Julie: You're just a means to an end. A way to sire a magical child. But now you're
hurting him and I can't allow that.
Phoebe: Oh no?
Julie: No.
(She throws an energy ball at Phoebe and Phoebe levitates up so the energy ball
misses.)
Phoebe: Two can play at that game.
(She throws fire at Julie and Julie cartwheels out of the way.)
Piper: Okay, now...
Phoebe: Piper, don't. This is my fight.
(She throws fire at Julie, this time getting her.)
Piper: Phoebe.
(Julie screams and is vanquished.)
Phoebe: Home wrecker.
Paige: Okay, Phoebe, you're scaring us.
Phoebe: What?
Leo: Phoebe, fire throwing is an upper-level demonic power.
Phoebe: Oh my god. What's happening to me?
(Suddenly, she shimmers out.)
[Cut to the underworld. Phoebe shimmers in a cave. The Seer is there.]
Seer: Breathe.
Phoebe: How did I get here?
Seer: Your magic. Dark magic.
Phoebe: Stay away from me.
Seer: Stop me. (Phoebe throws fire at the Seer but it doesn't harm her.) Feels good
doesn't it? Or more precisely, evil.
Phoebe: What do you want? What have you done to me?
Seer: What I've done is not important. What you must do now, however is. Your
husband needs you by his side.
Phoebe: I don't understand.
Seer: Don't you? You and I share the same gift. We both can sense the truth. From
the moment Cole absorbed the Source's power, you've sensed something different
about him. Something that's changed him forever. You know the truth.
Phoebe: Cole is the Source.
Seer: Yes. And he needs your help if he hopes to survive. He needs your love. You
can't keep fighting it. The maternal bond is too strong, listen to your body, Phoebe.
Listen to your unborn son. He takes after his father.
Phoebe: His father lied to me.
Seer: He never lied about his feelings for you. And despite my best efforts he
never stopped loving you. (She touches Phoebe's tummy.) Oh, your son was
conceived in love, you know that. It's time to stop fighting it. It's time to embrace
your new family, your new destiny, otherwise Cole and your son will die. All of
demondon will rise up against them to destroy them and you.
[Scene: The coronation room. Cole and two guards are there.]
Cole: Leave me.
Guard: But the coronation's imminent. The wizard...
Cole: Knows that I know. Leave. (The guards shimmer out. The wizard appears
and Cole attacks him with a sword. The wizard blocks his attack with his staff.
They continue fighting.) I knew you'd come for me. (The wizards drops his staff
and Cole points the sword at him.) If you wanted my powers, all you had to do was
ask.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Cole and the wizard are there. The wizard is
looking at a page in the Grimoir.]
Cole: How much longer?
Wizard: Give me a break, will you, this is tricky stuff. It'd be a lot easier if I could
do this in friendlier confines.
Cole: There are no friendly confines, not anymore. This had better work or you'll
be joining the rest of your kind and not in the way you hoped for.
Wizard: Little tip. Pressure's not the best motivating technique. If you wanna lose
the Source's powers, don't rush me.
Cole: Fine, but just so we're clear, once you get the Source's powers I never hear
from you again.
Wizard: Understood. Not that I'm ungrateful, but why are you so willing to do
this?
(He places some lit candles on the floor.)
Cole: I lost someone I love and I want her back. That's all you need to know.
Wizard: Love? The Source can love.
Cole: Just keep working.
Wizard: I'm done. Now, if the spell's going to work, blood needs to spill. (He
picks up a dagger and Cole holds out his arm. He cuts Cole's arm.) Now me. (He
cuts his own. Smoke starts to rise from the Grimoir.) "Holus into exitus omne.
Holus into exitus omne. Holus into exitus omne! Holus into exitus omne."
(The both rise into the air and they start to glow. The wizard extends his arm and
starts to pull the Source out of Cole. The Seer and Phoebe appear.)
Seer: Save him. For your son.
(Phoebe throws fire and vanquishes the wizard. Cole falls to the floor and Phoebe
rushes over to him.)
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Piper, Paige and Leo are there. Paige is scrying.]
Piper: Maybe you should go back down to the underworld.
Leo: I already tried, I-I can't sense her anywhere.
Piper: Well, she's gotta be somewhere. Doesn't she?
(The crystal points to a place on the map.)
Paige: Got her.
[Cut to Phoebe and Cole's apartment.]
Phoebe: Are you okay?
Cole: What happened? What did you do?
Phoebe: I vanquished him.
Cole: Oh, but he was our last chance.
Phoebe: No it wasn't.
(Piper, Paige and Leo orb in.)
Paige: Oh, thank god we found you.
Phoebe: It's too late.
Leo: What do you mean? What are you talking about?
(Phoebe picks up the Grimoir.)
Paige: Hey, I thought only evil could touch that book.
Phoebe: That's right.
Piper: Phoebe, what's going on?
Phoebe: I'm embracing my new destiny.
(Phoebe and Cole flame out.)
Piper: What the hell was that?
Seer: That was the Source. And his queen.
Piper: You did this, you poisoned her.
Paige: Maybe we should just vanquish you.
Seer: You can't. Not without the power of three.
(The Seer disappears.)
Paige: I can't believe this is happening.
Piper: Leo, where'd she go?
(He tries to sense her.)
Leo: I can't sense her. They must be in the underworld.
Piper: Okay, so, orb us down there and we'll drag her home kicking and
screaming.
Paige: There is no way we can find the coronation site without the wizard.
Piper: I don't care, we can't just leave her there.
Leo: We don't have a choice, we'll have to find another way.
[Scene: The coronation room. The coronation is about to take place.]
Cole: Are you sure about this? You're giving up your life.
Phoebe: My life is with you and our baby. We'll be strong together. After all, we're
family.
(They kiss.)
Cole: I love you.
Seer: It is time.
Phoebe: We're ready.
(They walk towards the dark priest and he opens the Grimoir.)
                                       End
   4.20 Long live the
          queen
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Bedroom. Night time. It is storming. Phoebe
is sitting on her bed. She gets up and closes the window. There's a knock on the
door.]
Phoebe: Come in.
(The door opens and the Seer walks in carrying a tray. Demons are chanting out in
the living room. The Seer puts down the tray and picks up a glass of tonic.)
Seer: My queen, it's time for your tonic.
Phoebe: Can you do anything about this thunder because it is making me nuts.
Cole: I have no sway over the weather. I do have a friend who works with wind
but she's out of town.
Phoebe: What about demons? Any sway over them? Because I swear, if they don't
shut up. (She takes a sip of the tonic and screws up her face.) I hate this stuff!
Seer: It's for you own good.
Phoebe: Well, whatever happened to regular old vitamins.
Seer: There's nothing regular about your pregnancy. The new power you're
experiencing is a mere shadow of what's to come. The tonic strengthens you to
bear the weight of it.
Phoebe: Okay, well, then do me a favour. Find me something that strengthens me
and doesn't taste like crap.
Seer: Are you feeling alright?
Phoebe: Yeah, it's just, (she plops down on the bed) I have all this work that I have
to do and (yells) I can't concentrate!
(A demon shuts the bedroom door.)
Seer: But you are queen now. There's no reason for you to continue with this work
at all.
Phoebe: I like my work. It's a good distraction.
Seer: A distraction from what? Still struggling with your decision?
Phoebe: No, I mean, I love Cole and you know, don't get me wrong this whole
queen thing is kinda fun, it's just...
Seer: Your sisters.
Phoebe: Yeah, I don't understand why they have to be so stubborn. Why they can't
just respect my decision.
Seer: Because it's not in their nature of good to compromise. They'll never
understand, they'll only want to change you back. The sooner you accept that and
let them go, the happier you will be. Here, drink your tonic.
(She hears an explosion.)
Phoebe: What the hell is going on out there? You know, ever since the coronation
all he does is work.
Seer: The underworld's been in chaos for some time. He has a great task...
Phoebe: I don't care. I want some attention from my husband. You're excused.
Seer: Make certain you drink that upon waking.
(She disappears. Phoebe goes out into the living room.)
Phoebe: It is after midnight, Cole, come to bed.
Cole: Phoebe, please, we're in the middle of a ceremony.
Demon: We're almost done.
Phoebe: Almost doesn't work for me.
(She throws fire at two demons and vanquishes them. The rest shimmer out.)
Cole: I thought we talked about this.
Phoebe: Sorry, it's hormones.
                                   Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Paige are there. Piper is making potions while
Paige looks through the Book of Shadows.]
Paige: Damn it, I have read through this fifteen times, there is nothing even
remotely helpful about how to save Phoebe.
Piper: I told you, she made a choice. There's no magical cure for that.
Paige: Yeah, well, she's pregnant, Piper, so she's being influenced by the baby
inside.
Piper: And we could've helped her overcome that but she chose Cole.
Paige: Will you just stop with the potions already? You've already over run the
kitchen, I'd say we have enough.
Piper: This one duplicates my freezing power plus it scalds the flesh, so we should
only use it in a dire emergency.
Paige: No! I will not Phoebe's flesh, she's still our sister.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: Paige. (She walks over to him.) How is she?
Paige: She's like Piper light. All the personality without any of those messy
emotions.
Leo: Rumour on the demonic grape vine is the new queen is killing upper level
demons. Word is she killed two just last night.
Paige: What does that mean?
Leo: It means it looks like Phoebe's working from the inside for the good guys.
Paige: That's great.
Piper: Since when do you guys believe rumours that are spread by demons?
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Demons are sitting around a long glass table.
A hologram of a woman's head is sitting in the middle of the table.]
Demon #2: Alison Whitt. Among other things, she's spear heading the campaign to
clean up Delora's Park.
Demon #3: That's my district.
Demon #4: I've got men there too.
Demon #3: Since when?
Demon #4: Since I put them there.
Demon #3: Then they're working my territory.
Cole: Gentlemen, it's all my territory. Next.
(The hologram turns into a man.)
Demon #2: Gregory Conroy. Probation officer to juvenile offenders. Manages to
rehabilitate the worst of the worst. He's cost us several potential demons.
Cole: (to demon #4) He's yours.
(The demon nods.)
Demon #2: He works at the...
(Phoebe walks in. The demons get a little frightened.)
Phoebe: Relax, boys, I'm here to cook not kill. Although I'd keep your voices
down if I were you. (She pretends to use her power and they jump.) Ah! (She
smiles.) Hi, honey.
(She kisses him on the cheek and she leaves the room.)
Cole: Honey.
(He follows her.)
Phoebe: Will your friends be staying for dinner?
Cole: I'm gonna find it hard enough to convince them to stay till the end of the
meeting unless you stop threatening them to kill them.
Phoebe: I was kidding.
Cole: You killed five of my best demons this week, so forgive me if I'm missing
the joke.
Phoebe: Oh, baby, I'm sorry.
Cole: I know I've been working a lot. But that should lighten up soon. In the mean
time no more killing. Promise?
Phoebe: Promise.
Cole: It's hard enough for them to accept the fact that my queen is a former
Charmed One. We don't want them to think you're playing both sides.
Phoebe: I said I promise but if it'll make you feel better. (She goes into the other
room.) Hi, um, I just wanna say that I'm really sorry for killing your friends last
night. Oh, and, um, the night before that. And it's nothing personal, you know, it's
just...
(She touches demon #4 and has a premonition of him killing Gregory.)
Cole: Phoebe, was that a...
Phoebe: Cramp. I just need to lie down.
Cole: Should I call the Seer?
Phoebe: No, no, I'm fine.
(She goes into her room and listens.)
Cole: Where were we?
Demon #2: Gregory Conroy. Malick's in for the kill. He spends his time at
Permission Hill community centre.
(Phoebe picks up the tonic and pours it in a pot plant.)
[Scene: Manor. Dining room. Piper, Paige and Leo are there. Piper is showing
them the potions.]
Piper: These are meant to slow an attacker down but not do real serious harm, it's
kind of like magical mace.
Paige: Sounds reasonable I guess.
Piper: These are a little more lethal - explosives, paralytics, your garden variety of
poisons.
Leo: So you're gonna poison Phoebe?
Piper: Leo, she's carrying the spawn of the Source, she's throwing fire from her
hands. If she shows up here, we'll do what we have to do to protect ourselves.
Paige: You're not even giving her a chance.
Piper: Paige, we gave her every chance in the world to come back to us and she
threw it in our faces. She chose the Source of all evil over her own family.
(Phoebe flames in.)
Phoebe: Surprise! (Piper quickly grabs a potion and throws it towards Phoebe.
Phoebe throws fire at the potion, disintegrating it.) Nice to see you too, Piper.
Piper: What do you want?
Phoebe: Oh, and here I thought you'd be happy to see me.
Paige: I'm happy to see you.
Piper: Paige.
Paige: What?
Piper: Unless you're here to tell us you filed for a divorce, we don't really have
much to talk about.
Phoebe: Oh that's not true. For instance we could talk about how rigid you are. It's
really not a very attractive quality.
(Piper picks up another potion.)
Leo: Wait. Phoebe, what are you doing here?
Phoebe: I had a premonition. We have an innocent to save and not a lot of time.
Paige: That is so great. Look, I told you.
Phoebe: Don't get excited, it's not what you think. I haven't changed my mind, I'm
not leaving Cole and I'm not renouncing my ground. It's just I've never ignored a
premonition in my life and I'm not about to start now.
Piper: Uh, Phoebe, you're evil. You're like the queen of all evil, literally.
Phoebe: That's beside the point.
Piper: How can that be beside the point?
Paige: I say we do it.
Piper: What?
Paige: Excuse me. (She pulls Piper and Leo aside.) Look, this is what we've been
hoping for. A sign that there's still good in her. Why else would she care about
saving the innocent?
Piper: Because it's a trap.
Paige: Piper, this could be our only chance.
Leo: I think Paige is right. By helping her do good, it might sway her back to our
side.
Piper: Fine.
Paige: (to Phoebe) Okay, you're on, we'll follow you.
(Piper grabs some potions.)
Phoebe: What's that for?
Piper: Insurance.
[Cut to an alley. Piper, Paige and Leo orb in. Phoebe flames in.]
Paige: Argh, why do I always have to land in the mud.
Phoebe: Come on, over here.
(They stand behind some wooden crates.)
Leo: How do you know when he's gonna get attacked?
Phoebe: I know. (Gregory walks around the corner.) There he is.
(Malick shimmers in behind him. Piper freezes Gregory. Malick looks around.)
Piper: Hey. (Piper goes to blow him up and Phoebe knocks her. She blows up a
bike near by.)
Phoebe: No, Piper.
Piper: What are you doing?
(An energy ball appears in Malick's hand.)
Phoebe: Stop. (She walks towards Malick. Malick kneels down.)
Malick: My queen.
Phoebe: Leave that innocent alone. Go. (Malick shimmers out. Piper, Paige and
Leo stare at her.) What? One of my subjects.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Alley. Continued from before.]
Piper: How-how-how could you do that? How could you just let him go?
Phoebe: I don't know you're so upset, we saved the innocent didn't we?
Piper: I can't talk to her, you talk to her.
Leo: Phoebe...
Phoebe: Things are not as black and white as they used to be. Okay, I can't just go
around killing demons anymore.
Paige: Why not? We heard you just killed two last night.
Phoebe: Yeah, well, that was different, he was getting on my nerves. I promised
Cole I wouldn't kill anymore. And killing Malick would've been a huge betrayal.
Piper: Malick? You're on a first name basis with the demons?
Leo: If you were just gonna order him to stop you could've done that on your own.
Why did you even come to us?
Phoebe: Because I missed you guys! Okay, is that so wrong? I missed you.
Leo: Phoebe, you can't be the queen of the underworld and a Charmed One. You
can't have it both ways.
Phoebe: Why not? Just because it's different doesn't mean that it can't work. And
you all miss me too even though I'm sure Piper probably doesn't want to admit it to
herself.
Paige: Of course we miss you, honey.
Phoebe: Well, you can have me back. You can have the power of three back. You
just have to be willing to meet me half way.
Piper: Phoebe, you can't protect the innocent and save demons, it just doesn't work
that way.
Phoebe: Apparently it does. He's alive isn't he?
Paige: Yeah, but your friend Malick is gonna come back.
Phoebe: You don't know that.
Piper: That's what they do, Phoebe, they come back. They snarl and come back.
Paige: Yeah, and now we have to worry about protecting him instead of trying to
save you.
Phoebe: You think I need saving?
Piper: Are you kidding me? That baby inside you has corrupted you more than
you think.
Phoebe: Piper.
Piper: Don't Piper me. This is insane, what you are saying is insane. You cannot
come back, you cannot work with us as long as you are married to the Source.
Phoebe: So what do you want me to do? Do you want me to leave my husband?
Piper: Yes.
Phoebe: That is not fair!
Leo: It's not fair, Phoebe, but you have to pick a side, good or evil. That's how it
works. Even though it means giving up someone you love, you have to choose.
Phoebe: I'm really sorry you feel that way.
(Phoebe flames out.)
Piper: I can't do this.
(She starts to walk away.)
Paige: What about Greg?
(Piper unfreezes him. Greg goes over to where his bike was chained.)
Greg: Oh, no, not again. (He sees Paige and Leo.) Did you guys see anyone take
off on a chromium orange bicycle?
Paige: No, sorry.
Greg: Why did I bother locking it?
(He walks away.)
Paige: Uh, what should we do?
Leo: Follow him.
[Scene: The underworld. A cave. Cole and a demon are there.]
Demon #2: They were animal sacrifice cabins. The worst part they've been
abandoned.
Cole: Waste of space don't you think? Put a team on it, have it cleaned out.
Malick: My liege.
(He walks in. The guard stands in front of him.)
Guard: State your business.
Malick: I have news for the Source. It concerns his queen.
Cole: What happened? Is she hurt?
Malick: No, the Charmed Ones interfered with my kill.
Cole: I have no control over my in-laws. If you want them out of the way I suggest
you take backup.
Malick: I mean all three of them. Including the queen. She ordered me not to harm
the innocent. I thought you should know.
Cole: Have you told anyone else?
Malick: No. I came straight to you.
Cole: Thank you for your loyalty.
(Cole vanquishes Malick and the guard. He turns to Demon #2.)
Demon #2: Am I next?
Cole: No, Dane, you I trust. It's just my damn wife.
Dane: With all do respect, I think you'd better take care of the innocent before
others hear of this.
(Cole waves his hand and another demon appears.)
Demon #5: My liege. (He bows.)
Cole: Get up, I have a job for you.
[Cut to a building. An AA meeting is taking place. Paige and Leo are standing at
the back of he room.]
Woman: The only requirement for membership is the desire to stop drinking.
There are no dues or fees for membership, we are self supporting for our own
contribution. We do not wish to engage in any controversy...
Leo: So do you really think Piper's okay?
Paige: I don't know but I think it's good that she's feeling something again.
Leo: Right, right. She's probably fine. So you just think I just need to give her
some space, right?
Paige: You could try that.
Leo: It's just when Piper lost Prue, she barely survived and she thinks she's really
gonna lose Phoebe and I think she might just...
Paige: Listen, just go talk to her, okay, remind her that we have a demon to fight.
Maybe that'll do her some good and take her mind off Phoebe.
Leo: Right, right. What about you?
Paige: Me, I'm fine. Listen, I don't think Malick's gonna attack in front of all these
people, so just go get Piper and bring her back before the meeting's over, okay?
Leo: Okay, yeah.
(Leo leaves.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: The Bay Mirror. Phoebe's office. Phoebe's there. Elise walks in.]
Elise: Where's the real column?
Phoebe: Excuse me?
Elise: This is cute, very cleaver, and I appreciate the evening chuckle, but I need to
see the real pages.
Phoebe: Are you calling my writing a joke?
Elise: (reading from a page) "Dear Betrayed, I suggest you beat your cheating
husband with his secretary's stapler. Then he'll think twice before bending her over
her desk again."
Phoebe: Well, it might be a little harsh, but I think it makes a point.
Elise: What it makes is a law suit. So unless you're looking to lose your job...
Phoebe: Are you threatening me?
Elise: I'm telling you to get a shrink if you have to but get it together. (Cole stands
at the doorway.) Rewrite that column and do it fast. (She heads for the door.
Phoebe gets ready to throw fire at her.) Excuse me.
(She leaves. Phoebe puts out the flames.)
Cole: If you want to kill your boss, we have people who can do that for you.
Phoebe: Aren't you sweet. The truth is she's right. My advice was a little off this
week.
Cole: I don't understand what you're doing here. (He closes the door.) You're
queen.
Phoebe: And you're cranky. I told you, I'm not quitting my job.
Cole: And what about your other job, are you gonna keep that too?
Phoebe: And what job would that be, Cole?
Cole: The Charmed One. Malick told me what you did.
Phoebe: So what. I let him go.
Cole: That doesn't make it okay!
Phoebe: Keep your voice down, this is where I work.
(She shuts the blinds.)
Cole: You can't save an innocent and free a demon, Phoebe, it doesn't work like
that.
Phoebe: You sound like Piper.
Cole: Yeah, well, Piper's right. You made a choice when you stood by me at the
coronation. If you're questioning that choice, if you're not sure you want to be with
me, you need to let me know.
Phoebe: Of course I wanna be with you, I just don't understand why you have to
be so rigid.
Cole: Because I am the Source. Because you are my queen! Because there are
expectations!
Phoebe: Do you think I care about anyone's expectations?
Cole: This is not a game, Phoebe. You walked through a one way door. You try to
turn around now they will destroy us.
Phoebe: Who, my sisters?
Cole: The underworld. If they think we're working both sides, they will revolt. If
they do that, if they unite against us, I promise we will pray for death.
Phoebe: I'm sorry, I didn't...
Cole: I get it, Phoebe, better than anyone, I know what you're going through. It'll
rip you apart if you let it.
Phoebe: How do I not let it?
Cole: You make a choice. And you stick to it, even though it's hard, even though it
means giving up the people that you love. Let's go home.
(She takes his hand and they flame out.)
[Scene: P3. Leo orbs in. He sees Piper sitting on a chair with her feet on the table,
almost passed out. A nearly empty bottle of rum is sitting on the table.]
Piper: We're closed.
Leo: Honey...
Piper: I don't want to talk.
Leo: I know how you're feeling.
Piper: Even more that I don't want to talk. I do not want a pep talk.
Leo: Piper, what are you doing?
Piper: What does it look like I am doing. I'm trying to stop myself from feeling
like the failure that I am.
(She fills her glass.)
Leo: You are not a failure, it's not your fault Phoebe...
Piper: I am the oldest sister, okay, it is my job to keep the family together, and see
it, this my friend, I am a failure.
Leo: That's enough. (He takes the bottle off her.)
Piper: Paige could see that Cole clearly had turned evil and she tried to tell me
over and over and over and over and over. That doesn't even sound like a word
anymore.
Leo: You know, I didn't see that he was evil, Piper. Phoebe didn't see it at first, we
didn't want to see it. We wanted a normal, happy family, that's just human nature.
Piper: She is my baby sister and I let him destroy her. That is not human nature,
that is the nature of failure.
Leo: Alright, I'm not gonna listen to this anymore, you are a good witch and...
(Piper freezes him.)
Piper: I said no pep talks. (She takes the bottle back off him.) Nobody listens
around here anymore. (She takes a sip of her drink and falls off her chair.) Ouch.
[Cut to the AA meeting. Everyone is leaving.]
Greg: Tray, congratulations on your thirty days.
(He heads for the door.)
Paige: (whispers) Leo.
(She follows him outside. Greg stops and sees Paige.)
Greg: You again. Are you following me?
Paige: Yes, strangely I am and I would love to explain it to you but it would be so
much better if we could go talk inside by the crowd.
(Demon #5 appears in the alley and throws and electric bolt towards Greg. Paige
knocks Greg out of the way.)
Greg: What the hell?
Paige: Leo! (The demon throws another electric bolt and this time hits Greg on the
shoulder. He pulls out an athame.) Athame! (The athame orbs out of the demon's
hand and into Paige's. She throws it at the demon, vanquishing him. She races over
to Greg, who is bleeding.) Damn it, where are my sisters!
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: P3. Leo is still frozen and Piper is unconscious on the floor. Paige orbs in
with Greg.]
Paige: Oh my god, Piper. (She races over to her and sees the empty glass beside
her. She touches Leo and he unfreezes.)
Leo: And a good sister... (He looks around.) Paige, wh-?
Paige: You were frozen, Leo, and I'm guessing demons didn't get her.
Leo: No, more like inner-demons. I can't believe she froze me. Are you okay?
Paige: Barely. It was a different demon this time, they really want that guy dead.
You're gonna have to heal him and orb him somewhere safe.
Leo: Then what?
Paige: Then I'm gonna put this family back together. Can you heal Piper?
Leo: No, I can't heal self inflicted wounds.
Paige: Great, now I'm down two sisters.
(Paige slaps Piper gently and she wakes up.)
Piper: Aaahh.
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Bedroom. Phoebe's there. The Seer walks in
with a glass of tonic.]
Seer: My queen, it is time for your tonic.
Phoebe: What if I promise never to save any innocents with them ever again?
Then can I see my sisters?
Seer: You'll feel better after this.
(Phoebe notices the plant she poured the last lot of tonic into is dying.)
Phoebe: Oh my god, it's poison.
Seer: No.
Phoebe: You told me it was good for me.
Seer: It is.
Phoebe: You're lying!
Seer: Think about it. Last night you were strong, angry perhaps, but now look at
you. Whining, it's a weakness unbefitting of a queen.
Phoebe: What's in it?
Seer: Pure evil. The baby feeds on it. And as he grows stronger...
Phoebe: I get weaker.
Seer: Only the good in you.
Phoebe: You're trying to destroy me.
Seer: I'm trying to help you. I gave you clarity when now you have confusion. I
gave you conviction where now you have pain.
Phoebe: You took away my will.
Seer: No, you made the choice to stand by your husband all on your own. For you,
for Cole, and for your baby. Don't risk all of your lives by questioning that now.
Drink the tonic, Phoebe.
(The Seer disappears.)
[Cut to the underworld. A room. A meeting is being held. Cole flames in. He spots
Dane.]
Cole: What gives you the authority to call a meeting and summon me?
Dane: I summoned you, my liege, but I didn't call this meeting. We all did.
Cole: Oh. Then someone had better speak.
Dane: We're concerned...
Cole: Someone else.
(A demon walks forward.)
Demon #6: Malick is missing and the Charmed Ones are guarding his mark. Word
on the street is that the queen works along side her sisters who interfere with the
kill.
(Cole looks at Dane.)
Cole: I wonder how that news spread.
Dane: Forgive our confusion, but we were under the impression that the power of
three no longer existed.
Cole: The queen is pregnant, she's prone to hormonal fits. But I can assure you all
that the power of three is indeed extinct.
Dane: Then who killed Malick?
Cole: I did. I was convinced he was about to betray me.
Dane: Nevertheless, his mark still lives.
Cole: Then assign someone to finish the task, Dane.
Dane: I believe you already tried that, my liege.
Cole: Are you questioning me?
Dane: The innocent is still in the hands of the witches. Until we've seen evidence
that the queen's hormones are indeed under control, it might be best if you took out
the mark personally. For morale.
(Cole flames out.)
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper and Paige are there. Piper is sitting at the table with
her head down, while Paige mixes together some ingredients in a blender.]
Piper: How many hangover cures do you have?
Paige: A lot. There was a time in my life when I needed these often.
(Piper looks up.)
Piper: Ugh. (The blender makes an awful racket and Piper groans.) I'm sorry,
Paige, I don't know what got into me. I mean, it's one thing when your sister has a
husband that you can't stand, it's another when he is the Source of all evil.
(Paige pours the stuff from the blender into a cup and takes it over to Piper.)
Paige: Drink up, we've got some work to do.
Piper: We can't lose her. I can't lose another sister, I don't think I'll survive it.
Paige: I've been thinking about it. Phoebe was different today.
Piper: Yeah, she was nuts.
Paige: Yeah, but she cared, about us, about Greg. Something has changed and I
think now is our chance to get her back.
Piper: How?
Paige: Well, I think we storm the penthouse, bring the crystals, we still know the
spell, we vanquish the Source the same way we did the last time.
Piper: Yeah, but now this time the Source is Cole. Do you really think she's gonna
say a little spell with us to vanquish him?
Paige: If she doesn't we die.
Piper: Is that supposed to be comforting?
Paige: Actually, yeah. The good in Phoebe is fighting to the surface, we saw that
today. I don't think she's just gonna stand by and watch Cole kill us.
Piper: Are you willing to bet your life on that?
Paige: Aren't you?
Piper: You know, you're pretty amazing, Paige. I mean, a year ago you were an
only child.
Paige: And I don't want to be again. Let's go. (Piper grabs her drink and stands
up.) There we go. I'll get the crystals. (They walk to the bottom of the stairs and
see Phoebe walking through the foyer.) Phoebe.
Phoebe: Cole is gonna kill Greg Conroy, and I can't let that happen.
Piper: So what do you wanna do?
Phoebe: I think that we have to vanquish Cole.
Paige: I knew it, I knew she was ready.
Phoebe: We have to use Greg as bait.
Paige: Bait? But he's an innocent.
Phoebe: I know, but Cole's looking for him, he'll find him wherever he is so he's
safest here.
Piper: So we have Leo bring Greg here but then when Cole arrives Leo's gotta orb
Greg outta here.
Phoebe: And then we vanquish Cole.
Paige: I'll get the crystals.
(Paige goes upstairs.)
Piper: Phoebe, um, I know how much you love Cole, I'm really...
Phoebe: I can't get emotional about this now, Piper, if I do I won't be able to go
through with it.
(Paige comes back down with the crystals.)
Paige: Ready.
Piper: Leo, bring Greg.
(Leo orbs in with Greg.)
Paige: So how long do you think till Cole gets here?
(Suddenly, Phoebe changes into Cole.)
Cole: Sooner than you think.
(Cole throws a fireball at Greg and he is incinerated. Cole flames out.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Phoebe and Cole's apartment. Phoebe is sitting at the table writing a letter.
Cole flames in.]
Cole: Phoebe, we have to... What's the matter?
Phoebe: Did you know about the Seer's tonic? What it really does?
(He sees the letter.)
Cole: What's this? You planning to leave me?
Phoebe: I wrote two letters. One saying goodbye to you and one saying goodbye
to my sisters. I haven't decided which one I'm gonna send.
Cole: Well, you'd better decide. Right now.
Phoebe: Did you know about the tonic?
Cole: Yes.
Phoebe: So you knew she was poisoning me with evil.
Cole: You took my hand and walked me through that coronation long before
anybody gave you anything to drink. So if you want to pretend you're being
poisoned.
Phoebe: So why even bother with the tonic? Why not just let me think for myself?
Cole: Because I know what it feels like to have good and evil fighting inside you,
ripping your insides out. I wanted to save you that pain.
Phoebe: You should've trusted me to stand by you all on my own.
Cole: So show me I can. You know what's in the tonic now, you know how it
works. Drink it. All on your own.
Phoebe: Cole.
(She stands up.)
Cole: I don't have time for games, Phoebe. Just drink the tonic, or leave now.
Phoebe: What is going on with you? What happened?
Cole: What happened is you had to go and play demon catcher with your sisters.
Phoebe: Cole, it's who I am!
Cole: And now we're in danger, serious danger. If you don't care about your life, or
mine, or the baby's, what about Paige or Piper.
Phoebe: Don't you threaten them.
Cole: I'm not. But if there's a coup, do you think whoever takes over from me will
let them live? Without the power of three they're sitting ducks.
Phoebe: I don't know what to do.
Cole: You can't go back. (He picks up the glass of tonic.) There is only one choice.
Drink the tonic. You have to know that I would never do anything to hurt you.
Please. For us. For our son. (She hesitates and then drinks the tonic in one quick
mouthful. He hugs her.) I love you, Phoebe. Just remember what ever happens
next, we can handle it as long as we stay together.
Phoebe: What do you mean, what ever happens next?
Cole: The Conroy thing got serious, I had to take care of it.
(She pulls away from him.)
Phoebe: You killed him?
Cole: It was your mess, I was just cleaning it up.
Phoebe: Cole, they're gonna come after you, they're gonna come here!
Cole: Well, if they do...
Phoebe: No.
(She starts to leave the room.)
Cole: Phoebe, if it comes down to them or us...
Phoebe: Oh, god.
(She runs into the bathroom.)
Cole: Phoebe, wait.
[Cut to the bathroom. Phoebe throws up in the toilet. She then washes her face.]
Cole: Phoebe. (He knocks on the door.) Phoebe?
[Cut to the living room. Piper, Paige and Leo orb in. Cole walks into the living
room.]
Paige: You evil son of a bitch.
(Piper blows up Cole and he disintegrates into fragments which fly around in a
circle. Paige places the crystals on the floor around him.)
Piper: Phoebe, get out here and help us damn it. (The fragments of Cole is pulled
back together.) Paige.
(Cole hits Paige and is knocked across the room. One of the crystals she was
holding bounces along the floor.)
Cole: Don't make me kill you.
(Piper blows up Cole again and Leo heals Paige.)
Piper: Phoebe, you heard what he said, he's gonna kill us, help us!
[Cut to the bathroom. Phoebe is leaning against the door, sobbing.]
Phoebe: Forgive me.
(She goes into the living room. The fragments of Cole is pulled back together and a
fireball appears in his hand. Phoebe picks up the crystal that bounced across the
floor.)
Cole: (to Phoebe) I'm sorry, it's, it's for the best.
Phoebe: I know it is.
(She walks over to Cole and the fireball disappears. Phoebe kisses him.)
Piper: Phoebe?
(Phoebe moves away from Cole.)
Phoebe: I'm sorry too.
(She places the crystal in its place and the trap is activated.)
Cole: Phoebe, no. No!
Phoebe: I'm sorry, baby, I'm so sorry.
Piper: "Prudence, Penelope, Patricia, Melinda..."
(Fire appears near Cole's feet.)
Phoebe: "Ashford, Helen, Laura and Grace..."
Cole: I will always love you.
Paige: "Halliwell witches stand strong beside us."
Phoebe: "Vanquish this evil..."
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "From time and space."
(They vanquish Cole and it makes a huge explosion, making the windows smash.
Phoebe walks to the middle of the room and cries.)
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Piper is leaning against the wall at the bottom of the stairs. Leo
walks in.]
Leo: Hey.
Piper: Hey.
Leo: Why don't you go up and see her.
Piper: I don't know what to say. I can't imagine... I mean, if it had been you...
(Leo hugs her. Paige walks in through the front door.)
Paige: Hey.
Piper: Hey.
Paige: How's she doing?
Piper: I don't know, she hasn't come down yet.
Paige: How long have you been standing there?
Piper: A while.
Paige: Maybe we should go see her.
Piper. Okay. (They start to go upstairs and Piper stops.) What if she wants to be
alone?
Paige: She's gonna be alone a lot. Maybe right now she needs us.
Piper: Right.
(They go upstairs and walk into Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe is lying on her bed
crying. Piper goes over and lies beside her. Paige then goes and lies in front of her
and they comfort Phoebe.)
                                        End
       4.21 Womb raider
[Scene: A hospital. Phoebe is in labour and is lying on a stretcher. Doctors are
pushing her down the corridor.]
Phoebe: This isn't happening, this can't be happening.
Doctor #1: Ruptured placenta, possible prolapse, ---- five centimetres.
Doctor #2: Alright, let's tell OR to get set up for ---- c-section.
Phoebe: No, wait, I'm only two months pregnant.
Doctor #1: She's full term.
Phoebe: No, you're wrong. Where are my sisters? I need my...
[Timelapse. Phoebe's in the operating room.]
Phoebe: Sisters. Did you call them?
Nurse #1: There was no time.
Doctor: We're less than a minute from skin to baby. Scalpel. Uterine incision, I
need another stretch.
Nurse #1: There's nothing to be afraid of.
Phoebe: I'm afraid of what's inside me.
Doctor: I can see the baby.
Phoebe: Oh god, please let it be normal. Please, please, please, let it be normal.
Doctor: He is out. (He holds up the baby.) Would you like to see your new boy?
Nurse: He's beautiful.
Phoebe: He is beautiful.
(One of the nurse's pull down her masks and it is the Seer. The doctor hands the
Seer the baby.)
Phoebe: The Seer! Don't let her take my baby! Don't let her take my baby! Don't
let her take my baby! Don't let her take my baby!
[Cut to Phoebe's bedroom. Phoebe wakes up from her nightmare.]
                                  Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper, Paige and Leo are sitting at the table having
breakfast. Leo is reading the paper.]
Paige: So he asked me out again last night, but he was so quiet during dinner, ugh,
I swear I could hear his stomach digesting.
Piper: I always preferred quiet men, they make good listeners.
Leo: What's that, dear?
(Phoebe walks in.)
Piper: Oh, hi, sweetie, come sit, eat.
Phoebe: Oh, no, I can't, that smell.
(She sits down and covers her nose.)
Leo: It smells good.
Paige: Morning sickness, Leo.
Phoebe: Morning and night. It's more like around the clock sickness.
Piper: Well, did you at least get a good night sleep?
Phoebe: The nightmare came back.
Paige: With the Seer?
Phoebe: She wants my baby, I know it. I'm afraid that she's gonna summon me to
her at any moment.
Leo: She could only get to you when you chose evil, you're safe now.
Piper: I swear to you, the Seer will never lay a finger on your baby.
Paige: Yeah, she'll have to get through us first.
Phoebe: Thanks, guys.
Piper: Are you okay?
Phoebe: Yeah, you know, pain comes in waves.
Piper: Honey, you lost your husband, it's okay to be very upset.
Phoebe: No, I can't, I have to stay strong for the baby. He's all I have left of Cole.
Paige: I'm gonna go check the Book of Shadows, there might be some magical
protection against the Seer.
(She gets up.)
Piper: Uh, missy Paige, you need to go to work.
Paige: Well, I'll be late, Phoebe doesn't need to be stressed while she's pregnant.
(Paige leaves the kitchen. Phoebe follows.)
Phoebe: Paige, wait. Go ahead, say it.
Paige: Say what?
Phoebe: Something that I know on some level you've been dying to say to me.
Paige: There's nothing.
Phoebe: Come on, you knew Cole was evil the whole time when everyone thought
you were crazy, and thanks to you we vanquished the Source and gave Cole peace.
So go ahead, say it. Say I told you so.
Paige: I will not. It's not my style.
Phoebe: I was so unfair to you for the last few weeks and you were right and I just,
I wanna clear the air right now.
Paige: You're really sweet and I appreciate the gesture but everything's totally fine.
(Paige goes upstairs. Phoebe walks back into the kitchen.)
Phoebe: Oh, whoa.
(She touches her forehead.)
Piper: Another hot flash?
Phoebe: Uh-huh, it's when I move too fast.
Piper: Phoebe, that's not really a typical pregnancy symptom I don't think. Maybe
it's time we get that baby checked out.
Phoebe: I just haven't had a chance to make...
Piper: A doctors appointment? Well, I have one, it's yours.
Leo: Aren't we supposed to find out about the fertility test?
Piper: Yeah, but, uh, Phoebe needs that appointment more than we do right now.
Phoebe: How can I go to the doctor when I have a demonically challenged baby?
Who knows what effects the Seer's tonics had on the little guy.
Piper: This is my point exactly, and if it'll make you feel better, I'll go with you so
I can put the freeze on if anything goes wrong. You're going. Into the sturbs for
you.
Phoebe: Ugh.
[Scene: Underworld. The coronation room. Demons are standing around in a
circle, with the dark priest and Dane in the middle.]
Dark Priest: Dane, son of Goath, may the world's evil flow through your soul
tonight and grant you eternal dark. Are you prepared to take the power and position
of the Source before these leaders of the underworld?
Dane: I am.
(The dark priest opens the Grimoire. The Seer appears.)
Seer: Stop the coronation.
Dane: Seer, I didn't see your name on the guest list.
Dark Priest: Always a rare privilege, but not the best timing. What brings you
here?
Seer: A vision. I saw the Source's true heir leading the underworld.
Dane: If that was your vision you need glasses. The Source's heir lives in the belly
of a witch.
Dark Priest: He's right. The underworld can not wait months for a baby to be born
then years for it to grow up. It needs leadership now.
Seer: In my vision I saw the Source's son taking immediate power.
(Dane laughs.)
Dane: How can an unborn child lead the underworld?
Seer: With my help he can.
Dark Priest: What do you need from this council?
Seer: A chance to prove my vision true.
Dane: She has no right to ask this. I was chosen by these leaders!
Dark Priest: But you have no direct lineage to the Source by blood or by magic.
(to Seer) You have until tonight to us bring the Source's heir or the throne belongs
to Dane.
[Scene: Doctor surgery. Phoebe is laying on a bed, while Piper stands beside her.
The doctor is looking at her chart.]
Doctor: Your hormone levels are unusually high for a mother in her eighth week.
Have you seen a doctor since you found out you were pregnant?
Phoebe: I was under the care of a Seer.
Piper: It's kind of like a new age doctor.
Doctor: Well, you really should've seen a doctor before today, a real doctor.
Phoebe: Do you think that there could possibly be something wrong with my
baby?
Doctor: Well, let's just take a peek shall we? Why don't you lie back and I'm
gonna do an ultrasound. Now this gel's a little bit cold.
(He squirts some gel on Phoebe's tummy. The doctor and Piper turn away for a
second and suddenly flames shoot out of Phoebe's head. She gasps and the flames
disappear.)
Piper: What? What's wrong?
Phoebe: Hot flash. A very, very hot-hot-hot flash.
Doctor: Not a good sign.
Piper: Well, yeah, she's been getting those a lot lately.
Phoebe: No, not like this one, I mean, it felt like my head was on fire for real.
Doctor: Let's just have a look, okay. (He starts the ultrasound and the baby shows
up on the screen.) Oh, there, see?
Phoebe: Oh.
Doctor: There's your little...
(Suddenly the doctor gets electrocuted and he is pushed against the wall. Piper
goes over and helps him up.)
Piper: Hi, here you go.
Doctor: What-what happened?
Piper: That's a good question. (She freezes him.) What happened?
Phoebe: Well, it's about time. My head was on fire like a tiki torch a few seconds
ago.
Piper: Do not change the subject. Did your baby just electrocute the nice doctor
man?
Phoebe: Yeah, I think so. But he was just protecting himself because that gel was
really cold.
Piper: Protecting himself? Unborn babies don't perform magic tricks in the first
trimester, Phoebe.
Phoebe: What is going on?
Piper: I don't know but don't panic, okay, we'll wrap up here and we'll go home
and panic.
[Cut to the manor. Paige and Leo are there. Paige has opened to 'The Seer' page in
the Book of Shadows.]
Paige: It says here the Seer has served multiple Sources. Looks like she's been
around for thousands of years.
(Piper and Phoebe walk in.)
Piper: Hey.
Leo: What's going on?
Phoebe: My baby did magic.
Piper: And almost killed my doctor.
Phoebe: It was self defence.
Paige: Well, I guess that's what you get when you breed with the Source of all evil.
Phoebe: Okay, can we not say breed. You know, I'm not a horse. And Cole wasn't
all evil, he was part good, and I'm all good, so this baby has a lot of good in him.
Piper: What if there's not?
Phoebe: Then there will be. My love was able to save Cole, it'll save our son too.
Piper: Let's hope so.
Phoebe: No, we'll make it so. Okay. So what did you find out about the Seer?
Paige: Well, she's immune to spells and charms but the book does classify her as
an upper level demon.
Leo: So we can make a vanquishing potion.
Piper: Mm-mm, not without a tissue sample.
Phoebe: Actually, the Seer mixed her own blood into my prenatal tonic.
Piper: Nasty.
Phoebe: Yeah, and Cole kept some extra bottles in the safe at the penthouse.
Paige: You think you're ready to go to the penthouse? You haven't been there, you
know, since, since he died.
Phoebe: I don't think I'll ever be ready but I can't keep borrowing your clothes.
Piper: Okay, let's go.
Phoebe: (to Paige) Wait, don't you have to work?
Paige: Ah, I'll take the afternoon off, who needs vacation time.
Phoebe: Paige, you can't keep...
Paige: Yes, I can.
Phoebe: Thank you. Bitch!
(Phoebe pushes Paige and she smashes through the window. Darryl is on the
pavement heading towards the house and ducks as the glass pours down. As Paige
is falling, she orbs out and orbs back in the attic.)
Paige: What the hell was that for!
Phoebe: Uh, I don't know, you'd have to ask him.
Piper: Okay, why did your mummy push Paige out the window?
Phoebe: No, it's not like that. It's just, he took over for a split second, I had no
control.
Paige: But why me? I have nothing against that little f... foetus.
Phoebe: I'm sure he's sorry. (to her tummy) Aren't you sorry? Kids at this age, they
don't know any better, you know.
Leo: Okay, I think I'd better go check with the Elders, see what they know about
this baby.
(Leo orbs out.)
Piper: Whatever it is, I'm sure it has something to do with the Seer. Let's go get
that blood.
(They walk down the stairs and Darryl walks up.)
Darryl: What was that out there? Flying practice?
Paige: Baby shoved me out the window.
Darryl: Wait, hold on a second. I left four messages here, has anybody in this
house learned the magic of a telephone?
Piper: Darryl, it's been a very rough week.
Darryl: Right. Phoebe, how you holding up?
Phoebe: Uh, depends on what part of the day you ask me.
Darryl: Look, I know you've got a lot to deal with already, but there's some
business I don't think can be put off any longer.
Piper: I'm sure it's pressing, but not as pressing as the demon that's after Phoebe.
(They all walk into the foyer.)
Darryl: Don't count on it. Cole worked at a high profile law firm. Right now you
three are the only one's who know he's dead.
(They put on their coats.)
Paige: Listen, can this wait, we really need to get to the penthouse.
Darryl: Good, 'cause that's where I need you to handle this business.
(The leave.)
[Cut to Phoebe and Cole's old apartment. There is a black stain on the carpet and
the windows are still broken. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Darryl walk in.]
Darryl: It has to look like Cole left in a hurry, that means packing up all of his
stuff and personal belongings.
Piper: (to Phoebe) Are you okay?
Phoebe: Yeah, I'm fine. I'm sorry, so why do you want me to pack up his stuff?
Darryl: I, uh, made an appointment for you at missing persons today.
Paige: Wait, you want Phoebe to report Cole as missing?
Darryl: She has to otherwise somebody else will and she'll become to prime
suspect in his disappearance.
Phoebe: So you want me to pack up his stuff so it looks like he left me.
Darryl: That's right. We can not give the police any reason to suspect foul play. I
mean, technically you three did kill him. (He spots the black stein.) What is that?
Piper: Well, that's where we, you know.
(He looks around.)
Darryl: This place looks like a crime scene. Is there anything you can do?
Paige: "Let the object of objection become but a dream, as I cause the seen to be
unseen."
(The stain disappears and the room returns to normal.)
Phoebe: Thanks.
(Paige moves closer to Phoebe.)
Paige: I just wish I could make the rest of your pain go away that easily.
Phoebe: So do I. Murdering witch!
(Phoebe hits Paige in the face and she is knocked to the floor.)
Piper: Phoebe!
Phoebe: The baby made me do it.
Piper: You know what? Now we split up. You two go pack, we'll find the Seer's
tonic.
Darryl: Okay, where is this baby that everybody keeps talking about? Is it an
invisible baby? Am I gonna step on it?
Phoebe: No, Darryl, it's a little more complicated than that.
(Phoebe and Darryl walk into the bedroom.)
Paige: Am I the only one who's worried about that thing growing inside of her?
Piper: No. But right now the Seer is our first priority.
Paige: I think she said it's behind this painting over here.
(The walk over to a painting hanging on the wall. Paige pulls it open and a safe is
built into the wall behind it.)
Piper: Okay, so now what? She doesn't know the combination.
Paige: We don't need it. Safe door. (The safe door orbs into Paige's hands.) If
financial disaster ever strikes you'll find I come in handy.
(Paige puts the door down.)
Piper: Uh, there's nothing in here.
Paige: No tonic?
Piper: No. (She pulls out a letter.) But there's this. It's Cole's handwriting.
Paige: Cole the human, or Cole the Source?
Piper: I don't know, that's for Phoebe to find out.
[Cut to the bedroom. Phoebe is showing Darryl and huge white teddy bear.]
Phoebe: Cole gave this to me the day he found out I was pregnant.
Darryl: Look, I'll start packing his stuff up, okay? And you put your own things
together. (Phoebe opens the closet door and a portal opens to the Seer's cave.
Phoebe starts to get sucked into it and Darryl holds onto her legs.) Piper! Paige!
Seer: I've been waiting for you.
Phoebe: Get away from me. You can't have him!
Seer: I only want what's mine!
Darryl: I'm losing her!
(Piper and Paige run in and try to pull Phoebe back in.)
Phoebe: Let go of me! (Phoebe grabs the Seer's earring and rips off her earlobe.
Piper, Paige and Darryl pull her back into the room and the portal closes. Phoebe
holds up the earlobe.) Here's your tissue sample.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Kitchen. Piper and Paige are there. Paige is making the potion.
Piper picks up a plate of fruit.]
Piper: Okay, I'm gonna bring this to Phoebe, you stay here, I don't want you
provoking her baby anymore.
Paige: Provoking him? Like it's my fault.
Piper: Oh, you know what I mean. (Piper walks into the dining room where
Phoebe is sitting in a chair holding earphones to against her tummy.) What are you
doing?
Phoebe: Shh, I'm playing Mozart for the baby to bring out his peaceful nature.
Studies show that babies can hear and remember songs from the womb.
Piper: Hm, that's lovely. How about you eat something since you haven't had
anything to eat all day.
Phoebe: No, I've been nauseous all day.
Piper: You've been a little fresh all day.
(Phoebe picks up a piece of watermelon and it changes into a piece of meat.)
Phoebe: I'm thinking about trying acupuncture, I hear that helps.
(She goes to take a bite of the meat.)
Piper: Phoebe, don't!
(Phoebe drops the meat.)
Phoebe: Aw, I'm gonna puke.
Piper: Maybe your baby would prefer to listen to Ozzy.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: The Elders believe the Seer's making a sudden play for the Source's throne
but she needs Phoebe's baby to do it.
Phoebe: The Seer wants to be the Source? What could that possibly have to do
with my baby? He's not due for another seven months.
Piper: Well, it doesn't matter because next time we will be ready for her.
Leo: Next time?
Piper: Yes, the Seer tried to steal Phoebe from the penthouse. How's that potion
coming?
(Paige comes in holding a saucepan.)
Paige: It's done, it just needs to cool a little bit. (Phoebe throws fire at Paige and
she drops the saucepan.) That baby needs a serious time out.
Piper: Go, go, go into the kitchen.
(Paige goes back into the kitchen.)
Leo: So much for the vanquishing potion.
Paige: How come your baby only attacks me?
Phoebe: I don't know, Paige, he must resent you. You know, you never really liked
his father.
Paige: With good reason. Hey, maybe you resent me and the baby's just modelling
after mum.
Phoebe: Paige, how can you say that?
Piper: Alright, enough, the two of you will not address each other, you will not set
foot into the same room until further notice, got it? (to Paige) You, you got enough
ear left to make another batch of that potion?
Paige: Yes.
Piper: Then do it. (to Phoebe) You, you're gonna hit the Book of Shadows and
you're gonna figure out a way to control Chucky there.
Phoebe: I can't, I told Morris I'd meet him at missing persons in a half an hour.
Leo: I would strongly advise against that. Your baby...
Phoebe: Is fine, just as long as he doesn't feel threatened and doesn't meet anyone
with unresolved issues with his father.
Paige: (from kitchen) I heard that!
Piper: Phoebe, how can you say that? How can you risk going out in public with...
in your condition.
Phoebe: Because if I don't report Cole missing, someone will, and the police will
be knocking on our door. Besides, Morris put himself on the line, I can't let him
down.
Piper: Alright, but Leo is going with you in case of any trouble. (Phoebe and Leo
head for the door.) And I will hit the book and figure out how to deal with...
demonic foetuses.
[Scene: The underworld. The Source's dungeon. The Seer walks over to a tall man
sitting in a cage.]
Seer: I have an offer for you.
Tall Man: Nobody comes down the Source's dungeon unless they are dead,
damned or desperate. Which are you?
Seer: Desperate. I need your power.
Tall Man: I have a power? Yes, I almost forgot. I haven't used it in centuries. I've
been sentenced to spend eternity alone in this cage.
Seer: It's a fine cage.
Tall Man: The Source had it forged from unbreakable magic. Nothing can escape
it.
Seer: Yes, I know. It was some of my best work. That's right, I built your prison
and my magic alone has the power to free you.
Tall Man: The Source would never allow it.
Seer: The Source is dead. I can give you freedom and a chance to earn favour with
the new Source in exchange for your help.
Tall Man: What kind of help?
Seer: I need you to do what every demon before you has failed to do, even me.
Capture and contain a Charmed One.
Tall Man: A Charmed what?
Seer: A powerful witch. I need you to bring her down to the underworld, it is the
only way that my magic can work. That shouldn't be hard for you, a demon who
has swallowed worlds. Interested?
(The tall man stands up.)
Tall Man: Get me out.
Seer: Remember, my magic put you in this cage. Betray me and you'll go right
back.
                                Commercial Break
[Scene: Police station. Phoebe and Leo walk in.]
Phoebe: (to her baby) Please be good and I promise I'll eat a huge tritip tonight.
(Darryl walks over to them.)
Darryl: You're gonna meet Inspector Miles, he's train to spot on liars, so just
answer his questions as honestly as you can, okay?
(They walk into a room.)
Inspector Miles: Morris tells me that you think your husband might have left
town?
Phoebe: I don't know what to think. Last Wednesday we had a huge battle and he
just never came back.
Inspector Miles: Did he leave anything?
Darryl: Nothing. I checked the penthouse myself. Clothing, personal belongings...
gone.
Inspector Miles: What was the fight about?
Phoebe: My sisters. I have two sisters and they didn't approve of me marrying
Cole.
Inspector Miles: Why not?
Phoebe: They're just different. Oil and water, you know, fire and ice, heaven and...
Inspector Miles: Hell?
Phoebe: Bingo.
Inspector Miles: So you'd say that your husband has a dark side then?
Phoebe: Yes.
Inspector Miles: Has he ever hurt you?
(Suddenly, some books fall off a shelf above the inspector and land on him.)
Darryl: Are you okay?
Leo: Here, let me help.
Phoebe: (to her tummy) Stop that right now. Um, Inspector, I know it doesn't seem
like my husband's a great guy but I would advise you not to say anything negative
about him right now.
Inspector Miles: Listen, ma'am, I've gotta call them as I seem them. You turn up
pregnant and he takes off, your husband fits the classic profile of a dead beat dad.
(The inspector continues picking up the books and a fireball appears in Phoebe's
hand.)
Leo: (whispers) Make it go out.
Phoebe: I can't make it go out. (She flings the fireball into the trash can.)
Darryl: Phoebe? Uh, I'm mean fire!
Inspector Miles: Move away, move away, move away.
(He grabs the fire extinguisher and puts out the fire.)
Darryl: (whispers) Why are you doing this to me?
Phoebe: It's not my fault, it's just the baby doesn't like when anybody talks bad
about Cole. Ooh!
(She grabs her stomach.)
Inspector Miles: What's wrong?
Phoebe: My stomach, it's like something's t-tearing.
Leo: Come on, let's get you outta here.
[Cut to the manor. Parlor. Piper's on the phone. She seems upset.]
Piper: Yeah, I'm okay. Yeah, I'm sure. Um, I'll call back later to schedule that
appointment. Okay, thanks.
(She hangs up and goes into the kitchen.)
Paige: You are just in time. One bottle of Seer vanquishing potion. What about
you? Anything in the book about how to control demon spawn?
Piper: Uh, I thought about binding his powers but, uh, then that would leave
Phoebe without hers.
Paige: Yeah, well, you might want to keep that option open, there's something
seriously wrong with that baby.
Piper: Yeah, I know, but it doesn't matter. He's part of us, part of our family. And
who knows, he may be the only baby in the Halliwell family.
Paige: Okay, what's going on? Spill.
Piper: That was Dr. Harris on the phone. I got the results for my fertility tests.
Paige: And?
Piper: There's some problems. Um, he said something about scarring or scar
tissue, something about blunt trauma injury.
Paige: Oh, honey.
Piper: He asked me if I had suffered any serious blows to the abdomen. He seems
to think, um, it would be difficult, if not impossible for me to conceive.
Paige: I'm so sorry.
Piper: It's weird, 'cause when I went to the future I met that little girl, I saw my
little girl. I saw what she looked like and what she sounded like and the sound of
her laugh. I just, I can't imagine not knowing her.
Paige: You still might.
Piper: I might not. I just, don't know what to tell Leo. He's so excited about having
a baby. You should've seen him...
(They hear the front door open.)
Leo: Piper? (Piper and Paige race into the foyer. Phoebe is still holding her
stomach.) She's getting worse.
Piper: Can't you do something?
Leo: I tried to heal her, I can't.
Phoebe: Stand back, stand back.
(Flames shoot out the top of her head. She groans and falls to her knees.)
Piper: (to Paige) Alright, you stay out of her sight for your own safety, go.
(Paige runs around the corner.)
Phoebe: Oh, make it stop, make it stop.
Piper: Leo, go get some ice water or something. (Leo goes into the kitchen. Piper
holds Phoebe.) It's okay, just try to breathe through it. Breathe, breathe.
(The tall man appears.)
Paige: Piper, look out!
(Piper tries to blow him up but nothing happens.)
Piper: Uh-oh.
(Leo runs back in.)
Leo: Hey!
(He grabs a chair and throws it at the demon. He sucks the whole chair inside of
him, kind of like a portal.)
Piper: Get up, get up, come on.
(She helps Phoebe up.)
Leo: Whatever you do don't touch him.
Tall Man: You can't run from me, I'll always find you.
(Paige runs in.)
Paige: Phoebe, I'll orb you out of here.
(Phoebe kicks Paige and she falls into the tall man. They disappear.)
Phoebe: That wasn't me, it was the baby, I couldn't control him.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Phoebe is sitting on a couch looking through the Book of
Shadows. Leo orbs in.]
Phoebe: Did you sense her?
Leo: No, if she's in the underworld I can't get a read on her.
Phoebe: If anything happens to Paige I will never forgive myself.
(Piper walks in carrying some iced tea.)
Piper: Anything on that demon?
Phoebe: I think so, come look.
(She puts down the tea and looks at the book.)
Piper: "Oral tradition tales of a giant whose body served as a portal to other
dimensions. Because he was imprisoned centuries ago, nobody knows what this
demon's name is or if he even exists."
Phoebe: It gets worse. There's no known vanquish for him, the Source was so
threatened he condemned the giant to spend eternity in a cage.
Leo: The Seer must have set him free to capture Phoebe.
Phoebe: But he got Paige instead thanks to me.
Piper: No, that had nothing to do with you. How are you feeling?
Phoebe: Uh, better, I think the baby's resting. It's when he's active and using magic
that it hurts the most.
Piper: Here, have some iced tea, it will cool you off.
(She hands Phoebe a glass. She goes to have a sip and then throws it across the
room.)
Phoebe: What the hell? I can't even enjoy some iced tea!
Piper: Uh, it wasn't iced tea. It was a binding potion. Paige suggested it to help
control the baby and I couldn't tell you because if I did he would've stopped you...
Phoebe: He stopped me anyway. He knows things that I don't know. He's trying to
take control of me.
Leo: You can't let that happen, if he takes control he'll never let go.
Phoebe: I know. It's not me and it's not Cole, it's the Source.
[Scene: Underworld. The Source's dungeon. Paige is asleep in the cage. She wakes
up with a fright. The Seer is standing there watching her.]
Paige: So what, are you into some kind of dominatrix thing now?
Seer: You are not the sister I expected but you'll do.
Paige: Sorry I can't stick around but you're creeping me out anyway.
(She tries to orb out of the cage but can't. The Seer laughs.)
Seer: You're not going anywhere.
(Paige stands up.)
Paige: So what was your plan? Trap Phoebe in this cage and fatten her up till she
gives birth?
Seer: Even don't have that kind of patience.
Paige: Well, whatever you plan was I'm happy to spoil it.
Seer: You didn't spoil anything. Phoebe will come to me as soon as she gets my
message.
Paige: What message?
(The Seer's eyes turn white.)
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Phoebe gets a premonition of the Seer killing Paige.]
Phoebe: I saw the Seer, she was killing Paige.
Leo: How can you get a premonition without touching anything?
Phoebe: I don't know, maybe the Seer sent it to me.
(The tall man appears.)
Piper: That is not all she sent.
Tall Man: Come with me now or your sister dies. You've already seen how.
Piper: No, Phoebe, don't.
Leo: It's a trap.
Phoebe: It doesn't matter, I have to save Paige, it's the only chance left.
Leo: No. (Phoebe pushes Leo out of the way. Piper gasps.) You're letting your
baby control you, Phoebe.
Phoebe: That wasn't the baby, that was me. I got Paige into this mess, I'm gonna
get her out of it.
(Piper pulls the Seer vanquishing potion out of her pocket.)
Piper: Oh, no you're not. Not if I kill the Seer first. (She heads towards the tall
man and a beam of blue light shines out of Phoebe's hands. It hits the tall man and
Piper, knocking them to the ground. The potion bottle breaks and Piper cuts her
hand.) Damn it! Did that come from you?
Phoebe: I'm sorry, Piper, I can't let you take the fall for me.
Piper: Well, why not?
Leo: You can't use the baby's powers like that.
(The tall man gets up.)
Tall Man: Come here, witch.
(The blue light comes out of Phoebe's hand again and starts to vanquish the tall
man.)
Piper: Phoebe, don't! (The tall man is vanquished.) Phoebe, nobody has ever been
able to vanquish that demon. Do you realise what you just did?
(Phoebe's eyes turn black.)
Leo: Stay away, that's not Phoebe anymore.
(Phoebe flames out.)
[Cut to the underworld. The dungeon. Phoebe flames in.]
Seer: Come to me, child.
Paige: Phoebe, snap out of it, please.
Seer: "Let the little children come to me, for the kingdom belongs to such as these,
(she takes Phoebe over to a circle of candles) the rose circle represents nature,
desire, fertility." Kneel.
(Phoebe kneels down.)
Paige: Phoebe, it's your body, take control, fight it.
Seer: "Give me strength, and give me might, to steal a child in still of night."
Paige: Phoebe!
Seer: "Darkest forces let it be, here my plea, bring life to me."
(A light comes out of Phoebe and goes into the Seer. Phoebe returns to normal.)
Phoebe: My baby.
Seer: He was never yours, or Cole's. From the moment of conception this baby
was mine.
(She unbuttons part of her dress to reveal the baby moving around in her.)
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Underworld. The coronation room. Dane, the dark priest and the council
leaders are there.]
Dane: Deadline's passed, she's not here, the throne belongs to me.
Dark Priest: We can wait one more...
Dane: Give me the oath! I want my power! (The Seer flames in.) You promised to
bring the Source's heir, so where is he?
Seer: Inside me.
(The Seer's eyes turn black. They all bow their heads.)
Dark Priest: The council has chosen. The Seer will be our new Source.
Dane: No, it's a trick.
Seer: I have brought the council a gift. (Phoebe and Paige appear still in the cage.)
Dane: Charmed Ones. How dare you bring them into our sanctuary.
Seer: The witches are locked in a cage from which no magic can escape.
Dane: You can't be sure of that.
Seer: So much negative energy.
(The Seer vanquishes Dane.)
Dark Priest: Am I to presume these witches of the human sacrifice required to
seal your coronation?
Paige: Human sacrifice? I didn't know that was part of the plan, did you?
Seer: To be your Source, to start a new evil order, to kill the Charmed Ones, this
was my vision from the beginning. Every council leader here will reap the rewards
with... Ah! (She doubles over in pain.)
Dark Priest: What is it?
Seer: Just start the ceremony.
Paige: Doesn't look like she's having anymore luck with that thing inside of her
than you are. Ah, sorry, that was insensitive.
Phoebe: It's okay, the baby wasn't mine.
Paige: What do you mean?
Phoebe: The baby was never mine. From the moment it took over, it just felt like
this black hole of evil. Totally soulless.
Paige: Phoebe.
Phoebe: Yeah.
Paige: Told you so. (They laugh.) I'm really sorry.
Phoebe: I know you are, honey, I know you are.
Dark Priest: Seer, are you prepared to accept the power and position of the Source
before all these leaders of the underworld?
Seer: I am.
Phoebe: Okay, so now what?
Paige: We might have a fighting chance if we had the power of three but we can't
get to Piper. Ugh, this cage is magic proof.
Phoebe: Okay, so the cage is built to make sure magic wouldn't get out, but in the
premonition I had, I saw the Seer kill you with a power.
Paige: So the cage lets magic in. Do you remember the spell to call a lost witch?
Phoebe: Piper and I just used it to try to find you. Uh, "powers of the witches rise,
course unseen across the skies..."
[Cut to the manor. Attic. Piper closes the Book of Shadows.]
Piper: There's nothing left, we've tried everything.
Leo: Well, there's gotta be something missing, something we haven't thought of.
(He turns his back to her and paces across the attic. Piper disappears.) Maybe if we
summon a demon, someone who knows the way to the Seer's lair, he can lead us to
Phoebe and Paige.
[Cut to the coronation room. Piper appears in the cage.]
Piper: Oh!
Phoebe: Oh, thank god it worked.
Piper: So am I. Where are we?
Paige: Uh, trapped in a cage.
Piper: Mm-hm, okay, so lets bust out.
Paige: No, you can't use your magic in here, it'll just bounce off and probably kill
us.
Dark Priest: Repeat the oath after me.
Piper: Ah, what's going on out there?
Phoebe: The Seer's being coronated as the new Source.
Piper: Huh.
Paige: Yeah, then she's gonna sacrifice us.
Piper: Lets get this straight, you guys summoned me to a cage where my powers
don't work, so we can all die together!
Paige: Well, the plan has some flaws admittedly.
Phoebe: We just have to stay positive. We have the power of three here, there is
nothing stronger than that, right?
(The Seer starts glowing and floats up into the air.)
Piper: Are you sure there's nothing stronger than the power of three?
(The Seer floats back down the ground. She turns to the cage and gets a shock
when she notices Piper.)
Seer: What an unexpected surprise. You just made my...
(Flames shoot out of her head and she groans.)
Phoebe: It's the baby. He has too much power for her. That's how I felt, it felt like
I was gonna explode.
Paige: What are we gonna do?
Phoebe: We need to make her tap into the baby's power, all of it.
Paige: How the hell are we gonna do that?
(The flames disappear.)
Seer: I command all in attendance to witness the power of the Source.
Piper: Power of three spell?
Phoebe: Uh, okay.
Piper, Phoebe, Paige: "The power of three will set us free, the power of three will
set us free." (The blue beam of light hits the cage but the spell protects them.) "The
power of three will set us free, the power of three will set us free."
Dark Priest: What's wrong?
Seer: Nothing's wrong!
(They continue chanting and the blue light rebounds back and hits the Seer. It then
rebounds onto every demon in the room and they are all vanquished.)
Piper: Where did everybody go?
(Piper kicks the cage and one of the sides fall off. They get out.)
Phoebe: The blast took everyone out. The Seer, the council leaders.)
Piper: Well, I'd say that the scales of good and evil just dramatically tipped in our
favour.
Paige: Look, the Grimoire, still untouched.
Phoebe: It's time we get rid of that book once and for all.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are there sitting on the
couch. Leo orbs in.]
Leo: Well, the Grimoire has a new home in a mountain of rock in the West Andes.
(He sits beside Piper.)
Piper: Thanks, honey.
Leo: Sure.
(They kiss.)
Paige: How many times have we vanquished the Source now?
Phoebe: Three, but who's counting.
Paige: Did we get him?
Leo: I think that'd be safe to say based on how the Elders are reacting, it's like a
holiday up there. They still can't believe you did it.
Piper: Yeah, well, let's not forget the cost.
Leo: Well, I gotta say after all this, I'm still looking forward to having a good baby
in this house.
Piper: Yeah, I haven't had a chance to talk to you about that yet. I heard from Dr.
Harris today.
Leo: And?
Piper: And we're in for a rough road.
Leo: Rough road? What does that mean? What did he say?
Piper: Shh, it's okay, it doesn't mean that we're giving in or giving up, there are a
lot of options in the world, don't worry.
Phoebe: Don't worry, Leo. I'm sure the Charmed line isn't supposed to end with us.
Piper: Um, Phoebe, (she gets up and picks up the letter) I found this in Cole's safe.
It's for you.
(She hands it to Phoebe.)
[Timelapse. Phoebe's bedroom. She's reading the letter.]
Cole's Voiceover: If I'm dead right now, I know it was at your hand. No one else
in heaven or hell had power over me. Please don't cry, I was dead before I met you,
I was born the day you loved me, and my love for you will keep me alive, forever.
(Phoebe lays on her bed. A breeze blows through the window.)
Cole's Voice: (quietly) Help me. (Phoebe sits up.) Phoebe.
Phoebe: Cole?
                                           End
   4.22 Witch way now
[Scene: The Bay Mirror. Phoebe's office. Phoebe's there working. She has the TV
on and a psychic reading show is on. Her assistant walks in carrying a box of
letters.]
Assistant: Hey, more Dear Phoebe letters, where do you want them?
Phoebe: Oh, you can just put them anywhere.
Assistant: Um, maybe we ought to keep some of these in storage.
Phoebe: No, I'll get to them.
Assistant: All of them?
Phoebe: Yes. I am on a role.
Assistant: More like on a mission.
(Phoebe hands her some sheets of paper.)
Phoebe: Hey, will you get these to Elise please and find out which one she wants
to run?
Assistant: Yeah, sure, right away. You're amazing, you know that?
Phoebe: What do you mean?
Assistant: What is your secret? Herbs? Acupuncture? (She sees the TV.)
Tashmin?
Phoebe: Uh, I take it you don't believe in psychics.
Assistant: Hey, you know, if it works for you I'm all for it.
Phoebe: (to herself) It hasn't worked for me for a while. Um, you know how
sometimes you just find yourself going through a really bad period in your life?
Assistant: Don't even get me started.
Phoebe: Well, let's just say I am finally coming out from underneath mine and
nobody, nothing will ever bring me back to that place again.
Assistant: Good for you.
(Phoebe turns to her computer.)
Voice: Help me, Phoebe.
Phoebe: What did you just say?
Assistant: I didn't say that. (She points to the TV.) She did.
Tashmin: Help me, Phoebe.
(She looks at the TV in shock.)
[Cut to the manor. Road workers are working on the street right outside the manor.
It is very noisy. Paige looks out the window from the living room.]
Paige: Did they say how much longer this was gonna go on for?
Piper: Three weeks, which means three months. (Leo is holding a picture frame on
a wall.) A little higher.
Paige: We'd better hope no demons attack, that'd be a bust, especially if one of us
goes flying out the window.
Leo: I wouldn't worry about that too much, there's so much chaos in the
underworld they're too busy fighting each other.
Piper: Well, I hope it lasts. I almost forgot what it's like to lead a normal life. It's
gotta go a little higher.
Leo: I need a ladder.
Paige: Leo, just hover.
Piper: No, no, no, I don't wanna jinx anything, I'd rather we not use magic unless
we absolutely have to, thank you very much.
Paige: Come on, Piper, relax a little. Use it or lose it, lady.
(Leo hovers up and holds the picture against the wall.)
Piper: Fine.
(Leo marks the wall with a pencil and hovers back down.)
Paige: Ah, see, no major disaster struck.
(Phoebe walks in through the front door.)
Phoebe: We have a huge problem.
Piper: You were saying?
Phoebe: Cole tried contacting me again.
Leo: What, more whisperings?
Phoebe: No, this time he was channelling through a TV psychic while I was at
work. He sounded so desperate.
Piper: Wait, did anybody else notice?
Phoebe: My highly suspicious assistant. How am I supposed to move on with my
life when I keep being haunted by his afterlife?
Piper: Leo, what do you think?
Leo: I think you need to do something fast.
Piper: No, I mean, how is he holding on?
Leo: I don't know, I guess because he's half demon, it must be some kind of astral
plane.
Phoebe: Well, whatever, we can't risk him contacting me again. I have to figure
out a way to get to him and find out what he wants.
Paige: Honey, what he wants is you. I mean, why else would he be hanging on?
(Suddenly, everything freezes including Leo.)
Phoebe: Piper, why is Leo frozen?
(Piper goes over to him and waves in front of his face.)
Piper: Well, this is very strange.
(Paige looks out the window and all the work men are frozen too.)
Paige: Uh, guys, I think you oughta take a look at this. (Piper and Phoebe go to the
window.) So much for not performing any magic, huh Piper.
Piper: Me? I didn't do that, I couldn't freeze all that stuff.
(An elderly man appears.)
Man: But I can.
(The girls spin around.)
Phoebe: Who are you?
Man: I'm the Angel Of Destiny, and I've come to change yours.
                                   Opening Credits
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper, Phoebe and Paige are backing away from the
Angel of Destiny. Piper is trying to freeze him.]
Paige: He's not freezing, why isn't he freezing?
Angel of Destiny: You're wasting your time. (The girls back into a table and fall
on top of each other.) I am beyond your powers. (They get back up.) Besides, I
pose no threat to you.
Piper: Well, forgive us for not believing that but the last being we met who could
freeze time was a demon.
Angel of Destiny: Actually, it's because of a demon that I've come to see you.
Which in and of itself is very rare. We Angels of Destiny normally don't intervene
except in extraordinary situations. Mozart at age seven, Michelangelo, Albert
Einstein... Britney Spears.
Paige: Huh?
Phoebe: I don't understand.
Angel of Destiny: You three have accomplished something that few others ever
dream of. By vanquishing the Source of all evil, you have fulfilled your shared
destiny, much earlier than anticipated. Truth be told, some of us did think you'd
never achieve it at all, but that's really beside the point. What's important is you
have and because of that we're offering you a reward, a chance to chart a new
destiny, one of your own design.
Paige: A reward?
Angel of Destiny: You can continue to remain as you are, charmed, vested with all
your witchly powers, and of course demonic burdens. Or...
Piper: Or?
Angel of Destiny: You can choose to relinquish your magic and lead normal lives
again, unaccounted, free, we'd wipe the entire slate clean, nobody would come
after you again. Well, what do you say?
Piper: What do we say? Are you kidding? You can't just freeze the whole world
and come in here and drop a bombshell like that and expect a quick decision. I
don't care who you are.
Angel of Destiny: I don't think you quite grasp the uniqueness of this opportunity.
Piper: No, I'm grasping it but that is beside the point. The least you could do is
give us a little time to think about it.
Paige: Think about what? No time needed. Thanks but no thanks. Right?
Phoebe: Yeah, right, of course right. But, you know, as long as he's offering,
maybe we should talk about this. Just talk about it. Over there. Right, right over
here please, now, excuse us.
(She pulls them across the room.)
Paige: You can't be serious, Phoebe, you of all people, you love being a witch.
Phoebe: I know I do, but I...
Paige: But what? What has changed?
Phoebe: Oh, I don't know, I became queen of the Underworld and nearly died
carrying baby Lucifer. That's what changed, Paige.
Piper: Paige, it's just that we've been doing this a lot longer than you have, and I'm
not trying to discount all the good that we've done or that we could do. But at the
same time I'm not gonna minimise the costs. Paige, I can't get pregnant because of
what we do.
Phoebe: Punching out demons just isn't as much fun as it used to be.
Paige: So what are you gonna say?
Angel of Destiny: She's saying you need some time, which I'll grant, but not too
much time. After all, other people's destinies are tied to yours. And since it's your
charmed destiny that's at stake here, majority will rule. Two sisters will decide the
fate of all three. So consider your choice wisely. Perhaps what happens next will
help you to decide.
(He disappears. Everything unfreezes and Piper's cell phone rings. Leo comes in.)
Leo: Hey, did you just freeze me?
Piper: No, dear, the Angel of Destiny did.
Leo: Who?
(Piper picks up her cell.)
Piper: Yeah, you'd better check with the Elders and make sure he's for real. I'm not
kidding. (Leo orbs out. Piper answers her phone.) Hello?
Darryl: Don't talk just listen.
Piper: Darryl? What's wrong?
Darryl: Apparently you guys are about to be put under surveillance. (Piper
motions for Phoebe and Paige to come over and listen.) An FBI agent named
Jackman called me into his office today. He did a search on unsolved cases.
Apparently your names came up on way too many witness lists.
Phoebe: What do you mean? What does he know?
Darryl: I don't know, but I'm gonna try find out. In the meantime just lay low and
whatever you do don't use any magic.
(They hang up.)
Paige: So are we screwed?
Piper: Maybe, but that would take destiny out of our hands and I don't think that's
what the angel meant.
Phoebe: Okay, icksnay on the angelnay talk.
(They head for the stairs.)
[Cut to outside. A SFB Telecom van pulls up across the road. A guy gets out and
gets in the back where surveillance equipment is set up. He puts on some
earphones and a shot of outside the manor shows up on a screen. The girls' voices
are heard in his earphones.]
Paige's Voice: I still don't understand how coming up here is gonna help.
Phoebe's Voice: Actually it's pretty simple. (Loud music blares through the
earphones and he quickly turns down the earphone volume.)
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe sits the CD player next to the window.]
Phoebe: So you guys have been home all day, right?
Piper: Yeah, so?
Phoebe: So there's no way he would've had time to bug the inside of the house,
he's gotta be listening from the outside.
(Phoebe walks over to the Book of Shadows.)
Piper: Is it ironic that here we are presented with the opportunity to give up our
powers and now we suddenly can't even use them.
Phoebe: Except not using our powers doesn't necessarily mean that we won't be
exposed. We still have Cole to worry about.
Paige: Phoebe, you can't make contact to a dead demon husband.
Phoebe: Yeah, but if I don't he will, and then what? The FBI is outside and if they
find out about us it's gonna be the same thing as last year and we don't want that
now do we? (She turns to the "To Find a Lost Love" spell in the BOS.) So I'm
gonna cast the "To Find a Lost Love" spell. I mean, if Cole's soul is on some astral
plane, it should astral me there, right?
Paige: Are you sure he even has a soul?
Phoebe: Well, what else would be calling out to me? Cole needs closure and so do
I.
Piper: We will create a distraction outside in case your spell inside creates any
fireworks.
Paige: Be careful.
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Living room. Piper is looking out the window. Paige walks in
carrying a tray of lemonade.]
Paige: Unless we spike the lemonade, I doubt they'll...
Piper: Shh! That phone company van looks suspicious.
Paige: Why?
Piper: Well, because it wasn't there earlier, and besides he didn't put out any
cones.
Paige: That's what you're basing it on?
Piper: Well, it's the best that I got, okay, now are you ready?
Paige: Why don't you just (she wiggles her fingers) to the street?
Piper: Because what is somebody drives around the corner? Now you just need to
use some of your god given magic. (She undoes the top button on Paige's dress.)
Okay? Go.
[Cut to outside. Paige walks down the stairs carrying the tray of lemonade. The
men workers turn and stare at her. One worker whistles.]
Paige: (in a sexy voice) Anyone feel like a little cool down? (All the men rush
over and take a glass.) Easy, boys, there's enough for everyone.
(Piper walks onto the road and smiles at Paige. She then goes over to the van and
opens the door. She quickly freezes the guy inside and closes the door. She signals
Phoebe who's looking out the attic window and turns off the music.)
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe goes and sits in a circle on the floor which has five lit
candles around it. She reads a spell from the Book of Shadows.]
Phoebe: "Writher my love, wherever you be, through time and space, take my
heart near to thee."
(She collapses on the floor.)
[Cut to an astral plane. It looks like hell with fire, jagged rocks, dark sky, and loud
scary noises. Phoebe appears and bumps into Cole.]
Phoebe: Cole.
(He grabs her.)
Cole: What are you doing here? Nobody's allowed to be here.
Phoebe: Here, where is here?
(They hear a loud growl.)
Cole: We've gotta move fast. Come on. (They climb up a rock. A snake-like
creature pokes out of the ground and snaps at Phoebe's feet. It misses and goes
back underground.) We'll be safe here but not for long. We have to keep moving,
the beast will devour us both, for eternity. (Phoebe hugs him.) I knew you'd hear
my cries.
Phoebe: Uh, Cole...
Cole: It's alright, you did the right thing. The Source is gone, devoured. This is the
waste land where all vanquished demons end up. The beast feeds on their essence,
their powers.
Phoebe: So what are you doing here?
Cole: Holding onto our love. I'm a demon with a soul, Phoebe. It's rather unique to
the cosmos, that's why my soul's been able to cling here, keep from moving on.
Phoebe: Oh, but that's not healthy. Everyone has to move on, you know, sooner or
later.
Cole: Yeah, well, that's easy for you to say, you'll get to go to the good place, me...
(They hear a scream and a demon falls out of the sky. He is zapped and his powers
hit the ground. Blue lights swirl around.) Over here, come on.
(They jump onto another rock. The snake creature pokes out of the ground and
sucks up the blue light. It goes back underground.)
Phoebe: Okay, you know, you can't keep running from that thing forever.
Cole: That's why I've been calling you. You can help save me, save us.
Phoebe: How?
Cole: Get Leo to get the Grimoire, that resurrection spell that the wizard was after,
you can use that to resurrect me.
Phoebe: What?
Cole: It's easy, I'll work you through it. All you have to do is... (Phoebe turns her
back.) What's the matter?
Phoebe: I, uh, I can't use dark magic again, I won't.
Cole: Not even for us? (Suddenly, the creature pokes out of the rock and grabs
Phoebe by the leg.) Phoebe!
(He grabs onto her arms.)
Phoebe: Help me! Use your powers!
Cole: I don't have any powers.
(A second creature pokes out of the ground and grabs Phoebe around the waist.
She screams.)
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe, who is still on the floor, screams. Piper and Paige run in.]
Piper: Phoebe.
(She screams again.)
[Cut to the van outside. The guy is unfrozen. He throws off his earphones when
Phoebe screams.]
[Cut to the attic.]
Paige: Something's hurting her.
Piper: Something is killing her. (She looks in the Book of Shadows.) Here reversal
spell.
Piper, Paige: "Return thy love, wherever she be, through time and space, bring her
back to me."
[Cut to the astral plane. Phoebe disappears and the creatures go back underground.]
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe returns to her body. She sits up with a jolt and gasps.]
Piper: Okay, you're okay.
Phoebe: Oh my god, what was I thinking?
(Someone knocks on the front door and rings the doorbell.)
Paige: Uh-oh, I hope the freeze didn't wear off.
[Cut to the foyer. Piper, Phoebe and Paige walk in. Piper opens the door.]
Guy: Agent Jackman, FBI. (Holds up his badge.) We should talk.
                                 Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Dining room. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and Jackman are there. He puts
a thick folder on the table and slides it over to the girls.]
Jackman: In case you're wondering, that's just a copy.
(They look in it to find photos of themselves being spied on.)
Phoebe: Pursued to agenda trust, Agent Jackman.
Jackman: If I wanted to expose you, I could've done that six months ago when
that file first crossed my desk.
Paige: Expose us as what?
Jackman: Witches. It's the only logical explanation for all the unsolved cases, the
missing persons, the mysterious deaths.
Piper: Prove it.
(He gets out a tape recorder and presses play.)
Paige: (on tape) Something is hurting her.
Piper: (on tape) Something is killing her. Here, reversal spell.
Piper, Paige: (on tape) "Return thy love wherever she be, through time and space,
bring her back to me."
(He stops the tape.)
Piper: That doesn't prove anything.
Jackman: No, but it implies everything, especially when coupled with that file.
You think your newspaper wouldn't run that story?
Phoebe: What do you want?
Jackman: Believe it or not, your help. See, I specialise in occult style slayings,
that's why I was watching you in hopes of catching a serial killer. A witch hunter.
Piper: Alright, I've heard enough of this nonsense.
(Piper tries to freeze Jackman but he doesn't.)
Paige: Uh, wait a second, he froze before.
(Jackman pulls out an amulet out of his shirt which is hanging around his neck.)
Jackman: This time I was prepared. Like I said, I specialise in this stuff. There's
supposed to only be a few of these amulets left in the world. Got this one off the
witch hunter we're after. (He tucks it back under his shirt. He hands the girls a
photo of the witch hunter.) Her name is Selena. I traced her genealogy all the way
back to the witch trials. I think killing you people's in her blood, it's what she lives
for. I mean, why else would she had burned her last three victims at the stake.
Piper: Why are you telling us this?
Jackman: Well, because I thought you were gonna be her next victims, but now
that I know who you really are and what you can do, I need you to help me find her
before she kills again.
Phoebe: Do you have any idea where she is?
Jackman: I did for a while, I had her in custody once but she got away. (He puts a
plastic bag of stuff on the table.) These are some of Selena's personal belongings
and from what I know, if you use your powers on them you might be able to find
her. Now you do that, I'll make sure those files disappear forever. You don't, (he
pulls out his card) well, you figure it out. (He grabs his bag.) Call me.
(He leaves.)
Paige: I don't trust him.
Piper: Gee, you think?
Phoebe: Maybe we should take the Angel of Destiny up on his offer.
Paige: Great, so we'd be free and so would Selena, who for all we know could be a
warlock.
Phoebe: No, warlocks don't burn witches at the stake, they just steal their powers.
Paige: Exactly. Powers, Phoebe, the very things we were given to do good with,
remember?
Phoebe: Huh, yeah, Paige, I remember.
Piper: Guys.
Paige: Do you really or has all that dark magic just kinda gotten into your brain.
Piper: Guys.
Paige: I can't believe you're so willing to just throw away our powers.
Phoebe: Paige, you don't know the hell that I've been through. You didn't live it.
Paige: Oh, really? I was just turned into a vampire and then I was shrunk and then
we switched bodies and...
Phoebe: Okay, imagine going through that for years. All I'm asking is for my life
back.
Piper: Okay, guys, enough, we need to focus.
Paige: What about you, Piper? What do you think?
Piper: I think we need to see this through like the angel suggested. So Paige, you
are gonna go up to the attic and get started on this stuff. (She hands Paige Selena's
stuff.) We will meet you there. Scoot. (Paige goes upstairs.) Leo! You can orb it's
alright.
(Leo orbs in.)
Leo: What about the FBI agent?
Piper: Uh, he already busted us. But supposedly all he wants is our help.
Phoebe: Did you find anything out about the Angel of Destiny?
Leo: He's legit and so is his offer.
Piper: Okay, um, can you do us a favour and go get Darryl and make sure that
agent Jackman is legit too. And meanwhile, we have a witch hunter to find. Don't
ask, just go. (Leo orbs out. Phoebe moans.) Having a crappy day?
Phoebe: Yeah.
Piper: Cole?
Phoebe: Yeah.
[Scene: Astral plane. Cole is running from the creature. He climbs up a large rock.
The creature disappears. A demon falls from the sky and disintegrates. His powers
fall to the ground and swirl around in a pile. Cole sees the creature near by and he
jumps off the rock.]
Cole: You don't want his powers, you want me. (The creature heads for Cole.)
Here I am, come and get me! Come on, hurry up, end it! (He steps forward and
stands on the swirl of powers. He absorbs it. The creature goes for Cole and he
puts his hands up, zapping the creature. Another demon falls from the sky and
disintegrates. His power falls to the ground.) This could be good.
[Scene: Manor. Attic. Piper and Paige are there. Piper is reading from the Book of
Shadows while Paige makes a potion.]
Piper: Before the flame subsides, let the wax from the candle drip onto the crystal.
Once consecrated scry with the crystal for the one who is sought.
(Paige drips a candle into a pot and it explodes.)
Paige: Ain't magic grand.
(Phoebe walks in, talking on the phone.)
Phoebe: Okay, bye. (She hangs up.) That was Morris. He confirmed that there is a
serial killer on the loose doing exactly what Jackman said.
Paige: We're all over it.
(Paige starts scrying on a map.)
Phoebe: He also said that Jackman has more information on us than he shared,
including our genealogy. Dating all the way back to Melinda Warren.
Paige: Well, what does that mean?
Phoebe: They're gonna keep checking.
Piper: It means he's going through an awful lot of trouble to get as much
information on us as possible. I got a bad feeling he's not gonna let us off the hook
so easily after this is all over.
Paige: What, he's just gonna keep using us afterwards?
Phoebe: Great, Charlie's freakin' angels. This just keeps getting better and better.
(The crystal points to a spot on the map.)
Paige: Got Selena. Do we still go after her?
Piper: Well, we don't have a choice. We can't let her run around burning people at
the stake.
[Cut to Selena's house. Paige orbs in a room with Piper and Phoebe. Piper opens a
door slightly and peeks through it. She sees Selena and some men in the next
room.]
Piper: (whispers) She has body guards. Lots of body guards.
Phoebe: I wonder why Jackman didn't tell us about them?
Paige: Probably figured we wouldn't help if we knew.
(A bodyguard walks in through a different door and shoots his gun at Paige. Piper
freezes the bullet in mid-air.)
Piper: Paige. (She knocks the bullet out of the air.) Did you not have the sense to
sense if anybody else was in the room before you orbed us in here?
(Another bodyguard comes in through the other door and shoots. Paige gets a
fright and orbs out. Phoebe grabs the bodyguard and pushes him against a cabinet.)
[Cut to the other room. Selena is there heading for the door. Paige orbs in front of
her.]
Paige: Going somewhere? (Selena takes a swing at Paige but misses. Paige hits
Selena and knocks her unconscious. Piper and Phoebe race in.) We're gonna need
some serious memory dust after all this is over.
Piper: Yeah, well, we've gotta get out of here.
(Phoebe sees Cole in the corner of the room.)
Cole: Phoebe.
Phoebe: Cole. (He disappears. Piper turns to look.) I swear he was just there.
(A bodyguard runs in and shoots. Piper freezes him.)
Piper: Time to go. Orb! Orb! Orb!
(They all orb out.)
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Manor. Someone knocks on the door. Piper answers it and Jackman walks
in.]
Jackman: Where is she?
Piper: In there. (Jackman pulls out his gun.) Whoa! Whoa! You don't need that,
she's unconscious.
(He puts it away and they go into the living room where Selena is unconscious on
the couch.)
Jackman: Did she put up much of a fight?
Phoebe: No, but her bodyguards did.
Jackman: Bodyguards? She had bodyguards?
Piper: Yeah, lots of them with lots of guns and they weren't shy about using them
either.
Jackman: Oh, must have known we were closing in on her.
Paige: Still, don't you think it's odd that a serial killer has hired guns protecting
her?
Jackman: Well, maybe she's not working alone.
Phoebe: Or maybe you're just not telling us everything.
Jackman: Maybe I'm not. What are you gonna do about it?
Piper: Well, for one thing, we're not gonna let you take her without a warrant.
Jackman: You know, you're all the same. You think that just because you have
gifts, powers, that you're above it all, you're special. Well I'm no different.
Phoebe: Oh really?
Jackman: Yeah. Your arrogance is your Achilles heal, that's why witch hunters
and demons are always after you and they always will be. I wouldn't trade places
with you for the world. Oh, ah, (he pulls out some paper) he's your warrant.
Paige: So when do we get our files?
Jackman: When she's in jail and I feel I'm safe.
Phoebe: Safe from what?
Jackman: Safe from you. (He picks up Selena.) I don't wanna be another one of
those people who mysteriously disappear around here.
(He leaves.)
Piper: I knew he'd never give up those files. In case anybody is wondering we are
officially screwed.
Phoebe: Not necessarily.
Paige: No, we are not giving up our powers.
(She storms over to the couch and sits down.)
Phoebe: Paige, I don't wanna give up our powers either. But I don't wanna give up
our lives even more. He's just gonna keep using us.
Piper: Unless we let the angel wipe the slate clean. Look, Paige, we said we would
wait to decide until this thing played out and it has. And frankly if the angel hadn't
made this offer I'd probably think differently and I'd think let's just keep fighting.
But I'm tired of fighting and Jackman's right, it is never ending.
Phoebe: Unless we end it ourselves. So do we need to talk to Leo about this first?
Piper: No, it doesn't have anything to do with him, it's just us. And he will
understand.
Paige: You guys are only seeing the bad. What about all the wonder of being
witches, the stuff you introduced me to in the first place. You're gonna let all that
go?
Phoebe: Paige, it doesn't balance out anymore. And after everything that we've
lost, it doesn't seem worth it.
Paige: What about all the good we've done. Doesn't that count for anything?
Piper: Of course it does but that's exactly why we have this choice to make. He
said we fulfilled our destiny, we've done it. This is supposed to be our reward for
that.
Paige: Yeah, well, pardon me if it didn't seem like much of a reward, because
without being witches I wouldn't have sisters.
[Timelapse. Attic. Piper, Phoebe, Paige and the Angel of Destiny are there.]
Angel of Destiny: Are you sure about this?
Phoebe: Yeah. As sure as we're ever gonna be.
Angel of Destiny: You understand this decision is final. There'll be no changing
your minds.
Piper: We understand.
Angel of Destiny: Very well.
(He closes his eyes and raises his arms.)
Piper: Hold it. Just so we're clear this wipes the entire slate clean. No read the find
print technicalities, no more demons, no more vengeful warlocks.
Phoebe: And we won't have to worry about Agent Jackman anymore, or anyone
else who might have found out we were witches?
Piper: Exactly. Just free to lead normal lives with no demonic aftertaste.
Angel of Destiny: Absolutely.
Paige: Will we remember? Being witches that is.
Angel of Destiny: Oh, you'll remember everything. It doesn't change your history,
only your future.
Paige: And what about the book?
Angel of Destiny: It'll pass as some future descendent.
Phoebe: What about Cole? Will he keep trying to make contact with me?
Angel of Destiny: I don't know, I have no control over that. He exists beyond time
and space, outside destiny's reach.
Piper: What is it?
Phoebe: It's just that he's still holding on, that's why he appeared to me. So maybe
if I can tell him that I don't have the power to save him, then he'll be able to move
on for good.
Paige: I don't think that's such a good idea considering what happened last time.
Phoebe: I can't leave it like this. I owe him more than that.
                                   Commercial Break
[Scene: Astral plane. Cole is standing on a rock. Phoebe astral projects in.]
Phoebe: Cole. (She climbs onto the rock.) I have to talk to you but I don't have a
lot of time.
Cole: Did you see me come to you?
Phoebe: Yes, I did. How did you do that?
Cole: It's a secret.
Phoebe: I'm giving up my powers, we all are.
Cole: What?
Phoebe: I don't have time to explain but it's true, which means...
Cole: I know what it means.
Phoebe: Cole, we did the best we could. We tried every way possible to make this
work but it wasn't meant to be. And it wasn't because we didn't love each other, it's
just love wasn't enough, so now we have to move on, okay, the both of us.
Cole: You'd better go before the beast attacks.
(She astral projects out. Cole looks down at the dead creature.)
[Cut to the attic. Phoebe astral projects back in her body and gasps.]
Piper: Are you okay?
Phoebe: Yeah, lets do this.
Piper: Uh, well, we've been thinking a little bit.
Phoebe: Are you having second thoughts?
Paige: Not about the decision unfortunately.
Piper: About Jackman and Selena.
Paige: Yeah, a lot of things don't add up. His extensive knowledge of witches, how
he got a hold of that amulet.
Piper: The fact that he came in alone to pick up Selena.
Paige: The bodyguards.
Piper: We just wanna make sure we've done the right thing before it's too late to
do anything about it.
Phoebe: Okay. (to the Angel of Destiny) Is that okay?
Angel of Destiny: Hm? Oh, sure, absolutely. Frankly, I thought you were being a
bit premature anyway.
Piper: Well, then why didn't you say something?
Angel of Destiny: Oh, can't, free will and all. Let me know when you're ready.
(He disappears.)
Paige: So now what?
Piper: Leo!
(Leo orbs in with Darryl.)
Leo: We were just coming to get you.
Piper: Why? What did you find?
Leo: Another genealogy Jackman has besides yours.
Paige: Oh, yeah, we know Selena's a descendent of witch hunters.
Darryl: No, Jackman is. Selena is a daughter of a witch.
Piper: What?
Darryl: She is not a suspect, she's a victim. They have her in a safe house because
somebody's trying to kill her.
Paige: Please tell me we didn't just help a witch hunter get a witch.
Piper: Oh my god.
Phoebe: Oh my god.
[Scene: A park somewhere. Jackman has Selena tied to a stake. He lights the wood
surrounding her feet.]
Selena: Somebody please help me!
Jackman: No one can hear you, not where we are.
Selena: Please don't. No. (She starts to cry.)
Jackman: Oh, but I must. You see it is my duty, what I was born to do. It is what
I'll continue to do until every last one of you is dead.
Selena: Help!
Jackman: You're not gonna get away from me this time, witch.
Selena: Help!
                                  Commercial Break
[Scene: The park. Continued from before.]
Selena: You're making a mistake, I swear I'm not a witch.
Jackman: Of course you are, Selena, it's in your blood. Your mother was, that
makes you one too.
Selena: I'm begging you.
Jackman: You know why they burned witches at the stake four hundred years
ago? So they would burn forever in eternal fire. They used green wood too made it
last longer, prolong the agony.
Selena: Help!
(Paige orbs in with Piper and Phoebe.)
Jackman: Come to save your sister witch have you?
Piper: Actually, yeah.
(She tries to freeze the fire but nothing happens.)
Jackman: You see, I buried the rest of the amulets around here in anticipation of
your arrival. Your powers are useless here. However... (He pulls out a gun and
grabs Phoebe.) Mine aren't. Move and she dies.
Phoebe: It was his plan all alone. He's gonna kill us anyway. Ouch!
Jackman: Hey, how's it feel to be powerless, huh? Mortal. You're a discourage
from mankind, a blasphemy. Burning will be your justice too.
(Phoebe hits Jackman and knocks him to the ground.)
Phoebe: (to Piper and Paige) Get Selena.
(Piper and Paige race over and try to put the fire out while Phoebe fights with
Jackman. Selena's pants catch on fire.)
Paige: Piper, her leg. What are you doing? (Piper jumps onto the wood and knocks
over the post Selena is tied to.) Piper!
(Jackman points his gun at Phoebe.)
Jackman: Saving her life just cost you yours.
(Cole appears behind Phoebe. Jackman shoots his gun and the bullet heads for
Phoebe. Cole waves his hand and Phoebe and Jackman swap places. The bullet hits
Jackman. Phoebe sees Cole.)
Phoebe: Cole.
Cole: I couldn't very well let you die now could I?
Phoebe: I don't understand. How are you...?
Cole: Here? Let's just say I picked up a few powers lately, quite a few actually.
(He starts to leave but stops.) I'm not giving up on us, Phoebe. Ever.
(He disappears. Selena coughs.)
Piper: Paige, you've gotta go get the ambulance.
Paige: You'll be okay.
(She races off.)
[Scene: Manor. Foyer. Leo is there, pacing. Piper and Phoebe walk in through the
front door.]
Leo: Where's Paige?
Piper: Oh, she had to park down the street because the driveway was blocked.
Leo: Well, that's ridiculous, I'll go talk to them and tell them to move.
Phoebe: Oh, no, it's not a big deal.
Piper: And to think twenty-four hours ago that was our biggest problem.
Leo: How'd it go?
Piper: Uh, well, it looks like we got away with everything so far.
Phoebe: Thanks to Selena testifying for us.
Leo: What about how Agent Jackman died?
Piper: They're stumped. They can't figure out how he shot himself from twenty
feet away.
Phoebe: What are they gonna do, subpoena Cole?
Leo: You guys stopped one of their own from killing again, I think they'd be
grateful.
Piper: Yeah, one would hope. At least until they find those files on us.
Leo: They won't. I sorta orbed them into a volcano.
Phoebe: You what?
Piper: Uh, excuse me, are you allowed to do that?
Leo: Well, my job is to protect my charges and that's all I did.
(Piper kisses him.)
Piper: Thanks. Maybe sometime soon you won't have to protect your charges. Are
you okay with that?
Leo: Whatever you guys decide I'll support. I mean that.
(The front door opens and Paige walks in. Suddenly, Leo and everything else
freezes.)
Piper: Uh-oh.
Paige: The door's stuck. (The Angel of Destiny appears.) Oh, you.
(She walks over to Piper and Phoebe.)
Angel of Destiny: Well, still ready to retire?
Phoebe: Actually, I don't think so anymore. We saved someone and it felt good, it
felt right. Besides, I got a little taste of what life would be like without my powers
and I didn't like it at all.
Angel of Destiny: (to Piper) What about you?
Piper: Majority rules, right? Might as well make it unanimous. What can I say,
we're masochists.
Paige: We are?
Piper: Yeah, sometimes. But Phoebe's right, this isn't a choice we have to make,
it's who we are.
Angel of Destiny: You realise you won't get this opportunity again.
Phoebe: We understand.
Angel of Destiny: Very well. (He starts to leave but stops.) By the way, thought
you'd like to know, neither decision would've affected yours and Leo's personal
destiny.
Piper: What?
Angel of Destiny: You'll find out soon.
(He glances down at Piper's stomach.)
Phoebe: Oh my god.
Piper: What?
Phoebe: Don't you get it?
Piper: What?
Phoebe: (to Paige) Don't you get it? (excitedly) She's pregnant!
Piper: Who's pregnant? I'm pregnant?
(Phoebe and Paige scream in excitement and hug Piper.)
Phoebe: (to Piper's tummy) Hi baby.
(They giggle. The Angel of Destiny smiles and disappears out the front door.)
                                     End

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:14
posted:12/23/2011
language:
pages:374